i THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHARMACY. PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF THE PHILADELPHIA COLLEGE OF PHARMACY. EDITED BY WILLIAM PROCTER, Jr. Professor of Pharmacy in the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. PUBLISHING COMMITTEE FOR 1859. PROFESSOR BRIDGES, CHARLES ELLIS, ALFRED B. TAYLOR, EDWARD PARR1SH. VOLUME XXXI. , . — Cortex Pruni Virginians, ibj. Amygdalae Dulcis, ^iij. Ext. Scillae Acet., gij. Tinct Tolu, f.gi. Pulv. Acaciae, 3iv. Aquae, ) Sp. Vin. Beet, \ m ^ S" Reduce the wild cherry to a coarse powder, and extract by percolation, with a sufficiency of the alcoholic menstruum ; the resulting alcoholic tincture evaporate carefully by a gentle heat to a syrupy consistence, in which dissolve the ext. squills. Add the tinct. tolu to the sugar, intimately mix, expose it to a moderate heat to expel the alcohol ; blanch the almonds, and reduce in a mortar to a uniform pasty consistence ; add the gum and the sugar, to which the balsam tolu has previously been added, and lastly, with this, thoroughly mix the ext, of wild cherry and squills, and water sufficient to make the proper consistency. Make pastils, each to contain fifteen grains. In this preparation we have associated with the squill and tolu all the valuable constituents of the wild cherry bark in a concentrated form, without any of the inert matter. In the CITRATE OP IRON AND STRYCHNIA. 23 process is involved Prof. Procter's suggestion for the development of the hydrocyanic acid of the bark, by the reaction between the emulsin of the almonds and the alcoholic extract, and thus we are enabled to obtain a concentrated medicine of the valuable wild cherry. Each pastil contains the equivalent of seven and a half grains of the wild cherry bark, one-half grain of squill and tolu, equal, or more, to the proportion contained by the ordinary syrup of tolu. A simple pastil may be prepared by omitting the squill and tolu. Wm. R. Warner, Phila. Nov. 2, 1858. 2d and Girard Avenue. CITRATE OF IRON AND STRYCHNIA. By the Editor. j At a former page of this Journal, we suggested a formula for citrate of iron and strychnia, in which the proportion of strych- nia was to the citrate of iron as one to forty-eight. Since then, Messrs. Rosengarten & Sons have been supplying this empyrically constituted salt to the trade. In appearance this salt is the same as the citrate of iron, but in taste, beside the pe- culiar, slightly ferruginous taste of that salt, is a moderate bit- terness, due to the strychnia, not, however, so decided as one would be led to suppose. One reason for again alluding to this subject, is to bring forward the following letter from a sub- scriber, and to suggest, that in a preparation containing strych- nia there should be no variation of strength, as made by one manufacturer and another. Our readers will perceive that Mr. Heinitsh makes the salt of just one-half the strychnia strength, on the ground that a larger proportional dose of iron is considered more desirable in the cases to which the salt is applied, which would make the dose of one-sixteenth of a grain of strychnia in about six grains of the salt. We should be pleased to hear the opinions of our medical cotemporaries on this thera- peutic point, that it may decide the course of apothecaries who may be called on to prepare the salt. The remarks of Mr. Heinitsh corroborate those of Dr. O'Connor, in the paper to which our first notice was appended. 24 SOLUBILITY OF STRYCHNIA IN WATER, ETC. Lancaster, December 13th, 1858. To the Editor of the American Joxirnal of Pharmacy. ' Dear Sir : — In the May number of the Journal, p. 276, (1858) you suggest a formula for citrate of iron and strychnia, the ratio of 1 to 48. 1 have since August last prepared a considerable quantity, which has been used by Dr. Charles L. Baker, with very great success, in the treatment of chlorosis, especially when dependent on mental emotions, or where there has been a total suppression of the menses from any ex- citement. I, however, prepare it in the ratio of 1 to 100, and it is prescribed in conjunction with Tr. Chiretta, or Tr. Chiretta and Fluid Ext. Valerian; the minimum dose of the citrate being 3 grains, which can be increased to 5 or 6, or perhaps further, should there be a necessity for more iron, without giving too large a quantity of the strychnia. Not knowing whether the next number of the Journal will contain any articles on this new and I believe very excellent therapeutic re- medy, may I as& whether you will prepare an article for publication ? If so, it will be received with great pleasure and profit by the numerous readers of the Journal, and by Yours truly, Charles Heinjtsh. ON THE SOLUBILITY OF STEYCHNIA IN WATER AND ALCOHOL. Ed Am. Journal of Pharmacy : — Respected Friend, After considerable hesitation, and lapse of time since the ex- periments were commenced, we have concluded to call attention, through the columns of your Journal, to a seeming discrepancy between the statements of Wood & Bache, page U95, U. S. D., upon the solubility of Strychnia, and the results of some expe- riments instituted to substantiate those statements. During a conversation upon the properties of Strychnia, Dr. Haughton, of this city, stated upon the authority of a Pharma- ceutist (?) residing here, that it was readily soluble in both water and alcohol. (On inquiring into the method the said pharma- ceutist employed in producing his solutions, we found that he placed the strychnia in the solvent, permitted it to remain a few hours, then filtered, and of course had fine, clear solutions(?) to exhibit.) Not feeling satisfied to permit our standard authority to be thus set at nought, we instituted some experiments, resulting as follows : 1 gr. strychnia in 1 f.g. water, dissolved sufficiently to render the water somewhat bitter, but as nearly as we can ascertain SOLUBILITY OF STRYCHNIA IN WATER, ETC. 25 by drying and weighing the residue, no appreciable weight is lost, (our scales turning readily with one-tenth gr.) 1 gr. cryst. strychnia, in 1 f.^. each of officinal and absolute alcohol, in from five to eight days. 1 and 4-5ths gr. cryst. strych. in 1 f.3 absolute alcohol dis- solved entirely in sixteen days. i gr. in 1 f.^ ether dissolved in two or three days. 1 gr. in 1 f.g glycerin dissolved completely, all without the friendly aid of filtering paper. Our experiments seem to indicate that strychnia, in crystals, without the aid of heat or agitation, is soluble in about 387 parts officinal alcohol ; 179 parts absolute alcohol, and 682 parts ether. The U. S. D., page 1195, says, " It is soluble in 6667 parts water at 50° * * * Boiling officinal alcohol dissolves it readily, but deposits it on cooling. Absolute alcohol and ether dissolve it very sparingly." Do we interpret this language correctly in supposing them to mean strychnia is insoluble in officinal alcohol, and less solu- ble in absolute alcohol and ether than in water. If so, then our experiments and theirs conflict materially, but as we are young and unknown, we would respectfully ask some of you to testify in our behalf, if your experiments will bring you to the same conclusions. It may be well enough to state that the full solvent powers of officinal alcohol and glycerin were not ascertained. Should you deem this worthy of a place in your columns, please insert it. If our conclusions are false, you will confer a favor by destroying them. Respectfully, Plummer & Kelly.* [ *Note. — This communication was received as we were in press, and too late to attempt to verify or disprove the statements it contains. We there- fore reserve any comment until our next issue. — Ed. Am. Journ.Pha.rm.] 26 ON EXTRACTUM FERRI POMATUM. ON EXTRACTUM FERRI POMATUM. By J. M. Maisch. On the continent of Europe, a preparation is officinal in most Pharmacopoeias, the virtues of which> reside in the malate of iron which it contains. As many European physicians in this country habitually employ it, and neither the United States nor any of the British Pharmacopoeias recognize it, it may perhaps not be out of place to say a few words here about the mode of prepar- ing it and its medicinaluse. Extractum Ferri Pomatum, Extr. Malatis Ferri, or Ext. Ferri Malici, is prepared by digesting one part of iron with from four to sixteen parts of unripe very tart apples, mashed to a pulp, or their expressed juice, for the space of several days, then express- ing the mass, straining the liquor and evaporating it to the consistency of an extract. In selecting a method for its prepa- ration, preference should be given to the employment of the pulp of apples, as in this case a closer and more continued contact with the iron is insured ; and on occasionally stirring the mass, atmospheric air is admitted and retained by the pulp, whereby the oxidation of the iron is promoted. By most Pharmacopoeias, pure iron filings are ordered, but that of Prussia, probably fear- ing a contamination with copper, directs iron wire, though from the presence of copper in the filings it should hardly be inferred that this poisonous metal could be retained in solution, as the large excess of iron must precipitate it during its long contact with the pulpy mass ; besides, if the neutral liquor is heated to the boiling point the dissolved copper will be partly precipitated as an insoluble basic malate of copper. Such an impurity, however, for the reason stated before, cannot occur if the manipulation has been conducted right, and the employment of otherwise clean iron filings is therefore admissible. Another, and the most im- portant point in which the Pharmacopoeias differ, is the subse- quent treatment of the expressed and strained liquor during the process of inspissation. While some Pharmacopoeias direct it to be conducted in an iron vessel to the thickness of an extract, others order to boil the liquor for some time in an iron vessel, strain it and afterwards evaporate it to the proper consistency a porcelain dish. By the first of these methods it is evident ON EXTRACTUM EERRI POMATUM. 27 that the iron will be retained in the state of protoxide while the same object is accomplished by the second method until the evaporation is carried on in a porcelain dish, when an oxida- tion of at least a part of the iron to sesquioxide is unavoidable. The extract is very often given in solution, by itself, and as an addition to mixtures ; it is therefore desirable to have it in such a state as to form a perfect solution of such a stability as not to cause a precipitate of oxide of iron, or otherwise to deteri- orate. The malate of the protoxide of iron is hardly known yet, but is said not to be so easily soluble as the same salt of the ses- quioxide of iron, and in accordance with that chief object of ob- taining an extract of perfect solubility and stability, it must be aimed at to get rid of all those constituents of apple juice, which like albumen, would tend to deterioration, and to obtain much of the iron in the state of sesquioxide. All this is gained by the latter part of the process of the Prussian Pharmacopoeia, which directs an evaporation in a porcelain dish at a temperature which would coagulate albumen, and a redissolving of the extract, fil- tering and again evaporating. The extract prepared in this way is of a greenish black color, is entirely soluble in water, without forming any precipitate on standing or on exposure to the air ; it contains both proto- and sesquioxide, probably the magnetic Ox- ide of iron. The directions of the Prussian Pharmacopoeia may therefore be followed with some slight modifications, and the pro- cess will then be as follows : Take of unripe apples, peeleds'and mashed to a pulp 6 lbs ; clean iron filings Jib, mix and digest, stirring occasionally until the pulp has but a slight acid reaction, express the liquor, strain and evap- orate it at a temperature not exceeding 163° F., stirring con- stantly to the consistence of an extract ; redissolve this in four times its weight of distilled water, filter and again evaporate with the precaution mentioned, to the proper consistence. The liquid preparation of this extract is called Tinctura Ferr Pomati s. Pomata, and is obtained by dissolving one part of the ex- tract in six parts by weight of vinous cinnamon water, which con- tains nearly J its weight of alcohol. This tincture is of a green- ish black color, with a brown tinge and of a sweetish, slightly stiptic taste; it remains clear without separating any sediment. The active constituent of these preparations is the malate of iron, mixed with some sugar and extractive matter ; it is one of 28 ON THE MEDICINAL PLANTS OF MICHIGAN. the very mildest chalybeates, only slightly astringent, easily digestible and assimilated, and for these reasons has been and still is highly esteemed in Europe, and is much employed for all diseases which require a mild ferruginous remedy ; the only draw- back, if it may be considered as such, and which from the nature of the preparation cannot be avoided, is the uncertainty of the amount of iron it contains, as prepared from different apples and from apples of varying maturation ; this variableness, however, is partly counteracted by the second dissolving and evaporation of the extract. The fact of its being a salt of malic acid, which is an ingredient in many wholesome fruits, might be an induce- ment to try its effects, inasmuch as the pure acid, and likewise the salts prepared from it, would command so high a price as to exclude almost all possibility of making use of the same in medi- cine. All those chemical and pharmaceutical preparations which are incompatible with the iron salts generally, are also incompatible with the impure malate of iron ; acids, especially the mineral and stronger organic acids, and their acid salts, set the malic acid free ; the salts of many of the heavy metals, zinc, lead, mer- cury, silver, form insoluble precipitates ; remedies containing tan- nic acid are inadmissible on account of the precipitation of tan- nate of iron, but caustic alkalies and their carbonates do not pre- cipitate the oxide of iron, and are therefore chemically not in. compatible with this preparation. The dose of the extract is from about 5 to 10 grains ; of the tinctures from 30 to 60 drops several times a day in the form of pills and mixture. Philadelphia, December 1858. EXTRACTS FROM A REPORT ON THE MEDICAL PLANTS OF MICHIGAN. By F. Stearns. Abies balsamea. Balsam of Fir. Abies Canadensis. Hemlock, or Hemlock Spruce. Abies nigra. Black Spruce. Trees of the order Pinaceae abound in the greatest profusion throughout both peninsulas, especially in the north ; the A. bal- ON THE MEDICAL PLANTS OF MICHIGAN. 29 samea forms one of the most beautiful of ornamental shade trees, from its perfect proportions and graceful form ; its juice, which is so much employed as a stimulant, expectorant, and vulnery, is collected in the northern peninsula, by the Ojibway Indians to some extent, but more profitably by the attachees of the Hud- son's Bay Co. The Indian method of collecting it is very prim- itive, and consists of piercing the external hardened coating of the blister-like exudations of juice, and receiving the contents in bottles. Prepared in this way, it is of a beautiful, clear, light- straw color, and of a pleasant, aromatic odor. The A. Canadensis, besides a valuable timber, yields a bark important to the tanner, the inner portion of which is often used in medicine for its astringency, and also the commercial oils of hemlock and spruce, and hemlock gum, or Canada pitch. The habitat of this tree is usually near streams, and in swampy spots, growing with the tamarac, from which it is easily distinguished by the fact of its losing its leaves in the spring, while the latter loses them in the fall. There are two methods of collecting the resin of the hemlock, one of which consists of cutting cup-like incisions into the body of the living tree, and removing the soft resin as it exudes ; the other, and most common one, is to remove the wood and bark around the knobs or knots of the felled trees, which are rich in resin ; these being placed in water in a large kettle, the resin is boiled out, and rising upon the top is skimmed off and further purified by remeltingand straining. The product of this method is not so good as that by the former one, the heat to which it is exposed necessarily driving off much of the essential oil. Not content, however, with making this gum by an inferior method, the collectors often put their gums into market sophisticated with common resin to the extent of seventy per cent. The com. mercial oils of spruce and hemlock are one and the same thing ; and are distilled from the boughs of the Abies Canadensis. The mode of proceeding is as follows, related to me by Mr. David Bales, of Livingston County, who does a large business in distil- ling the oil. The trees are cut dowTn and the boughs collected only ; these are cut up fine and subjected to a distillation with water, in a portable copper still and worm, capable of holding about one hundred gallons, which is so arranged that it can be transported in the woods, and erected quickly upon a temporary \ 30 OF THE MEDICAL PLANTS OF MICHIGAN. arch ; two pails full of boughs (about 8 lbs.) are calculated to yield one ounce of oil, or about three pints to one running of the still, which occupies from thirteen to twenty-four hours, according to circumstances, (fuel, wind, etc.) The distilling is done only in winter, when the tree is richest in oil, and labor is cheapest ; the price which the oil brings in market, is from twenty-five to forty cents per pound, upon the average. I understand that large quantities of hemlock oil are distilled in Madison Co., New York ; I believe the Association a year or so ago asked in- formation upon the manufacture of hemlock oil without success. The younger branches of the hemlock spruce are employed in domestic practice for making stimulating fomentations. From the A. nigra is made the essence of spruce, from which spruce beer was formerly made ; I believe the leaves can be used for the same purpose. Carya amara. Bitter-nut Hickory. " poroina. Pig-nut Hicory. " sulcata. Shellbark Hickory. Ind.; abundant in S. of L. P.* Besides the value of this genus as timber, the leaves are aromatic and astringent, and the bark contains evidently a valuable bitter (tonic) principle, as may be inferred from the following. Mr. Caflinbury, of Constantine, St. Joseph Co., in a communication to me upon another subject, states as follows : " I think I have discovered that the inner bark of the common wild hickory (probably C. amara, F. S.) possesses an active stimulant and tonic virtue, that may be U3ed successfully as a febrifuge. But not being a physician or pharmaceutist, and never having had an opportunity of making a scientific analysis of its chemical nature, I am not prepared to speak with certainty, and base my opinion upon experience, a few incidents of which I will present. Ten years ago I was af- flicted with indigestion, attended with its usual concomitants, acidity of the stomach, morbid appetite, flatulency, diarrhoea, etc. I attributed this to the habitual use of tobacco, which, if not the prime cause of the disease, was an agent in its aggrava- tion. As a substitute for the tobacco I selected the inner bark of the hickory on account of its pungent, saccharine and drastic qualities, I soon found my health improving, and that although *L. P. Lower Peninsular; U, P. Upper Peninsular, OF THE MEDICAL PLANTS OF MICHIGAN. 31 I resumed and continued the use of tobacco, I was rarely visited with indigestion ; and if occasionally visited with the symptons, from having over eaten or having eaten of too rich or unwhole- some food, that to chew the hickory bark and swallow its juice it would stimulate the stomach to action and correct the gastric fluid. This success led me to prepare a strong fluid tincture of the bark, by cutting it small and putting it into pale Otard brandy. My children (three of them) were at the time sick with the dis- ease then prevalent in this region, arising from malarious at- mosphere, and known as chill fever. I gave them of this tinc- ture three times a day, and in two days they were well. The next year I gave it to them after the first paroxysms, and a se- cond one did not occur ; since then I have used no other reme- dy in my family for ague, fever and other bilious diseases, and al- ways with like success. Upon my recommendation many others have used it with like success. Many have steeped the bark and have used the infusion thus obtained, instead of the tincture. Infusion in water seems to dissolve the active matter, as the tea thus made produced the same effect as did the tincture. From this experience, I am led to believe that an extract might be obtained from the bark of the hickory tree that would take the place of quinia in the treatment of bilious diseases, re- sulting from the derangement or morbid action of the liver, and the digestive system generally. The genus Carya belongs to the order Juglandacese, of which the family Juglans are employed in medicine, but the authori- ties do not give any medical power to the Carya at all, and it may be that Mr. Caffinbury's experience is valuable to the pro- fession. G-aultheria procumbens. Wintergreen. This beautiful little plant is ind,, and exceedingly abundant throughout the upper portion of L. P., and the whole of the U. P. ; so much so, that in many townships it covers the ground al- most to the exclusion of the ordinary grasses and common wild plants ; its delicately colored and flavored berry, in spring, forms the favorite food for a great variety of feathered creatures, and it is apparent that the distillation of the essential oil could be most profitably carried on in this State by means of the porta- 32 ON THE MEDICAL PLANTS OF MICHIGAN. ble still", mentioned under the head of Abies, for distilling oil of hemlock. Large quantities of the berries are annually offered for sale in Detroit, and are simply eaten as a relish. The unu- sual abundance of this plant has occasioned a great variety of names being applied to it ; one gentleman jokingly stated, that he seriously thought of publishing a small quarto volume of them. The following are a few of them, as employed by the people in the Wintergreen districts : Partridge Berry, Deer Berry, Aro- matic Wintergreen, Three-leaved Wintergreen, Teaberry, Check- erberry, Roxberry, Wintergreen, Common Wintergreen, Pigeon Berry, Mountain Tea, etc. The berries and leaves are both used for their pleasant aro- matic, stimulating powers, but the essential oil is the product most used, and by which only is it known in medicine. Vlmus fulva. Slippery Elm or Red Elm. Ind. The U. fulva is very abundant throughout the middle and south of L. P. Hundreds of tons of the valuable inner bark of this tree are collected and sent East every year from our State. The following is a statement of the manner of curing, etc., this bark, as related by a person who makes it a livelihood* The Indian name in Michigan is Sharscope ; time to commence collecting is 15th of May, continuing about six weeks. Best way to dry the bark is to nail up the large pieces in a room heated by a stove, or else in the direct sunlight. Must be kept from rains and dew. Requires about three days to thoroughly dry in favorable circumstances. The larger trees afford the most brittle and thick white bark, which if white brings the high- est price, but which is not best for medicinal use, as the tough, stringy, thin bark affords the best and most mucilage. About half the weight of the green bark is wasted in drying. The Indians are usually paid one cent per pound for collecting the green bark, and the price of the bark when brought into market varies from five to ten dollars per cwt. In grinding the tough bark it yields two-thirds of its weight of superfine flour, and the balance is coarse ligneous powder suitable for cataplasms. I believe that considerable slippery elm bark is exported. Proceedings Am. Pharm. Association. —1^8. THE PEPPERMINT PLANTATIONS OF MICHIGAN. 33 THE PEPPERMINT PLANTATIONS OF MICHIGAN. By Frederick Stearns, of Detroit. You are all aware how conspicuous a place is occupied in our list of the Materia Medica by the essential oils, and doubt- less that, of those largely produced in the United States, the oil of the Mentha Piperita is the most important, both in its relation to Medicine and to Commerce ; and I further venture to say that, among those essential oils, there is no one of them concerning which so little is generally known of its history, cul- ture, and production, as of this of which my paper treats. The Association having invited reports from its members upon subjects of similar character, I trust that the following remarks, which relate more particularly to the introduction of the culture of peppermint into Michigan, the methods there employed for growing the plant, and the processes of distilling its oil, may prove of interest and value. For the last ten years, the largest proportion of the oil of peppermint produced in the world, has been sent from one county (St. Joseph) in the south-western part of Michigan. The plant was cultivated for its oil in New York and in Ohio for many years previous to its first introduction into this State, but, from want of sufficient and authentic data, I am unable to give you any account of its early cultivation in those States, and will therefore confine my remarks, principally, to that por- tion of its history and culture which relates to the State in which I reside. It was first introduced into St. Joseph County in 1835, by Calvin Sawyer, who brought the roots from Ohio, and made the first plantation on Pigeon Prairie, in the township of White Pigeon. In the spring of 1836, two farmers, named White and Earl, procuring roots from Calvin Sawyer, made plantations on the same prairie, and in the same township. In 1837, the number of plantations was increased by others ; and in 1838, Marshal Craw and Lewis Ranney commenced its culture on burr oak soil, in Florence township of the same county. In the soil of these burr oak openings, as they are termed (being rich, loamy, and gently undulating, covered here and there with a scant growth of the burr, or scrub oak), the Mint was 34 THE PEPPERMINT PLANTATIONS OP MICHIGAN. found to produce better than on the prairie soil, where it not only required more labor to cultivate it, but was often unprofit- able, from the roots being winter-killed, occasioned by the snow being blown off the level fields, and thus exposing the ground to the influence of the frost ; its cultivation being aban- doned on the prairies, it was thereafter limited to the township of Florence, where it has principally been cultivated ever since, there being but little over one hundred acres employed in Mint, outside of St. Joseph County, in the whole State. During the first year of its production, the oil was purchased by the village merchants, and exchanged in New York City for merchandise suited to their trade. As the product increased, these merchants acted as agents for eastern dealers, who bought, sold or exported it, shipping it to Europe, where it was principally disposed of in the Liverpool market. The Mint oil being a fancy product, and not a substantial staple commodity of commerce, the surplus, after our own and the European market was supplied, was of little value until there occurred a new demand. Asa natural consequence, competi- tion in speculation upon its purchase and sale in the City of New York became hazardous, there being many houses more or less engaged in the business. At this time (about 1844) the house of Patterson, Stone & Co., in that city, adopted the fol- lowing enterprise, with the view of monopolizing the trade in Mint oil : This house first sent an agent to Europe, to determine the amount of the demand in the Liverpool market. This he did, and ascertained it to be about 12,000 pounds per annum. They then sent another agent west, to determine the amount of the product annually. This agent found plantations in Wayne and other counties in Western New York ; others still larger in the counties of Ashtabula, Geauga, and Cuyahoga, Ohio ; and final- ly those of Florence in this State. The plantations in New York did not produce enough, those in Ohio too much, and those in Florence just about the quantity required to supply the Liverpool market. He consequently entered into contract with the producers in New York and Ohio, whereby he bound them under heavy penalties to plow up their Mint fields, and destroy the roots, and not plant any more Mint or sell or give THE PEPPERMINT PLANTATIONS OF MICHIGAN. 35 away any roots, or produce or sell any Mint oil for the period of five years, and paid them one dollar and fifty cents per acre as a bonus for so doing. He then contracted with the produ- cers of St. Joseph County to pay them two dollars and fifty cents for their Mint oil, delivered at such agencies as he estab- lished in the county for that purpose, for a like period of five years, binding them under heavy forfeitures not to sell roots to any one, not to extend their own plantations themselves, and to deliver every ounce of Mint oil produced by them to the agents under the contract. These contracts continued to be observed for about three years, by the producers, when the house having gained the desired end of this monopoly, a large fortune, ceased to enforce the contracts, which, by this time, were not greatly regarded or observed by the producers. By this time, also many of the producers had amassed fortunes from their Mint product, retired from the business, and seeded down their farms ; other fields had run out, and new ones converted into Mint fields; the production of the oil again became general, and has since continued so, but limited mostly to Florence. I will now proceed to state the method of culture, and the minutiae concerning the distillation of the oil. The Peppermint plant requires a deep, rich, warm soil. The opening lands of Southern Michigan, which are mixed with sand, black loam, and some clay, are most productive in oil, if not in quantity of herb to the acre. The ground is prepared by deep plowing and harrowing, as for oats, potatoes, or other summer products, in early spring, say from the middle of April to the 20th of May, or as soon as an acre or so can be plowed to commence with, in order to get the roots of the Mint planted before they begin to sprout. The ground is furrowed as for potatoes, with the furrows fifteen, eighteen, or twenty-four inches apart. The roots are prepared by plowing up an old field of Mint ground, from which they are raked out with rakes, potato hooks, etc., loaded on a wagon like a load of straw, and drawn to the new Mint ground. The best roots are taken from fields planted the preceding year, and it requires about one acre of such to furnish roots enough to plant ten acres anew. The planter goes to the stack of Mint-roots in the corner of the field, or wherever they may have been deposited, fills a bag half full 36 THE PEPPERMINT PLANTATIONS OF MICHIGAN. of them (which are light), swings it over his neck, and under his left arm ; taking a bunch of roots from the bag, he holds it in his left hand, passes along a furrow, tearing off a root, or a small parcel of the roots, as is most convenient, from the bunch in his left hand, he drops it, or them, into the furrow, covering them with his right foot, and stepping on them with his left one, as he proceeds. It is an object to plant the roots so thick in the furrow as to form a continuous connection, or chain. This is called » setting Mint." A man will set from half to three-quarters of an acre in a day. As soon as the Mint is seen above ground, usually in three or four weeks, the horse and cultivator (the common corn culti- vator) are introduced, and followed by the hoe. This process is repeated twice or three times. When the Mint has grown and spread to the size of rows of beach leaves or half grown po- tatoes, the hoe is again plied for the last time, in the early part of August, and this completes the culture of the crop. This keeps down the indigenous weeds, and when the mower goes into the field, in the latter part of the same month, he finds the ground nearly, if not entirely, covered with Mint. The cutting and distilling commences about the 25th of Au- gust, and continues until the 1st of October, during which period the plant is in full inflorescence, and the lower leaves begin to growT sere. If the season has been unusually dry, and there comes a rain, the Mint is allowed to stand from one to three weeks longer than if otherwise, as it is rendered more produc- tive of oil — wet seasons being considered more favorable than dry ones. It is cut the first year by a cradle with two fingers, and grass scythe. It is raked together in small cocks, where it is suffered to wilt ten or twelve hours. If convenient, wilt- ing the plant, besides increasing the yield of oil slightly, enables the operator to get it more compactly into a smaller compass. From the cock, it is taken to the distillery, which will be hereafter described. The next year there is nothing to do to the Mint field but to cut and distill its product. During this (the second year), a few weeds make their appearance, but not to the injury of the crop, though the most careful of the Mint-growers go through their fields, and destroy them as much as possible. The second THE PEPPERMINT PLANTATIONS OF MICHIGAN. 37 year the stalk or stem of the Mint is coarse, and the leaves not so abundant as before, so that the second crop is not so produc- tive as the first. The third year there is nothing to do but to harvest and dis- till the Mint. The stem is coarser than before, and the leaves still less abundant. The weed this year abounds, and if not re- moved and destroyed (a task involving much labor), half or more of the product of the field is weed, and the yield of oil and herb consequently reduced to one-half, or less than one-half, that of the first year. The fourth year, the field is plowed up early in the spring. This, in a measure kills the weed, (this " renewing," as it is called, is sometimes done the third year, and every following third year until the field is employed for other crops,) the bro- ken roots send up new and tender shoots, and a fair crop is again obtained without any further labor than plowing the field. The fifth year, without any further attention, produces a crop equal to the second ; after which, the field is pastured and reclaimed for other crops. The first year produces the best quality of oil, the highest yield per acre, and the greatest yield to the quantity of herb. Some few Mint-farmers raise the plant from the seed, care- fully cultivating the ground, and protecting the young shoots from the early frosts, the Mint not being cut until the second year of its growth from the seed. Those who operate in this manner, usually re-set their fields every two years, planting them with new Mint, raised in a nursery, from the seed. Others still, plant the roots in the fall, after the crop is gathered, cul- tivate and hoe it in the spring following, until it reaches the height of a foot or so. After the crop is gathered, the Mint stubble is again plowed under, and harvested the second season without cultivating or hoeing. The weed which has been mentioned is the only one the plan- ter has to contend with after the first year's cultivation, and there is no means of entirely subduing it. After the first year, the Mint roots, which naturally tend to the surface, and the stems, which naturally tend to seek the earth, and root in it 38 THE PEPPERMINT PLANTATIONS OF MICHIGAN. from the joints, form a superficial network over the whole field, suppressing every other weed, and leaving no means of subduing this weed, without injuring the crop. This weed is known by the several names of Horse-tail weed, Qows-tail, Mares-tail, Fieldbroom, Bitterweed, and Fireweed; its botanical name, Er#ch- ■ thites liieracifolius. It grows throughout the United States in moist woods, and in the rank soil of recent clearings ; its odor is peculiar, and somewhat disagreeable, depending upon a volatile oil. It is employed somewhat in medicine, particularly by the Eclectics. This plant, after it gains a foothold in the Mint field, the third year, is accompanied by June grass, both of which are cut with the Mint and go into the process of dis- tillation with it. The Fireweed yields an essential oil of no value, which is pungent and somewhat bitter. It is the only plant which grows with the Mint that yields an essential oil. It is somewhat difficult to detect in the Mint oil, unless mixed in the ratio of more than fifty per cent., except by the specific gravity of the mixed oil ; the pure Fireweed oil requires eigh- teen fluid ounces to weigh one pound avoirdupois, L e. a quantity of weed oil equal to one pound of Mint oil in bulk weighs but fourteen ounces avoirdupois. It will be seen from the foregoing that this weed oil finds its way into a very large proportion of the oil of Peppermint pro- duced, either by accident or design. It has indeed often been used by unscrupulous persons and producers in adulterating their Mint oil ; some have been known to distill it pure, for that purpose, from the weed gathered in waste fields and fallow grounds. The Fireweed oil, spirits of turpentine and high proof alcohol constitute the only materials known, that are used in adulterat- ing the pure Mint oil ; though it may be presumed that bland fixed oils are often used for the same purpose. The odor, and less specific gravity of the weed oil best serves to detect its presence in Mint oil, as also that of turpentine. Washing it with water will remove the greater portion of the alcohol from oil adulterated with it. Any fixed oil contaminating it, is de- tected by the greasy stain such mixed oil leaves upon paper, and is removed by re distillation. The specific gravity of pure oil Peppermint when fresh is 0-902. THE PEPPERMINT PLANTATIONS OF MICHIGAN. 39 It is usually of a pale yellow color, sometimes almost white, or of a slight greenish tint; as it grows old it becomes more or less oxidized, and assumes a reddish color. The precautions necessary to produce a superior product, both as to quantity and quality, are — 1st. To distill, from new or young Mint, the first crop of rich and well cultivated land. 2d. Tight and well constructed apparatus. 3d. Cutting, wilting, and distilling the plant in still dry weather, as much oil may escape, on account of its great vola- tility, before it reaches the still, in windy weather, and before it can be wilted in damp, cloudy, or rainy weather. The pro- cess of distilling is facilitated much by wilting the herb, as the bulk being thereby reduced from one-third to one-half, the greater quantity can be compressed into the same capacity of the vessel used in the process of distillation. 4th. Good dry and well-preserved fuel is necessary, which, from its great combustibility, will generate steam the most ra- pidly. The apparatus used in distilling the oil is — 1st. A boiler with a flat bottom of boiler iron, and a circular top of sheet iron. The boiler is about nine feet in length, and thirty inches in diameter, with three flues six inches each in di- ameter. The boiler is set upon a brick arch, which receives the fuel. 2d. A well and hand-pump to supply the boiler and other ap- paratus hereinafter described. 3d. A round tub, made of pine or whitewood staves, hooped with iron bands ; the staves from one and a half to two inches thick, the tub four feet six inches deep, and six feet in diameter. This tub is set up from the ground from three to six inches, on bricks or wooden blocks ; one-half or one-third of the top, or head, is constructed with the tub — that is, it is set in a groove in the staves like a barrel head, leaving an aperture of half or two-thirds of the circumference of the top. To this aperture is fitted a movable lid, which shuts down tightly, and can be, when shut down, made steam-tight by means of oakum stuffing. 4th. A cooler ; being a large tub, set two feet from the ground, filled with water, and containing a worm of tinned- 40 THE PEPPERMINT PLANTATIONS OF MICHIGAN. iron, about one hundred feet long, the lower end of which pro- jects through one side of the cooler, about three inches from the bottom ; the upper end of the worm connects by a pipe of similar material, with the top of the first described tub, which tub is called "the steam tub," or "still." 5th. A receiver of tin, placed under the opening of the lower end of the worm. The receiver is eighteen inches deep, and ten inches in diameter ; from the bottom of this there issues a dis- charging pipe at an angle of about 25°, similar to the spout of a coffee pot, and extends at that angle to its extremity, which stands at an elevation of an inch or two below the top of the re- ceiver. A tube or pipe extends from the top of the boiler to the bottom of the steam tub, or still. The whole structure is generally covered with a temporary shed, for protection against the weather — this covering being open upon the sides. Underneath the covering is erected a plank floor, twelve or fifteen feet square, to receive the Mint. This floor stands at a level with the top of the steam tub, or still. After the boiler has been supplied with water, the fire is started in the arch, the Mint has been drawn in from the cock, and deposited on the plank floor, from whence it is pitched with a hay fork into the still, and packed down as it is thrown in, by one of the hands, who goes into the tub for that purpose, and packs it with his feet until the still can receive no more. This is called a "charge." The movable lid is then adjusted, and the steam applied from the boiler. The essential oil of the Mint passes with the steam into the worm ; is condensed with it,* and passes into the receiver, where it rises to the top of the water. As the receiver gets filled, the water constantly escapes by the spout, while the oil is dipped off, and placed in cans ready to receive it. When the charge is exhausted, and yields no more oil, the steam is shut off ; the lid of the steam tub, or still, thrown open, and the reeking contents removed with hay forks. This is called " Mint straw." Horned cattle and sheep are * By exhausting each charge as rapidly as possible, by using steam under as high a pressure as the strength of the boiler will warrant, it is found that though the yield of oil is lessened, it is nearly colorless and of a firm odor. THE PEPPEEMINT PLANTATIONS OF MICHIGAN. 41 fond of it, and will subsist upon it through the winter. It is thrown into large piles about the Mint still, after being dried, or else drawn into barns, where it lies till fed to the cattle in the winter. The oil cans are made of the best tinned-iron, after the model of the tin powder cans, and contain each twenty pounds of oil. In these cans the oil is shipped, the small aperture at the top being soldered. Three, four, or five cans are placed in a case, the tops of which are sloped like a house roof. There are now in this State about 2100 acres employed in producing the Mint plant, all of which, except about one hun- dred, are in the county of St. Joseph. It produces in oil, per acre, as follows : Maximum . . . ♦ . 20 lb. av. Minimum 2 « Average . . . 7 " In England, at Mitcham, where the Mint plant is raised in richly manured land, the average yield is stated to be 17i lbs. to the acre. Upon the plantations of the Messrs. Hotchkiss in Western New York, the average yield is said to be 20 lbs. The average product per annum in this State has been as fol- lows, from the commencement to the present time : Maximum 30,000 lbs. Minimum 8,000 « Average 15,000 « The crops vary, for several reasons. That of 1855 was large, being 30,000 pounds ; the dry season following, it was reduced one sixth, i. e. to 25,000 pounds ; and the severe cold of the winter of '56 and '57, by killing the roots, reduced the crop to \ one-half that of '55, it being variously estimated from 12,000 to \ 15,000 pounds. \ The prices obtained by producers of the oil have been as fol- lows : Highest price per lb. ... $4.00 Lowest price per lb. ... 1.25 Average price per lb. . . 2.37 Thve having been as much sold at $1.25 as at $4.00, the ave- rages taken between $1.75 and $3.00, the usual prices. The 42 THE PEPPERMINT PLANTATIONS OF MICHIGAN. prices ranged somewhat as following : 1844 to 1847, at $2.50 ; 1847 to 1852, at $1.50 ; 1853, at $2.00 ; 1854, at $4.00 ; 1855 ; at $3.50 ; 1856, at $2.50 ; 1857, the crop of which is yet par- tially unsold, from $2.00 to $2.50. The land, with its improvements, is valued from $30 to $35 per acre. The cost of cultivating a Mint field the first year is $22 per acre ; and for the succeeding three years, $5 a year per acre. The following statement will show an approximation to the amount of capital invested in this industry in our State, and its returns : 2100 acres of Land and Improvements are valued at $75,000 Total average value of Oil to producers . . . 37,500 Total cost of Production, including interest upon $75,000 at 7 per cent 24,000 Profit to producers 13,500 This profit is over one-third the receipts for the oil, and 18 per cent, upon the capital employed. Assuming that there are 500 acres in Mint plant in Western New York, and 500 acres in Ohio, which, I presume, is nearly correct, at least a low estimate, and that the average product of the New York plantations be 12 lbs. of oil to the acre, while that of Ohio is reckoned at 8 lbs., the total annual product of these States will be 10,000 lbs., valued at $25,000 — making the average value of the whole crop of oil of Peppermint produced annually in the United States to be over $63,000 to its producers. Having in view the general interest felt by our profession in such matters, I was led to prepare this Report ; and if, gentle- men, it has served to instruct, or even entertain you, I shall rest satisfied, only expressing the hope that it may induce mem- bers who possess the opportunities requisite, to convey to the Association such information as they can collect relative to those industries of our country, appertaining to our pursuits, and con- cerning which the general knowledge is as yet limited and ir definite. In conclusion, I desire to express my obligations to those tlemen interested in the Mint product throughout our State for the valuable aid they have afforded me ; particularly to M^srs. S. C. Coffinberry, and Wm. H. Roys, of Constantine. ON THE SOLUBILITY OF MEDICINAL PRINCIPLES. 43 ON THE SOLUBILITY OF THE MEDICINAL PRINCIPLES OP ALL ORGANIC MATTER IN ALCOHOL. By Wm. S. Merrill, A. M. In presenting my views on the above subject, I feel that I do it somewhat prematurely ; I had not intended to bring them for- ward at this meeting of the Association, but to wait till I could more fully confirm them by experiment and illustrate them by samples. But learning that the subject of Fluid Extracts was exciting great interest throughout the medical profession, and was likely to be made a prominent subject of enquiry here ; and as the laws which I hold to exist, lie at the foundation of all correct formulae for making this class of preparations, I have concluded, since leaving home, to sketch out my views on this subject and present them for your consideration. I am aware that the truth of my hypothesis will be questioned, for I have yet named it to no pharmaceutist who at first gave it his assent ; perhaps it will be proved false ; but if true, all will admit it to be of primary importance in the science of pharmacy. The hypothesis then, which I venture to propose, is this ; that alcohol, in its solvent power, accurately discriminates between the medicinal and the nutritive principles of all vegetable sub- stances, and, for the most part, of all organic matter. That, in their normal states, all those proximate principles of vegetation which are medicinal or poisonous, are soluble in pure alcohol, while all those which are nutritive, or capable of digestion and as- similation, are insoluble, or at most very sparingly soluble in that menstruum ; and conversely, all those parts or principles of vegetables which are soluble in alcohol, are non-nutritious and incapable of sustaining animal life, and when taken into the stomach in their isolated state, more or less disturb the normal action of the animal functions ; while all those parts. or princi- ples which are insoluble in that fluid, are either assimilative and nutritious, or else in consequence of the inaction of the gastric juices upon them, (as lignin, wax, caoutchouc, &c.) are inert, or act only mechanically on the system. Thus, starch, gum, glu- ten, pectin, vegetable albumen, glucose, sugar, fixed oils, and other analogous principles, all those elements which are digest!- / 44 ON THE SOLUBILITY OF MEDICINAL PRINCIPLES. bie and capable of sustaining animal life, are insoluble in pure alcohol, while the resins, alkaloid salts, essential oils and those fixed oils which are medicinal, are soluble in that menstruum. It is at once objected to these views, that there are many vege- table substances from which pure alcohol will not extract the medicinal virtues ; that for this purpose water, dilute alcohol, acids, ether or other agents are requisite, and are hence prescrib- ed in our pharmaceutical formulae. It is true that to eliminate these principles in the first place from their native combinations in the plant, such agents are necessary, not because such medi- cinal principles are not themselves soluble in alcohol, but be- cause they are so enveloped in and shielded by other principles which are not soluble in that menstruum that it cannot reach them. If we dissolve a mixture of gum acacia and muriate of mor- phia, and reduce the solution to dryness and a coarse powder, strong alcohol will not dissolve out the morphia from that pow- der ; not because it is not soluble in the alcohol, but because it is protected by the insoluble gum. But, if now we re-dissolve this mass and pour the solution into a proper quantity of strong alcohol, the gum will be precipitated, and the morphia remain in solution, and may thus be recovered and isolated. So in extracting the virtues of most plants it is necessary, or at least expedient, to use other agents besides alcohol to bring into solution all their elements, and thus disengage the principles we seek. In most cases water is necessary as one of these agents, for the purpose of dissolving the nutritive principles and expanding the vegetable fibre. In some cases the medicinal elements are found enveloped in others which are not soluble either in water or alcohol, as wax, caoutchouc, and the fatty oils. Then we require ether, benzole or camphene, for their perfect and speedy elimination, but when once freed from such shield- ing substances the medicinal elements are all found to be solu- ble in alcohol alone. When the principle sought is a fixed medi- cinal oil, we find ether to be used to great advantage, because it dissolves that principle to the exclusion of most others, and thus presents the medicine in a very pure and concentrated form, as in the ethereal extract of ergot, capsicum, filix mas, &c, but ON THE SOLUBILITY OE MEDICINAL PRINCIPLES. 45 when so obtained, the ether may be replaced by alcohol and all that is medicinal held in solution by that grand solvent. But while alcohol is the specific solvent of all the medicinal elements of vegetation, they are most of them while in their native combinations soluble in water also ; this is the most uni- versal solvent in nature. This alone will probably extract all the virtues of jalap and podophyllum and leave little but the in- ert vegetable fibre. For the resinous principles of these roots, in their natural state, are held in such intimate combination with the other elements that they are dissolved out and held in solu- tion with them. Thus the watery extracts of such roots actually contain their medicinal virtues although greatly diluted with other non-medicinal principles. But, if that native combination is once broken up or disturbed, those resinous principles separate and are not again soluble in that menstruum. When obtained, however, by this or other injudicious processes, these resinoid principles and perhaps others originally medicinal, are liable to become so changed in their original constitution by the action of heat, water and oxygen, as to be no longer soluble in alcohol, and just so far as this is the case their medicinal properties are destroyed and they become inert. Thus the medicinal value of jalapin, podophyllin, leptandrin and the other resinoids may be correctly estimated by their solubility in alcohol, for so far as they are thus insoluble they are worthless. Many vegetables which we habitually use as wholesome escu- lents, contain some elements soluble in alcohol, but these when separated and concentrated will be found to be active medicines or poison. In themselves they are not nutritious but medicinal, but in the small proportions in which they are found in our food, they may, like the pepper, and ginger and cayenne, and common salt, which we use as condiments, serve as healthful stimulants to the digestive organs, and thus aid in the assimilation of those substances which are really nutritive. I have above advocated the truth of this hypothesis as applied to vegetable substances only ; but if the bone phosphate of lime, (which I believe is not soluble in alcohol), is entirely inert, as is the opinion of Prof. Wood, then I know of no exception to its application to the whole animal kingdom also. I wish it to be understood, however, that I contend for the 46 ON THE SOLUBILITY OF MEDICINAL PRINCIPLES. application of this law only to those proximate principles of organic matter which are properly the products of vegetable and animal life. Among the multifarious combinations of the primary elements which are the results of the destructive de- composition of vegetable and animal matter, there may be found exceptions to this rule ; some preparations may be found which are medicinal or poisonous, and yet not soluble in alcohol ; but that is foreign to our present enquiry. To prove this hypothesis affirmatively would require the enu- meration of every article of the vegetable Materia Medica, with testimony to the solubility of its medicinal principle in alcohol ; we can therefore only offer the negative proof of challenging the production of facts that militate against it. These we be- lieve, if any, will be found so few that the exceptions will but establish the rule. The importance and application of this law will be readily ap- preciated. The particular modes of manipulation must be left to the judgment of the pharmaceutist, and must be greatly va- ried, according to the nature of the substance operated on. The general rule of operation will be this : In the first place, extract from the crude material all its soluble elements, or at least be sure that we have reached and eliminated all those medi- cinal principles which we seek. For this purpose we may em- ploy water, alcohol, ether, or other agents, or these combined or in succession, as experience and pharmaceutical knowledge may indicate. Then, from this primary tincture or solution, draw off, by the still or the vacuum pan, the menstruum used, and reduce the extract to a semi-fluid or syrupy consistence, leaving as little fluid as practicable to dilute the alcohol to be used, and yet retain sufficient fluidity to allow all the particles to come fully in contact with this solvent. Next weaken this semi- fluid extract with absolute alcohol, or, at least, with that of such strength as will not dissolve the nutritive and inert principles. In doing this, use, in the first place, about two-thirds or three- fourths the quantity for the proposed volume of the finished tincture, and after sufficient agitation and digestion in this, de- cant or filter off the clear liquid and set it aside. Treat the re- maining precipitate with repeated portions of alcohol till no- thing more is dissolved, and distil off the spirit from these ON THE SOLUBILITY OF MEDICINAL PRINCIPLES. 47 weaker solutions, till the quantity left, when added to the for- mer strong solution, will make up the measure proposed. If this, from inferiority of the materials used, is not of the specific gravity adopted, it may be further concentrated. If the material to be extracted contains any essential oil or other volatile principle, this must first be drawn off and set aside, to be added at the close of the process, or to be used as part of the menstruum in the second part of the process. This is best done, not by distilling over, but by displacing down- wards by the vapor or alcohol in the vapor displacement appa- ratus, an improvement which we now employ. But as my ob- ject now is to develop a general law and its uses, and not to give particular formulae, I will not dwell longer on these mani- pulations. In this way alcoholic solutions may be obtained of almost any desired degree of concentration, for as the solvent power of the menstruum is no longer diminished by the presence of water or foreign matters, it becomes, in regard to many substances, lim- ited only by the consistence of the solution. In general, how- ever, the concentration now generally adopted for the fluid ex- tracts, in which each fluid-drachm represents the strength of 60 grains of the material, is a convenient one, and is easily attain- able with almost every plant, but other standards may be adopted, as found expedient. We believe that pharmaceutical preparations made in accord- ance with the above hypothesis will be found superior in most cases, to those now in use. In all the formulae now in use, or which I have seen recom- mended for fluid extracts, much of the volatile principles of the plant are dissipated in the concentration and lost ; by this plan all are preserved. In those formulae, the removal of the alco- hol necessarily results in the precipitation of the resinous prin- ciples which, when such principles predominate, as in the jalap and leptandra, the amount of sugar recommended will not keep suspended, nor the addition of one-fifth or one-fourth of alcohol, as practised by later manufacturers, hold in solution. These must therefore be removed at the expense of the medicinal power of the preparation, or else give to it a turbid and disgust- ing appearance. In our proposed tinctures, on the contrary, 48 ON THE SOLUBILITY OF MEDICINAL PRINCIPLES. all such principles are held in perfect and permanent solution, and they are not like the old fluid extracts, liable to change from fermentation or loss by freezing. Such essential tinctures may be made much more perfect and definite representatives of the material from which they are pre- pared, than the common officinal tinctures, and may be dis- pensed with the greatest precision, while they are vastly supe- rior to those old preparations, in occupying but one-eighth to one-fourth the space, and especially in their containing so small an amount of stimulant, in proportion to their medicinal power, that this ceases to be an objection to their administration. Should cases occur, which may in one out of fifty, in which the physician apprehends that the few minims contained in the pre- scribed dose would unfavorably affect the patient, he has only to drop the tincture on a little sugar in a tea-cup, and pour on to it a spoonful of hot water, and by the time it is well mixed and cool, all the alcohol will be dissipated, and the medicine left diffused in the sweetened water. And here I will observe in passing, that no medicine, and especially those of an active character, should be thrown naked into the stomach in their concentrated forms. Such forms are exceedingly convenient for carrying, and for definite dispensing, and, I may add, for exhibiting to the patient as small and deli- cate doses ; but in administering them, they should almost always be diffused in syrup, gruel, or other bland liquid. Or if in pills, they should be so combined as to render the solution in the sto- mach gradual and diffusive. I may further remark, that if tinctures of the officinal strength are required, they may be instantly prepared from these concen- trated solutions, by the simplest formulae and in the greatest pro- portion. Or by adding them in proper quantity to warm simple syrup, beautiful medicinal syrups of any desired strength may be cheaply produced. But it is not to the preparation of fluid extracts or concen- trated tinctures only, that the law and the processes I propose are applicable. If we pour such tinctures into water, the resi- noid principles will be precipitated ; thus, jalapin, podophyllin, macrotin, &c, may be obtained in their purest form. If such tinctures be evaporated to the pillular consistence, they form ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. 49 true alcoholic extracts, which are more active, more definite, more uniform, and more permanent, than any that can be other- wise prepared. Or again, if they do not contain fixed oils or oleo-resins, the evaporation may be carried to dryness, and the powdered extracts form convenient, definite, and powerful agents; such indeed, as are some of the so-called " concentrated medi- cines " now oifered to the medical profession, and approved as valuable preparations. Indeed, preparations formed in accordance with these views, will, in many cases, be found superior to the fine crystallized chemicals which have been considered the climax of pharmaceu- tic skill, inasmuch as in these latter the normal constitution of the medicine is always broken up, and new and artificial combi- nations formed, which do not act on the system precisely as the original organic salts as they exist in the plant; while in these alcoholic extracts, whether fluid, pillular, or powdered, the medi- cinal principles exist in combination with their own native acids or bases, arid thus truly represent the plant in substance ; and if our theory be true, will contain only those elements which are more or less medicinal, to the exclusion of the inert matter. But I have extended my paper already, I fear, beyond its ac- ceptable limits, and will therefore leave the above suggestions to the consideration and criticism of whom they may concern. Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association, 18 58. EXTRACTS FROM PR. SQUIBB' S PAPER ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. (From the Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association, 1858.) Argenti Nitras Fusus. With regard to this preparation the writer has only to sug- gest that the number and simplicity of the tests be amended. Lunar caustic when quite pure is not white, as usually de- scribed, but rather colorless and translucent at a point of re- cent fracture, and greyish externally from the action of light and organic matter. It is often but little more opaque than the crystals of similar thickness. It is crystalline and radiating from the center, upon fracture, and sometimes a little grey in- ternally from a small proportion of reduced silver. When of 4 50 ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. granular or homogeneous fine grained fracture, and when of an opaque or porcelanic whiteness, it may be strongly suspected of impurity. As a general rule, that presenting the handsomest appearance is most to be distrusted, or most clearly indicates the necessity of examination. It is, perhaps, better known in the pharmaceutical than in the medical profession, that a lunar caus- tic " No. 2 " is very commonly made and sold, and is, as far as the writer has been able to ascertain, quoted upon the prices current of every manufacturing chemist in the United States. This preparation is commonly made up of 66 to 75 per cent, of nitrate of silver, and 33 to 25 per cent, of nitrate of potassa. It is put up precisely as the so-called pure or " No. 1 " prepara- tion, with the exception of a shade of color in the tint of the paper with which it is wrapped, or in the wax with which it is sealed. The bottle containing half a pound or more is often marked "No. 2 " upon the wrapper or label, and this sometimes with lead pencil. But the sticks carry with them, on being dis- pensed and used, no indication of adulteration, and since " the trade," or the initiated only, know the slight distinctions men- tioned, the preparation is liable to be sold and used as a pure article. Whatever may be the object of this half-masked adul- teration, its effect and drift are unmistakably bad, and therefore the means of detection and control should be so simple and easy of application, as to insure their use as far as practicable. The writer believes he has been fortunate enough to find a test just applicable to this necessity, and which in point of sim- plicity, and easy application, must leave little to be desired. A small fragment of nitrate of silver, crushed to powder with a knife blade upon a piece of paper, the powder spread out over the paper, and the paper and powder then rolled up into a small match-like roll, twisted, set on fire and burned, leaves a tasteless residue of pure silver. But if the nitrate contains even one per cent, of any saline impurity, the residue, instead of being taste- less, will have the sharp alkaline taste of the base of the adul- terating salt. The little match burns rapidly with deflagration, as may be seen by those near, the carbon of the paper serving perfectly to reduce the silver, and in great measure the base of the adulterating salt also. With this test no one need be de- ceived by "No. 2" lunar caustic, nor by the adulteration of the crystallized nitrate with chlorate of potassa, &c, and even ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. 51 the small proportion of sal prunelle that is often added to the so-called pure or "No. 1 caustic" to make it run well, is de- tected in a minute with equal certainty. A solution of nitrate of silver precipitated by hydrochloric acid in excess yields a precipitate entirely soluble in ammonia. The clear supernatant liquid evaporated to dryness yields no residue whatever. It has been ascertained by Prof. J. Lawrence Smith, of Lou- isville, Ky., that the addition of a small proportion of chloride of silver to the nitrate renders the sticks very tough and hard, and thus remedies a defect long felt in the use of pure lunar caustic. He adds, before fusing, such a proportion of chloride of so- dium that the fused nitrate may contain about 8 per cent, of chloride of silver, and considers this proportion as best adapted to the object in view. But this method has the serious objection of introducing a very considerable proportion of nitrate of soda into the preparation, and of diminishing its available strength by the percentage of chloride of silver, plus the percentage of nitrate of soda formed. The writer prefers to add a given quan- tity of hydrochloric acid to the nitrate before fusing, or while in solution ; and thinks that such an addition as will give to the nitrate 5 per cent, of the chloride of silver, will be found suf- ficient for all useful purposes. The chloride of silver formed is entirely soluble in the concentrated solution of the nitrate, and is therefore of course perfectly disseminated through the whole quantity. So hard and tough does this admixture render the sticks of fused nitrate, that the writer believes that they might be made of two- thirds the usual thickness, and yet be sufficiently 3trong for all practical purposes. The formula proposed for this preparation is as follows : Take of Nitrate of Silver, two ounces. Muriatic Acid, forty grains. Distilled Water, half a fluid ounce. Mix the acid and distilled water in a suitable vessel, add the nitrate of silver, and by means of a sand bath or gas flame evap- orate to dryness, fuse, and cast the fused mixture in suitable moulds. The characteristics and tests for this preparation are the same 52 ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. as for thai which contains no chloride. If the hydrochloric acid be of full officinal strength, it will contain just about 5 per cent, of chloride of silver. The specimens presented are, first, that made by Dr. Smith containing 8 per cent, of chloride of silver added in the form of chloride of silver. And second, that made by the writer by the above formula. Ferri Iodidum. In the management of this preparation, the writer greatly pre- fers a modification of the process of Messrs. Smith, of Edin- burgh, as given in the U. S. Dispensatory. This process as now used by the writer, reduced to the scale of the Pharmaco- poeia, is as follows: Take of Iodine, two ounces. Iron Wire, five drachms. Distilled Water, three fluid-ounces. To the iodine and water, contained in a glass-stoppered bottle of eight ounces capacity, add the iron, and shake the mixture till it has assumed a purely green color, free from brown tinge. Then having placed a flask of proper capacity over a spirit lamp, or gas-burner which is just ready for lighting, filter the solution through a moistened filter into the flask, allowing the funnel which holds the filter to rest upon the rim of the flask neck. As soon as the filtration has commenced, light the flame beneath, and boil the solution. When the solution has all passed the filter, and the filter has been washed by the water condensed from the boiling solution, remove the funnel and filter, and introduce a long piece of clean iron wire. Boil ac- tively till the iodide begins to thicken, and then gradually re- duce the flame, and continue the heating gently till iodine vapor appears in the remaining portions of watery vapors passing off. Then extinguish the flame, and allow the flask to stand loosely stopped for half an hour to cool. Finally, break the flask over a warm dry mortar, carefully excluding the fragments of glass, break up the iodide and transfer it to small bottles with good stoppers. The net yield is 1212 grains. Some of the advantages obtained by this management are as follows : By using so much less iron, though still a sufficient \ ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. 53 excess, the violence of the first reaction is controlled, the stir- ring avoided, and by the use of a bottle the air is excluded, and the loss of iodine diminished. By the use of a smaller propor- tion of water the filtration and evaporation are materially short- ened and smaller' vessels are required. By affecting the com- bination without artificial heat, less risk is involved, while the operation is equally simple and easy, and more convenient. Af- ter the first active reaction subsides, the stopper may be firmly fixed, and then five or ten minutes shaking produces the charac- teristic clear green color, while the bottle remains entirely free from the brown stains that mark the commencement of de- composition. By filtering into the flask in the manner described, the whole solution in the flask and filter is protected during the greater part of the time by an atmosphere of steam, and the filter is washed and drained in the same atmosphere by the water condensed in and upon it, this water with the iodide fall- ing back into the flask. The long iron wire stuck into the flask after the funnel is removed serves mainly to render the boiling equable, and prevent bumping. The finished preparation is in bright, dry, metallic looking masses, somewhat crystalline in fracture, and wholly soluble in water. It still contains a little water that might be driven off by more protracted and more gentle heating ; but as the remain- der of the process would involve protracted contact of air, the resulting decomposition would more than counterbalance any advantage sought in this direction. As sesquioxide of iron forms no combination with iodine, it might be supposed that rusty wire or filings would be as good as clean iron, and for some time the writer acted upon this suppo- sition. Afterwards, however, he became convinced that clean iron is necessary for a good preparation. Since it has been pretty conclusively shown that the presence of metallic iron does not prevent the separation of sesquioxide, but only serves to recombine the iodine of the original compound, it seems desirable rather to avoid the decomposition that occurs from contact of the air, than to have iron present during the evaporation. In operating on a larger scale the writer, there- fore, performs the filtration, and finishes the evaporation in an atmosphere of carbonic acid, and is thus enabled to dry the pre- 54 ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. paration rather more thoroughly by means of a saline bath, pro- curing a nicer as well as a practically better result. The drying is then continued till the iodide weighs about the sum of its con- stituents. Without any positive knowledge from experiment upon the subject, the writer thinks that the* decomposition is always the greater, the farther the drying is carried. Liquor Ferri lodidi. Here, again the writer suggests that the very large excess of iron be reduced, as in the foregoing formula. When the com- bination is so rapid, easy and complete, as between these two elements, it is quite useless to have so great an excess of iron. Another objection to the officinal process for this preparation is, that in filtering the solution of the iodide into the sugar, and then shaking them till the sugar is dissolved, a bright clear so- lution is rarely obtained. This arises from the circumstance that almost all sugar contains particles of dust and insoluble matters, and from the practical fact that it is almost impossible to make a bright syrup without a boiling temperature, or a most tedious filtration. Almost all sugar within ordinary reach con- tains something that renders cold-made syrups more or less cloudy and very difficult to filter. In view of these circumstances the writer suggests the follow- ing formula. It has now stood the test of three years experi- ence, and produces a preparation of which those present can judge in some measure by the specimens of various ages pre- sented. A specimen made exactly in accordance with the offici- nal directions is also presented for comparison. Before travel- ling with it, it was bright and clear enough, but had a sediment at the bottom from which the others are free, and its color is not so good, probably for reasons to be noticed farther on. These specimens have not been exposed to the light. Take of Iodine two ounces. Iron Wire five drachms. Distilled Water, a sufficient quantity. Sugar twelve ounces. - Dissolve the sugar, by means of heat, in eight fluid-ounces of boiling distilled water, and filter the syrup through paper into a tared flask of the capacity of twenty fluid-ounces or more \ ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. 55 Then put the iodine and iron into a bottle with three fluid- ounces of distilled water, and after the active reaction has sub- sided, shake the bottle vigorously until a bright clear green so- lution, free from brown tint, is obtained. By this time the solu- tion of the sugar will nearly all have passed through the filter. Perforate the syrup filter over the bottle containing the solution of iodide of iron, and allow the remaining unfiltered portion of the syrup to run into the solution of the iodide, and shake the mix- ture well. Arrange a funnel, containing a small moistened paper filter, over the flask of filtered syrup, so that the point of the funnel enters the syrup, and then filter the solution of the iodide into the syrup, keeping but a small portion of the solution in the filter, and maintaining a constant level till all has been poured in. Allow the filter to drain, without rinsing it, and finally add distilled water to the preparation till it measures, if cool, twenty fluid-ounces, or till it weighs twenty-five and a quarter ounces, shake it well, and keep it in small bottles well filled and well stopped. The process requires three hours, and yields a bright pale green solution of a s. g. of 1.348 containing a little over seven grains of iodide of iron in each fluid-drachm. This preparation, in the few instances in which the writer has seen it in the wholesale market, has been colorless or very near- ly so, or of a brown tint, and of the consistence of syrup. He therefore judges that in the wholesale market it is commonly made by the cheaper formula of the foreign Pharmacopoeia, and contains only about five grains of the iodide in each fluid-drachm, with a larger proportion of sugar. This larger proportion of sugar is inconvenient and unnecessary, since with proper ordi- nary precautions the product of our officinal formula is not liable to deterioration. The writer deprecates the too common prac- tice of making this preparation rather carelessly, and then set- ting it in the sun light to improve the color and appearance, since Mr. Maisch has shown that this treatment probably pro- duces an iodate of the sesquioxide of iron. From the facility with which chemical reactions take place in spongy or porous textures, whose pores contain air or gases often in a condensed state, the writer was easily led to a theoret- .cal objection to filtering the hot solution of iodide of iron into he sugar, as in the officinal process ; and he has since regarded 56 ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S PHARMACOPOEIA. the circumstance of the color of this preparation being better when the solution is filtered into syrup, from which the air has been expelled by the heat in making it, as confirmation of the fact that there is far less air contact and far less consequent de- composition when the syrup is made beforehand. When solutions of chloride, iodide or bromide of iron, with the chlorine, iodine or bromine, in minimum combining propor- tions, are brought in contact with organic matter, a portion of the haloid salt is always decomposed with separation of sesqui- oxide of iron. The extent of the decomposition is determined chiefly by the presence of oxygen or air, but also by the extent of the contact, by the dilution of the solution, and by the tem- perature of the reacting substances. Hence the writer would have as small a quantity of solution to filter as possible, — would filter this through as small a filter as possible, — would filter it cold, or cool, and with the least possible exposure to the air, — and would abstain from washing the last portions out of the filter. This last portion, if washed through, is always of a brown color, and if washed through with water containing the usual proportion of air, is very brown. Fortunately, the solution, when not embarrassed by the de- bris of a large excess of iron passes through a filter very readily, and very rapidly ; so that by ordinary care and precaution, a very perfect, and so to speak, a very chemical preparation may be easily obtained, in which the beginnings of evil have been successfully opposed. The writer is disposed to resume or re-incorporate the direc- tion to preserve this preparation from the light, since by long ex- posure to light it loses its fine pale-green color and becomes color- less, with probably a material change of composition, and possi- bly of medicinal effect. Indeed, as a general rule, medicinal substances should be excluded from light to a far greater de- gree than at present obtains in practice ; and it would be an important step in the right direction, to have some of the white painted shelves of dispensing establishments replaced by closets. Concentrated ether, exposed to sunlight for an hour of each day, soon acquires a strong, disagreeable, pungent, and often empy- reumatic odor, becomes acid, and altogether unfit for use, through partial decomposition. Chloroform, under similar cir- ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. 5T cumstances, gives an odor of chlorine and muriatic acid, and produces a yellow, oily liquid, which collects around the edges of the surface in contact with the bottle. Spirit of nitre be- comes colorless-'and acid in a few hours. Hoffmann's anodyne be- comes quite acid, and many tinctures and powders change their sensible properties materially. Hydrargyri lodidum. In a chemical point of view, this preparation may be regarded as one of the most indefinite and uncertain of the Materia Me- dica ; whilst therapeutically it is certainly very far from being what is desired. From being mild and manageable at times, it varies so that harsh and even violent effects are not unfrequently encountered from its use. As prepared strictly in accordance with the Pharmacopoeia, it always contains the red iodide, and this in various proportions, according to slight variations in the management. So that it must have been an oversight in those who constructed the present formula, that a careful washing with str5ng alcohol was omitted. When made by the officinal formula, in the dark, or by artificial light, carefully and tho- roughly washed by digestion and decantation with strong alco- hol, dried in the dark, and then carefully preserved from the light, it is probably in its best condition for therapeutic appli- cation. But even then, though free from red iodide it contains a large preportion of the yellow or subiodide, and of metallic mer- cury. And these proportions vary, probably, every time it is made, even though made by the same person from the same materials. The writer has occasionally seen it so free from me- tallic mercury that it would but slightly amalgamate a surface of gold foil when rubbed upon it, but has never seen a specimen, however carefully made, or by whatever process, that would not very sensibly affect the gold when rubbed upon it ; whilst two specimens made as far as practicable in the same manner, would affect the gold differently. The proportion of yellow iodide must of course vary with the proportion of metallic mercury, and thus the color of the preparation, as commonly met with, is almost always different. It is generally described as being green or yellowish green, but when well washed it is, though of varying tint, always of a greenish yellow color ; the brighter 58 ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. and more lively in color the better, provided it be thoroughly dry. That which has a dead color, approaching to a dull olive, always contains largely of metallic mercury, and iodides that have been subjected to the action of light and moisture. The preparation should never be dispensed without the most careful testing, and it is fortunate that this testing is very sim- ply and easily performed. A small quantity of iodide of mer- cury rubbed in a mortar with a little strong alcohol, if it con- tains any red iodide, will invariably exhibit a red coloration in the track of the pestle as the alcohol evaporates from the sur- face of the mortar. Or, if a portion to be examined be shaken in a test tube with alcohol, and the alcohol evaporated from a porcelain or glass surface, the most minute proportion of red iodide becomes visible. If it be desired to estimate the quan- tity,— or rather to establish the presence of metallic mercury, — the iodide should be rubbed with a moderate degree of pressure upon any surface of gold. In concluding the unsatisfactory notice of this preparation, the writer submits the opinion that, unless some discriminating solvent can be found for the separation of these lower iodides of mercury, it is adapted to medical use. Hydrargyri Iodidum Rubrum. Some years ago Dublanc proposed to prepare this iodide by a process of direct combination through the intervention of al- cohol, and the writer has found a slight modification of M. Du- blanc's process much more easy, convenient, and economical than the officinal one, while it is only liable to the objection that it necessarily contains the insoluble impurities of the materials ; an objection of but little practical weight, since it has never been urged in the case of the green iodide, though that is given in much larger doses. Take of Mercury, one ounce. Iodine, ten drachms. Alcohol, four fluid-ounces. Introduce the mercury, iodine, and half the alcohol into a four-ounce vial, and shake the mixture occasionally during two days, or until the combination is effected. Should the alcohol become colorless during the process, iodine in minute portions ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPOEIA. 59 should be added until the alcohol retains a brown color after shaking and digestion. Transfer the contents of the bottle to a paper filter, and when the colored alcohol has drained off wash the iodide with the remainder of the alcohol, and dry it by a gen- tle heat. The yield is ten hundred and sixty-two grains. It is thought that the simplicity and convenience of this for. mula adapt it better to the practice of the pharmaceutist than any yet tried, whilst it yields a preparation not inferior to that of the officinal formula. Morphice Sulphas. Upon a comparison of the medicinal activity of this prepara- tion as made by the officinal formula, and as found in the market from the largest manufacturers, it becomes evident that a much larger dose of the latter is required to produce similar effects. This same deficiency in the commercial preparation is indicated by the circumstance that of late years very much larger doses are commonly prescribed. The dose indicated by authoritative works on therapeutics is one-sixth to one-third of a grain, this being medicinally equivalent to one and two grains of opium. But whilst opium itself has been reduced in medicinal value by the various new expedients, such as yolks of eggs, &c, till the effective dose has been very materially augmented, sulphate of morphia is now rarely prescribed in less than quarter grain doses, often in doses of three quarters of a grain, and some- times in one grain doses, to obtain its legitimate sedative effect ; and this exclusive of those cases wherein, from habitual use or idiosyncrasy, large quantities are required. There must be some reason for this, and the subject is referred to in order to suggest investigation and research. The author having made no re- search, must rest satisfied with stating the fact, upon his own and his professional friends' observation, that the preparation of the Pharmacopoeia is more active than that of commerce ; and farther, that he believes that the deficiency of the latter in ef- fective value is not due to fraudulent admixture or adulteration, but to faulty manipulation, whereby a portion of soluble but in- ert, and for the most part uncrystallizable matter, is entangled in the crystals with the mother liquors, and dried and sold with them, thus increasing the percentage yield. Within the past seven 60 ON THE REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPCEIA. years the writer has examined some twelve samples of opium, ten of which were purchased for the army and navy, where profits were not at stake, and price a secondary object. In four in- stances the portion examined was from the powder resulting from the careful drying and powdering of half a case ; while in all the remainder, the samples were selected with care from va- rious lumps, whenever such selection was possible. Several other examinations were made where no selection was possible, but the results were all below those now to be given. In no instance of these examinations did the yield of crude morphia exceed 8.1 per cent., whilst the average of the specimens was scarcely above 7.6 per cent. If this may be taken as expressing the condi- tion of the general market for this drug, the common statement of authoritative writers, that good opium contains from ten to twelve per cent, of morphia, now needs re-examination and re- vision. The relative expense of opium and salts of morphia taken in connection with the troublesome and expensive process of ex- traction and manufacture leads to the inference that manufac- turers, to be able to sell the preparation at fair profits, must ob- tain much greater yields than would be indicated by the exami- nation of any opium the writer has ever met with. Zinci Qhloridwm. The writer agrees with Dr. Bache, (see U. S* Dispensatory, 11th eel. p. 1351,) that the fused chloride is by far the most eligible preparation, for many reasons. First, it is a matter of some difficulty to dry the salt as directed in the Pharmacopoeia, since a portion of it is very liable to fuse before other portions are dry. Again, after fusion it is much more easily managed, col- lected and preserved without material deliquescence ; and finally, it is far more easily applied to the ordinary purposes for which it is used, and occupies much less space. The fusion is easily effected in the evaporating basin in which the solution has been concentrated, and requires only a gas or lamp flame to effect it. With proper care, therefore, it becomes quite useless to transfer it to a crucible. Should the chloride become colored from the organic matter of filters, from dust or other like causes, as it is very liable to do MELEZITOSE, A NEW SPECIES OF SUGAR. 61 during the rather tedious evaporation, a few drops of nitric acid stirred into the fusing salt clears it at once, by converting all the carbonaceous matters into carbonic acid, which latter, of course, flies off with the excess of nitric acid. The writer has never used the officinal process for this prepara- tion, having at first given a preference, upon theoretical grounds, to that wherein the iron is precipitated by freshly prepared oxide of zinc and chlorine, and from having been well satisfied with the results obtained. ON MELEZITOSE, A NEW SPECIES OF SUGAR. By M. Berthelot. In pursuing the study of the saccharine matters, I found, some years ago, in the manna of Brian gon — a saccharine exu- dation produced by the larch (meleze) and formerly employed in pharmacy—a new sugar analogous to cane sugar, but of which I was unable to follow up the study, from want of matter. Having since then succeeded in procuring a sufficient sample of this manna, thanks to the kindness of M. Meissas, formerly Professor of Mathematics at the Lyce*e Napoleon, I resumed the study of it, and I succeeded in isolating and characterising the sugar which it contains ; it is a new substance, very inter- esting from its analogy to cane sugar ; I shall designate it by the name of melezitose. To extract it, the manna of Briancon is treated with boiling alcohol, evaporated to the consistence of an extract, and left to itself for some weeks. Melezitose crystallises in a syrupy mother-liquor; it .is compressed, washed with warm alcohol, and re-crystallised in boiling alcohol; very small, hard and bril- liant crystals are thus obtained : examined in the microscope, they appeared to be oblique rhomboidal prisms, analogous to those of cane sugar. I could not obtain them of sufficient size to measure their angles. These crystals, viewed in the mass, present an opaque appearance, which isolated crystals do not. Their taste is sweet, analogous to that of glucose, and conse- quently much weaker than that of cane sugar. They are very soluble in water, almost insoluble in cold alcohol, sparingly sol- 62 ON MELEZITOSE, A NEW SPECIES OF SUGAR. uble in boiling ordinary alcohol. Absolute alcohol added to a concentrated aqueous solution of melezitose, precipitates it slowly under the crystallised form ; its aqueous solution left to spon- taneous evaporation becomes syrupy and remains for a long time without crystallising. Melezitose, dried at 110° C. (230° F.) presents the same composition as cane sugar, and corresponds to the formula Q12H11Q11. Below 140p C. (284° F.), it fuses into a trans- parent liquid, without undergoing any appreciable alteration. Its reactions are like those of cane sugar. It does not percep- tibly reduce the potassio-tartrate of copper, and is not destroyed at 100° C. (212° F,), by the alkalies ; but concentrated sul- phuric acid carbonises it cold ; under the influence of boiling hydrochloric acid, it rapidly turns brown. Dilute sulphuric acid metamorphoses it at 100° C. (212° F.) into a sugar analogous to, or identical with, glucose, capable of reducing the potassio-tartrate of copper, and destructible at 100° C. (212P F.) by the alkalies. Nitric acid converts it into oxalic acid, without mucic acid. Ammonio-acetate of lead precipitates it. Melezitose, treated with yeast, ferments only slowly and incompletely, and sometimes does not do so at all ; but when it has been modified by sulphuric acid, it ferments immediately, and is almost entirely converted into alcohol and carbonic acid. Its rotary power, at 20° C. (68° F.), deduced from a solution of l-5th, and brought to the tint of passage, is equal to -j-90°«3. A solution containing 1-1 00th of sulphuric acid deviated -|-1707', heated to 100Q C. (212° F.) for ten minutes, +12°2'; for an hour, +9°'8; two hours, 9°8 . Thus, the rotary power of melezitose is higher by one-fourth than that of cane sugar ; under the influence of sulphuric acid, it diminishes more slowly than that of cane sugar, and does not change in sign, whereas cane sugar is interverted; this remark is essential. The rotary power of modified melezitose is almost identical with that of glucose. These characters, added to the feebler saccharine taste and the much greater difficulty of fermentation, distinguish melezi- tose from cane sugar. Trehalose is distinguished from melezitose by its rotary power, 4 ON MELEZITOSE A NEW SPECIES OF SUGAR. 63 which is equal to 4-208 degrees, and especially by a greater stability. As regards melitose, it possesses a rotary power scarcely differing from that of melezitose, and which varies in the same way under the influence of sulphuric acid. But melitose fer- ments much more easily, and with a special character, for it ferments only by half ; moreover, it furnishes mucic acid. From these facts, we see that cane sugar, long isolated by its character, becomes the type of a category of saccharine bo- dies, whose number goes on always multiplying. The same re- mark also applies to grape sugar. Indeed, the word glucose, formerly applied to grape sugar only, now designates a whole series of distinct saccharine prin- ciples, such as grape glucose, malt glucose, the glucose of fruits, of ligneous matter, lactic glucose, and perhaps the glucose of gum, &c. ; all these glucoses are saccharine bodies, directly fer- mentable, alterable by the alkalies, capable of reducing potas- sio-tartrate of copper, &c. In the same way, by the side of cane sugar, are grouped va- rious difficultly fermentable sugars, unalterable at 100° C. (212° F.) by the alkalies and by potassio- tartrate of copper, represented at 130° C. (266<> F.) by the formula C12HnOn, modified by the acids, and converted into new sugars belonging to the category of the glucoses. I found some years ago the first example of this new series of sugars analogous to cane sugar, melitose ; last year, I pub- lished a second example, trehalose. The mycose of Mitscher- lich, since discovered, and melezitose, increase the number of sugars of this group. It will henceforth be essential to take account of these re- sults in analytical researches relating to the study of saccha- rine matters, and no longer to confound with cane sugar analo- gous sugars, as doubtless has been done more than once, or re- lying only on the general reactions which their solutions present, and without seeking to isolate the sugars themselves in the pure state. These results merit attention no less in a synthetical point of view ; they prove that the artificial formation of cane sugar is 64 CITROMEL AND TARTROMEL OF IODIDE OP IRON. a more complicated problem than was supposed so long as no isomeric sugar was known. Indeed, the processes by which such a sugar might be produced, unless they are discovered by chance and by accident, must rest on the comparative study of these different isomeric principles, and furnish the general law of their formation — London Chemist, Oct., 1858, from Comptes Bendus, Aug. 2, 1858, CITllOMEL AND TARTEOMEL OF IODIDE OF IRON. By Mr. John Horncastle. So many able experimentalists have been engaged in the pro- duction and improvement of the preparations of iodide of iron, that I feel some diffidence in inviting attention to two new com- binations, fearing I might lay myself open to the charge of wishing to increase their number, without adequate advantage in the improvement of their quality. But as all the prepara- tions at present in use are in some respects defective, especially as regards their stability, I feel confident that my investigations have been directed to a useful object, and hope the results will be interesting to the Members of the Pharmaceutical Society. About six years ago I was informed by Mr. C. F. Palmer, of Birmingham, that citric acid would prevent the spontaneous de- composition of solutions of iodide of iron. Conceiving that this property of the acid might be made available for preserving so- lutions for officinal use, I commenced a series of experiments, to ascertain the extent of its preservative powers, and likewise whether the other common vegetable acids, viz., the tartaric and acetic, possessed similar properties. Six solutions were made, each containing five grains of iodide of iron in a fluid ounce of distilled water, and to five of them citric acid was added, in proportions varying from one to five grains. All the solutions were perfectly clear and colorless — They were put into ounce-and-half phials, not corked, but the mouths covered with paper, to keep out the dust, and placed in a window where they were freely exposed to the light, though usually shaded by a blind from the direct rays of the sun. They were examined and tested with starch paper at intervals of a few days. The solution which contained no citric acid had de- CITROMEL AND TARTROMEL OF IODIDE OF IRON. 65 posited a considerable quantity of brownish-yellow powder, and exhibited other signs of being in an advanced stage of decom- position at the end of a week ; whereas, no indication of decom- position could be detected in the other solutions till the follow- ing periods : Solution with 1 grain of citric acid, 21 days. " 2 grains « 30 « u 3 « « 60 « u 4 << « 74 <; « 5 « " 93 " With much stronger solutions (one part to two, four, &c, of water), citric acid was found to hasten rather than retard de- composition. Similar courses of experiments were tried with acetic and tar- taric acids. The former prevented the deposition of oxide of iron, but not the separation of free iodine, and therefore failed to fulfil the most important requirement. The latter answered even better than citric acid. Solutions were prepared in the same manner as above, substituting tartaric for citric acid, and exposed to the same rigid test of their stability. The solution containing one grain of acid gave no indication of decomposi- tion till after the lapse of ninety-four days, and the others not till from seven to eight months, when they began to change almost simultaneously. The length of time these solutions were preserved, was not so regularly proportionate to the quantities of acid as in the experiments with citric acid. In strong solu- tions tartaric acid exerted no preservative influence. It appears, then, that citric and tartaric acids would be use- ful additions to weak solutions of iodide of iron intended to be kept for only a moderate period, as is usually the case with the medicines supplied to patients ; but for preserving stronger so- lutions, such as would be adapted for officinal use, they are quite ineffectual. I have therefore tried them in conjunction with saccharine matter, and on account of the liability of cane sugar to be converted into the less soluble grape sugar, I selected clar- ified honey, and found the combination a very perfect vehicle for iodide of iron. The following are the formulas I have adop- ted : 5 66 CITROMEL AND TARTROMEL OF IODIDE OF IRON. Citromel Ferri lodidi. R. - Liq. Ferri lodidi, f.^j. Mellis, ^xij. Acidi Citrici, £vj. Aquae Distill. Bullient., f.gj. vel q. s. Liquify the honey by means of heat, and add, first the citric acid previously dissolved in the water, then the solution of iodide of iron; mix well together, making up f-^xij. with distilled water, and filter. Tartromel Ferri lodidi. R. Liq. Ferri lodidi, f.gj.' Mellis, gxij. Acidi Tartarici, §ss. Aquae Distillat. Bullient,, f.^j. vel q. s„ Proceed as directed for the Citromel. These preparations are about the same strength as the syrup of the Pharmacopoeia. The Liquor Ferri lodidi indicated contains an ounce of iodide in a fluid ounce, and may be conveniently made as follows : — Take of Purified Iodine, givss. Iron Wire or Filings, ^iss. Distilled W ater, q. s, Put the iron into a flask with three ounces of distilled water, and add the iodine a little at a time, allowing the solution to cool after each addition. When the whole has been added, set aside for a day or two and then filter, washing the insoluble resi- due with sufficient recently boiled distilled water to make up five fluid ounces and a half of clear solution. The Citromel and Tartromel Ferri lodidi will keep for an almost unlimited period, even in bottles that are frequently open- ed to take out small quantities. They will also keep well when diluted, and in this respect they have a remarkable superiority over the syrup of iodide of iron. The following mixture has been kept more than a year without any particular care, and did not manifest the slightest tendency to decomposition : — R. Citromellis Ferri lodidi, f.3j. Tinct. Gentianae Com., i.z'y Aquae Distillate, f.^xiv. M. I shall not attempt to explain the modus operandi of the citric PREPARATION OF PURE SULPHATES. 67 and tartaric acids, but will merely observe that they do not ap- pear to enter into chemical combination with the iodide, as their effect is not dependent upon any definite proportions. Having stated the results of my own experiments, I must leave it to the judgment and experience of others to decide whether these preparations are worthy of a place in the catalogue of remedial agents. They will require the test of longer and more extensive employment to establish their claim, but I feel assured they will be found to possess some valuable character- istics that will recommend them to both the Pharmaceutical and Medical professions. — London Pharm. Journ. Nov. 1858. ON THE PREPARATION OF SOME PURE SULPHATES, AND PARTICULARLY SULPHATE OF COPPER. Br Henry Wurtz, Prof. Chem. Med. Coll., Washington. Commercial blue vitriol always contains sulphate of protoxyd of iron, which cannot be separated by crystallization, owing to the fact, determined by Mitscherlich, that ferrous sulphate, when crystallizing with sulphate of copper, assumes the pente- hydrated composition and triclinic form of the latter, and forms with it homogeneous crystals. It has appeared to me desirable, therefore, that some special method be devised for the separation of the iron, both in order that the chemist may possess a source of pure compounds of copper, and because the prescence of iron must be injurious in those processes of dyeing, calico-printing, etc., in which blue vitriol is used, and in the preparation of the cupriferous pigments, verdigris, Paris green, etc. In undertaking this, my aim has been to produce a method by which the iron may be directly separated or abstracted from the solution without the permanent introduction of any foreign sub- stance. My process consists essentially of two steps ; the first of which is the conversion of the ferrous into ferric sulphate, by boiling with a little deutoxyd of lead ; and the second is the com- plete precipitation of the ferric sulphate, by boiling with a little carbonate of baryta. The hot solution is then filtered and allowed to crystallize, when large crystals of beautiful form and 68 PREPARATION OF PURE SULPHATES. color are obtained, containing no trace of iron. Deutoxyd of lead is prepared for this purpose by boiling minium with dilute nitric or acetic acid in the usual way, but minium itself, if free from soluble impurities, may be used directly in ordinary cases, although a portion of the oxyde of copper also is thereby precipi- tated. Deutoxyd of barium is of course also applicable. In cases where the presence of a little lime in the product is of no moment, as for the use of the calico-printer and manufac- turer of pigments, carbonate of lime may be substituted for that of baryta. In addition, it may be remarked that if the blue vitriol con- tains traces of manganese, as is extremely liable to occur, this contamination, as would appear from the observations of Schon- bein and Wolcott Gibbs, must also be entirely removed. The same treatment is evidently applicable to some other sul- phates, and I therefore present it as a general method for the re- moval of iron from the sulphates of bases precipitated with dif- ficulty by carbonate of baryta, namely, those of the alkalies, magnesia, manganese, zinc, cadmium, mercury, nickel, cobalt and protoxyd of iron. Of these the most important one practically is the sulphate of magnesia. The mode of proceeding with this would be precisely similar to that with the copper salt, as it would be also with the sulphates of zinc, cadmium, mercury, nickel and the alkalies. With regard to the manganous sulphate it must be remembered that deutoxyd of lead, as observed by Schon- bein, wholly precipitates sulphate of manganese from its boiling solution ; so that the deutoxyd must be used only in small excess over the necessary quantity. The same precaution applies, in a modified manner, to the treatment of the cobaltous sulphate, because Gibbs states that the salts of this metal are also partial- ly precipitated by long boiling with an excess of the deutoxyd, passing first to a higher state of oxydation. As to the protosulphate of iron, I have already (New York Jour. Pharmacy, i. 229) recommended the use of carbonate of baryta for the removal from it of sesquioxyd of iron. In the same paper (which has, I believe, entirely escaped notice from other Journals, owing to the irregularity with which the ex- changes of that publication were effected) I have given, among other observations upon the purification of copperas, another ALUM IN CHINA. 69 method of obtaining its solution free from ferric sulphate, name- ly, by acidulation with sulphuric acid and agitation with a little pulverized protosulphid of iron, by which the sesquioxyd is im- mediately reduced to protoxyd. To return again to the sulphate of magnesia, before leaving the subject, I must add that the treatment with carbonate of baryta, according to a former observation of my own, must re- move also entirely the sulphate of lime which usually contami- nates commercial Epsom salts ; for, as I have there stated, car- bonate of baryta totally precipitates gypsum from its solution, even in the cold ; and I have there proposed it as a means of re- moving the gypsum from spring or sea water which is to be used in steam boilers, (thus preventing incrustations,) as well as from the salt works. I have since found that carbonate of lead has the same power of precipitating gypsum, and may possibly be a cheaper agent for the purpose than carbonate of baryta, con- sidering the facility with which the lead may be recovered from the resulting mixture of sulphate of lead and carbonate of lime, in a metallic form.— -Am. Jour. Science and Arts, Nov. 1858. ALUM IX CHINA. By Dr. Macgowan. About eleven hundred tons of alum have been exported within a short period, chiefly to India. This mineral is largely em- ployed by the Chinese in dyeing, and to some extent in paper- making as with us. Surgeons apply it variously after depriving it of its water of crystallization, and in domestic life it is used for precipitating vegetable substances suspended in potable wa- ter. It is used also by the Chinese in a manner peculiar to them- selves. Fishermen are usually provided with it, and when they take one of those huge Thizostoma which abound on the coast, they rub the animal with the pulverized stypic to give a degree of coherence to the gelatinous mass. Architects employ it as a cement in those airy bridges which span the watercourses. It is poured in a molten state into the interstices of the stones ; and in structures not exposed to constant moisture the cohesion is perfect, but in damp situations it becomes a hydrate and crum- bles, a fact of which the whole empire was officially informed by the government about thirty years ago. It was discovered that 70 ALUM IN CHINA. water had percolated into the mausoleum of Kiaking ; having "been built too near to the mountain side, the alum cement im- bibed moisture, segregated, and opened the way for it to enter the tomb. In those peaceful days such an event was of so great im- portance as to call forth edicts and rescripts, memorials and re- ports in succession for several months. The son-in-law of the deceased monarch, to whose care the construction of the edifice had been entrusted, was fined and degraded, and a statesman from Fohkien, acquainted with the properties of alum, was ap- pointed to remove it a short distance from the mountain. Alum was first introduced into China from the west, and until a comparatively recent period the best kind, called sometimes Persian, and at others, Roman Alum, was brought from Western Asia. Numerous localities where an inferior article is manu- factured, are mentioned in the Pharmacopoeia- — viz ; Shan-tung, Shan- see, Kiang-su, Hu-kwang, Sz'-cheun, and also in the south western frontier and in Thibet. That from Sz'cheun, is repre- sented as having the property of converting iron into copper, or of coating iron with copper, by placing the former metal in a solution of rice-liquor, and alum the stone of that province. The most recent editions of works of materia medica contain no refer- ence to the mines in this province, the products of which have surpassed in quality the foreign, and rendered its importation unnecessary. From this and from other circumstances, it is certain that the works which we shall now describe have not been long in operation. They are in the Sung-yang hills bor- dering on Foh-kien in the district of Ping-yang, Wan-chau pre- fecture, and in close proximity to Peh-kwan harbor (27° 9' 10" K, 120° 32' 6" E.) The locality has been visited by one foreigner only, to whom we are indebted for the following particulars. About two months ago he started from Chi-k'i bight in Lannai harbor, to which Ningpo boats resort for this commodity, to the northward of Peh-kwan. Three hour's hard walking over a succession of precipitous hills crossed by stone steps and pathways brought him to the mines. Ten alum-making establishments were in operation, which, with the exception of one on a hill opposite, occupied about a mile of the side of a lofty hill. The works ALUM IN CHINA. 71 were adjacent to the quarries from which the alum-stone seemed to crop out of decomposed rock of the same lithological charac- ter. The stones were thrown into a fire of brushwood, where they were burnt with a slight lambent flame, and as they cracked, the fragments were raked out, broken into small pieces, and macerated in vats. Subsequently the disintegrated mineral was thrown with water into a vessel having an iron bottom and sides of wood, and boiled for a short time. The lixivium was then poured into large reservoirs, where it crystallized into a solid mass. Blocks of alum, weighing about fifty catties each, were hewn out of the reservoir and carried in this state in bamboo frames, one on each end of a porter's pole to the place of ship- ment, where it is broken into fragments. When not designed for immediate exportation the blocks are stored away for dry- ing. On reaching the depot the alum is found charged with a double quantity of moisture ; the porters being obliged to deliver a certain weight, they slip their burdens in the mountain streams which they pass in the journey. Judging from the number of laborers engaged in transporting the mineral on the day of our informant's visit, the quantity brought from the works could not be less than eighteen tons. This was represented as less than an average day's work, as labor was in such demand just then for agricultural purposes, that double pay was given ; — and aged men, and women, with boys and girls were pressed into the service. Assuming that day's product as a basis for calculation, and making an allow- ance for rainy days, we may safely estimate the annual supply as between five and six thousand tons. The quantity consumed by the dyers of Ningpo prefecture alone, being nearly twenty- two tons per annum is corroborative of this estimate. The supply is literally inexhaustible. Five dollars and a quarter a ton at the landing would afford the manufacturer a fair profit. It often fetches much more, as there has been an increasing de- mand for the article, owing to the greater facilities afforded for exportation from Ningpo in foreign vessels. — American Journal of Science and Arts, November, 1858. 72 NEW RESEARCHES ON ALCOHOLIC FERMENTATION. NEW RESEARCHES ON ALCOHOLIC FERMENTATION. By M. L. Pasteur. Contrary to the opinion generally held, I am able to affirm that not the smallest quantity of lactic acid is found in alcoholic fermentation ; and whenever this acid is found, two very dis- tinct fermentations are accomplished simultaneously. Alco- holic fermentation is accompanied by lactic acid only in rare and exceptional circumstances, and when peculiar conditions, susceptible of being reproduced at pleasure, gave rise to the yeast which I have made known as lactic yeast. This new yeast being formed of much smaller globules than that of beer yeast, it is easy to ascertain by means of the mi- croscope, if there is a mixture of the two yeasts, and thus to anticipate the presence or absence of lactic acid. One question naturally presents itself: we have known, from the time of Lavoisier, that, in alcoholic fermentation, the liquor always assumes an acid reaction. If lactic acid is found excep- tionally by the means which I have just pointed out, what is the cause of the acidity of the liquor ? Numerous experiments have enabled me to ascertain that it is to succinic acid alone that the acidity of the liquor in alcoholic fermentation is due. The presence of this acid is not accident- al, but constant, and with the exception of the volatile acids which are formed in infinitely small quantities, it may be said that succinic acid is the only normal acid of alcoholic fermenta- tion. In whatever conditions I have hitherto operated, I have found succinic acid and glycerin, as uniformly as carbonic acid and alcohol, as regards their existence as products of alcoholic fermentation. The immediate consequences of these results will be compre- hended by every one. But I must be more reserved than any one in their discussion. — London Chemist, Oct. 1858, from Compter Mendus, August 23 1 858. ON THE CAMPHENIC SERIES. 73 ON THE CAMPHENIC SERIES. By M. Berthelot. The relations which exist between the formula of the camphor of Borneo, or camphol, C20H18O2, that of ordinary camphor C20H16O2, and that of the insomeric carburets, C20H16, and the artificial formation of ordinary camphor by means of Borneo camphor realised by M. Pelouze, have led me to try the inverse experiments, and to form these substances with each other. I have followed up this attempt not in relying on approxima- tions of formulae, which are too frequently fruitless, but on considerations relative to the similitude of molecular states. Indeed, if camphol and ordinary camphor are comparable as regards their physical properties, it is not the same with the carburets, C20H16. None of these bodies at present known ef- fects the solid state or the physical properties so characteristic of camphors. But several of these carburets, if not all, and especially essence of turpentine, may form a crystallised hydro- chlorate, C20H16HC1, endowed with the general properties of the camphors, and often designated, on account of this fact, by the improper denomination of artificial camphor. It is this hydro- chlorate which I have taken as a starting point. Although my researches are not yet concluded, I have already obtained a cer- tain number of results, which I think useful to indicate briefly. I have decomposed the solid hydrochlorate C20H16HC1 in special and proper conditions for preventing all molecular mod- ifications, which had not hitherto been done, and I obtained a carburet of hydrogen of the formula C20H16, endowed with the rotatory power, volatile towards 160° C- (320° F.), crystallisa- ble and fusible at 46° C. (114° 8' F.) quite similar to the cam- phors properly so called: this was true camphene. Hydrochloric acid changes it entirely into solid hydrochlorate. This camphene, oxidised under the influence of platinum black, is metamorphosed into a volatile and crystalline matter, with the odor and appearance of ordinary camphor, and pro- bably identical with it ; I have not yet completed the study of it. Finally, ordinary camphor, G20H16O2, was heated between 180° and 200° C. (356° and 392Q F.) with an alcoholic solution '74 ON THE CAMPHENIC SERIES. of soda, conformably to M. Cannizaro's method of converting the aldehydes into alcohols. It furnished camphol, C20H18O2. The following is the way in which I isolated this last sub- stance. After having opened the tubes in which the reaction was operated, I precipitated with water* the camphory matter. I compressed it, purified it by sublimation, then heated it to 200° C. (302° F.) with stearic acid. In these conditions ordi- nary camphor does not form a neutral combination in apprecia- ble proportion, whilst camphol forms a great quantity of stearic camphol, which is easily isolated and purified. The body thus prepared possesses the normal composition of C56H52Q4. De- composed by soda lime at 120° C. (248° F.) it readily regener- ates camphol, C20H18O2, with its composition and its most es- sential physical properties. The camphol thus regenerated con- tains : — ■ 0=77-6 H=11.8 The formula C20H18O2, requires :— C = 77-9 H=1L7 These results, which it is necessary to complete by the study of the rotatory powers and by that of the product of the oxida- tion of camphene, will establish between the various camphors and the natural carburets of hydrogen a collection of experi- mental relations founded essentially on the comparative study of the corresponding molecular states. — Chemist, from Oomptes Men- dus, August 6, 1858. ON HAUTLE, OR ANIMAL BREAD OF THE MEXICANS, By M. Guerin-Meneville. In the Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale Zoologique d' 'Accli- mation, M. Guerin-Me'neville has published a very interesting paper on a sort of bread which the Mexicans call Hautle, and which is made of the eggs of three species of hemipterous in- sects belonging to the group of water-bugs. * Water retains in solution the soda salt of a peculiar acid, camphic acid, C20H16O4l. ANIMAL BREAD OF THE MEXICANS. 75 According to M. Craveri, by whom some of the Mexican bread, and of the insects yielding it, were brought to Europe, these insects and their eggs are very common in the fresh waters of the lagunes of Mexico. The natives cultivate in the lagune of Chalco, a sort of carex called toule, on which the insects readily deposit their eggs. Numerous bundles of these plants are made, which are taken to a lagune, the Tescuco, where they float in great numbers on the water. The insects soon come and deposit their eggs on the plants, and in about a month the bun- dles are removed from the water, dried, and then beaten over a large cloth to separate the myriads of eggs with which the in- sects had covered them. Those eggs are then cleaned and sifted, put in sacks like flour, and sold to the people for making a sort of cake or biscuit, called hautle, which forms a tolerably good food, but has a fleshy taste, and is slightly acid. The bundles of carex are replaced in the lake and afford a fresh supply of eggs, which process may be repeated for an indefinite number of times. Moreover, says M. Craveri, the Mexicans collect quantities of these insects from the surface of the water by means of hooped nets, and these are dried and sold as food for birds. In Mexico, these dried insects are sold in the streets and markets, the dealers crying u Moschitos, Mosehitos" just as in Europe they cry " Food for your singing birds" It appears that these insects have been used from an early period, for Thomas Gage, a religionist, who sailed to Mexico in 1625, says, in speaking of articles sold in the markets, that they had cakes made of a sort of scum collected from the lakes of Mexico, and that this was also sold in other towns. Brantz Mayer, in his work on Mexico {Mexico as it Was and as it Is, 1844), says, "On the lake of Tescuco, I saw men occu- pied in collecting the eggs of flies from the surface of plants and cloths arranged in long rows as places of resort for the insects. These eggs, called Agayacath, formed a favorite food of the Indians long before the conquest, and when made into cakes resemble the roe of fish, having a similar taste and ap- pearance. After the use of frogs in France, and birds' nests in China, I think these eggs may be considered a delicacy, and 76 SULPHURETTED HYDROGEN ETC. IN TOBACCO SMOKE. I found that they are not rejected from the tables of the fash- ionable inhabitants of the capital." The more recent observation of Messrs. Saussure, Salle', Valet D'Aoust, &c, have confirmed the facts already stated, at least in the most essential particulars. The insects which principally produce this animal farina of Mexico, are two species of the genus Qorixa of Geoffroy, he- mipterous insects of the family of water-bugs. One of these species has been described by M. Guerin-Me'neville as new, and has been named by him Corixa fermorata. The other, identi- fied in 1831 by Thomas Say, as one of those sold in the mar- ket at Mexico, bears the name of Corixa mercenaria. The eggs of these two species are attached in innumerable quantities to the triangular leaves of the carex forming the bun- dles which are deposited in the water. They are of an oval form, with a protuberance at one end and a pedicle at the other extremity, by means of which they are fixed to a small round disc, which the mother cements to the leaf. Among these eggs, which are grouped closely together, and sometimes fixed one over another, there are found others, which are larger, of a long and cylindrical form, and which are fixed to the same leaves. These belong to another larger insect, a species of Notonecta, which M. Guerin-Meneville has named Notonecta imifasciata London Pharm. Journ., Sept., 1858, from Journal de Pharmacie. ON THE AMOUNTS OF SULPHURETTED HYDROGEN AND HYDROCYANIC ACID IN TOBACCO SMOKE. By A. Vogel, Jun. and C. Reischauer. If tobacco smoke be passed through an alcoholic solution of neutral or basic acetate of lead, the incurrent tube soon becomes blackened in a remarkable manner, whilst in the fluid itself a precipitate of carbonate of lead rendered brown by sulphuret of lead is deposited. To obtain the sulphuret of lead uncontamin- ated with carbonate of lead in the following quantitative investi- gations, the tobacco smoke was passed through an alcoholic solution of acetate of lead strongly acidified with acid. The SULPHURETTED HYDROGEN", ETC., IN TOBACCO SMOKE. 7T precipitate of sulphuret of lead was dried and weighed, after washing with alcohol. 1. Turkish tobacco, 3-4 grms. gave 7 milligrms. of sulphuret of lead. 2. " " 3*7 " u 7-5 u u " 3. German cigars, 3 " " 9 " " " Hence the presence of sulphuretted hydrogen in tobacco smoke is unmistakably proved. The presence of sulphuretted hydrogen in tobacco smoke may, however, be proved in a still more simple manner, by blowing the smoke through the cigar upon a piece of paper moistened with acetate of lead, when a brown color is immediately produced on the spot touched by the smoke. The well-known reaction of sulphuretted hydrogen upon nitro- prusside of sodium is exhibited most characteristically when a few drops of a solution of that salt mixed with ammonia are put into a test-tube and the tobacco smoke is introduced by a tube, which does not reach quite to the bottom of the test-tube. The walls of the glass moistened with the solution of nitroprusside of sodium, by shaking acquire a deep violet-red color by the action of the sulphuretted hydrogen of the tobacco smoke. The above data show at the same time what influence the incineration of the parts of plants must have upon the accuracy of the deter- mination of the sulphuric acid in the ashes. In order to determine directly the loss of sulphuric acid in the ashes caused by the incineration, the amount of sulphuric acid in the tobacco ashes produced in experiment I was ascertained. From this it appeared that of 100 parts of sulphuric acid in the tobacco, 12-63 were evolved in the smoke in the form of sul- phuretted hydrogen. This circumstance is consequently of im- portance in the determination of the sulphuric acid in incinerated parts of plants, and the more as a portion of the sulphuretted hydrogen also escapes observation in the upper part of the smoke of the burning tobacco. After cyanogen compounds had been sought in vain, even in large quantities of the ashes of tobacco, the tobacco smoke it- self was examined for cyanogen. The method of detecting hydrocyanic acid in the smoke is as follows: — Tobacco smoke is passed through a concentrated solution of caustic potash. The solution by this means acquires a slight brownish color, and when a turbidity is produced by dilution with water, it must be - 78 PERMANGANATE OF POTASH AS AN OXIDIZING AGENT. filtered. The solution is then mixed with protopersulphate of iron and heated. It is necessary to employ a spacious vessel for this purpose, as a strong evolution of carbonic acid takes place, especially at the boiling-point. The precipitate obtained is treated with an excess of chemically pure muriatic acid, when the precipitated oxide of iron is dissolved, leaving behind it Prussian blue. The separation of the Prussian blue is facilitated by heating the solution ; after filtration and complete washing with hot water, and afterwards with alcohol, it usually remains upon the filter of a dark blue color. If, however, it be of a dingy green color from the presence of empyreumatic constituents of the tobacco smoke, it must be freed from this impurity by agitation with ether and alcohol, when it always remains with its charac- teristic color. It is obtained most beautiful, when, after it has been washed as much as possible upon the filter, it is decomposed by solution of potash, and a protopersalt of iron is added to the solution filtered from the peroxide of iron, by which it is regenerated, freed from foreign intermixtures, after treatment with muriatic acid. Two cigars, weighing together 10-6 grms., furnished 0-018 of Prussian blue ; and two cigars of another kind, weighing together 8-5 grms., gave 0 010 of Prussian blue. Amongst all the samples of tobacco investigated in the above manner by the authors, there was only one which gave an im- ponderable trace of Prussian blue from 5 grms. This was a very old tobacco. All the rest distinctly showed the presence of Prussian blue. The mode of smoking tobacco, whether in the form of a cigar or in a pipe, in fact, the mode of combustion in general, appears to have an influence upon the formation of hydrocyanic acid in the smoke. — Chem. G-az., Oct. 1858, from Dingier § Polyt. Journal. ON THE EMPLOYMENT OF PERMANGANATE OF POTASH AS AN OXIDIZING AGENT. By S. Cloez and E. Guignet. To determine the sulphur contained in a sulphuretted mate- rial, the most exact process consists in converting the sulphur PERMANGANATE OF POTASH AS AN OXIDIZING AGENT. 79 into sulphuric acid, which is then precipitated by a soluble salt of baryta. Nitric acid is usually employed for the oxidation of the sulphur, but its action is slow and difficult. It only be- comes complete by long boiling with concentrated nitric acid, and in operating upon sulphuretted organic matters, we have to fear either an imperfect oxidation or a loss of sulphuric acid by volatilization. The action of nitric acid is therefore often re- placed by that of a mixture of nitrate of potash and an alka- line carbonate in fusion, into which the matter to be analysed is thrown in small portions. This process is inconvenient in ope- rating upon gunpowder, which must be mixed with several times its weight of chloride of sodium, in order to moderate the re- action. The authors propose to effect the conversion of sulphur into sulphuric acid by means of permanganate of potash. For this purpose crystallized permanganate, containing no appreciable traces of sulphate, must be employed. To ascertain that the salt contains no sulphate of potash, a small quantity may be boiled with pure muriatic acid until it is completely decomposed ; the liquid should not precipitate chloride of barium. The operation is performed as follows, taking gunpowder as an example of the material to be analysed : — About 1 grm0 of powder is weighed very accurately, and dried in a stove or a current of dry air at 112° F. until it no longer loses its weight, ; in this way the quantity of water is determined. The dried material is then put into a small glass matrass with a saturated solution of permanganate of potash ; and the liquid is boiled, with the addition of permanganate from time to time, until the mixture has a persistent violet tint. All the sulphur in the powder is then converted into sulphu- ric acid, and the carbon into carbonic acid ; the liquid holds oxide of manganese in suspension ; concentrated muriatic acid is added, and the whole is boiled until the oxide is completely dissolved, which only requires a few minutes. If the solution of the oxide be slow, the liquid is too dilute, and must be con- centrated by evaporation ; after which pure muriatic acid is again added ; a slight excess of chloride of barium is then poured into the balloon, so as to precipitate all the sulphuric acid, a lit- tle nitric acid is added, and the whole is boiled so as to give co- 80 PERMANGANATE OF POTASH AS AN OXIDIZING AGENT. iierence to the precipitate of sulphate of baryta. The lat- ter is then washed with distilled water on the filter until the washing-water produces no turbidity in nitrate of silver. The filter is calcined with its contents in a platinum capsule, and weighed, deducting the weight of the ashes of the filter in the ordinary way. In a laboratory where numerous determinations of sulphur have to be made daily, instead of collecting and weighing the sulphate of baryta, the liquid might be precipitated by a nor- mal solution of chloride of barium by the method of successive approximations. The results are very exact, and the whole operation does not last more than a quarter of an hour. The finely divided carbon contained in powder being readily and completely oxidized by permanganate of potash, the authors think it possible that this reagent may be applied to the deter- mination of the carbon contained in animal charcoal, or in other matters containing finely divided carbon. The analysis of the saline compounds of sulphur is very easi- ly effected by permanganate of potash. Hyposulphite of soda reduces the solution of permanganate immediately in the cold, and by adopting the same course as with gunpowder, the authors obtained the following results : — 1-000 gr. of commercial crys- tallized hyposulphite of soda gave 1-850 gr. of sulphate of baryta, containing 0-254 gr. of sulphur. Calculation from the formula S202, NaO, 5HO requires 0-258 gr. The authors have ascertained that this method does not apply only to bodies which attract oxygen with avidity, but that the most stable sulphuretted compounds are completely oxidized by permanganate of potash, the sulphur being entirely converted into sulphuric acid ; thus sulphuret of carbon, which resists ebul- lition with fuming nitric acid, and dissolves hyponitric acid with- out being decomposed, becomes completely changed into sul- phate of potash and carbonic acid when boiled with a solution of permanganate of potash. Different organic sulphuretted compounds, especially hydro- sulphate of sulphuret of benzyole, behave in the same way. The authors therefore hope that this method will advantageously re- place the oxidation of sulphuretted matters by the mixture cf ON PERMANGANATE OF POTASH, ETC. 81 carbonate of soda and chlorate of potash, or by oxide of cop- per in a current of oxygen. For certain sulphuretted compounds the employment of the permanganate presents peculiar advantages. In the analysis of the alkaline polysulphurets and hydrosulphates there is never any fear of loss of sulphur by evolution of hydrosulphuric acid, as the liquid is constantly alkaline. In the course of their experiments the authors have observed some facts regarding the action of permanganate of potash upon various organic matters. The hydrocarbons of a low equiva- lent, such as benzine, reduce the permanganate in the cold with great facility, only furnishing carbonate or bicarbonate of pot- ash. But the higher hydrocarbons furnish, together with the carbonate, some well-defined products of oxidation. Thus naph- thaline furnishes naphthalic acid, a product which is difficult to prepare by the methods hitherto known. Camphor reduces the permanganate by the aid of a prolonged ebullition ; camphorate of potash is formed. Alcohol does not act very speedily upon the solid, pulverized permanganate, in consequence of the slight solubility of this salt in alcohol ; acetate of potash is produced. Under the same cir- cumstances wood-spirit furnishes carbonate and formiate. Se- bacic acid is converted into succinate of potash. Stearic acid only gives a mixture of stearate and carbonate ; benzoic acid has an analogous action, a portion of it forming benzoate of potash, whilst the rest is completely oxidized, form- ing water and carbonic acid. Aniline reduces the solution of the permanganate in the cold ; oxalate and carbonate of potash are formed. Lastly, ammonia decomposes the solution of the reagent in the cold, nitrogen being evolved. No nitrate is formed. — Qhem. Graz., Oct. 15, 1858, from Comptes Rendus, June 7, 1858. 6 82 VARIETIES. fcarte ties. Binocular Vision. — Of the thousands who gaze with delight upon the magical effects produced by that small instrument known as the stereo- scope, how few there are who comprehend, or attempt to assign reasons for, the extraordinary optical illusions experienced through its instrumen- tality. It is with the view of, in some degree, elucidating the principles of vi- sion upon which these are founded, that the following article is written. It will in the first place be well to consider the difference between mo- nocular and binocular vision. Nature has furnished us with several means of determining the distance of objects which may happen to come within reach of our visual organs. One is that of distinctness ; a greater or less degree of which — other things being equal — gives an idea of greater or lesser distance in the object viewed. The second is through the change of focus required in the lens of the eye in refracting to a point on the retina, rays of light entering it with a greater or lesser degree of parallelism, thus producing in the brain a consciousness of unequal distances in the objects from which they emanate. The means above alluded to, it is evident, are enjoyed in almost the same degree, when viewing with one eye as where both are used. By far, however, the greatest power with which nature has endowed us of discriminating distances, is through the agency of binocular vision ; or in other words, in the sensation produced in the brain by the different de- grees of convergency of the optic axes required in obtaining distinct vi- sion of the differently distant points of objects upon which they are di- rected. It is to this faculty that we are indebted for our most palpable evidence of differential distances, and for that consciousness of solidity and relief so remarkably experienced in the stereoscope. It is evident, for example, when we are looking at a house or other ob- ject that has depth as well as breadth, from such a point of view as to ena- ble us to see two sides of it at once, that we receive a differently perspec- tive image upon the retina of either eye, or that we must see more of one side and less of the other with the right eye than with the left, or vice versa. Thus accomplishing with one view what a person with but one eye would require two views at positions two and a half inches apart — the dis- ance between the eyes — to accomplish. These are the different perspec- tive views of the stereoscopic cards, and it is the effort to reconcile these dissimilar pictures by converging the optic axes at points differently dis- tant from the eyes which produces the wonderful effects above alluded to, \ VARIETIES. 83 and which enables us to experience all the sensations of delight which would be produced by the contemplation of the landscape itself. The stereoscopic pictures will of course never quite correspond. They are taken simultaneously with a camera constructed with two lenses, or consecutively with a camera with one movable lens. The lenses of the stereoscope, besides magnifying the pictures, are so placed as to unite certain similar points of them, thus relieving the eyes of too great effort by uniting them entirely by convergency of the axes. The means above alluded to, by which we are enabled to judge of differ- ential distances, are of course much diminished by the distance that the objects viewed are removed from us. Our consciousness of different distances by distinctness is diminished through decrease of light. Our judgment, through change of focus, is diminished in consequence of the parallelism of rays from distant objects being so nearly the same as to require but little change in refracting them to a point on the retina. And lastly, the binocular effect is in a great degree impaired through the iden- tity of distant views when seen from positions only separated by a base of two and a half inches. Nature has thus observed her usual economy in providing for our neces- sities alone. It being of little comparative importance to us generally, to be acquainted with the relative positions of distant objects, whereas our personal convenience and even safety depend greatly on our knowledge of those near at hand. We are therefore provided with much more ample means of determining the latter than the former. It may not be out of place here to allude to another subject immediately connected with vision. Sir David Brewster says, in allusion to the cause of erect vision from an inverted image, " That it has long been a problem among the learned." And further remarks, " That it is perfectly explained by the law of visible direction." Now, although it is evidently a consequence of that law, the question arises, why should we see objects in a direction perpendicular to the retina at the point where their image meets it? In truth, it is one of those facts that , requires no explanation, as there is nothing inconsistent or irrational in it. There is no more reason that an inverted image should give us the idea of an inverted object, than that the reverse should be the case, cr that it should give the idea of a horizontal one. There is no unity necessary be- tween the direction of an object and the direction of its image upon the retina. Nature has so associated impressions upon the retina with im- pressions on the brain, that an inverted image on the former is evidence of an erect object to the latter. And we have no consciousness of anything to the contrary, — Jour. Frank. Ins. Dec. 1858. W. 84 PHARMACEUTICAL MEETINGS. Eleventh month 9th, 1858. At a Pharmaceutical Meeting of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, donations to the Cabinet were presented by Dr. Bridges, in the name of Mr. Kobinson, of Newport, being specimens of Chinese dyes, one known as Henny Lok, the other used to change the blue color produced by the first to a green. S. S. Garrigues presented specimens of genuine Sumatra Camphor, known also as Borneo Camphor, (Dryobalanops Camphora, Colebr.) This camphor is obtained in small masses from the longitudinal cavities of the trees, and commands in the Chinese market from twenty to forty dol- dollars per pound. Also a specimen of Liquid Socotrine Aloes from Daniel Hanbury, of London. Prof. W. Procter, Jr., presented specimens of Fluid Extracts of Squills, Butternut, Calisaya Bark, Ipecac, Mandrake, Conium, &c, as prepared by H. Thayer, of Boston, also a specimen of White Huckleberry (Gaylussacia resinosa, Gray) from Huntington County, Pennsylvania ; also a specimen of Kaolin from South Carolina. Donations to the library were received from Wilson H. Pile. W. Procter, Jr., presented a photographic view of the American Phar- maceutical Association, as taken during their late visit to the tomb of Wash- ington at Mount Vernon. Dr. Bridges exhibited a quantity of Sulphate of Magnesia, as obtained in the form of an inflorescence from the side of a flue, formed by the de- composition of the mortar, through the action of the acid fumes from the coal fires ; it appears that a large portion of the limestone from the neigh- boring localities used for making the mortar, contain quite a consider- able amount of magnesian ores, thus accounting for its presence in the wall. Prof. Procter, Jr., then read some extracts from the proof sheets of a paper by S. M. Colcord, of Boston, " On the Professional Intercourse be- tween Physicians and Pharmaceutists, which produced some general re- marks from many of the members present ; after which, adjourned. S. S. Garrigues, Sec. Twelfth month 7th, 1858. Quite a large attendance of members and others interested in the pro- gress of Pharmacy. E. S. Wayne, of Cincinnati, was introduced to the mem - bers present. The committee on the library reported the following donations and de- posits of books since the last Pharmaceutical Meeting. PHARMACEUTICAL MEETINGS. 85 From Edward Parrish, 7 volumes ; Samuel F. Troth, 10 do.; Thomas P. James, 21 do.; Samuel N. James, 28 do.; Total 66. Deposited by Samuel F. Troth, 19 volumes ; Publication Committee, 6 do.; Total 25, A copy of the Proceedings of the Seventh Annual Meeting of the American Pharmaceutical Association, was presented by S. S. Garrigues in the name of the Association. Donations to the Cabinet. From F. L. Johns, specimen of Chinese sac musk; the interior of this being nearly filled up with pieces of leather, lead, &c. In fact, the getting up of the sac was well calculated to deceive the best judges, and it has no doubt been prepared in China; also two varieties of Chinese fly (Mylabris cichorii.) C. Bullock, presented a specimen of a cinchona bark from Prof. Aikin, of Baltimore, it having been found in an invoice of cinchona barks ; on com- paring it with a specimen in the College Cabinet, it proved to be Cinchona bicolorata. William Procter, Jr., exhibited a specimen of the Botany Bay Kino, being the concrete juice of the Eucalyptus resinifera ; also the juice of the same tree in a liquid form. These specimens are from S. W. Osgood, formerly of New York, now of Davenport, Iowa, and are described in a note to the Eleventh Edition of Wood and Bache's Dispensatory. According to Prof. Procter, it is entirely soluble in alcohol, and contains 67 per cent, of matter soluble in water. E. Parrish exhibited quite a number of chemical and pharmaceutical products, such as pulverulent extract of Nux Vomica, Belladonna, &c, oil of cumin, oil of eggs, oil of European wormseed, (Artemisia Vahliana, Kost,) Quinium, Asparagin, Kamala (Rottlera tinctoria,) Oxalate of Cerium, and a superior article of genuine Elaterium made by Allen & Hanburys. He also exhibited and explained the working of a neat French apparatus for making carbonic acid water in small quantities. He also called attention to the metallic foil on the corks of Blanchard's pill bottles, used to prove the impervious coating of the pills. In a bottle in his p >ssession, the coating being cracked, displayed the characteristic re- action of iodine on metallic surfaces. This fact appeared more important as disproving the asserted protection of the foil by a varnish, preventing its being attacked by the iodized vapor. One of the firm of Z. Locke & Co. made an exhibition of the so called non-explosive burning fluid, showing that it is quite as explosive as the burn- ing fluid made in the usual way. In his experiments before the meeting, the exhibitor expressed his opinion that the only protection against the explosions of burning fluid was to use the safety can, in which the openings were protected by wire gauze, thus preventing the flame from passing into the can. 86 EDITORIAL. E. S. Wayne being invited, exhibited some very interesting specimens of the products of distillation of cannel coal, as also that from the Seneca oil. All these oils are hydrocarbons, and are finding extensive use in the west for illuminating and lubricating purposes. The paraffine exhibited by him, as obtained from the same coal, was very fine, and it is supposed will at some future time take the place of white wax for many of the pharmaceutical purposes in which that article is now used. Paraffine is now being exten- sively employed, with the addition of a small per centage of stearin, in mak- ing candles. It specific gravity in a pure state is 0.850 to 0.890. After various remarks from those present, then adjourned. S. S. Garrigues, Sec. (Ebitorinl Department. Tilden & Co. and the Medical Journals. — There was a period within the recollection of many, when a large proportion of the vegetable ex- tracts consumed in the United States were made with so little regard to the rules which should guide the manufacturer in their preparation, that they but illy represented, in many instances, the drugs from which they were prepared. About ten or twelve years ago, the Tildens, acci- dentally becoming possessed of the shop and material of a seceder from the Shaker community, at New Lebanon, N. Y., after considering what was the best disposition to make of it, determined to continue the business of cultivating medicinal plants for the supply of pharmaceutists and drug- gists, and preparing vegetable extracts from the same. They soon saw the advantages that would arise to the medical profession, and conse- quently to their firm, if, for the crude processes then employed by the Shakers, they could substitute the vacuum pan, and after considerable outlay and exertions, succeeded in producing extracts by this process greatly superior to those by the old process. The example thus set by T. & Co. was soon followed by the Shakers and others, and there is no doubt at all that the general character of this class of preparations is much better than it was fifteen years ago, largely through their agency. The enterprise of Messrs. Tilden did not find sufficient scope to satisfy it in the class of preparations to which we have alluded. Fluid extracts coming into use, they seized the idea of supplying these too, made by their vacuum apparatus, and have manufactured them in great variety. Here has been one source of trouble. The indiscriminate application of a par- ticular process to a great variety of drugs of varied constitution, requires an intimate acquaintance with the constituents of these drugs, and their relation to menstrua and preservative agents, so as not only to extract the m EDITORIAL. 87 drugs effectually, but to preserve the important active ingredients in solu- tion with the least possible tendency to change in keeping, by variation in season and climate. Some of the preparations of Tilden & Co., who chiefly employ sugar as an antiseptic for these fluid extracts, have, it appears, proved unequal to resist the unfavorable influence of tropical heat, and the editors of the " New Orleans News and Hospital Gazette," having become cognizant of some of these, have commented on them with more severity than justice, more bitterness than truth. Urged on by the ambition of enterprize, this house, having earned a character for good preparations, determined to enlarge yet more the scope of its productions ; not satisfied with getting a large share of the business of making extracts for the supply of pharmaceutists, they go further, and claim to divide these extracts into doses, and sugar-coat them, thus strip- ping from the business of pharmacy one of its most legitimate functions. It is the misfortune of such enterprizes that they cannot remain stationary. They must retrograde or advance by an increasing production of novelties ; more and more complex and unwieldy becomes the machinery of business, till some of its distant movements get clogged by accidents flowing from its complexity. Such has been the experience of the Messrs. Tilden. An accidental substitution of pills containing tartar emetic for Plummer's pills, having occasioned some inconvenience to a patient, it was followed by an analysis and exposure. This house admits its custom of making up special formulae, varying from officinal usage, to meet special demands, and in this instance some of the modified Plummer's pills containing an equivalent of tartar emetic became accidentally substituted for true Plummer's pills. This result should be a lesson and caution to all such manufacturers to confine their operations to legimate channels. The New Orleans editor, and some others who have commented on the operations of this house, have taken special offence at their announcement of an improved compound cathartic pill without calomel. The compound cathartic pill is strictly an officinal preparation. Without calomel it ceases to be " the compound cathartic pill," and Tilden & Co. have no just right to assume the name of this valuable preparation to get into use a substitute, when it must be apparent to every one who reflects, that it tends to sanction that strong prejudice that exists throughout sections of this country against mercurial preparations, and especially among the numerous botanic and Eclectic doctors and their patrons. If the legitimate demand of their commerce requires the production of such a pill, let them supply it, but give it a proper name. If there is any manufacturing house in this country which owes its success to the countenance of the medical profession, it is Tilden & Co. ; though to their own enterprize in bringing their preparations to the notice of physicians, this recognition is mainly due ; hence none should be more conscientiously careful to keep to the well defined path of pharmaceutical rectitude in making their products. We wonder that 88 EDITORIAL. they should be willing to run the risk incurred by engaging in so many petty items, when the regularly recognized preparations of the Pharma- copoeia and dispensatories afford them so wide a scope. They have had, and still have, an admirable opportunity to take a firm and unflinching stand in upholding the purity and perfection of pharmaceutical products and manipulations, and on their true assumption of this position will de- pend their future success. There is one point on which we feel called to offer a caution. It is this : although unjust censure will not destroy the virtue of good extracts, no amount of praise or of puffing will make bad preparations good ; nor will it prevent their ultimate condemnation by physicians, though it may retard the discovery. Tilden & Company have had the confidence of the medical and pharmaceutical professions to a degree that it merits their utmost endeavors to retain. Let them keep to the strict letter of phar- maceutical authority in their manufactures. Let them refuse to issue imperfect preparations under any pretence of use for special applications: Let them give more attention to the manipulation of their laboratory, and less to the influence of the press, and their house will possess a basis of ex- cellence so broad and pyramidal, that editorial censures will prove as harmless as they are undeserved. Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association at the Seventh Annual Meeting, held in Washington, D. C, September, 1858, with the Constitution and list of members. Philadelphia, 1858, pp. 488 octavo. The Executive Committee have, after much expenditure of labor, owing to the imperfections of several of the MSS. submitted to them, issued the volume of " Proceedings." As a whole, with a proper allowance for the circumstances under which it was produced, it is a production creditable to the Association and to the Executive Committee. We propose to give a sketchy outline of the papers it includes. These are divided into two sections, 1st. Reports of Committees, 2d. Scientific Reports and Essays; premising that the record of minutes is nearly the same as that already published in the November number of this Journal. The Report on the Progress of Pharmacy, by Frederick Stearns, occu- pies fifty-two pages and embraces a bird's-eye view of the leading observa- tions and discoveries in chemistry, organic and inorganic, having a phar- maceutical bearing, Practical Pharmacy, Materia Medica, Toxicology, Pharmaceutical Institutions, and the Sale of Poisons. It concludes with a catalogue of the literary publications of the past year bearing on pharmacy, and a list of the quantities of Drugs imported into New York during 1858. The chief value of this Report will be as an index to the subjects investi- gated during the year, references being made to the journals. The Syllabus of a Course of Study, intended as an aid to students of phar- macy, being a special report by Wm. Procter, Jr., occupies 66 pages, one-half EDITORIAL. 89 of which are in small type. It is well to state that the author of this report deemed the task so imperfectly accomplished, owing to the necessity of condensation to get it within reasonable limits, that he doubted the pro- priety of its publication by the Association, and suggested its reference to a committee. This committee reported in favor of its publication. The report on the Revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia occupies 44 pages, and is composed of sub-reports from Messrs. Carney, Meakim, Stearns, Melvin and Graham, which embrace many valuable suggestions that are now in a form to facilitate their study by all the revising com- mittees who are, or will shortly be, appointed by various medical or phar- maceutical bodies. It will be well for apothecaries who feel an interest in the improvement of pharmaceutical processes to try many of these sugges- tions, and give, either through the journals or to the committee appointed to revise these reports, the results of their examination. The report on Home Adulterations, by Prof. Guthrie, was noticed in our last number. « That on Local Unofficinal Formulae" is brief compared with the report of last year. The paper of Frederick Stearns on " the Medicinal Plants of Michigan," exhibits great industry on the part of the writer, and the great richness of the flora of Michigan. We have made a few extracts from this report, which will be found at page 28 of this number, on Abies canadensis, Carya amara, Gaultheria procumbens and Ulmus fulva. The remarks of Prof. Grahame on Displacement embrace several sug- gestions meriting attention and will be read with profit. The next paper, on Tobacco, has already been published in our last. The paper on Blue Mass, by Charles Bullock, is particularly worthy of attention, and developes some results in reference to the solubility of mer- curial compounds not generally understood. E. Dupuy's paper on Saccharides will be found interesting ; and that on Podophyllin, by Dr. Stabler, is in our last number. The next, an Essay on Wild Cherry bark tree, by Wm. Procter, Jr., gives a general history of the preparations derived from that tree, with some suggestions on the use of the distilled water of the leaves in lieu of the Cherry Laurel water im- ported from Europe. Dr. Donnelly's paper on the Brazil nut tree [Berthol- letia excelsa] and its products, is accompanied by a beautifully executed lithograph engraving of the fruit and leaf copied from an oil painting accompanying the report. Dr. Battey's report on Southern Arrow Root is also illustrated by an engraving of the machine used in rasping the root. It consists chiefly of the results of Messrs. Cooper and Hallowes, which show that no obstacle exists to the abundant production of arrowroot in Georgia, the culture of the plant being nearly that of the sweet potato. The paper of John M. Maisch, on the Detection of Adulterations of Vol- atile oils, is a valuable contribution to practical pharmacy, and deserves careful perusal. It brings together all that is known on this difficult sub- 90 EDITORIAL. ject, and embraces many useful suggestions regarding the application of the tests, especially Heppe's test with nitro prusside of copper. We hope to be able to publish this paper in a future number. The paper on " Professional Intercourse between the Apothecary and physician," by Samuel M. Colcord, discusses a matter interesting to every dispensing pharmaceutist. The writer is entirely candid in the discussion, and handles some features of the subject without gloves. Its reading at the Association was the occasion of considerable discussion, which arose chiefly from the following paragraph : a It is a fact well known to our profession, that to educate a competent dispenser, who can pass a good examination at our schools of pharmacy, requires more time, closer application, attentive study and better mani- pulation, than it does to acquire knowledge sufficient to obtain, in our medical schools, the degree of M. D., and it is almost an invariable rule that physicians who abandon the profession of medicine for that of pharma- cy make the poorest apothecaries. 13 The consequences arising from carelessly written prescriptions are gra- phically portrayed, and the interference of physicians with the business of apothecaries. Mr. Colcord thinks that where errors occur in prescriptions the apothecary should return the recipe to the patient with his reasons for not dispensing it. We d» not agree with the writer on this point. We believe it is the interest of the apothecary that all such errors should be kept from the knowledge of the patient, as not only destroying confidence in the prescriber, but as reacting against the apothecary by exciting sus- picions and doubts in regard to other occasions. In allusion to the habit of certain physicians interfering with the busi- ness of apothecaries by sending their patients to other stores, he justifies the physician when he knows that such apothecaries are incompetent, but deprecates such course when it is a mere whim. " It is not uncommon or improper for a physician, on reasonable grounds, to recommend a change of apothecaries, and why should it under similar circumstances be considered wrong for apothercaries to advise a change of physicians'? For I hold that apothecaries are as good judges of the profes- sional qualifications of physicians, as physicians are of apothecaries. It has often happened to me, and I presume it has to many of our profession, that friends of the patient, in a state of great anxiety, have made earnest appeals to us for opinions as to the qualifications of their physician, and under circumstances when a direct answer could scarcely be avoided j and I hold that in such cases, when sure that our opinions are correctly formed, we are bound to give them to our customers, whether adverse or favorable to the physician ; for in the one case greater confidence is placed in the treatment, which is always beneficial to the patient ; and in the other, who of us have not known of rapid recovery occasioned by a change of medical adviser and treatment ? " We are not to suppose, because our intercourse with physicians pre- sents so many objectionable features to us, that they have nothing to complain of in the management of our affairs, relating intimately or re- motely to our intercourse with them. The statistics of ©ur profession EDITORIAL. 91 would show plainly, that a majority of dispensers in this country are in- competent properly to perform the duties intrusted to them. For this reason we are accountable, in a great measure, for the degree of con- tempt heaped upon us by them. Were we to change places with them, we should hardly be willing to have our prescriptions compounded in ihe manner and of the materials that too often falls to the lot of theirs, even when the most common articles are prescribed. What well edu- cated pharmacien, were he a physician, would be willing, on his pre- scription, to have the Spirit of Mindererus put up as frequently found in our stores, or the common article of cathartic pills, as found in many establishments considered quite respectable, or infusions made doubtful by using fluid extracts or concentrated tinctures to save trouble, instead of conforming to the officinal formula; or plasters and many other phar- maceutical preparations, from the laboratories of men of doubtful reputation, and which are known to be wanting in the qualities necessary to give them remedial value? Then again, knowing the ignorance and carelessness of a large portion of dispensers, who though they do not stand well in our pro- fession, yet occupy responsible situations, what guarantee has the physician that his prescriptions, will not fall into the hands of those who are deficient in the knowledge and judgment sufficient to select articles of known purity, and who are incompetent to compound them so as to insure their greatest remedial power? "It seems to me that the temptation is a very strong one, for a good physi- cian to send his patients where he feels sure their wants will be properly supplied, even though he may pass by some equally deserving member of our profession, to the injury of his business. The only cause for censure that we can have, is when unfair means are used, or when the physician wilfully shuts his eyes to the qualifications of his nearest apothecary, for the benefit it may be of an acquaintance no better qualified. "I must say, that were I a physician, I should be very careful into whose hands my prescriptions fell, and should feel it a sacred duty to my patients, to know who were, and who were not reliable. If physicians would take more pains to ascertain the qualifications of dispensers, it would soon make a manifest improvement in our profession, and in their success." We would like to quote some other items, but our space does not per- mit. On the whole, we believe Mr. Oolcord has spoken out many truths in an open manly way that will carry conviction with them, and though not pleasant to hear, will do more good than harm to both physicians and apothecaries. The papers of T. P. James on the Culture of Liquorice, and F. Stearns on the Application of our Native Wines in Pharmacy, deserve attention. Of all the papers submitted to the Association, none were more practically useful and at this time available, than the excellent contribution of Dr. Edward R. Squibb, on the Processes of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia needing Amendment, which occupies 44 pages in the proceedings. Our readers will find at page 49 an extensive quotation from this report. The re- maining items are Dr. Guthrie on Indigenous plants, Dr. Thayer on Con- centrated Medicines, Mr. Tilden on Medicinal Extracts, Mr. Merrill on Alcohol as a Solvent of medicinal matter and Mr. Stearns on the Pepper- mint Plantations of Michigan. The two last we have published entire in the preceding pages. The style of getting up this volume of Proceedings 92 EDITORIAL. is not only creditable to the liberality of the Association, but exhibits an amount of labor and attention on the part of the Executive Committee that merits the warm approval of the members. An Inaugural Dissertation on Strychnia: — presented to the Medical Faculty of McGill College, May 1st, 1858, prior to receiving the degree of Doctor in Medicine and Surgery. By Alexander P. Reid. Montreal : 1858. pp. 39, octavo. The author of this Essay appears to have given a careful stady to the im- portant subject which he treats, and goes over the whole ground of its his- tory, preparation, characters, tests, physiological effects on vegetables and animals, post mortem appearances, uses, administration, and antidotes. About a third of the work is devoted to the sails of strychnia. The account of these is very detailed, and includes thirty distinct compounds. The author found ioduretted iodide of potassium the most sensitive test for strychnia, producing in solutions of strychnia a very insoluble precipitate, to which he gives the name "Ioduretted Hydriodate of Strychnia.*' We should like to make a number of extracts from this Essay, and may proba- bly recur to it again, but the following will give a good idea of the author's style and method. Speaking of the proposed antidotes to strychnia, he ob- serves : "Since it is so difficult, if not impossible, to get any chemical antidote, I have thought that some agent might be met with which would counteract it physiologically. Such an agent I expected to find in hydrocyanic acid : it acts in general in a contrary manner to that of strychnia, causing at times rather paralysis than spasm. Accordingly, I placed one-sixth of a grain under the skin of the back of a cat, and when the convulsions became apparent, and respira- tion had almost ceased, I poured some of the acid on the same spot. In a few seconds the spasms ceased, and the limbs, before rigid and inflexible, became quite flaccid. The animal appeared to be profoundly narcotised, but it began to respire deeply ; the parietes of the chest expanding to the fullest, but the breathing was very slow. It remained in this state for several minutes, but gradually the respirations became weaker, and soon ceased in death. The effects in this case were similar to those mentioned by Pereira, who used conia instead of prussic acid. I tried the acid on others that had taken the alkaloid by the stomach; but on account of the difficulty ex- perienced in introdncing the acid into the stomach, its physiological effects were not obtained. However, considering all things, I think with the excep- tion of chloroform and conium, that prussic acid is the best antidote we have got ; but as neither the acid nor conium have been very fully inquired into, their relative merits can scarcely be decided on. Of the two prussic acid has the advantage, that it can always be easily obtained.' In its use we should not be too lavish, as it even exceeds strychnia in energy, and should only be exhibited in small quantities at a time, not enough to be directly poisonous. It should, if possible, be given immediately on the ingestion of the alkaloid, or as soon as possible afterwards. It might have the effect of deadening the sensibility of the stomach to the action of the strychnia, and thus allow of time to try the stomach-pump, or emetics if this were not at hand. These latter, have not, however, been reported upon very favorably. EDITORIAL. 93 la extreme cases, a solution of tartar emetic might be injected into the veins, which would be a very probable means of obtaining the desired result. If prussic acid only were given, and it were successful in preventing the spasms, its action would be temporary, and should not be trusted to alone. It might possibly have the power, by continual exhibition in small doses, of only allowing a small amount to be absorbed at a time. If it were only given after the poisonous effects became well marked, it would, in all pro- bability, relieve the intense pain which is endured, and thus smooth the path to the grave. It could not act chemically, because the hydrocyanate is fully as powerful a poison as the pure alkaloid. Selections from Favorite Prescriptions of living American Practitioners. By Horace Green, M. ;D. LL.D., &c. New York : Wiley & Halsted, 351 Broadway, 1858. pp. 206, octavo. At first glance, one would suppose from the title of this book, that Dr. Green, having had access to a number of prescription files of Apothecaries, had concluded to make a selection from them for the benefit of the physi- cian. Such, however, is not the origin of the book. The author has for years past made it a custom to record the " favorite prescriptions" of his numerous medical friends and ^visitors communicated to him at his own re- quest, these physicians representing all portions of the Union. Out of two large MSS. volumes thus gathered, he has collected the work now before us. The formulae are arranged in a therapeutic order, beginning with Nar- cotics and Sedatives, Tonics and Stimulants, Excitants and Alteratives, Ca- thartics and Laxatives, Emetics and Expectorants, Astringents, &c. As it is beyond our province to judge of the therapeutical merits of these recipes, we will confine our observations to a brief notice of some of their pharma- ceutical features. In glancing over the formulae, we observe that the author is not a strict nomenclaturist as regards our own or any other Pharmacopoeia. For in- stance, Hydrocyanic acid is prescribed with the affix " Medicinalis," in- stead of " Dilutum." The London expression l< Quinise Disulphatis v is generally employed. The Genitive of Camphora is called "Camphori^7 Zingiberis, 11 Zinziberis," &c. Among the novelties, Fusel Oil is recom- mended as a medicine in tuberculous cases as a substitute for cod liver oil, with the effect of fattening the patient ; dose from half to a drop for a child six months old, and five to ten drops for an adult. An acetic solution of strychnia is recommended as an officinal preparation of the strength one grain to the fluid ounce with five drops of acetic acid to the grain. The menstruum is water containing one-twelfth alcohol. Dose ten to thirty drops for an adult. A mixture of one part of calomel with eleven parts of sugar intimately mixed by trituration for fifteen minutes, is considered much increased in power by the commination, &c. The formulae are, in many instances, followed by therapeutical comments, which add much to their value and interest. The book is neatly printed on good paper, and will doubtless be valued by that numerous class of medical 94 EDITORIAL. practitioners who prefer the prescription of others to the trouble of adapt- ing medicines themselves. Brief Expositions of Rational Medicine, to which is prefixed the Paradise of Doctors, a Fable. By Jacob Bigelow, 'M. D., late President of the Massachusetts Medical Society. Boston : Phillips, Sampson & Co. 1858. pp. 169, 12mo. This little pamphlet is an attempt in the same direction as the work of Sir John Forbes, noticed in our last number, 11 Nature and Art in the Cure of Disease." Dr. Bigelow has evidently lost his early faith in the Materia Medica, and is now an advocate of " Rational Medicine," which means much or little, according to who is the exponent of its doctrines in his daily practice. With some it is practically a sort of medical atheism, where lost faith in the curative powers of medicine is not replaced by any decided system of action as a substitute. In others, it is merely placing Drugs in a subordinate position, and resorting to their aid at the proper moment, when the recuperative powers of the system need a helper. The latter is really the practice of a large number of able practitioners, who see in their course, not a new system of u Rational Medicine," but that safe middle path, which enables the physician to resort to those means, be they natural or artificial, which meet the case in hand. The Doctor's fable is amusing, but rather verbose, and, as a piece of pleasantry, lacks spice and animation, and might have been better said ; nevertheless its moral points to the subject following it. Physician's Handbook of Practice for 1859. By William Elmer, M. D. New York : M. A.Townsend & Co., No. 377 Broadway, 1859. We called altention last year to this useful little medical annual, intended to facilitate the process of recording daily visits, obstetric and surgical cases, etc. in a systematic manner. Attached to the Diary blanks, and preceding them, is a very much condensed classification of diseases, and list of the materia medica, with pharmaceutical preparations, intended to revive the memory in the course of daily practice, occupying about one hundred pages. Its usefulness as a diary addresses itself to every physician, and its printed matter to those whose stock of ready knowledge needs a little aid during their daily routine. CLASS OF THE COLLEGE OF PHARMACY. 95 CATALOGUE OF THE CLASS OP THE PHILADELPHIA COLLEGE OF PHARMACY FOR THE THIRTY-EIGHTH SESSION, 1858—59. With a List of their Preceptors and Localities. Matriculants. Town or County. State. Preceptors. Aisquith, C. W. Allen, Harvey Charlestown, Memphis, Philadelphia, Bache, T. H. Ball, William Bell, W. D. Hagerstown, Bolton. Joseph P. Germantown, Boyd, John W. Cleveland, Bryan, John E. Philadelphia, Buchanan, fm. F. " Bowman, Alpheus H.St. Georges, Carpenter, G. W., Jr. Germantown, Wilmington. Philadelphia, Mount Holly, Cumbrick, Claypoole, John Clothier, Wm. P. Collom, Charles Colman, Francis A. Cowan, J. F. Cowell, C. M. Creecy, Wm. Pryor Vicksburg, Cresswell, James A. Newtonia, Dare, Charles F. Philadelphia, Davis, J. Newton Norristown, Dodson, Charles G. Philadelphia, Dupuy, Powhatan E.Richmond, Eberle, Charles L. Eyre, William Franklin, Thomas Fritsch, Herman Fronefield, Chas., Jr, Garwood, William T, Gaskill, Aaron Geyer, H. F. Gifford, Chas. W. Gifford, William H. Gregson, John Hansell, Amos Hansell, George Harry, D. W. Hayman, S. L. Heintzelman, J. A. Philadelphia, « Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Tuckerton, Philadelphia, Rancocas, it Montgomery Co. Washington, Biberach, Virginia. Tennessee. George J. Scattergood. 0. R. Livermore. Heydenreich, Emile Soultz-sous-fovetsFrance Pennsylvania " J. Bispham. Maryland. 0. S. Hubbell. Pennsylvania Dr. Wm. H. Squire. Ohio. Hassard & Co. Pennsylvania J. C. Dawes. " William F. Buchanan. Delaware. French, Richards & Co. Pennsylvania George W. Carpenter. Delaware. R. S. Christiani. Pennsylvania J. Lewis Crew. New Jersey. Wetherill & Bro. Wm. Hodgson, Jr. N. Carolina. Thomas Lancaster. Mississippi. Edward Parrish. Mississippi. Wm. Taylor. Pennsylvania George W. Vaughan. " F. Zerman. " Blair & Wyeth. Virginia. Frederick Brown. Pennsylvania A. Rex, M. D. " John H. Ecky. Pennsylvania Marks & Co. Prussia. Emilius Herwig. Pennsylvania Fronefield & Co. Pennsylvania Bullock & Crenshaw. " Jenks & Ogden. ££ Jenks & Ogden. " John C. Savery. New Jersey. Dr. R. Keys. Pennsylvania Paul G. Oliver. New Jersey. French, Richards & Co. " French, Richards & Co. Pennsylvania J. Henry Abbott. D. C. Charles Ellis & Co. Germany. Dr. J. R. Angney. Daniel S. Jones. Jefferson, Charles L.Philadelphia, Jones, William R. " Pennsylvania A. H. Yarnall. " Jenks & Ogden. Keffer, Frederick A. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Beates, Jacoby & Miller. Kemble, James Chester Co. " John Goodyear. Kennedy, Frank Belvidere, New Jersey. Charles Shivers. Kemble, Henry B. Harrisburg, Pennsylvania Charles Ellis & Co. 96 CLASS OF THE COLLEGE OF PHARMACY. Matriculants. Town or County. Lancaster, T. A. Frankford, Levy, Lewis Trenton, Link, Ferdinand, Wurtemburg, Lize, Alexander A. Rouen, McGrath, Charles Mcllvain, J. L. McKee, James H. McLeroth, Alex. H. Macpherson, W. Y. Mecray, Alex. M. Moore, J. W. Morell, C. M. Philadelphia, Chicago, Philadelphia, Cape Island. Philadelphia, Hestonville, Newman, George A. Chambersburg, Notson, Charles B. Philadelphia, State. Preceptors. Pennsylvania William Hodgson, Jr. Tennessee. Charles Ellis & Co. Germany. Dr. L. E. Nordman. France. A. Tatem. Pennsylvania A. F. Hazzard & Co. " William B. Thompson. " Moyamensing Dispensary. Illinois. Edward Parrish. Pennsylvania Miller & Elliott. New Jersey. Joseph C. Turnpenny & Co. Pennsylvania T. Morris Perot & Co. Pennsylvania C. M. Morell. " Blair & Wyeth. " Dr. William Notson. " Dr. James Bond. Ott, Abraham Philadelphia, Pennsylvania T. N. Penrose. Parrish, Wm. G. Petry, Emile Pile, Wilson H., Jr. Philadelphia, Rankin, Alfred J. Shippensburg, Reel, Joseph Philadelphia, Rhoads, Elam Norristown, Richards, George K.Philadelphia, Robbins, James W. Bordentown, Rulon, Edwin Swedesboro, Scott, Henry A. Cooperstown, Seeger, Roland Philadelphia, Sheridan, John J. " Siddall, Robert J. •< Smart, Thomas H. " Smith. TheophilusH. " Smith, Wm. Moore. " Smyser, George M. York. Thomas, Lancaster Thomas, J. J. Philadelphia, Uhler, Algernon S. Philadelphia, Vogelbach . " Wagner, Joseph Philadelphia, Ward, John " Wendel, John . «' Wilson, James York, Wyeth, Frank H. Philadelphia, New Jersey. Thomas J. Husband. France. A. B. Durand. Pennsylvania Dr. Wilson H. Pile. Pennsylvania Rankin & Co. " John C. Baker & Co. " Wm. Stahler. " R. C. Davis. New Jersey. John W. Simes & Co. " Ambrose Smith. New York. Edward Parrish. Pennsylvania Caleb H. Needles. " R. Kilduffe. " John C. Baker & Co. " Henry Horn. " Beates, Jacoby & Miller. " Caleb R. Keeny. u William Procter, Jr. Pennsylvania Robert Shoemaker & Co. Pennsylvania Dr. George Uhler. " J. W. Bley. Pennsylvania J. Wagner. » William M. Reilly. " John Horn. " John P. Curran « Blair & Wyeth. to THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHARMACY. MARCH, 1859. PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. By Edward Parrish. (Continued from page 17 .) Having at the close of the previous essay taken leave of the Manchester pharmaceutical establishments and chemical works, I proceed to remark upon the general character of the shops in some of the other towns. Those in Oxford and Leamington were noticed as particularly elegant, rich mahogany fittings and plate- glass windows and show-cases giving them a fine finish. At Chester, amid the ancient buildings of that unique old town, I noticed several very handsome pharmaceutical shops, one in particular, in which the appropriate arrangement of mirrors gave a great apparent increase of length to the room ; the shops are generally in the second stories of the buildings fronting on bal- conies which extend along perhaps the whole length of a street. To the unaccustomed eye the contrast is most strange, of costly mirrors, beautiful carved oak shop-furniture and commodious arrangements for dispensing, with ancient dwellings and places of business, in which all the necessary repairs are not permitted to interfere with the prevailing unique and antiquated appear- ance. In Liverpool some fine shops were also noticed. That of Clay & Abrams, Bold street, is one of the best conducted and largest ; it has besides the ordinary arrangements for compounding and dispensing medicines, a set of vacuum pans for the evaporation of solutions at low temperatures. Through the kindness of a member of this firm, T had an opportunity of spending an hour pleasantly and profitably in the Museum of the Liverpool Chemical Society, located in a 7 * 98 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. large apartment in the Royal Institute. A fine collection of spe- cimens of those departments of natural history pertaining to the study of pharmacy, and of rare and elegant chemical products, in a series of flat and upright glass cases arranged parallel to each other across the apartment, formed one of the most attrac- tive pharmaceutical museums I have ever visited. The mode of mounting and displaying specimens here and elsewhere in England, struck me as worthy the imitation of our colleges and natural history societies. Those which stand in upright cases near the line of vision are put into plain cylindrical bottles without shoulders and covered with a plate of glass, or into bottles made for the purpose, convex at the closed extremity and terminated at the open end by a ground stopper, so shaped as to form a stand for the bottle when it is inverted. For the specimens designed to be looked at from above, these inverted bottles are made of considerable diameter in proportion to their height, while some samples, such as nests of crystals, are placed on glass dishes and covered with a piece of plate glass or with a suitable bell glass. Besides the specimens belonging to the Chemical Society, which, of course, it would occupy too much space to dwell upon in this essay, the Royal Institute contained a great variety, three series of which especially interested me : 1st. Sugars as derived frem numerous sources and in their several states of preparation ; 2d, an extensive assortment of textile materials and fabrics, from all climes ; and 3d, a variety of products chiefly from palm oil prepared by Price's Candle Company, whose glycerine has obtained such an extensive sale in America. Some of these show a perfection in this branch of manufacture little suspected by those unacquainted with the recent progress of ap- plied science in this direction. " The General Apothecaries Company " have an extensive and elegant establishment in this city, and a less conspicuous one in Birmingham. This Company issue from time to time a publica- tion called the Record of Pharmacy and Therapeutics, which is intended to be sent to "every member of the profession in Great Britain and Ireland." Of the numbers which were fur- nished me, the first bears date in 1856, and in its preface states that " it has not unfrequently happened that new remedies and ♦ PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. 99 preparations have been in use in the metropolis, on the continent of Europe or in America, for a long time before they have been generally known to, or adopted by the majority of practitioners." Even natural productions of value, it is said, " have never be- come available in practice, because no person has introduced them into commerce." The colleges, it is also urged, « only adopt into the Pharmacopoeias remedies having a reputation al- ready established, and, as a matter of course, these publications are always in arrear of the actual state of the art ;" hence the establishment of this Company, as a " professional body," for the systematic advancement of therapeutics. I quote one of the arguments used in this preface, which is so novel that it may be interesting to the readers of this essay. " The imper- fection and uncertainty which attaches to medicine, has had one cause very readily avoided. The preparation of medicine has been entrusted to a class of persons who, whatever may be their merits in other respects, make no pretensions to understand the treatment of disease, and who according to unquestionable testi- mony, either wilfully or negligently sell or employ in the pre- paration of prescriptions, spurious or adulterated drugs." It will be new to most pharmaceutists that a knowledge of the treatment of disease is requisite to an understanding of the preparation of medicines ; and as to employing adulterated medicines in compounding prescriptions, both common sense and experience go to prove that a class who make drugs and pre- parations their chief or exclusive study, would be more compe- tent to guard against this evil than those who add the cares of " general practitioners " to the legitimate practice of pharmacy. This "General Apothecaries' Company" must not be confound- ed with the Society of Apothecaries established in 1617, and during two centuries known as the proprietors of Apothecaries' Hall, in London, to which metropolis their charter confines them. The Company now alluded to as owning several depots in the principal towns of the United Kingdom, appears to be confined in its operations to manufacturing and trading, and the Record of Pharmacy and Therapeutics issued from its cen- tral establishment in London, is chiefly an advertising medium for their preparations, which are, of course, recommended as of the best quality, and wholly free from adulteration. The pre- 100 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. face from which I have already quoted closes with the following significant remark : " As economy is an important considera- tion in the choice of medicines, cceteris paribus, the Company in this publication have not overlooked it; the reader is on this point referred to the articles quinine and cinchona barks and rhubarb in the sequel." On reference to these we find the neutral sulphate of quinine recommended as an improvement on the disulphate, on account of its perfect solubility. Sul- phates of cinchonine and quinidine are favorably spoken of ; ammoniated solution of quinine is spoken of as a very elegant preparation ; liquor quinoidinse sulph., dose 5 minims and up- wards, is recommended as superior to sulphate of quinine, as an antiperiodic against fevers, &c. Citrate of quinine and iron of this make is said to contain 40 per cent, of citrate of quinine, a larger percentage than usual. Besides these, thirteen salts of quinine are spoken of; under the head of Valerianate of Qui- nine, Dr. G. B. Wood is quoted as recommending a combina- tion of Peruvian bark and valerian. I may remark here, that this eminent American authority is well and favorably known to the profession in Great Britain, where his book on "The Practice " is actually used as a text book in one or more of the colleges. English rhubarb, of which I purchased a sample, of this Company, is recommended in " The Record " as very nearly identical in its therapeutic action with the foreign varieties ; it is stated that the best samples of English yield about 52 per cent of extractive matter to cold water, East Indian 53 to 54, and Turkey not more than 55 or 57; and that when the differ- ence in price is considered, it will, it is trusted, be useful to general practitioners to be supplied with so cheap an article. Notwithstanding this statement and the alleged endorsement of Dr. Pereira, I found no reputable druggist andchemist willing to sell it as equal to the East India drug. Among the new remedies noticed at this establishment my attention was particularly arrested by the pyrophosphate of iron in pseudo-crystalline scales ; this preparation is stated to contain a small quantity of citrate of ammonia, which renders it readily soluble in water, the solution being nearly tasteless and permanent ; it is recommended in doses of 3 to 10 grains, to be PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. 101 given in water or a bitter infusion, in cases of obstinate ansemia, and diseases of which that condition is a symptom. I failed in making this beautiful product satisfactorily in the only attempt I have made to prepare it; I found it too adhesive and deli- quescent to separate in scales, from the glass plate on which I poured the concentrated solution. Most of the preparations advertised by this Company are al- ready known in America, and many of them have been noticed in this Journal. Grlonoin, " of guarranteed purity, and uniform strength," is among the remedies offered. Chlorate of Soda is recommended as a substitute for chlorate of potassa ; it is said to be soluble in three parts of cold water, while the latter is soluble only in the proportion of 0 parts in 100 of water at 60Q. Iodide of Lime is another of their novelties ; it is sold in solu- tion made by boiling iodine with milk of lime, which is said to contain iodide of calcium and iodate of lime ; of the solution con- taining one grain of iodine to a fluid-ounce, the dose is 30 minims to two fluid- drachms ; the peculiar adaptations of this salt, are said to be in the treatment of neuralgia occasioned by mercury, lead, &c. From Liverpool let us next turn attention to Edinburgh, the chief seat of science in the North. The University is just about to close its summer course, and thither, across the deep ravine that divides the town, we wend our way. The purposes of this essay forbid a description of the ancient castle, with its legends of dar- ing emprise, and of the quaint old buildings with which it is surrounded, hallowed by many a thrilling story of the early times — of the church where John Knox thundered, the house in which he resided, and the spot where his bones moulder, though these are all in the old town, and in the vicinity of the object of our search. For nearly three hundred years, the University of Edinburgh has dispensed the benefits of a liberal education to the numerous students who have annually resorted to 11 the modern Athens," and for the last half century has enjoyed a re- putation inferior to no other institution of learning in Great Britain. In medicine, especially, it has excelled, and hence is especially worthy a short notice in our Pharmaceutical Notes. The present ample building, which was commenced in 1789, is a plain and very substantial structure, forming a parallelogram 102 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OP TRAVEL. enclosing an open court. It contains lecture rooms, class and reading rooms, museums, and a library. The museum of natural history contains a great variety of natural objects, and especi- ally a fine collection of birds ; some of the cabinets can be only partially exhibited for want of room. The Library, which con- tains about 100,000 volumes, is chiefly arranged on either side of a hall near 200 feet long, containing, among other objects of interest, a beautiful'statue of the Scottish bard, who, though no great advocate of learning, which his own humble education and the peculiar bent of his genius, scarcely prepared him to appre- ciate, has made an indelible impress upon the literature of his native land, and has given to Scotia, even in far off America, the synonym of the land of Burns. In the four faculties of theology, law, medicine, and art, there are thirty-two professors ; of these, I believe, only three or four, who are connected with medicine and its collateral branches, lecture in the summer. I had the pleasure of listening to Dr. Allman, Professor of Natural History, during one of his lectures on Physical Geo- graphy. By a curious coincidence, he was describing the great plains on the American Continent, and gave an eloquent des- cription of prairie scenery, which aroused the class into a burst of applause. The Professor invested his whole subject with a more rhetorical and graphic character than is customary on such occasions, and being dressed in a gown in token of the dignity of his office, struck me as in strong contrast to his colleague, Dr. Goodsir, one of whose summer lectures on Comparative Ana- tomy, I heard ; portions of the skeletons of the snake, the bird, and the reptile, were described minutely ; the specimens were, however, too small to be readily seen by the class, and the de- scription was devoid of ornament or illustration. The museum of this department is very extensive, especially the exquisitely prepared injections, illustrating minute structures. The arrange- ment for preserving dead bodies for dissecting purposes, appeared an improvement on any I had seen. Large wooden boxes are lined with thick plates of unpolished glass, cemented at the corners and ground on the edges to fit the top, which is similarly lined and readily moveable. They are said to serve an excellent purpose. The dissecting rooms of the University are ample, commodious, and well supplied with disinfecting facili- ties. PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. 103 Both the eminent naturalists just referred to, were fami- liar with the name and fame of Professor Leidy of the Universi- ty of Pennsylvania, and inquired after him with much interest, on being introduced to a Philadelphian. Prof. Christison was not lecturing at the time referred to, but through the good offices of my friend, Dr. Sandahl, of Stockholm, whose objects of study accorded closely with my own, I enjoyed an opportunity of visiting with him the splendid cabinet of Materia Medica. Each of the leading drugs may be said to con- stitute a separate cabinet, so numerous and varied are the speci- mens. The Opium series may be specified as one of the most in- teresting ; that of English make was shown as equal to any other ; the India variety, so extensively sold to the Chinese, is very uniform, and quite inferior. The Kino series contained nume- rous specimens ; the Jamaica variety was pointed out as very infe- rior,— "a mere extract." The numerous tinctures of kino all appeared to have gelatinized, equally, by time. The Cabinet of Poisons as would be supposed from the extended reputation of Prof. Christison as a toxicologist, is extensive and complete. Of the various methods of mounting wet specimens tried by Dr. Chris- tison, he prefers the use of a solution of common salt, the vessel to be tied over with varnished paper. At the Infirmary, a large hospital opposite the University, we saw an amputation performed by Dr. Spencer, assisted by Dr. Gillespie ; the operation was protracted, but accompanied through- out by the inhalation of chloroform. The surgeons and attend- ants were surprised to learn that in America ether is still used in many of our Hospitals and in private practice, as a safer and better anaesthetic. They use Duncan and Flockhart's chloro- form, and for the sake of economy prefer that made with me- thylated spirit, instead of pure alcohol. It is a common idea, by the way, that the ill effects sometimes experienced from the use of this ansesthetic are often attributable to its bad quality, from want of proper rectification to free it from the impurities which come over in the first distillation. The Botanical course of the University being in progress at the Botanical Garden in the suburbs of the New City, I gladly availed myself of the opportunity to visit this delightful spot at the hour of Prof. Balfour's lecture, which, as in the case of the 104 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. similar course in London, begins at 8 o'clock, A. M. The at- tendance was large, perhaps exceeding 100. The whole class numbers about 200, but many were absent owing to the Course being near its close. Prof. Balfour, who is widely known as a botanist, is a rapid speaker, with scarcely enough volume of voice for so large an apartment, but the subject was illustrated with a wonderful profusion of diagrams, and specimens of living plants. Monocotyledons, Smilacese, Orchidace?e, &c, were des- cribed, and considerable attention given to the subject of the pa- thology of plants. The excrescences from insect stings, ergot, dry rot, potato rot, &c, were treated of, also, the remedies to be applied to prevent the progress of these diseases. Some parts of the lecture were rather unsatisfactory, from the disorder and want of attention of a few of the class, who were at more pains to gratify an unseasonable playfulness than to avail them- selves of the opportunity of acquiring knowledge. The Museum connected with this fine Botanical school furnished us an object of study during the breakfast hour of the Professor. It con- tained specimens of several departments of natural history, and was occupied by two or three young gentlemen engaged in original microscopic investigations. A party of fifteen students was organizing, to accompany the Professor, at the close of the Course, on a botanical excursion to Switzerland. The arrangements made were admirable for economy, much of the travelling being on foot, and the lug- gage and personal accoutrements being confined to such as were absolutely necessary, each student, of course, carrying a suit- able tin case or portable press, for preserving specimens of the Alpine plants, collected by the way. It was with reluctance that I denied myself the proffered pleasure of joining this delightful party at Berne, to walk with them over some of the most beautiful scenery in the world, in quest of trophies which would have had an additional charm from the circumstances in which they were obtained. An hour spent in the Edinburgh Botanical Garden, will long be remembered as full of interest. It is one of the most beau- tiful spots in this beautiful country, and to the natural advan- tages of the location are added embellishments of perfect taste and liberality. A splendid palm-house, recently erected at an PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. 105 expense of $60,000, contains a magnificent collection of tropical trees, — some of them of great age, — growing under glass, and maintained in a suitable atmosphere at great expense. A high tower, containing a water tank for supplying the es- tablishment, commands a fine view of the adjacent city, and its suburbs, with Leith and the distant sea. The hot-houses contain vast collections of curious and interesting plants, some of them now displaying their brilliant flowers. Among the curiosities shown us by the Professor and the scientific superintendent of the Gardens, were true Narthax Assafoetida, a rather sickly plant, which had been nearly killed by cold to which it had been accidentally exposed ; True Quassia, a small, but thriving plant ; Gamboge, which on being punctured with a pin emitted a bright yellow very adhesive exudation ; Cinchona Calisaya, as yet a small specimen ; a large Sago Palm ; a Matico plant ; and our own Poke, Phytolacca Decandra growing in the open air, and looking very familiar among strange associates collected from the four quarters of the globe. Prof. Balfour had just received a specimen of the Malapteru- rus or thunder fish of the Arabs from Calabar, Africa, and before liberating it from the globular bottle in which it had travelled so far, gave us an opportunity to test its shocking powers. The shock is so nearly identical with that of an electrical machine, that I had no difficulty in understanding how this comes to be classed with electrical fish. This specimen is about the size of our com- mon river catfish, and much the same shape and general appear- ance. The interest which attaches to the Edinburgh University and Botanical Gardens, especially to an American, long accustomed to associate the former with some of the most eminent of philosophers and quite unused to such attractions as the latter affords, has be- guiled me into these details, and prevented my approaching earlier the Pharmaceutical matters pertaining to this locality. The most interesting item to me, in this connection, was the introduction to a valued acquaintance, in the person of John Mackay, Chemist and Pharmaceutist, local Secretary of the London Pharmaceutical Society, to whose kindness I am in- debted for much information on matters pertaining to our pro- fession. 106 pharmaceuticalInotes of travel. The rooms of the Edinburgh Pharmaceutical Society are pleasantly located, and contain a neat cabinet, mounted somewhat in the manner referred to in describing the Liver- pool Cabinet. The most novel and interesting specimen was a nest of large and perfect crystals of Aloin, deposited by T. & H. Smith, of Edinburgh, the discoverers and manufacturers. This neutral crystalline principle, which has hitherto been known only by reputation in America, and the utility of which, as a remedy, has been doubted, is among the most beautiful of the organic proximate principles. It is considerably used as a mild, though tolerably certain cathartic, in doses of 1 to 3 grs. From the same manufacturers an elegant specimen of caffein was displayed in large silky tufts. The assortment of Cinchonas has been augmented by contributions from Prof.Christison, who has remem- bered the collection in disposing of many duplicates. Among the articles deposited by Mackay were some Egj^ptian Lentils, a very cheap and highly nitrogenised article of diet, which seemed worthy a more general introduction to use. Before leaving Edinburgh, I should speak of the gelatine manufacture, which is here carried on pretty extensively by J. & G. Cox who send large quantities of the article to America, where it is almost universally sold by pharmaceutists and grocers. John Mackay's pure extract of calves feet is design- ed as an improvement, being warranted to be obtained entirely from fresh calves feet, obviating the objection, of many physi- cians and nurses to the materials from which the ordinary gela- tine is said to be obtained, while the jelly it yields possesses a richness and softness to the palate in which jellies made from gelatine are usually deficient. Pharmaceutical organization is not in so great esteem in Scot- land as in some parts of England. The Chemists and Druggists are, many of them, in a small way of business, and the payment of five guineas initiation fee operates as a great objection to their becoming members of the London Society. There is no School of Pharmacy in Scotland, and the number of students7 who qualify themselves to appear before the Examining Board located in Edinburgh, is small. This is the more remarkable, from the known qualifications of some of the pharmaceutists to teach, and from the presence of the University with its elevating and inspiring influences. PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. 107 The general practice of pharmacy seemed to me to compare favorably with that of any place I have visited, although the scale of prices for dispensing is much too low to be remunera- tive, except to the few who are well established. None of the licentiates of Apothecaries Hall practice here, and the term apothecary has a different meaning from that applied to it in London. The pharmaceutical shops are much in the London style, no handsome displays in front, but well furnished and complete within. Leaving Edinburgh for a sojourn among the Highlands, during which I enjoyed a fine opportunity of studying the character and habits of a large party of Scotchmen, all bent on pleasure and recreation, I found myself in a few days at Glasgow. Besides being a great seat of commerce and manufactures, this city is distinguished for its institutions of learning. Glasgow University College is a more ancient and venerable building than that of Edinburgh, and scarcely inferior in extent. The only parts accessible to a stranger at this time being the Senate Chamber, a long, narrow room, the stone steps at the entrance guarded by a lion and unicorn, the walls covered with curious and unique wainscoating, and furnished with cases and tables of massive proportions, — and the Hunterian Museum, which is a separate building in the rear of the University. This museum which is open to the public on the payment of a small fee, embraces an extended series of natural history speci- mens, a fine old library of the celebrated Dr. Wm. Hunter, a col- lection of paintings by old masters, some statuary, and a variety of antiquities. This is the only public museum that I know of, frequented by both sexes, that contains a complete series of anatomical preparations, monstrosities, specimens of the foetus in utero, and the numerous objects required in the illustration of a course of medical instruction ; six or eight very large obstetric manikins were conspicuously displayed. This University has recently paid a deserved compliment to American genius in the appointment of Prof. H. D. Rogers, to the chair of Natural History, though this distinguished teacher had not, at the period alluded to, entered upon his duties. There are ten professors in the medical department: one in theo- logy eight in literature and philosophy. Of these, only two were 108 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. lecturing at this late period in the summer, — the Professor of Botany, at the Botanical Garden, which I found a pleasant place to visit, but did not hear a lecture ; and the Professor of Chemistry, who holds his lectures in a building near the Uni- versity, containing the practical laboratory. This place I found one of great interest, the arrangements for instruction in practi- cal chemistry being more than usually complete, and each table having, all the necessary apparatus and material, even including a separate basin and hydrant. The importance of Summer instruction in Practical Chemistry seems to be recognised both here and in Edinburgh, although in the latter place, the laboratory was closed during my recent so- journ, perhaps on account of the lamented death of Dr. Gregory, whose place had but recently been filled. I heard the last lec- ture of the Summer course at Glasgow, the plan of instruction being novel and, I believe, peculiar to this institution. Two courses are conducted simultaneously, each class being limited to thirty. Upon narrow shelves or tables in front of each row of seats are arranged for each occasion, the necessary apparatus for experimenting upon the particular subject of the lecture, four or five students operating together, so that to a class of thirty, six or eight sets of apparatus are required. The exer- cises commenced with a general examination upon the subject of the previous lecture, after which the lecturer introduced the sub- ject of Carbonic Oxide, explaining the method of preparing it, and the rationale, w7hile his assistants at the counter, and the several groups of students, each with a retort and small pneu- matic trough, proceeded to generate and collect the gas. He then explained its properties and the methods of testing it, which were verified by the students with their several specimens. This method, though it has its advantages, seems imperfectly adapted to supercede laboratory instruction ; the attention of the students is too much divided between the explanations of the teacher, and the details of the experiment, while a single error in manipulation by any one student, leading to a slight explosion, the fracture of a retort, or other accident, by dis- tracting the attention of the whole class may break the thread of the instruction, and to some extent, defeat the object in view, This idea is the result of a single observation ; it is cer- PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. 109 tainly a great desideratum to teach experimental chemistry by a more popular and economical way than that ordinarily pur- sued in laboratories, and I was anxious to find in this an improve- ment on other methods. Would it not be better to separate the lecture from the manipulation, devoting a certain time to each, adopting the same plan of grouping the students into classes, but teaching the manipulations to each group separately ? It would not be just to the course of instruction upon which I have thus ventured to comment, to dismiss it without acknow- ledging the general familiarity of the class with the subject of the examination, the apparent efficiency of the instruction so far as the plan admits of it, and the great advantages furnished to those who availed themselves of the privileges of the practical laboratory. I shall always regret that for want of a personal acquaintance with Prof. Anderson, and an attendance at a more favorable period of the course, I missed of a better acquaintance with this method, aiming, as it does, at the simplifying and econ- omising the now expensive and tedious instruction in Practical Chemistry. The Andersonian University is another Glasgow school, hav- ing a good building, a tolerable museum, open to the public, (fee one penny,) and a practical laboratory. Dr. Penny, the professor of Chemistry was absent, and no course of lectures was in progress. This laboratory was furnished in a much cheaper style than that of the University ; the fees being only one guinea ($5 25,) a month, exclusive of the apparatus which the student is obliged to purchase for himself, and may keep in a separate closet, together with the products of his manipula- tions. Here, as in the University laboratory, gas is the chief fuel used, though instead of cylinders covered with wire gauze,such as we use, they employ cylinders open at both ends, tapering to. ward the top, and standing on wire feet. The tripods for hold- ing capsules and crucibles were made by taking three pieces of wire of equal length, bending them twice at right angles, and binding them together with fine wire. This Institution is of a popular character, having scientific courses of six months' dura- tion, adapted to apprentices as well as students qualifying them- selves for the professions. During a short stay in Glasgow, I met with one illustration of its advantages, not only in inspiring 110 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. a love of chemistry, but in imparting its leading facts and prin- ciples ; the lad who pointed out to me some of the facts which follow, was educated at this Andersonian school, and now finds employment in the largest chemical works in the world. Every one has heard of Tennant's great Chemical works, and such a description of them as my opportunities enable me to give may not be uninteresting. They are situated in the eastern part of Glasgow, in a suburb called St. Rollox, on a rail road which passes directly through the grounds, and a canal which skirts them. The works cover in about sixteen acres under roof, and their enormously high chimneys as I first saw them from the top of Ben Lomond, many miles distant, constituted one of the most conspicuous objects in the panorama of Glasgow. The principal chimney is four hundred and sixty feet high, seventy-five feet higher than the top of St. Paul's, and even ex- ceeding in height the tallest of the pyramids of Egypt. There are two other tall chimneys, one, three hundred and thirty, and the other two hundred and fifty feet high. They are built of brick, the largest being forty feet at the base. The object of such immense altitude in the flues is to carry the gaseous pro- ducts so high in the atmosphere as to prevent inconvenience to the surrounding population. These works are more remarkable for the vast quantities than for the variety of the chemicals produced. The chief articles of manufacture are Soda Ash, Carbonate of Soda, Muriatic and Sulphuric Acids, Bleaching Salts, and Soaps. By the action of sulphuric acid on chloride of sodium, sul- phate of soda is produced ; the muriatic acid given off is passed into large, square, stone chimneys, lined with pitch and filled in with charcoal. Near the tops of these are reservoirs, from which jets of water are thrown into the flues, which dissolves the gas in such large proportion that the liquid as it trickles out below has acquired the strength of commercial muriatic acid, and marks a sp. gr. of 1-116. The tops of these chimneys emit no smell of the acid gas. For the manufacture of bleaching salt, the muriatic acid is converted into chlorine by the use of black oxide of manga- nese ; the gas is then conveyed into a series of brick chambers containing the lime ; two of these communicate, and after two PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. Ill days the chlorinated lime is taken out of one, the other being filled with fresh, and so on alternately, each charge being thus subjected to the gas for two days. The workmen exposed to the action of this corrosive gas in the operation of charging , and emptying the chambers, appear to become so habituated to its effects as to live, judging from one specimen we saw, to a great age. The delicate tissues of the lungs and the lining membrane of the air passages, resist for years a corrosive action which completely destroys the teeth. The oxide of manganese, after serving its purpose of decom- posing the muriatic acid, exists in the state of chloride ; this is restored again to the condition of oxide for future use, by the following process : — it is first treated with lime, by which the iron is separated, and then with carbonate of lime which pre- cipitates carbonate of manganese ; this, by calcination, is con- verted into oxide for use again in the decomposition of muriatic acid. This process is a patent belonging to the concern, and the invention of one of the partners. The manufacture of sulphuric acid is carried on by a process, which is also, I believe, original with a member of this firm. The sulphur is burned in small furnaces, communicating with a large horizontal pipe ; into this is poured near one extremity, a peculiar acid mixture or compound called nitro-sulphuric acid, consisting of concentrated sulphuric acid saturated with nitric acid. When mixed with water this liquid has the property of giving off nitrous acid in profusion, and being discharged with water into the tube containing gaseous sulphurous acid, converts it into sulphuric acid ; this runs off into iron vats lined with lead which are heated till it is concentrated to a certain specific gravity ; these vats show a deposite of sulphate of lead, which, to a great extent, protects them from the action of the acid. The acid is now run into a platinum still, which is placed over a very hot fire, and the concentrated acid, as it runs off, is cooled by pass- ing through horizontal troughs of water, and into leaden cold water baths. The method of throwing the acid into receiving vessels in convenient positions for filling carboys without the aid of a pump, is by the pressure of air forced into the tubes. From the sulphate of soda left after the liberation of muria- 112 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. tic acid from chloride of sodium by sulphuric acid, the several alkaline products are made. The sulphate is mixed with char- coal in suitable brick furnaces and ignited, being constantly stirred with large iron rakes during the burning. It comes out a fused yellowish mass, which is broken up upon the hearth, lixiviated repeatedly, concentrated in iron vats ; for soda ash the evaporation is carried on to dryness, calcined and powdered ; it meets a ready sale and is one of the chief pro- ductions of the works, averaging about two hundred and fifty tons per week. The sal soda is produced by arresting the concentration at a certain point and running the lixivium into shallow iron vats, on the top of which, wooden strips are thrown, to promote crystal- lization, and after the carbonate of soda has been nearly all separated in this way the mother liquors are drawn off, by re- moving a plug, and evaporated to dryness, forming another quality of the soda ash. The yield of sal soda is about one hundred and fifty tons per week. The vast extent of the crystallizing room, with its numerous large vats, and the immense expenditure of force silently ex- erted by innumerable material atoms, marshalling themselves with mathematical precision into regular crystalline forms, is calculated to fill the mind with astonishment and admiration, and I shall long recollect it as one of the most impressive exhi- bitions of natural motive power it has been my lot to witness. Part of the soda ash is rendered caustic by quicklime and consumed in another part of the works in the manufacture of soap. Tallow mixed with palm oil and cocoanut oil, both of which latter are abundant in England, are used in the soap works. The boiling is accomplished by steam, in the usual way, about sixty tons of a very nice white soap being produced weekly. From what I observed in this branch of manufacture here and elsewhere, I do not think soap-making in England at all in advance of the art in our own country. The practice of pharmacy in Glasgow seemed to present lit- tle to distinguish it from that of Edinburgh or the principal towns of England. Many of the stores are large and well furnished and present every appearance of a prosperous business. The term apothecary is applied, as with us, to the regular profession of pharmacy, and seems to convey no idea of a practitioner of ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. 113 medicine and surgery. Within a few hours' ride by rail road, however, at the towns of Carlisle, Penrith, Ulverstone, &c, I found the prescription business very much in the hands of the surgeons and general practitioners, and the pharmaceutists re- duced to the level of dealers in drugs, domestic remedies, and household articles, including tea coffee and " sweets ;" as a con- sequence of this, the practice of the art is less thorough and scientific, and the people are the losers. (To be continued.) ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. By John M. Maisch. Of late there has been some discussion in pharmaceutical cir- cles concerning the most appropriate agent for preserving those valuable preparations, the fluid extracts. The tenor of these discussions makes it evident that the opinion has been gaining ground in favor of alcohol as the best menstruum, and in prefer- ence to an aqueous solution of sugar. The reasons for this pre- ference are principally twofold ; 1, that alcohol is a solvent for all medicinal principles produced by organic life ; and 2, that al- cohol is a more powerful antiseptic than sugar. The first allegation is a hypothesis of Mr. W. S. Merrill, which, though no positive proof for it has as yet been attempted, still has the appearance of being a fact in a large majority of cases, although not a universal law. I do not intend now to speak about this, but merely remark that, so far as it is true, its great- est influence would be exercised on the method of preparing the extracts, and more particularly on the menstruum employed du- ring that process, so that water would be more or less entirely dispensed with. The mere fact of the medicinal virtues of a plant being extracted by alcohol, does by no means exclude the possibility of preserving these principles in an aqueous liquid by means of sugar, so long as it has not been demonstrated that water or solution of sugar, is no solvent for them, or rather after it has 'been proven that they are soluble in such a liquid ; if insoluble, of course, that menstruum is inadmissible. The second reason has been advanced and argued by Mr. S 114 ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. Thayer, but I believe it does not cover the whole of that ground which he has assigned for it. It is doubtless true that the pres- ence of a certain proportion of alcohol tends to prevent, or, where it has commenced, to arrest the progress of vinous and even acetic fermentation, but vegetable matter of itself will not undergo these changes, unless principles are present which are able to act as ferments. Therefore, if we could succeed in re- moving such fermentative matter, the liquid, whether alcoholic or aqueous, could not undergo either fermentation. Of this matter, however, as it occurs in different plants, we know as yet too little, and in nearly all cases we will for this reason be deprived of the means for removing it. But on the other hand, vinous and acetic fermentation are not the only alterations to which organic matter is subject, a trans- formation of the elements and consequent change taking place wherever the air has access, but under different circumstances this change will be different. Berzelius, on speaking of the met- amorphoses of organic bodies, uses the following language : " Mixed organic bodies, when moist and at a certain temperature left to themselves, undergo changes, the end of which appears to be to decompose them into other combinations of the elements, and ultimately after a shorter or longer period, to transform them into inorganic compositions." And again in another place : " Nature's aim, it seems, is, not to grant stability to anything of an organic composition, but to gradually destroy it. Bodies that are perfectly pure, may in the solid state be kept unal- tered, and inmost cases for an indefinite period, oftentimes, their being surrounded by or dissolved in water, has no destructive influence on them. But if two or more bodies are mixed and ex- posed to the influence of moisture and air, a process of meta- morphosis is induced," &c. The change in the organic matter is caused by oxygen, it is an oxidation to which as we notice it in ordinary life accompa- nied by different phenomenon, we apply different names. Mould putrescence, fermentation, &c. are such changes, at the same time accompanied by the development of organic life. Alcohol has the power to prevent or retard these changes, and the cause for this power may be easily illustrated by the following well known simple experiment. Wet a beef or hog's bladder thoroughly with ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. 115 water,* and then dip it in alcohol, it will be dry instantly. The whole secret is, alcohol has the power of abstracting moisture from membranes and all similar substances, and in every instance mentioned by Mr. Thayer is this its office ; the unpeeled nutmeg, the fresh pear, the fermenting currant wine, the anatomical preparations and the fruit preserves are thus by alcohol preser- ved against further decomposition ; ic is in this way that alcohol kills the vegetable life of the process of fermentation, that it destroys the proneness of animal matter to putrefaction — and this property is what we term the antiseptic power of alcohol. But there are other forms of oxidation which do not announce themselves by the appearance of foreign organic life ; they pro- gress silently and uninterruptedly when once begun, as long as the necessary materials have not been used up. Though these changes are less visible, nevertheless we must assume that med- icinal organic bodies by oxidation, that is by an alteration of their chemical composition, likewise alter more or less their med- icinal properties. Whichever way we look upon the various processes of deterioration, we will always find oxygen to be the powerful enemy we must try to conquer in keeping all our pharmaceutical preparations. We therefore inquire which of the common menstrua used in pharmacy are most apt to assist in the process of oxidation, which do most readily absorb the at- mospheric gases ? If we look to the phenomenon presented by liquids before the process of boiling, we can partly receive a clue to an answer. Liquids, when they expand by the application of heat, gradually lose the power of retaining gases in solution, and long before they begin to boil, small bubbles formin different parts, but more especially in the neighborhood and directly above the source of heat, where the temperature is highest : these are air bubbles, which have nothing to do with the phenomenon of boiling, which takes place after a considerable quantity of air has been ejected. Now by watching liquids being heated in glass vessels to a certain temperature, the number and size of those bub- bles will enable us to form a tolerable estimate of the propor- tion of air absorbed. Such a rough comparison, of course, will never approach to scientific accuracy, but will be sufficiently so for experimental use. Alcohol and ether if at a low tempera- 116 ON THE PRESERVATION OP FLUID EXTRACTS. ture allowed to absorb a gas such as air, and afterwards heated to about 85 or 90° F. evolve the gas, but alcohol in smaller pro- portion than ether; the same is the case with alcohoLand water, at about 160° F., the air is ejected from alcohol in larger pro- portion than from water. However, on this very subject we have scientific researches by Saussure, jun. He established the fact that, even by a long con- tinued boiling, no liquid could be absolutely freed from the gas it had previously absorbed, but liquids with higher boiling point easier and more complete than those boiling at a lower tempe- rature ; the difficulty to rid our pharmaceutical'menstrua of at- mospheric air must therefore be greatest with ether, less with al- cohol, water, and I may add syrup. According to Saussure, 100 volumes of the following liquids, freed of air as much as possible, are able to absorb the following volumes of gases, viz ♦ Water, 106 C02 6.5 O, 4.2 N Alcohol, 186 CO, 16.25 O, 42 N Absolute alcohol, 260 C0.2 Ether, 217 CO, Syrup containing 25] pr. ct. sugar, J 72 With regard to the resorbent quality of liquids, Berzelius gives the following general rules : The capacity of liquids for the ab- sorption of gases increases in general with the decrease of their specific gravity, and with very few exceptions this capacity is lessened by the presence of a salt or other body ; the more solu- ble this is in the liquid, or the more of it is dissolved in a given measure, the smaller is the resorbent power of the liquid, or in other words the absorbing capacity of solutions is lessened by the increase of their specific gravity. The little table above is a strong evidence against the practicability of the use of alcohol, which absorbs 2 J times more of oxygen than water, and probably 5 times more than an equal volume of syrup. Alcohol therefore is the very liquid that furnishes the principal conditions for the convenient oxidation of vegetable substances, ready mobility and sufficient oxygen. Only in appearance, the experience of every day life is at variance with this assertion; for above it was shown that alcohol arrests putrefaction and fermentation merely by de- stroying vegetable and animal life, for the successful continuance ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS, 117 of which water is one of the paramount conditions. An arrest of one way of decay, does, however, not indicate the aptitude of alcohol to do the same in every direction, and proofs can be fur- nished that notwithstanding the presence of alcohol changes of organic matter do take place. Let every pharmaceutist examine his tinctures, any and all of them, and he will find, no matter how nice and clear they may have been directly after they had been finished, that after more or less time in ordinary contact with the air, such as is afforded in the common course of our business, that they have formed precipitates, from the minute and pulverulent settlings of tincture of cardamom, cantharides, gentian &c, to the more bulky and curdy sediment of tincture of krameria, the resinlike precipitate of tincture of bark, aloes, &c. or the gelatinous mass of tincture of kino. But it may be argued that if the alcohol had been substituted by water, the de- composition would have gone much further. This assertion is true, but with this difference, that the decomposition would have been in another direction, moulding, putrefaction would have taken place, water would have extracted quite different bodies, glutinous and albuminous substances which easily decay and ne- cessarily leid all organic matter with which they are in contact to the road of destruction. I have no intention of attempting to prove a superiority of water over alcohol as a menstruum, for in the presence of the former alone every conceivable way of decay may take place, while by alcohol two or three are excluded, and this is the real advantage in using it as a pharmaceutical menstruum. The is- sue, however, is not between water and alcohol, but between syr- up and alcohol ; and here let us look at some every day occur- rences in the pharmaceutical store. Syrup of rhubarb is made with an alcoholic menstruum of half the strength of that em- ployed for the tincture, and must necessarily contain a larger amount of gummy matter ; the latter being about one fifth stronger, if well made, will soon throw down a sediment, while the syrup, if made in accordance with the Pharmacopoeia, may be kept almost indefinitely without precipitating, its chief enemy being a very low temperature, when the sugar will crystallize. Wine of ipecacuanha likewise separates a sediment which does not oc- cur in syrup of ipecac, which is only of half the strength of the 118 ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. former, but made with a different and more spirituous menstruum. But a more striking illustration of the preservative power of su- gar may be produced by the following experiment. Let us prepare Liquor Ferri Iodidi in the manner prescribed by the Pharmacopoeia ; for another quantity we omit the sugar and wash the filter with 95 per ct. alcohol instead of with water, until the required measure is obtained ; thus we procure a solu- tion of iodide of iron in alcohol of 72 per ct. of the strength of the liquor of the Pharmacopoeia. We put equal measures of the two solutions in two vials of the same size and shape, cover their unstoppered mouths with gauze so as to prevent the falling in of dust, and set them aside in a place where the direct sunlight cannot reach them. Thus placed in as nearly as possible alike conditions, the progress of oxidation may be easily watched and compared without disturbing the vials and mixing the different strata. It will be observed, that in less than two hours the lib- eration of iodine has fairly set in, in the alcoholic solution, while the saccharine liquid apparently shows no signs of decomposition yet ; in this the coloration by the liberated iodine very slowly proceeds downwards, the former has in 12 hours precipitated some sesquioxide of iron and in a few days has assumed a uni- formly deep iodine color. But now let us proceed in the opposite direction. We have two similar vials, one filled with a saccharine, the other with an alco- holic solution of iodide of iron of the officinal strength, both how- ever in such a state of decomposition that the shade of their col- oration is alike, so that it may be fairly assumed the oxidation has proceeded equally far with both solutions. Let them be ex- posed to the direct sunlight under similar conditions, and in such a manner that both may be easily examined. The saccharine so- lution, which was slowest to assume the coloration, rapidly ap- proaches to colorlessness, while it takes a much longer time for the spirituous liquid. Both these experiments tend to show that sugar is a better pre- servative and a better deoxidizing agent than alcohol ; and once come to this conclusion, we must acknowledge it as desirable to preserve our fluid extracts as much as possible by means of su- gar. Our aim then will be to counteract the proneness to fer- mentation, which in many cases we can easily achieve by the ne- Off THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. 119 cessarj quantity of sugar which of itself protects sufficiently the vegetable matter against oxidation in general, that cannot be avoided by the use of alcohol, this antiseptic itself having a ten- dency to undergo acetic fermentation through the influence of sundry vegetable substances. One great objection, and I think, a more serious one than fermentability, is the different degree of solubility of sugar in water at a temperature of such variation as is experienced in our climate during the summer and winter sea- son when it verges almost on impossibility to maintain constant- ly in a given space a temperature of about 60°F., which has been found most salutary for syrups. Fluid extracts, of course, ought to be made to withstand these changes as far as they are felt in- side the house, in the cellar, and in the dispensing room. A saccharine fluid extract, containing in a pint 12, never over 14 ounces Troy of the best sugar, is not apt to crystallize in moder- ately cold weather, and as it is charged with a considerable amount of vegetable matter, it will then generally be nearly of the density of our ordinary syrups containing 15 oz. Troy of su- gar in one pint. The exact quantity of sugar necessary for preser- vation, and particularly to resist fermentation, varies in different cases, those plants yielding a large amount of soluble matter re- quiring less sugar than those yielding but little. I differ from M. Thayer's opinion, that because containing more vegetable matter — natural ferment as he calls it — saccharine fluid extracts are more liable to undergo change, fermentation ; on the contrary, the nearer the density of organic matter approaches solidity and dryness, the less is its proneness to such a change, and infusions of a marked difference in their strength, made alike and placed under the same influences, will show the weaker to change before the stronger, but more especially will this be the case when the weaker infusion has been concentrated by evaporation and fil- tered. Thus far I have spoken of the preference of sugar over alco- iiol from a chemical point of view, and the question remains now to be reviewed in a pharmaceutical light, concerning appearance and taste. With some well known exceptions, a liquid medicine is the m ore pleasing to the eye, the more transparent and clear it is. Those rendered turbid by some partially soluble substance, are 120 ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. generally unsightly and in some cases even repulsive. When- ever it is in our power, we owe it to the suffering to remedy this defect by making the medicine as transparent as possible. Al- coholic tinctures when freshly prepared, are unexceptionable as far as their appearance is concerned, but above I have shown that they are subject to changes and form precipitates. This is admitted by M. Thayer, but he thinks this tendency is less in fluid extracts than in tinctures, doubtless so on account of their specific gravity being higher. I have had little experience with alcoholic fluid extracts, a few instances excepted ; but if I am to judge from them and the conclusions of the above stated well established facts, it appears to me that they all must soon pre- cipitate, and though the precipitate be light and more pulveru- lent, and may by agitation be easily mixed with the extract, still this does not improve their appearance, but certainly ren- ders them more or less unsightly. In making fluid extracts, the obtained tincture or infusion du- ring the process of evaporation is heated for such a length of time, that by contact with air a partial change is unavoidable ; the darker color of the liquid and sometimes the portions of in- soluble matter floating therein are evidences thereof. The ad- dition of sugarin such cases, may, by its own solvent powers, dis- solve some, or keep that extractive matter suspended for a time ; but if suspended only, it is sure to separate and thus detract from the nicety of the preparation. This result may be avoided by straining the fluid extract before the addition of the sugar through close flannel, or better still by filtering it quickly through good filtering paper, while yet hot, and washing the filter subsequently with hot water to make up for the loss suffered by evaporation. The separation of apotheme from the fluid extracts ought to be a necessity, as it contributes nothing at all to the medicinal pro- perties of the preparation, and as it is a substance in the process of alteration, it most likely interferes with the stability of the fluid extract. Alcohol is a better solvent for this substance, which consequently enters greally into the extracts preserved by alcohol, without adding to their stability. Besides apotheme, during evaporation other bodies may be separated, particularly chlorophyll and resin ; the first of the two W7e had better get rid of in all our preparations, with the latter, ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. 121 however, it may be different. If the separated resins are of any medicinal value, we must, to preserve them, dissolve them if pos- sible. When all medicinal virtue resides in resinous matter, it may be most practicable to have them dissolved in alcohol ; but it is often the case that only small quantities of resin are pres- ent, which nevertheless will not be kept in solution by the sugar. To retain it we have various ways, one of which is recognized by our national Pharmacopoeia in the case of fluid extract of senna and spigelia. I refer to the employment of an alkali or its car- bonate, to effect the solution, which has also been proposed by Professor Procter for fluid extract of jalap, and may be service- able in other instances. Another way is the partial employment of alcohol as a solvent, as a precedent to which I refer to E. Parrish's suggestion for fluid extract of cinchona (Parrish's Practical Pharmacy, p. 171.) If the sugar is dissolved by a very moderate heat, and the evapo- ration to the proper measure conducted at the same temperature, a sufficient quantity of alcohol will remain behind to keep the cincho-tannic salts in solution. The fluid extract thus made is syrupy, perfectly transparent, of a deep Malaga wine color, and, in the course of 18 months, being kept in a partially filled bottle frequently opened, has not precipitated one-fourth the quantity of coloring and other matter, as an equal volume of the tincture of cinchona, made with the same calisaya bark, and being only three-eighths the strength of the fluid extract. I believe this to be a speaking example in favor of the employment of sugar. As, however, by manipulating differently or at a different degree of heat, the amount of alcohol must necessarily vary, ib ^night perhaps be preferable to have a certain quantity added to the completed extract, say about 2 oz. for the pint. Since then I have prepared various extracts in a similar manner, such as fluid extract of cimicifuga, serpentaria, buchu, &c; in the latter in- stance, however, I have been unable to separate entirely the chlorophyll ; the quality of such extracts I believe to be unex- ceptionable. Another consideration, not to be disregarded in making fluid extracts, is their taste, and to make this as agreeable as possible, is a duty which we owe to the sick. This end is gained by sugar, which more readily masks a bitter and disagreeable taste 122 ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. than alcohol, and though by age preparations made with the latter menstruum are improving in taste, become mellow, this is not a, quality belonging exclusively to alcohol. Although we observe it less, it is also the case with saccharine fluids ; to prove which I may refer to syrup of rhubarb, but more particularly to the finer fruit syrups, such as raspberry, mulberry, strawberry and the like. Where the taste is very disagreeable, or the odor an un- pleasant one, we can resort to volatile oils, which serve to correct both odor and taste, and at the same time act as antiseptics similar to alcohol. If the list of our officinal fluid extracts should be increased at the next revision of the Pharmacopoeia, it will doubtless include a number of herbs which have a peculiar odor of their own, residing in a peculiar volatile oil, to gain which by a process as simple as possible must be our aim, so as to be able to incorporate it afterwards with the finished extract. I have hardly anything to say in opposition to the argument that the small quantity of alcohol taken with spirituous fluid extracts can not have any stimulating effects. When the extract is preserved by diluted alcohol, and the dose does not exceed a teaspoonful, I am in general inclined to the same view ; but it is quite different with fluid extracts preserved by 85 or 95 per ct. alcohol, and when the ordinary dose is larger. With a dose of such fluid extracts, which, besides being preserved by sugar, con- tains some alcohol, for the complete solution of resinous and other matter not entirely soluble in syrup alone, such a small quantity of spirit is given that it could be even less objectiona- ble than the quantity in a dose of fluid extracts preserved by alcohol or diluted alcohol alone. One argument in opposition to sugar as the preservative agent for fluid extracts remains to be met ; it is based on the great difference of the climate of the various sections of the United States, the Northern States usually having severe winters, while the South never experiences such a lew state of the thermometer. What is made to keep in a northern latitude, it is argued, may be unstable in the south, prone to change and fermentation. I confess that this ground appears to me to be more untenable than the rest, and the more so as in pharmaceutical practice we have other examples of the same character. I have reference to the consistency of ointments, which even in the North are ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. 123 often made with an additional proportion of wax, spermaceti or suet, if intended for use during the summer season ; while in the South, pharmaceutists are compelled to employ the whole year round a harder preparation as the basis of most ointments and some cerates, than is commonly needed in the North during the corresponding season ; and as yet I have heard of nobody who would be willing to find fault with such a procedure, even though the formula laid down in our national Pharmacopoeia should not be strictly followed. Substances merely employed as a menstruum without adding to the medicinal qualities of the pre- paration, may be varied in proportion, so as to impart to the latter that finish which is in accordance with the artistical de- mands of our profession, I have found that it matters little to the physician whether the base of some ointments be simple cerate, as is often necessary to employ in the South, or simple ointment, which in the North may be the proper menstruum for the same preparation ; all that he requires, is the requisite soft- ness or solidity without the addition of some substance impart- ing additional or injurious properties. The same may be said of fluid extracts. If those which keep well in the North with 12 ounces of sugar in the pint, have a tendency to ferment in the South, no physician could reasonably object to the addition of another ounce or two for the same measure. If of the proper density, and without unnecessary exposure to the intense heat and light of the sun, I am confident they may be made to keep by means of sugar as well in the South as in the North, while to those requiring an addition of alcohol for the complete solution of some ingredients, no further complement of the same will be needed, so that the medicinal qualities of the fluid extract can be kept unaltered in every respect. But to succeed in this, I hold that our pharmaceutical brethren in the South must not rely on experiments made with fluid extracts prepared in the North, but make them for their own use, and I have no doubt as a compensation for the required trouble they will derive high pleasure from the study of the peculiarity of the various pro- cesses for the accomplishment of success. Before conclusion I have to make a remark with regard to a few fluid preparations, which under peculiar circumstances are given to moulding. In full bottles this will be rarely the case, 124 ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. but when they are opened occasionally and the quantity of atmosphere within is increased and renewed, mould may be produced. To guard against it, or where it has commenced, to check it, I have successfully used sulphuric ether, which in a former paper I have recommended for the destruction of in- sects. But it is a necessity to keep the ether from mixing with the medicinal liquid, and this may be accomplished by the simple contrivance of fastening or glueing a small piece of sponge to the lower end of the stopper, and dropping a few drops of ether upon it, so that the atmosphere inside the bottles may become charged with its vapors. I have tried it with pre- parations of stillingia and krameria and found it successful, Recapitulating the points treated on, I have endeavored to prove the superiority of sugar over alcohol as the preservative agent for fluid extracts for the following reasons : 1. Sugar is a better deoxidizing agent and a better preventive of oxidation than alcohol ; 2. If used in sufficient quantity, it will be a sufficient guard against fermentation ; 3. It does not, like alcohol, add stimulating properties to large doses of fluid extracts ; 4. It will by the aid of a very small proportion of alcohol re- tain in solution principles, which, after some time, are precipita- ted from diluted and stronger alcohol alone ; 5. It masks the taste of bitter and nauseous articles better than alcohol ; 6. By the addition of a slight quantity of alcohol, when neces- sary, the tendency to fermentation and moulding will be effec- tually counteracted ; 7. The same effect will be produced by the volatile oils which may be obtained from the plants, to be made into fluid ex- tracts, or other oils may be added, that will also serve to improve the taste. Philadelphia, Feb. 1859. [The impartial and philosophical manner in which Mr. Maisch has dis- cussed the important subject of which he treats, particularly important at the present juncture as regrrds the Revision of the Pharmacopoeia, should gain for his paper the earnest attention of pharmaceutists, and call forth the results of their experience. — Editor Am. Pharm. Jour.] REMARKS ON PROPYLAMINE > * r* ** 4 ^ OCT P*VQ^ 1,5 REMARKS ON PROPYLAMIN. By William Procter, Jr. With the progress of discovery since the year 1817, when Sertuerner recognized the alkalinity of morphia, the therapeu- tist has been more and more convinced that the organic alkalies have been specially endowed with more well defined and concen- trated medicinal power than any other group of organic bodies. These remarkable substances, rendered stable by natural union with acids occurring with them, seem destined in the economy of nature to minister to disease, as in most instances they do not appear to possess any other uses. Since the discovery by Wurtz and others of the important fact, that organic al- kalies may be produced artificially in the laboratory, it does not appear that much attention has been directed to the therapeutic power of these derivative bodies ; yet in some few instances it has been accorded, and there can hardly be a doubt that a rich harvest awaits the researches of experiment in this direction by the ^enlightened physician. The number of these alkalies has been largely increased by Hoffman, and Anderson. Several of these, strictly artificial at first, so far as known, have since been discovered in nature, and among them propylamin the subject of this notice. Having been several times applied to for propylamin by phy- sicians, and this alkaloid not being procurable in commerce, it has been thought advisable to publish a formula for its prepara- tion, and give a notice of its characters more in detail than is found in authorities generally accessible. The origin of the demand for propylamin appears to have arisen from its asserted power in cases of rheumatism, and its variations, by Dr, Awen- arius of St. Petersburg, the following notice of whose researches is translated from Bouchardat's Repertoire de JPharmacie, Dec, 1858 : — " Propylamin, as obtained from the pickle of herrings, codliver oil, ergot, human urine, etc., appears, according to the author, to possess the power of a true specific for the various affections of rheumatic origin. The diagnoses of these diseases being often very obscure, one can succeed (says M. Awenarius) by the use of propylamin in bringing to light in a few days the 126 REMARKS ON PROPYLAMINE true nature of the malady. The author has treated, by means of this remedy, 250 patients in the hospital of Kaulinkin at St. Petersburg, between March 1854, and June 1856 ; and besides, it has been employed in outside practice in a considerable number of acute and chronic cases of rheumatism. In acute cases, the pain and fever always disappear the next day. The remedy was prescribed in the following manner, viz. R. Propylamin . . . gtt. xxv. Distilled water, , . . f-3vj. Mix. and when necessary, add Oleo saccharum of peppermint ^ij. Dose. A tablespoonful every two hours. It is necessary to carefully ascertain if the medicine is fresh and pure." Propylamin was discovered by Werthiem in 1850, and may be obtained from various sources. Artificially from narcotina, co- deia, bone oil, and by the action of ammonia on iodized propy- lene, and naturally, combined with an acid, in herring pickle, the flowers of the white thorn (Crsetagus oxycantha), those of the service berry (Sorbus aucuparia),Chenopodium vulvaria, &c, It is most conveniently prepared from herring pickle or ergot, by distillation with potash. Propylamin is a colorless, trans- parent liquid, with a strong pungent odor that reminds one of ammonia. As made from some sources it has a fishy odor, whilst from others this character is wanting, and as it is metameric with both trimethyiamin and methyl-ethylamin, it is possible that' the latter may be mistaken for propylamin. (G-melin.) Propylamin is soluble in water, has a strong alkaline reaction, forms erystallizable salts, and like ammonia, when a rod dipped in muriatic acid is presented to it, dense vapors of the hydro- chlorate become visible by their union. Its composition is C6H9N. which is that of ammonia with an equivalent of propyl. Most of the salts of propylamin are soluble in water and alcohol but the sulphate is insoluble in the latter menstruum (Winckler). The hydrochlorate is soluble in alcohol, and crystallizes in large tables as obtained from Chenopodium vulvaria. All the salts are decomposed with a herring pickle odor by the mixture of potash, and when heated in solution the same fishy odor is perceptible. NOTE ON CITRATE OF IRON AND STRYCHNIA. 127 Propylamin is prepared by taking any convenient quantity of herring pickle, obtained from the dealers in salt fish ; this is put in a retort or tight still with sufficient potash to render the liquid strongly alkaline, and the liquid heated. A well refrigerated receiver, containing some distilled water, being attached, heat is applied as long as the distillate has the odor of herrings. This is then saturated with hydrochloric acid, evaporated care- fully to dryness, and the dry crystalline mass exhausted with absolute alcohol, which dissolves the propylamin salt and leaves the muriate of ammonia. From the former, the pure propylamin may be obtained in solution by means of hydrate of lime using strong precautions to refrigerate and condense the vapors which are actively disengaged almost without heating. When made from ergot, Winckler recommends that a solution of the extract of ergot, known as ergotine, be distilled with solution of potassa, using the precaution to have some water acidulated with muriatic acid in the receiver which should be well refrigerated. For medi- cal purposes it will be better to employ herring pickle, as the source of propylamin. NOTE ON CITRATE OF IRON AND STRYCHNIA. Pittsburgh, February 4, 1859. Prop. Procter : — Dear Sir, — Soliciting, in the last number of your Journal, the opinion of the medical fraternity, in regard to the new com. bination of Citrate of Iron and Strychnia, as to what propor- tion in a therapeutical and medical point would be most desira- ble, permit me to state, that I have prepared it for some time past, by the request of several of our physicians, in the propor- tion of Strychnise cryst. 1 part, Ferri Citrat. 100 " As such, it seems to answer better than the former suggested preparation. The adoption of one uniform formula in all medical com- pounds, and especially with such powerful agents, is devoutly to 128 ON THE SOLUBILITY OP SESQUIOXIDE OF CHROMIUM. be wished for, in order to avoid serious mistakes and discre- pancies, and (above all) to abolish an unprofessional exclusive- ness, which is, at the expense of a better mutual feeling even in advanced pharmaceutical bodies still fostered. Hoping that the communication may assist in agreeing upon a definite formula, I am jours respectfully, Jos. Abel. ON THE SOLUBILITY OF THE SESQUIOXIDE OF CHROMIUM. I By Charles T. Carney. Editor of Journal of Pharmacy: Bear Sir, — Allow me to trespass upon your space so far as to state a curious fact in relation to the chrome oxide. In September 1857, I was led to investigate the Sesquioxide of Chromium, with a view of decomposing the same without injury to any organic matters which might be present with it. The means usually employed for effecting the decomposition, by boiling sulphuric acid, &c, were of course unavailable, and I was much interested in observing a peculiar reaction which was new to me ; and I do not know that it has been before observed. I found that when the ignited sesquioxide was exposed to the action of the galvanic battery, in presence of a dilute solution of caustic alkali, it was decomposed, the chromate of alkali formed in solution. Thinking it possible that a combination might occur with the caustic alkali and some soluble portion of the chrome oxide, I next subjected some freshly prepared and ignited sesquioxide to the action of caustic alkali for twelve hours ; then, after being thoroughly washed and dried, submitted it to the action of the battery. The result was the same, and from the solution of chromate of alkali obtained, I formed the chromic salts of lead and silver. Very truly yours, Charles T. Carney. Boston, Feb. 1859. IRON REDUCED BY CARBON. 129 ON IRON REDUCED BY CARBON. By M. A. Henry. This new preparation, proposed by M. A. Henry, pharma- cien at Giromans (Upper Rhine), is an intimate mixture of me- tallic iron and carbon, obtained by the calcination of an organic salt of iron, the pyrolignite of iron. This salt taken in its li- quid state is evaporated to dryness over a gentle fire, and the residue is calcined at a dull red heat. The product is a light> porous, impalpable, nonpyrophoric carbon, of which the compo- sition is uniform where the operation has been properly conduct- ed. The great tenuity and slight density of this carboferric powder renders easy its suspension in liquids, to the bottom of which it does not precipitate like iron reduced by hydrogen. The presence of a notable quantity of charcoal has the advantage of rendering the product more spongy, more absorbent, of facilita- ting thus the contact of the ferruginious particles with the li- quids of the stomach, and of preventing by a special action, anal- ogous to that of the charcoal of Belloc, the eructations of the stomach produced by preparations of iron. The clinical trials made by Dr. Benoit Cantonal, physician at Giromans, goes to confirm the efficacy of this new product, which M. Henry had rationally foreseen from its chemical composition. The following are the conclusions to which this operator has been led. Iron reduced by carbon^ in the dose of 1J to 2 grains three times a day, has all the efficacy of the best preparations of iron. Perfectly suspended it has never caused constipation nor dyspep- tic exacerbations which so often follow the. use of the soluble preparations of iron, and it possesses, nevertheless, an activity much greater than the insoluble preparations, which are fre- quently resorted to at first. The mean duration of 43 cases of chlorosis was two days and the mean quantity of the medicine administered was 11 grammes 168 grains. The efficacy of this product, its easy preparation, and moderate price, recommends it to practitioners, especially in medicines for the poor Jour, de Pharm. Dec. 1858, from Gaz. Med. de Strasbourg. 9 130 THE ODOROU PRINCIPLE OF VANILLA. ON VANILLIN THE ODOROUS PRINCIPLE OF VANILLA: By M. Gobley. The odorous properties of vanilla, and the useful medicinal action which it exercises on the organism as an excitant tonic, gives to the chemical bodies to which it owes these advantages a peculiar interest. Vanilla is the fruit of a climbing and branching plant which grows in the maritime countries of Mexico, Colombia and Guai- ana. The plant belongs to the family Orchidese and was named by Linnaeus Epidendrum Vanilla, and by Swartz under that of Vanilla aromatica. The chemical researches which have been made in vanilla are already old, by Bucholz and Vogel. The former found in va- nilla a fatty oil with disagreeable odor ; a soft resin, which when heated smelled weakly of vanilla ; a slightly bitter extrac- tive, resembling tannin ; sugar ; starchy matter and benzoic acid. In these researches the odorous principle has been entirely neglected. What is its nature ? to what class of chemical bodies does it belong ? Is it constituted of an essential oil, or by a substance of a different nature ? And in either case, what are the composition and properties of the substance ? These are questions the author proposed to resolve. Vanilla, properly divided, was exhausted with alcohol of 85°, evaporated to an extract, this softened with water and agitated in a flask with ether, as long as it cedes any color to the ether. The ethereal liquid is evaporated and treated with boiling water, which dissolves the aromatic principle and gives it in the form of crystals by evaporation in an impure state, which requires treatment with animal charcoal and recrystallization to get it pure. Thus obtained in a state of purity, this substance is color- leas, in the form of long four-sided needles, terminated with two faces. It presents a strong aromatic odor of vanilla, and a hot, biting taste. Its crystals are hard and crack under the teeth, and are neutral to litmus. When heated, it fuses at 195° F., and volatilizes at 302° F. in little needle-shaped crystals of a shining whiteness, and possessing a sweet odor of vanilla. ACTION OF BICHROMATE OF POTASSA IN DYEING. 131 It is difficultly soluble in cold water ; boiling water dissolves it in a large quantity, and deposits it on cooling. It is very soluble in alcohol, ether and the fixed and volatile oils; concen- trated sulphuric acid dissolves it and is colored yellow. It dissolves without alteration in diluted acids. Liquor potassse also readily dissolves it and yields it unaltered on adding an acid. It does not decompose the alkaline carbonates cold or hot. Submitted to analysis, it affords a per centage of carbon 75*22; hydrogen 3*98; oxygen 20*20, which lead to the formula C20 H6 O4. The properties of this substance are analogous to those of coumarin of Tonka bean, which the author, some years since, found in the leaves of Anagroecum Fragrans, of the Isle of Mauritius ; but their identity is not complete, differing in odor, point of fusion and composition. As it appears to be a distinct proximate principle, the author suggests for it the name vanillin. It is well know that vanilla, enclosed in cases, is often found covered with crystals, known in France under the name " givre" or frost. Bucholz and Vogel considered these crystals to be benzoic acid. The author considers them identical with vanillin as it presents the same crystalline form, fusing point and solu- bility in water, alcohol and ether. The givre dissolved in alco- hol has a slight action on litmus paper, but Soubeiran, who noticed this, did not hesitate to deny its acid character. The pre-existence of vanillin demonstrates that the crystal- line substance, which appears on its surface, is not the product of oxidation of an essential oil, as has been supposed, but is vanillin, which is thus transferred to the surface, under favora- ble circumstances for the evaporation of the juices of the bean. — Journ. de Pharm. et de Ohimie, Janv., 1859. ON THE ACTION OF BICHROMATE OF POTASSA IN DYEING. By John S. Blockey and Herbert Sugden. It is well known, that bichromate of potassa is largely used in dyeing certain colors with logwood, the cloth or yarn being boiled in a solution of this salt for a period varying from 132 ACTION OF BICHROMATE OF POTASSA IN DYEING. twenty minutes to half an hour, previous to its being worked in the dye-bath. It is generally believed, that the action of this substance is of an oxidizing nature ; to test the accuracy of this opinion we had recourse to the following experiments : — 1st. A piece of cloth was boiled for twenty minutes in a di- lute solution of permanganate of potash — the solution became green, proving the reduction of the permanganate. The cloth was then well washed, and dyed with logwood and chloride of tin (tin spirits) in the usual manner — a color resulted, by no means equal in brilliancy, body or tint to that obtained by using bichromate of potash. 2nd. A fresh piece of cloth was immersed in a cold solution of permanganate, allowing it to stand until the solution became green ; but with no better results than in the last experiment. 3d. The same experiment as the last substituting a cold so- lution of ferrate of potash for the permanganate, with similar results. 4th. The cloth was boiled in a solution of pure chromic acid, previous to being subjected to the dye-bath. The color obtained in this experiment more resembled a bronze than the beautiful blue produced by bichromate of potash. These experiments show that the cloth does not require to be oxidized to prepare it for taking on the dye ; indeed, even without the direct evidence of experiment, it seems almost impossible to reconcile the idea of oxidation with bichrome ; for, in dyeing with logwood on the large scale, it is well known that the cloth retains the yellow color of that salt and not of the green sesqui-oxide of chro- mium, which it would do, if the bichromate became reduced by the organic tissue. A piece of cloth was next boiled in a solution of bichromate of potash, and well scoured, and rinsed, the cloth retaining a slight yellow color, after which it was burnt, and the ashes sub- jected to chemical tests for the presence of oxide of chromium ; formed by the reduction of the chromate by the organic matter at a high temperature. The existence of this compound in the ashes, together with the fact of the cloth being yellow and not green after mordanting with bichrome and scouring, gave abun- dant proof of the fact that the bichrome itself enters the cloth and remains firmly fixed in the fibre, even after repeated wash- INVESTIGATION OP STRYCHNIA. 133 ings ; and showing that it is the entire salt itself, and not the acid of it, which is the acting agent. The question, however, arises, whether the bichromate of potash in the fibre is not acted upon by the acid of the tin spirits in the dye-bath, producing an oxidizing action at the moment when most requisite. This, however, we have found not to be the case by neglecting the mordanting with bichromate of potash, and placing some chro- mic acid in the dye-bath with the logwood and tin spirits ; when, if oxidation be requisite, we expected to have a color equal to that obtained when bichrome is employed ; but in this we were disappointed, for the wool could not properly be said to take on any color at all. We are therefore of opinion, that the bichro*- mate forms a definite compound with the hematoxylin of the logwood, in the fibre of the cloth; the more so, as by adding a solution of bichromate of potash to a decoction of logwood, on being boiled, the liquid becomes of an intense black color. It is, therefore, probably owing to a combination of this black matter and the dye from logwood, united to oxide of tin, that the tint of the well-known rich purple logwood blue is due.-— London Chemist, Sept, 1858. INVESTIGATION OF STRYCHNINE. By P. SCHUTZENBERGER. When a mixture of sulphate of strychnine and nitrite of potash dissolved in water is boiled, a brisk effervescence due to the liberation of nitrogen gas is observed. After the reaction the yellowish liquid treated with ammonia furnishes a light yel- low, flocculent precipitate. The washed precipitate is dissolved in boiling alcohol. On cooling, the liquid deposits transparent, well-defined crystals of considerable size and of a fine orange-yellow color ; they appear to be right prisms with a rectangular base, and with truncations at the solid angles. The supernatant alcohol, when concentrated, furnishes a fresh deposit of separate prisms of a darker orange- red color. These two bodies form two new alkaloids, and represent two degrees of oxidation of strychnine. 134 INVESTIGATION OF STRYCHNIA. The red base is more oxidized than the orange one. They are both insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol (the red one more than the other), and insoluble in ether. They contain no water of crystallization, are decomposed at about 572° F., fuse on a plate of platinum, and burn with a brilliant flame. Their taste is bitter, but less so than that of strychnine. The orange base dried at 482° F., loses nothing at a higher temperature, and gave on analysis, — C 62-5 H 7-06 It also gave 7-05 per cent, of nitrogen, leading to the formula C42H2SN2012 = C42H22]Sf204_|_6HO_1_02> v, , ; v Strychnine. Theory, — C 62-37 H 6-93 N 6.93 The c1 ioroplatinate gave 16-10 per cent, of platinum ; the for- mula Ct2H28N2G12Cl HCPPt requires 16-2 per cent. This base may be called oxy strychnine. The red base gave — Calculated. C . . 59-76 60-00 H . . 6-85 6-6 N 6-52 6-6 Leading to the formula C42I128N20i4== C42H22N204 x 6HO x O4. The chloroplatinate gave 15-65 per cent, of platinum ; cal- culated 15-8 per cent. This alkaloid contains 2 equivalents of oxygen more than the preceding, and may be named binoxy- strychnine. From numerous analyses of strychnine, the author concludes that this body is not constant in its composition. His analyses, and those of Regnault made with octahedric strychnine, agree with the formula C40H22N2O4. The most common strychnine, from numerous analyses, has the formula adopted, namely, — C42H22N204. ON A NEW DENSIMETER. 135 Lastly, Gerhardt has published several analyses of chloro- platinate of strychnine, in which the carbon is 1 per cent, too high and the nitrogen 0-5 per cent, too low for the admitted formula, but which agree perfectly with C44H22N2Q4# This is rendered more probable by the fact of the same thing taking place with other bases. — Chem. Cfaz., Oct. 15, 1858, from Oomptes Mendus, July 12, 1858. MODE OF PREPARING LIQUIDS OF GIVEN SPECIFIC GRAVITY WITHOUT CALCULATION OR PREVIOUS TRIALS. Densimeter by M. Spacowsky. In the laboratory and in the arts, we are often required to prepare a definite mixture of two liquids, such as sulphuric acid and water, alcohol and water, &c, one of two modes is generally employed. 1st, Given the quantity and specific gravity of one of the liquids, the quantity of the other liquid is calculated. This mode is not always practicable, requires time, and, for alco- holic liquids especially, the concentration or mixture gives rise to difficulties frequently insurmountable ; or secondly, areome- ters are floated in the liquors ; but this means, which is very practicable and very much used, presents great difficulties in manufacture, owing to the various temperatures of the mixtures. A densimeter of a new form constructed by M. Spacowsky, of St. Petersburg, allows the preparation of a liquid mixture with great ease and precision, and without a thermometer. The apparatus consists of a vessel or areometer of platina. This areometer is closed above by a very thin partition or me- tallic plate, such as that employed in the arenoid barometers, and yielding to the slightest pressure. At its lower end the areo- meter is terminated by a tube furnished with a stop-cock. It is suspended by a piatina wire from one arm of a delicate balance, and equilibriated by a weight suspended also by a platina wire from the other arm. The equilibrium thus established will evi- dently be destroyed if the areometer and the counter-balancing weight be plunged in a liquid of the same specific gravity ag that which it contains ; and as the thin partition allows the 136 INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF BARYTA. liquid contained to expand in accordance with the temperature to which it may be subjected, a very simple calculation will show that the re-establishment of the equilibrium is independent of the temperature. As, moreover, the metal of which the instru- ment is made, is very thin and a good conductor of heat, the equilibrium of temperature will soon be established between the interior and exterior liquid. Now, to reproduce in any quantity, a liquid of given specific gravity ; fill the areometer with the given liquid, and plunge it and the equilibriating weight into the heavier of the liquids to be mixed, and add the other until the equilibrium is restored. The liquids will be rigorously of the same specific gravity. — Journ. Frank. Inst, from Academic des Science de Paris, June 7, 1858. ON THE INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF BARYTA; Br F. KUHLMANN; The author has already called attention to the utility of sul- phate of baryta in painting, in distemper and silicious painting, especially as the substitution of this white compound for white lead and zinc white is not only supported by considerations of economy, inalterability, and durability, but also by considerations of hygiene. This double advantage has led the author to perse- vere in the endeavor to produce sulphate of baryta at a cheap rate on a large scale, and the present paper contains the first portion of his results. To obtain artificial sulphate of baryta at a moderate price, the first point was to reduce the price of the acids which consti- tute the principal expense of its manufacture. With this view the author has endeavoured to condense the acid vapors more completely, as a portion of them is lost in the soda manufac- tories to the great prejudice of the manufacturers, the public health, and vegetation. By placing native carbonate of baryta (Witherite) in contact with the vapors escaping from the furnaces for the decomposi- tion of common salt, or from our leaden chambers, after their condensation has been effected under ordinary conditions, the INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF BARYTA. 137 author has succeeded in retaining a great portion of the uncon- densed vapours. The baryta dissolved by these acids is conver- ted into sulphate by an addition of sulphuric acid, and the muri- atic or nitric acids thus condensed and isolated, are returned into the condensing apparatus of which they increase the profits. There is a much greater loss of muriatic acid than that caused by the imperfection of condensing apparatus, namely that which necessarily takes place in the manufacture of chlorine or of chloride of lime which constitutes the principal use of muriatic acid. In this manufacture more than half the muriatic acid em- ployed is lost in the form of chloride of manganese. In prac- tice, from the impurity of the oxide of manganese, this loss rises to two-thirds, and becomes of great importance. The author calculates the amount of loss in France alone at two millions of francs (<£80,000). Many attempts have been made to turn the residues of the manufacture of Chlorine to some account ; the chloride of manganese has been applied to the purification of gas, to the production of ammoniacal salts, to the purpose of disin- fection in some systems of sewerage ; and lastly, some attempts have lately been made, in the great manufactory of Mr. Tennant near Glasgow, to regenerate the oxide of manganese, and render it capable of again producing chlorine, but all these applications are insignificant compared with the great quantity of residue produced. The liquid residues of the manufacture of chlorine have also generally formed serious embarrassments in chemical factories, and have even been productive of danger to the public health, whether they were allowed to flow into streams of water, or caused to penetrate into the soil by means of absorbing wells. After the condensation of the acids lost in the atmosphere, the author turned his attention to the utilization of those con- tained in the liquid residues ; and he has succeeded in effecting this completely, by availing himself of a reaction analogous to that which permitted Leblanc to endow France with the manu- facture of artificial soda. In Leblanc's process a mixture of suitable proportions of sulphate of soda, chalk, and charcoal, is converted under the influence of a high temperature into insolu- ble oxysulphuret of calcium and carbonate of soda, which is ea- sily isolated in consequence of its solubility. 138 INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF BARYTA. In the author's process a mixture of suitable proportions of native sulphate of baryta, chloride of manganese and charcoal, is converted in the same way into insoluble sulphuret of manganese and chloride of barium, which is easily separated by lixiviation. The reaction may be expressed by the following formula : — BaO, S03+MnCl+4O=BaCl+MnS+4C0. An analogous reaction may likewise be established for the chloride of iron which always accompanies the chloride of man- ganese. The charcoal always acts as a deoxidizing agent, and becomes converted into oxide of carbon. After some trials to ascertain a good proportion, the author arrived at a result which exceeded his hopes, allowing the native sulphate to be converted into chloride of barium, without a greater loss than 3 or 4 per cent, of the sulphate employed. The mode of operation is as follows : — The transformation above mentioned is effected in large reverberatory furnaces of the same construction as the soda-furnaces, or, what is better, the furnaces for the decomposition of common salt, in which the bed is divided into two compartments by a low ridge. When these furnaces have been heated for some time, a finely powder- ed mixture of native sulphate of baryta and coke is introduced into the compartment furthest from the fire ; over this is poured the crude residue of the manufacture of chlorine, after its excess of acid has been saturated with a little chalk or native carbonate of baryta. The action of the heat upon this mass thickens it by degrees. When brought to the condition of a firm paste, it is puslu d by means of suitable iron instruments, over the separa- ting ridge, into the compartment nearest to the fire. Here the mass swells up, and soon emits small flames of oxide of carbon, like those which are observed at a certain period in the soda fur- naces, but which derive a slight greenish color from the baryta. After an hour of calcination at a red heat, a semifluid paste of rather more consistency than crude soda, is turned out ; on cool- ing, this furnishes a black mass, formed of chloride of barium a little hyposulphite of baryta, and sulphurets of manganese and iron. After exposure to the air for a few days this crude chloride of barium becomes disaggregated ; the hyposulphite contained in it passes to the state of sulphate. The lixiviation is then effected by the aid of heat in the apparatus usually employed in the lix- iviation of soda. INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF BARYTA. 139 The product of this lixiviation consists of a perfectly clear so- lution of nearly pure chloride of barium. If there be a slight ex- cess of sulphuret of barium, giving it a yellowish color, this is re- moved by the addition, until complete decolorization, of a solu- tion of chloride of manganese, the residue of the manufacture of chlorine, from which all the chloride of iron has been separated by a previous digestion with native carbonate of baryta. If, on the contrary, there is a slight excess of the salt of manganese, ic is got rid of by a little sulphuret of barium. A circumstance of some interest, especially in a scientific point of view, is that in clearing out a furnace, the author found that in the part of this furnace where the sulphate of baryta was near- est to the grate, and where at the same time it was in contact with the brick, there was an abundant deposit of a green and blue matter, containing no soda, manganese or cobalt, and which appeared to be an ultramarine in which baryta replaced the soda. The author calls attention to the fact, that before the Societe d* Encouragement proposed a prize for the discovery of a means of manufacturing artificial ultramine, M. Tassart had indicated the production, in a soda furnace, of a blue matter which M. Vau- quelin recognized as ultramine, and that soon after this first ob- servation he noticed the production of the same artificial ultra- marine, under circumstances which rendered the explanation of the phenomena of its formation less difficult, in a portion of the furnaces for the calcination of sulphate of soda, where this sul- phate was in contact with the bricks at a high temperature. The first observation of the existence of a barytic ultramarine, under analogous circumstances, would furnish another proof that the germ of a discovery may lie in an attentive examination of some fragments of a furnace in course of demolition. Manufacture of various acids. In his previous memoir the author indicated the uses to which he has put the chloride of barium which constitutes the base of his operations. He stated particularly that by mixing a con- centrated hot solution of chloride of barium with a solution of caustic soda, hydrated baryta was obtained, and that anhydrous baryta might be economically procured by the calculation of nitrate of baryta prepared from the chloride. The nitrate decomposed by sulphuric acid served for the manufacture of ni- tric acid without distillation, and of artificial sulphate of baryta, 140 INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF BARYTA. and chloride of barium treated in the same way furnishes this sulphate and muriatic acid. The nitric acid furnished by the new process marks 10° B., and may be employed directly in the preparation of certain ni- trates ; the muriatic acid, although its density does not exceed 6° B.? may find numerous applications, besides its employment in the production of certain chlorides ; it may be used in the acidification of bones, in washing animal charcoal, in the compo- sition of acid bleaching baths, &c. With the view of ascertaining the limits within which the concentration of these acids should be restrained in order to avoid loss by vaporization, the author made a series of experi- ments, from which it appears — -1st, that the dilute nitric acid cannot be directly concentrated beyond 20° or 25° B. ; and 2ndly, that the direct concentration of the muriatic acid cannot exceed 14° B., and that it is better to stop below this limit. The maximum fixity of hydrochloric gas in solution is at a density of 14° B. ; its boiling-point is then 228° F. Manufacture of tartaric acid. Tartaric acid is prepared from bitartrate of potash by satu- rating the excess of acid of that salt with native carbonate of baryta, and decomposing the neutral tartrate by means of chloride of barium. The ebullition of a solution of bitartrate of potash with native carbonate of baryta produces a liquid which is per- fectly neutral, and may even be slightly alkaline. The tartrate of baryta thus obtained is well washed with cold water, heated, and decomposed with dilute sulphuric acid, in sufficient quantity to remove the whole of the baryta of the tartrate. The solution furnishes tartaric acid, the whole of which crystal- lizes readily ; the deposit of very heavy sulphate of baryta is washed by decantation, and the washing-waters may be used to dilute the sulphuric acid intended for new operations. This substitution of baryta for lime in the manufacture of tartaric acid has the advantages that the base employed is used in the form of artificial sulphate of baryta, and this sulphate separates from the tartaric acid with greater rapidity than sulphate of lime, which is very bulky, and is moreover very soluble in acid liquids. INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF BARYTA. 141 Sulphuret of barium may be substituted for the native carbo- nate and the chloride ; but the tartrate of baryta produced by this reaction has a gelatinous appearance and is washed with difficulty; whilst with the carbonate and chloride the tartrate is granulated and its washing is very easy. The only advantage that would be presented by the employment of the sulphuret would be its furnishing sulphuret, instead of chloride of potassium, the former being the more valuable. Manufacture of citric acid. The same process is applicable to this purpose, with the same advantages. Lemon juice, concentrated or not, is con- verted into citrate of baryta by means of pulverized native carbonate, with the assistance of heat; the saturation being completed by means of a little sulphuret of barium, baryta precipitated by caustic soda, chloride of barium mixed with ammo- nia, or even by ammonia alone. These bodies precipitate the citrate retained in solution by an excess of citric acid. The citrate obtained may be purified by washing with cold water. Its decomposition must be effected with the aid of heat, by 1 equiv. of sulphuric acid of spec. grav. 1*831, diluted with 5 or 6 parts of water. To ascertain the quantity of sulphuric acid necessary for the decomposition of the citrate of baryta (and also of the other barytic salts here mentioned), a known quantity should be incinerated with the addition of a little pure nitrate of potash, and the amount of baryta determined. The citric acid thus isolated, crystallizes with much greater facility than when citrate of lime is decomposed by sulphuric acid ; in the latter case the citric acid retains some sulphate of lime. Manufacture of acetic acid. When crude pyroligneous acid is saturated with native carbo- nate of baryta or sulphuret of barium, it furnishes an acetate Which should be calcined at a moderate temperature, to avoid decomposing it, but sufficiently to cause its solution to deposit the tarry matter. In all cases it is necessary in this calcination to keep below a red heat. This operation may, if necessary, be repeated several times. 142 INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF BARYTA. The acetate of baryta thus obtained is decomposed by 1 equiv. of sulphuric acid ; the decomposition is only complete when the solution of the acetate is not too much concentrated. The re- sult is artificial sulphate of baryta and weak acetic acid, which, however, is strong enough to be applied in various ways in the arts. Thus it may be employed directly in the manufacture of white lead, acetate of lead, and other acetates. When the solution of acetate of baryta is too concentrated, the sulphate of bartya does not separate in the ordinary form ; it then retains some acetic acid, and presents a gelatinous, semitransparent appearance, which is not got rid of without difficulty. To obtain a purer acid the acetate of baryta may be converted into acetate of soda, by the addition of sulphate of soda. In this way the formation of the double sulphate of soda and lime, which usually occurs in the ordinary process with lime, is avoided. Chromic acid, hydroferrocyanic acid, $c. Db'bereiner had employed baryta in the preparation of chromic acid, and Porret in that of hydroferrocyanic acid. I. The usual process employed in the laboratory for the isola- tion of chromic acid, consists in the action of an excess of sul- phuric acid upon chromate of potash. To prepare this acid for use in the arts, the author employs chloride of barium and neu- tral chromate of potash, the double decomposition of which furnishes chloride of potassium and chromate of baryta. The latter is treated with 1 equiv. of sulphuric acid, diluted with ten times its volume of water, and the action is aided by heat ; the insoluble sulphate of baryta is rapidly deposited and the solu- tion of chromic acid marks 10° B. The chromic acid may be concentrated to 50° or 60° B., by evaporation in earthenware vessels, or even in leaden cauldrons. The sulphate of baryta, even when washed, retains some chromic acid; it may be used in the preparation of colors. Chromate of baryta may be substituted for chromate of lead in painting ; it is of a bright yellow color, but less intense than that of chromate of lead. Its economy and inalterability give it a preference over the lead-salt. SYRUP OF IPECACUANHA. 143 II. Ferrocyanide of barium, obtained by decomposing a hot solution of ferrocyanide of potassium by chloride of barium, is very sparingly soluble ; it is precipitated at the moment when the solutions are mixed, in the form of small yellow crystals. In this state it still retains some potassium, from which it may be freed by boiling with a solution of chloride of barium. By mixing together in the cold equivalent proportions of the ferrocyanide thus purified and dilute sulphuric acid, the decom- position takes place instantaneously ; sulphate of baryta is thrown down, and the liquid, which acquires a green color, con- tains the hydroferrocyanic acid. By using sulphuric acid of spec. grav. 1-834, diluted with 5 or 6 times its volume of water, the acid isolated presents a density of 12° to 15° B. This acid cannot be concentrated by heat ; to obtain it directly in a state of greater concentration, less water may be employed in its preparation, but then the sulphate of baryta would be washed with more difficulty. The acid should be preserved in well-stoppered earthen vessels. With the acid thus isolated the author obtains hydroferrocyanic acid in a solid state and perfectly pure, by adding an excess of concentrated muriatic acid and a little ether, and drying the product without heat in presence of fragments of quicklmie. In this way he avoids the presence of the chloride of potassium which remains mixed with the acid, when ferrocyanide of potas- sium is treated by the same agents. This process is also applicable to all the acids which are now isolated by the decomposition of their lead-compounds by sul- phuretted hydrogen, or their lime-compounds by sulphuric acid, such as malic acid, phosphoric acid, &c London Chem. Gaz. Nov. 1, 1858, and Dec. 15, 1858, from Comptes Bendus, ON SYRUP OF IPECACUANHA. By Israel J. Gkaham. It has always been an object with the writer in the prepara- tion of this syrup, to conduct the process with a view to avoid any possible injury which might arise, during the prolonged 144 SYRUP OF IPECACUANHA. application of heat requisite to concentrate the solution to the proper degree, when made in accordance with the officinal direc- tions of either the present or preceding Pharmacopoeia ; acting under the belief that in this as well as many other medicinal preparations of organic substances, heat exerts an influence more or less injurious either by its direct effect upon the active principle of the plant itself, — even though this may not be viewed as of a volatile nature — or through the medium of some volatile constituent with which this may be in combination, whereby the result is so modified as frequently to be rendered much less efficient than was contemplated by the formula, or than the same amount of material which it represents, would be in substance. Sometimes the inefficiency of a preparation maybe due to the carelessness or ignorance, or both combined, in the manipulator ; at other times the formula itself may be defective. The effect of it all is to bring discredit upon remedies which in them- selves would be valuable — -were all the necessary precautions observed in their manufacture. The term "water-bath" as generally understood, and which is so frequently directed by the pharmacopoeia as the means of evaporating liquids, is not sufficiently definite to guard against damage in all cases when the aid of heat is required in the ful- filment of specified objects, and the opinion is fast gaining in the writer's mind that, when a formula gives any directions which require the application of heat, the temperature which is proper to be employed, should be distinctly stated and regula- ted accordingly by a thermometer. This, it is believed, would cut off one great source of error pertaining to the preparation of organic remedies. These remarks are somewhat digressory, but the importance of the subject seemed to demand them, and to return to the special object of this paper, which is to offer what the writer conceives to be an improved formula for the syrup of Ipecacu- anha, he would state that his first modification of the formula was in reference to the Pharmacopoeia of 1840, by which process he has continued to prepare the syrup until quite recently. It consisted in exhausting the powdered root by the process of per- colation, with a menstruum composed of two parts of alcohol SYRUP OF IPECACUANHA. 145 and one part of water, using only about one half the quantity of menstruum to effect the exhaustion, as that prescribed by the formula. The liquid was then heated to about 150° or 160° Fahr. by means of a water-bath, and when cold, filtered ; the residue on the filter being well washed with the same menstruum, the resulting solution was reduced to about one-third of the original quantity by means of a water-bath maintained at a temperature of about 150° Fahr. The concentrated liquid thus obtained, containing a portion of alcohol was mixed in due pro- portion with simple syrup. The preparation as thus made was an efficient one, and kept well during warm weather. The large quantity of inert matter taken up by diluted alco- hol, from Ipecacuanha, and afterwards precipitated from the solution on standing, which is greatly increased in bulk by heating the liquid, together with the circumstance of it containing some alcohol, continued to be an obstacle to the full adoption of the formula even when thus modified. This precipitated matter not only impeded filtration but rendered its complete washing very inconvenient, while at the same time the clear liquid retained principles favorable to fermentation. These circumstances induced the writer to seek a menstruum which would extract the active portions of the root only. Among the constituents of Ipecacuanha may be named Emetia, its active principle ; fatty matter, wax, gum, starch, &c. Eme- tia is procured by treating an alcoholic extract of the root with water, decomposing the aqueous solution with magnesia, &c. It was evident therefore to the writer's mind, that alcohol was the proper solvent to use in the preparation of the syrup. A syrup prepared by first treating the root with alcohol, the writer afterward discovered was proposed in a formula published by Jos. Laidley in the 26th vol. of the American Journal of Pharmacy, page 103 ; this process requires too large a propor- tion of menstruum, too much evaporation and consequently a too long application of heat, resulting in a turbid syrup which re- quires to be clarified by the addition of the white of egg and boiled, rendering the process too complex and otherwise objec- tionable. 10 146 SYRUP OF IPECACUANHA. The process which the writer has adopted, and found to com- pletely fulfil every object in view, is the following : Take of Ipecacuanha in powder (prepared by passing through a seive of 60 meshes to the linear inch) two ounces : Prepare a menstruum of one part of water and seven parts of 95 per cent, alcohol ; add sufficient of this to dampen the powder uniformly, (about six fluidrachms) pack it tightly in a funnel displacer* and having laid over the surface a piece of perforated paper, pour on eight fluid ounces, or less, of the above men- struum, covering the top of the funnel with oiled silk to prevent evaporation. When two and a half fluid ounces of liquid pass, remove it and submit to spontaneous evaporation until reduced to one and a half fluid ounces : continue the percolation until five and a half fluid ounces more pass, evaporate this by means of placing the dish over hot water, contained in a suitable ves- sel and removed from the fire, until reduced to half a fluid ounce ; mix this with the fluid ounce and a half first obtained and filter. The result is a fluid extract of which, it is believed, one fluid ounce fully represents one ounce of the root, and which may be prepared in any convenient quantity. The portion of liquid submitted to spontaneous evaporation, contains nearly all the active principle of the above quantity of root ; the percolation is continued to insure its complete exhaustion, and in evaporating this latter product the object is to prevent the temperature rising higher than 140° Fahr. To convert this quantity of fluid extract into syrup of the officinal strength, pour it upon eight ounces of white sugar in powder, contained in a large mortar or dish and expose it until all the alcohol has evaporated, and a perfectly dry powder re- sults ; dissolve this in a quart of water, and after standing awhile with occasional agitation, strain it through a muslin cloth to separate a little resinous or waxy matter which will be found floating, remove this and treat it with two fluidrachms of water in a mortar, then mix it with the strained liquid and filter all through paper ; add sufficient powdered sugar to make the whole * An ordinary glass funnel with a loose plug of cotton in the upper part of the neck. FERRATED TINCTURE OF BARK. 147 measure four pints, agitate occasionally until dissolved, and strain if necessary. It would be better in the writer's opinion, if the strength of this syrup was increased to one ounce of the root to the pint, instead of half an ounce as at present. The syrup prepared by this mode presents a lighter color than when made in the usual way, is perfectly clear and bright, entirely free from alcohol, and although possessing the peculiar odor of the root, is very pleasant to the taste, and it is believed will keep as well as simple syrup. — Journal and Trans, of the Maryland Col of Phar., Dec. 1858. ON FERRATED TINCTURE OF BARK. By William S. Thompson. In the American Journal of Pharmacy, third series, vol. 1st, p. 402, Mr. Samuel Simes of Philadelphia gives a formula for this preparation, in which the tannic acid is removed from the compound tincture of cinchona, by digesting it with hydrated peroxide of iron, dried at a temperature not exceeding 130° Fahrenheit ; which is then filtered and 16 grains of Ammonio citrate of iron, is dissolved in each fluid ounce of the filtrate. Not having succeeded in making a perfectly satisfactory pre- paration, according to the formula of Mr. Simes, I have been led to devise a plan, by which ammonio citrate of iron can be dissolved in the compound tincture without disturbing the chem- ical relations of the tannic acid and the alkaloids, as they exist naturally in the bark. Availing myself of the fact, that a protosalt of iron is not precipitated by tannic acid, either in a free or combined state, I first prepare protocitrate of iron, which is converted into the ammonio citrate, protected by the addition of sugar, evaporated to about the consistence of syrup, and then poured into com- pound tincture of bark, made a little stronger than by the offi- cinal direction. The resulting preparation is a clear tincture of dark brown color, possessing all the aromatic properties of the compound tincture, with but little chalybeate taste. The following is the formula I propose : first take the dry 148 NEW TEST FOR THE PURITY OF CHLOROFORM. ingredients, for twenty fluid ounces of the compound tincture, according to the Edinburg formula ; having properly bruised them, displace with diluted alcohol eighteen fluid ounces of tincture. Next prepare the ammonio citrate of iron as fol- lows : Take of Protosulphate of iron crystallized, 379 grains. Carbonate of soda, - 394 H Liquor ammonia, - 284 minims. Citric acid, - 189 grains. Refined sugar, - - 2 ounces. Water ; a sufficient quantity, Simple Syrup ; a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the protosulphate of iron and carbonate of soda, each separately in four fluid ounces of water and mix the so- lutions adding about half an ounce of simple syrup. When the precipitate has subsided pour off the supernatant liquid and wash thoroughly with water containing about a fluid ounce of simple syrup in each pint ; allow it to settle for about twelve hours and decant. Transfer the precipitate to an evaporating dish, add the citric acid, and when the solution is complete, the liquor ammonias, then the sugar. Evaporate the mixture to two fluid ounces, and add it to the eighteen fluid ounces of tincture. — Journal and Trans, of the Maryland Col. of Phar, NEW TEST FOR THE PURITY OF CHLOROFORM. {Translated by Prof. L. H. Steiner, from the French of M. Roussin, for the Journal.') A new class of salts called double nitro sulphides of iron has just been discovered, and nearly all the representatives of the class possess the very singular property of being absolutely in- soluble in pure chloroform, although soluble in water, alcohol, ether or wood-spirit. When chloroform contains either alcohol, ether or wood-spirit, the nitro-sulphide is dissolved and their presence is detected by a deep coloration of the liquid. In fact all the nitro-sulphides possess great coloring properties ; 5 cen- tigrammes will give 2 litres of alcohol the color of ordinary brandy. Pure chloroform when only hydrated will not be dig- NEW TEST FOR THE PURITY OF CHLOROFORM. 149 colored by these salts. The sensitiveness of the reagent is so great that a thousandth of alcohol, wood-spirit or ether, in the chloroform, can be readily detected. Roussin has experimented with different specimens of the chloroform of commerce and found a percentage of alcohol in some truly fabulous ; and in others, which gave but a very slight opalescence after being agitated with water, the nitro-sulphides produced a color almost black. The test is easily applied, by introducing the chloroform into a tube closed at one end, then adding a few centigrammes of the nitro-sulphides and shaking the contents of the tube. It is allowed then to rest for a few minutes. The chloroform if pure will remain as limpid as distilled water : but if it contain alcohol, ether or wood-spirit, it assumes a dark color, varying with the percentage of these foreign substances, but which is appreciable even when as small an amount as a thousandth is present. To prepare the nitro-sulphide of iron, it is only necessary to mix two solutions, — one of nitrate of potassa and the other of sulphydrate of ammonia, and adding, drop by drop, to this mix- ture a solution of proto sulphate of iron, constant stirring being employed, until the mixture retains but a slight alkaline reac- tion. It is then raised to the boiling point, and is evaporated to dryness over a water bath. The residuum is treated with alcoholized ether and thrown on a filter. By evaporation of this liquid, prismatic crystals of the binitrosulphide of iron are ob- tained which should be washed with weak liquor ammoniac. The product is then dried in the air on some folds of absorbent paper, and preserved in a flask with a ground stopper. This body may be considered as a compound of sulphide of iron, sulphydric acid and binoxide of nitrogen. Its formula is -FeS, N02 + Fe2 S3, N02+ HS. It resembles the double cy- anides of iron by its chemical behavior, and the latent state of the molecules of iron, the nitrpprussiates by the similarity in for- mation, and a grouping so analogous that it is possible to pass from one series to the other by a simple substitution — Journal and Trans, of the Maryland Col. of Phar. 150 ON CRYSTALLIZED VALERIANATE OP ATROPINE. CHEMICAL MATCHES WITHOUT PHOSPHORUS OR OTHER POISON. By M. Canouil. The new matches are absolutely without white or red phos- phorus, ordinary or amorphous. They cannot be used as a poison, and when reduced to their least degree of inflammability give rise to no danger of fire. They are formed essentially of chlorate of potash, mixed with a small quantity of a metallic peroxide, bichromate or oxysulphuret, when it is desired to ren- der them more inflammable. The author has found means to triturate the chlorate of potash, even when dry, without danger of explosion. The new matches diffuse no odour, either in the manufacture or in use ; they light without explosion or projection — Ohem. Graz.,from Comjrtes Rendus, June 28,1858. ON CRYSTALLIZED VALERIANATE OF ATROPINE. By H. Callmann. This salt forms perfectly white and light crusts ; the crys- tals appear to belong to the rhomboidal system, and the faces are very brilliant. At a temperature of 68° F. the crystals soften, and at 89°«6 F. they are liquefied. Under the double influence of air and light, they soon acquire a yellow color. The carbonic acid of the air displaces a certain quantity of valerianic acid, which is recognizable by its peculiar odor. The crystallized salt presents the various reactions of the salts of atropine and of the valerianates. It is extremely solu- ble in water, less so in alcohol, and still less in ether. The analysis of the salt, dried in vacuo at the ordinary tempera- ture, gave :— C 6640 66-20 66-00 H 8-90 8-81 8-50 24-70 24-99 25.50 These numbers lead to the formula C10 H9 O3, C34 H23 N06-f 2 HO. Chem. Qaz. Jan. 1, 1859, from Comptes Rendus, Sept. 6, 1858. \ ARTIFICIAL FORMATION OF SALTPETRE. 151 ON THE CONVERSION OF THE NITROGEN OF NITROGENOUS MATTERS INTO NITRATE OF POTASH. By MM. Cloez and Guignet. The conversion is effected by means of permanganate of pot- ash. The permanganate employed was ascertained to contain no nitrate. Several grammes of crystallized permanganate were converted by sulphurous acid into a mixture of sulphates of manganese and potash, which contained no trace of nitrate. As has already been stated, ammonia in excess reduces per- manganate of potash in the cold, and forms nitrate of potash. But if an excess of permanganate be added and the whole boiled, the nitrate itself is converted into nitrate of potash. In this, as in all the following experiments, the authors have pro- duced at least 1 gramme of crystallized nitre. Aniline immediately reduces permanganate of potash with a great evolution of heat. Carbonate and oxalate of potash are produced, but only traces of nitrate. With quinine, the reaction commences in the cold, but is only completed by boiling. It furnishes carbonate and nitrate of potash, and the potash salt of an acid which appears to be new. Cinchonine is acted upon with more difficulty than quinine. Cyanogen immediately reduces permanganate of potash in the cold. This is also the case with hydrocyanic acid and cya- nide of potassium. In these three cases, nitrate of potash was was readily obtained. The authors think that the action of permanganate of potash upon cyanogen may be employed in the analysis of gaseous mixtures, for example, to separate cyanogen and carbonic acid which has no action on the permanganate, and this is also the case with oxide of carbon, protoxide of nitrogen, &c. Deutox- ide of nitrogen, on the contrary, is absorbed in the cold and forms nitrate of potash. Compounds containing sulphur and cyanogen furnish sul- phate and nitrate of potash. This is the case with the body called mlpho- cyanogen by some chemists, which is obtained by the action of chlorine upon sulphocyanide of potassium. Nitroprussiate of soda is also oxidized very easily, with for- mation of nitrate of potash. Ferrocyanide of potassium mere- 152 ON RUMICINE. ly passes to the state of ferridcyanide, which resists the action of the permanganate. Urea is oxidised with great difficulty ; after boiling for a whole day, it only furnishes small quantities of nitrate. Gelatine is readily acted upon in the cold, forming carbonate and nitrate of potash, besides a peculiar salt of potash, which acquires a bright red color when heated to 392° — 572p F. Pyroxyline is acted upon when boiled, as are also nitronaph- thaline and nitrobenzine. In these three cases a considerable quantity of crystallized nitrate of potash was obtained. Nitronapthaline also furnished a salt presenting the charac- ters of phthalate of potash, the product which is obtained when naphthaline is oxidized by permanganate of potash. Nitrobenzine furnished a salt crystallizing in large rhomboi- dal laminae, containing an acid which is but sparingly soluble in cold water. Of course the oxidation of the nitrated derivatives may fur- nish products different from those obtained by the oxidation of the bodies forming these derivatives. The oxidation of the ni- trated derivatives may even be more easy than that of the origi- nal substances. In general it is difficult to foresee whether a given body will reduce permanganate of potash with more or less difficulty. Thus oxide of chrome, precipitated, washed, and dried at the ordinary temperature, reduces the permanganate in the cold, forming chromate of potash and oxide of manganese. By ebul- lition the reduction is complete in a few minutes, which it would have been impossible to predict from the known properties of hydrated oxide of chrome.- — Ibid, from Comptes Rendus, Nov. 2, 1858. ON RUMICINE. By Karl von Thann. The object of this investigation was to show the identity of rumicine with the chrysophanic acid discovered by Rochleder and Held in Parmelia parietina. Eumicine was first prepared in 1831 by Buchner and Herber- ON RUMICINE. 153 ger, in an extremely impure state, and described by them under the name of lapathine ; they extracted the roots of Rumex ob- tusifolius, first with ether and afterwards with alcohol, and separated the lapathine from the latter extract ; this contains so small a quantity of rumicine that they did not even recog- nize its extremely sensitive reaction with alkalies. In the year 1834 Geiger prepared the substance, to which he gave the name of rumicine, in a pure state from the root of Rumex patientia. He prepared an alcoholic extract of the root, and this, when diluted with water, threw down an insoluble body. The ethereal extract of this body furnished a brownish-yellow residue when evaporated, and this, by repeated washing with al- cohol and finally with ether, was converted into a deep yellow powder with a greenish tinge (resin). From dry and peeled roots Geiger obtained a far finer rumi- cine, which, as he remarks, " was undistinguishable by the eye from the rhabarbarine previously obtained without nitric acid, &c, (from the root of rhubarb) ; it also behaved chemically exactly like that body." Afterwards he purified the rumicine by digestion with nitric acid and hydrated oxide of lead in so- lution in ether ; the rumicine thus obtained was, as Geiger says, of a beautiful bright yellow color, with many crystalline particles. Geiger also obtained rumicine from Rumex obtusifolius, and remarks that this plant contains very little of it. Geiger is therefore the true discoverer of rumicine, and on first preparing it called attention to its near relation and probable identity with rhabarbarine. In 1841 Eiegel investigated the root of Rumex obtusifolius, and obtained rumicine from it in a tolerably pure state, by vari- ous methods, including those of Geiger and Vaudin (the latter recommended his method for the preparation of rheine). At last he prepared rumicine from the ethereal extract of the root, as recommended by Brandes for the preparation of the yellow matter of rhubarb. He distilled off the ethereal extract, fil- tered the granular crystalline yellowish-brown mass deposited in the residue, and then recrystallized it several times from alcohol. The latter method was also followed by the author essentially in the preparation of the rumicine which served for his analy- 154 ON RUMICINE. ses ; but he adopted another mode of purification, because by Riegel's method he only obtained the substance in a very impure state. The coarsely pounded roots of Rumex obtusifolius (Radix lapatJti acuti of the shops) were extracted by anhydrous ether in a displacement apparatus, and the combined extract distilled on the water-bath, until only a small residue was left. On cool- ing, a (hirk brown mass separated from this, which was filtered, washed with a little ether, and then dried between several folds of filtering-paper. When dried, it was boiled with alcohol of spec. grav. 0*833 and filtered ; a dark brown body remained on the filter, whilst, on the cooling of the hot filtrate, a dingy greenish-yellow mass separated therefrom, which remained greenish after repeated solution in alcohol and separation, and only exhibited traces of crystallization. As the green resin could not be separated in this way, the alcoholic solution of the substance was precipitated by a large quantity of water ; the flocculent, yellow precipitate was separated by filtration, and, after drying, dissolved again in alcohol of spec. grav. 0-83B, when a small quantity of a brown body remained undissolved. This operation was twice repeated, but the substance still con- tinued impure. The final purification was effected by the author in accord- ance with the process of Rochleder and Held, employed by them in their investigation of the lichens. For this purpose the substance was treated with a mixture of ammonia and weak alcohol, the filtered solution diluted with water, and neutralized by acetic acid ; the yellow precipitate was completely washed with water, and the same operation was repeated ; the last precipitate obtained was dried and recrystal- lized from alcohol ; the crystalline mass deposited was again dissolved in ether, and the solution left standing in a loosely covered vessel, in which the rumicine slowly crystallized as the ether evaporated. The rumicine thus obtained formed a shining crystalline mass of a light golden-brown color, which was seen under the micro- scope to consist of distinct, yellow, transparent prisms, appa- rently belonging to the monoclinohedric system, and exhibit a golden-yellow color by reflected light. By crystallization from ON RUMICINE. 155 hot alcohol on its cooling, the author obtained rumicine (unfor- tunately in very small quantity) in the form of a pure yellow, crystalline mass, with a golden lustre. The previously men- tioned light-golden-brown, crystalline mass was analysed, and gave results agreeing with the formula proposed by Gerhardt for chrysophanic acid, C28 H10 O8. C 69 59 69-64 28=rl68 6942 H 4-36 4-59 10 10 4-13 0 .. 8 64 2645 This substance was evidently still contaminated with a small quantity of a body containing more carbon or less oxygen, which was also indicated by its darker color. That rumicine does not merely possess a similar per centage composition with chrysophanic acid, but that it is also identical therewith, is shown by its behaviour towards reagents. Rumicine dissolves with extraordinary difficulty in cold water ; it dissolves more readily in ether, and still more in strong alco- hol. When heated upon platinum-foil, it fuses and emits fumes of an intense yellow color, whilst a portion remains in the form of a vesicular coal, which, when more strongly heated, burns away without residue ; if the same experiment be made in a test tube, the colder portion of the latter, becomes coated with a yellow deposit, which appears crystalline and of a golden lus- tre under the microscope. It concentrated sulphuric acid, it dissolves with an intense red color ; and, when the solution is diluted, is thrown down again in yellow, voluminous flakes. In alkalies, it dissolves very readily, with a splendid dark-red color (in potash much more easier than in ammonia): it is precipi- tated without alteration from these solutions by acids. The so- lution in potash becomes violet-blue, and darker by evapora- tion. Potash is the best for rumicine. The ammoniacal solu- tion gives a lilac precipitate with neutral acetate of lead, and a beautiful rose-colored one with alum. The alcoholic solution of rumicine gives a reddish-white pre- cipitate with an alcoholic solution of basic acetate of lead (but none at all with the neutral acetate), which is converted into a rose-colored precipitate by boiling with water. With acetate of copper in alcohol, it gives a blackish-green precipitate, which 156 PRESERVATION OF ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES. when diluted and carefully mixed with a few drops of ammonia is converted into a voluminous deep blue precipitate (very differ- ent from hydrated oxide of copper), and is soluble with a vio- let-blue color in an excess of ammonia. The reactions of chrysophanic acid agree perfectly with the above. Besides the method above described, the author also attempt- ed to prepare rumicine by the method recommended some years ago by Rochleder for the preparation of chrysophanic acid ; but the solution of potash in aqueous alcohol extracts from the root, together with the very small quantity of rumicine, so many other substances, that the subsequent purification is attended with as much difficulty as in extraction by ether. There is consequently no doubt that rumicine (also called lapathine) is identical with chrysophanic acid ; and the author concludes his memoir with an expression of his conviction that he has wiped away two out of the chaos of names of imperfectly investigated organic compounds Qhem. Gazette, Jan., 1859, from /Sitzungsber. der Wiss. zu Wien, xxxi. p. 26. PRESERVATION OF ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES. A patent has lately been taken out for effecting this object. The improvements consist in coating animal and vegetable sub- stances with a compound formed of vegetable albumen and a suitable antiseptic material. The coating is effected by immers- ing the substances to be preserved in the prepared compound two or three times, each coating being dried or set in a current of air before the next is applied. The object of combining an antiseptic agent with the vegetable albumen is to prevent a par- tial decomposition of the substances before the protective coat- ing is properly hardened. The following means may be adopt- ed for carrying the invention into effect : — supposing a joint of meat to be the substance to be preserved, the meat (with as much of its blood extracted as possible) is first washed or im. mersed in water impregnated with acetate of alumina and al- lowed to drain ; it is then suspended by a string, and allowed to descend into a bath composed by placing about one pound of gum tragacanth in from one and a-half to two gallons of heated UREA AS A DIRECT SOURCE OF NITROGEN TO PLANTS. 157 water for about twenty-four hours, straining the solution, then mixing with it a warm solution of about six ounces of gelatin or paste, and finally adding about ten ounces of acetate of alumi- na, mixing and straining. The meat is kept in this bath for about two minutes, being drawn and moved about in it by the string ; it is then taken out and suspended in a current of dry air for about twenty- four hours. The process of immersion, &c, is repeated once or twice, as may be considered desirable. — Chemist, Nov. 1858, from the Journal of the Society of Arts. ON UREA AS A DIRECT SOURCE OF NITROGEN TO PLANTS. By Charles A. Cameron, M, D. At the meeting of the British Association, held at Dublin last year, I read a paper, in which I proved the inutility of ferment- ing liquid manure before applying it to the purpose of fertilis- ing the soil, and demonstrated that urea, without being convert- ed into carbonate of ammonia, may be taken up into the organ- ism of plants to be used as nitrogenous food. The experiments detailed in this paper have not been published in extenso in the Report of the British Association ; I therefore give them here, as well as the results of some other experiments of a practical character, which have since been performed under my direction, and which serve to support the conclusions arrived at from the earlier experiments. EXPERIMENTS. Four earthenware basins, each two feet in depth and two and a-half feet across, were filled with fragments of felspar of differ- ent degrees of fineness, the coarsest fragments being placed lowest. In each of these basins sixty grains of barley were sown on the 5th of May (1857). The basins were then numbered 1, 2, 3, and 4, and in each was placed a portion of an artificial manure, containing the following substances, viz : — The double silicate of potash and soda (soluble), precipitated carbonate of lime, hydrated sulphate of lime, freshly precipitated phosphates of lime and magnesia, and chloride of sodium. The bases and acids of this compound, were in such proportion as nearly to correspond with the general composition of the ash of the barley plant. 158 UREA AS A DIRECT SOURCE OF NITROGEN TO PLANTS. In addition to the above-named substances (which, it will be observed, contains no nitrogen,) a solution of urea was applied thrice in each week to basins Nos. 1 and 2, and a solution of sul- phate of ammonia to No. 3. No. 4 was intended as a check upon the experiments with the urea, and to it, therefore, no ni- trogenous substance was applied. All the basins were covered with glass shades, the air supplied to the interior of each being freed from ammonia by treatment with dilute sulphuric acid. The urea used in my experiments was prepared by the follow- ing process : — 28 parts of dried ferrocyanide of potassium and 14 parts of peroxide of manganese, thoroughly mixed, were heated to dull redness. The resultant mass, after cooling, was treated with cold water, and the solution thus obtained, mixed with 20-5 parts of crystallized sulphate of ammonia, sulphate of potash and cyanate of ammonia were formed ; and the latter, on the appli- cation of a gentle heat, was converted into urea. I did not sep- arate the sulphate of potash, as its presence did not interfere with the results of the experiments. The felspar in basins Nos. 1 and 2 was occasionally washed with distilled water, and the washings tested for ammonia. I did not, however, in a single instance, detect the presence of this substance, which proves that the urea was not converted in- to carbonate of ammonia. The barley experimented on was the variety known as cheva- lier barley. The growing plants were abundantly supplied with carbonic acid gas and distilled water. The plants were thinned at an early stage of their growth, so that there remained but 15 plants to each square foot of surface. The results of the experiments were as follow : — No. 1. — Period of complete germination, within 5 days. Period of ripening, within 107 days. Mean height of plants, including the ears, 29 inches. Average return from the seed, 9 stalks. Average produce in seed, 28 grains to each stalk. Size of grain, 14,786 to the pound. Amount of nitrogen in 100 parts of the dried grain, 2-740. No. 2. — Period of perfect germination, within 6 days. Period of ripening, within 112 days. UREA AS A DIRECT SOURCE OF NITROGEN TO PLANTS. 159 Mean height of the plant, including the ears, 26 inches. Average return from the seed, 10 stalks. Average produce from seed, 27 grains from each stalk. Size of grain, 14,672 to the pound. Nitrogen in 100 parts of the dried grain, 2-385. No. 3. — Period of complete germination, within 8 days. Period of ripening, within 105 days. Mean height of the plant, including the ears, 26 inches. Average return from the seed, 12 stalks. Average produce in seed, 25 grains from each stalk. Size of grain, 15,607 to the pound. Amount of nitrogen in 100 parts of the dried grain, 2-388. No. 4. — Perfect germination took place within 8 days, and stalks, on the average, 8 inches in height, were produced, but in no instance were seeds developed. The following conclusions are, I consider, deducible from the results of these experiments : — 1. — That the perfect developement of barley (and by infer- ence, of other plants) can take place under certain conditions in soil and air free of ammonia and its compounds. 2. — That urea, in solution, is capable of being taken un- changed into the organism of plants. 3. — That urea need not be converted into ammonia before its nitrogen becomes available to promote the process of vegetation. 4 — That the fertilizing effects of urea are not inferior to those of the ammoniacal salts. 5 — That there exists no necessity for allowing drainings from stables, or other fertilizing fluids containing urea, to fer- ment, but that, on the contrary, greater benefits must be de- rived from their application in a fresh or unfermented state. This year I induced several farmers to try the comparative effects of fermented and unfermented urine on grass. The gen- eral result has proved the superiority of the latter. The most extensive and accurate experiments were conducted at my re- quest at the Government Model Farm, Glasnevin, near Dublin, by Mr. Baldwin, Lecturer on Agriculture to the Board of Edu- cation. They have completely demonstrated the inutility of preserving drainings for the mere purpose of allowing them to ferment, or in the language of farmers, " to ripen." 160 UREA AS A DIRECT SOURCE OF NITROGEN TO PLANTS. It is not a little suggestive, that the Chinese, so remarkable for their admirable economy of the natural manures, apply the urine to the land in an unfermented state. And the most casual thinker will readily understand that it must be wiser to apply it in this state than after a large proportion of its nitrogen has, as a constituent of ammonia, escaped into the atmosphere. Be- sides, they avoid the unnecessary expense of constructing costly liquid-manure tanks. Independently of the experiments which I have made on urea, our knowledge of the composition and properties of the constituents of urine should have led a priori to the conclusion that these are for the most part in that digestible form in which they can be taken up into the organisms of plants. My own labors and those of others have led me to conclude that substances capable of being used as food for plants, must possess the following composition and properties : — 1. — They must be soluble in the solvents usually present in the soil. 2. — They must contain more or less of the elementary con- stituents of vegetable substances. 3. — They must be in a perfectly oxidized {teleoxidic) condi- tion. In this contribution to the theory of manures, I have advanced nothing antagonistic to the views so ably advocated by Liebig on the subject of vegetable nutrition ; on the contrary, I am al- together disposed to believe with him that organic substances cannot minister to the wants of vegetable life. I do not regard urea as an organic substance, any more than I do carbonic acid, cyanogen, or ammonia. These bodies, as well as urea, may be artificially prepared from inorganic materials ; they are, there- fore, not organic bodies, but rather the results of organic action — the ultimate products of the decomposition of organic substan- ces. Carbonic acid, nitric acid, ammonia and the cyanides have been proved to be capable of supplying nutrient materials to plants. There is no theoretical reason why urea should not be added to the list. It is soluble, contains the four principal elementary constituents of vegetable structures, and is a per- fectly teleoxidic body. It therefore possesses the composition and properties which distinguish the "food of plants." — Lon- don Chemist, Nov. 1858. FORMATION OP GUM TRAGACANTH. 161 INQUIRIES INTO THE FORMATION OF GUM TRAGACANTH. By Hugo yon Mohl. (Translated from the Botanische Zeiiung, Jahrg. XIY., p. 33, 1857. by Berthold Seemann, Ph. D., F. L. S., with corrections by the Author.) An inquiry into the nature of gum tragacanth is not without theoretical interest, as it is connected with some difficult points of anatomy and physiology, which have not yet been sufficiently explained. Tournefort (Relation d'un Voyage du Levant, Amsterd. 1718, I. 22,) was the first to whom we are indebted for closer observations on the exudation of gum tragacanth. His obser- vations were made on Mount Ida, in Crete, and on Astragalus oreticus, Lam.* Judging from a figure given by him (p. 21,) the stem of the plant in question attains about one inch in thick- ness. The secretion of tragacanth in the form of twisted fila- ments takes place in June and the succeeding months. Tour- nefort looks upon the gum as the nutritious sap which has be- come thickened by heat, has burst the vessels, discharged itself in the middle (dans le coeur) of the stem, and branches as well as in the medullary rays (dans T interstice des fibres, les quelles sont disposees en rayon,) and is then gradually forced out on the sur- face of the stem, by the sap ascending by the roots, and hard- ens in the air in the form of worms. He further adds the sup- position that the contraction of the fibres of the stem assists the forcing out of the gum, as the hemp-like divided fibres, exposed to the tread of shepherds and horses, draw together in the heat, and favor the excretion of the sap.f * Sieber (Reise nach Creta, ii.5 p. 68) has, it is true, endeavored to show Tour- nefort's statement to be utterly undeserving of credit, as, according to his own (Sieber's) observations, the plant named does not yield any gum tragacanth whatever ; but, as not only Tournefort's statement respecting the places in which the stem of the plant produces gum tragacanth, but also respecting the season of the year in which it is secreted, as well as the aiding of the secretion by wounding the stem, are confirmed a century later by Oliver in Persia, nobody will be misguided by Sieber's contradiction of Tournefort's statement, that the plant alluded to does secrete tragacanth in Crete. If Sieber invokes the testi- mony of Belon in support of his view, he does so improperly ; for Belon (Obser- vat., p. 23) merely says the gum is collected | We have thought it well to give the quotation from Tournefort in full. — Ed. Ph. J. a # * * Elle donne naturellement de la gomme Adragant sur la fin de Juin, 11 162 FORMATION OF GUM TRAGACANTH. With these statements agree in many instances those of Oli- ver (Reise durch das turkische Reich. (Germ, transl.), iii., page 293,) who observed the secretion of gum tragacanth from As- tragalus verus in Persia. In this species also the stem attains an inch and more in thickness, and the gum appears during the time of the greatest summer heat, partly when the influx of sap "bursts the bark, partly when the footsteps of animals injure the stem. Additional confirmation respecting the season in which traga- canth is forced out of the stems, is contained in the statements of Labillardiere and Landerer, the first of whom saw the gum in the Lebanon on Astragalus gumifer, LabilL, during the month of August ; the latter in Greece, on Astragalus aristatus, dur- ing August and September. The statement that wounding the plant favors the exudation of tragacanth, is likewise confirmed by the custom of making incisions in the plant, prevalent about Bitlis (Ritter's Urdkunde, x., p. 689.) As another external condition favoring the secretion of trag- acanth, Labillardiere (Rozier, Observations sur la Physique, &c, 1790, t. xxxvi., p. 48) names the humidity of the air, stating that in the Lebanon, cloudy nights and heavy dews are necessa- ry for the emission of the gum, which only flows abundantly during the night and a short time after sunrise. On this ac- count the shrubs growing in less elevated parts of the Lebanon, and subjected to great heat during the day, and a very limited nocturnal humidity, yield but little tragacanth. These statements obtain a confirmation from the observation et dans les mois suivants: dans ce temps la, le sue nourricier de cette plante, epaissi par la chaleur, fait crever la pluspart des vaisseaux ou il est renferme : non settlement il s'amasse dans le coeur des tiges et des branches, mais dans l'interstice des fibres, lesquelles sont disposees en rayon, comme il paroit, en la tige [fig.] A: ce sue se coagule en filets, de me me que dans les porositez de l'ecorce ; et ces filets passant au travers de cette partie, sortent peu a pen, & mesure qu'ils sont poussez par le nouveau sue que les racines fournissent : cette matiere exposee a Fair s'endurcit et forme ou des grummeaux ou des lames tortues, semblables a des vermisseaux plus ou tnoins longs, suivant la matiere qui se presente : il semble meme que la contraction des fibres de cette plante coutribuea la l'expression de la gomme Adragant : ces fibres deliees comme de la filasse, decouvertes et foulees par les pieds des bergers et des chevaux, se racourcissent par la chaleur, et facilitent la sortie du sac extravase." — Relation d'un Voyage du Levant, Paris, 1717, tome i., pp. 55-6. FORMATION OF GUM TRAGACANTH. 163 made in Greece by Eraas (Synopsis Plant. Florece Olassicce, p. 59), who states that no gum is produced in the mountains of the Peloponnesus by Astragalus artistatus and A. ereticus, nor on Mount Parnassus, nor on the drier mountains generally, whilst there is gum collected in Achaia. He considers the exudation of the gum as dependent upon climate influences, and ascribes it to the quantity of cold rain alternating with great heat in the mountains of Oalaryta, &e. Labillardiere, from the facts observed by him, draws the con- clusion that the tragacanth shrub, exposed during the day to the broiling heat of the sun, partakes quickly of the moisture of fogs, and that the gum tragacanth, swollen by the moisture of fogs and dews, forces a passage through the pores of the bark, and appears in the form of twisted worms or drops. The observations of Labillardiere induced De Candolle (As- tragologia, 1802, p. 12,) to explain the manner in which gum tragacanth is forced out in a somewhat different way. He com- pared the exudation of tragacanth with that of the Nemaspora erocea (at that time held to be a mere gum, and not a plant), from the bark of beech-wood, preserved in a moist place. This view he still maintained in his Physiology (L, p. 175,) after he had acknowledged JSFemaspora to be an independent plant, having been convinced that the appearance of Nemaspora on dead trees stood in connexion with the moisture of the atmos- phere, and concluding from this fact that the influence of mois- ture caused the wood to expand more than the bark, in conse- quence of which the former was as if tightly sheathed, and therefore could press mucilaginous substances contained in the inner layers of the bark to the surface. This explanation did not meet with favor from Treviranus (Physiol, ii., p. 21,) who assumed that the appearance of the gum originated in an in- creased secretion of the same. The above-named botanists entertained not the slightest doubt that gum tragacanth was a mucilaginous sap secreted by the plant ; and the same applies to the pharmacologists, even the most recent, as for instance, Pereira. Kutzing (Philosoph. Bot- anik, i., p. 203,) on the contrary, in consequence of microscopi- cal investigations of the exuded gum, advanced the view that it was an independent organism, a fungus, consisting of cells filled 164 FORMATION OF GUM TRAGACANTH. with starch, between which the fibres of the mother plant were placed. The walls of these cells, formed by several thick lay- ers, consisted of bassorine, and were lined with a tender mem- brane of cellulose. Proofs of the fungoid nature are looked for in vain. They would not have been superfluous, even if only on account of the great curiosity which a fungus with cellulose membrane and starch granules would present. An essentially different origin is assigned by Unger (Anatom. und Physiolog. der Pflanzen, 119) to gum tragacanth. He states it forms in several species of Astragalus the secondary layers of the medullary rays. Other microscopical investigations of tragacanth, from which something might be learned, are unknown to me. Those of Guibourt [Hist. Naturelle des Drogues Simples, 4 e*dit., torn, iii., 420) are without interest. In order to obtain an explanation of the nature of gum traga- canth, I considered it, above all, necessary to examine not only the different kinds of commercial gum, but also the stems of a greater number of Astragali of the section Tragaeanthce. Un- fortunately my materials were so far incomplete, that there were no thick stems at my disposal, the largest being herbarium spec- imens, about the thickness of a little finger, on the bark of which no exudation of gum tragacanth was visible. The follow- ing will show, however, that these materials were, notwithstand- ing, sufficient to reveal the manner in which the gum is formed. For the examination of exuded tragacanth, thin, flat pieces of the gum are best suited. A transverse section of such a flat piece, macerated in water, shows a considerable number of thick- walled cells lying in an amorphous mucilaginous mass. The walls of these cells are colorless and gelatinous, and consist of thick, partly well-marked layers, resembling in this respect the stratified substance of a starch granule. In the cavity of this cell small starch granules, more or less numerous, are deposited. A closer investigation of these cells requires the application of iodine. This acts but very slowly, whilst an iodized solution of chloride of zinc produces during the first few hours no other al- teration than that of coloring the starch granules blue and the walls of the cells pale yellow. It is only after the action of the solution for twenty-four hours or more that the walls of the HISTORY OF PHARMACY IN RUSSIA. 165 cells begin to exhibit distinct colors. The inner thin layer of the cells is now found to be of a lively violet color, and like- wise in the thick swollen cell-membrane itself by thin layers more or less intensely violet-colored, and separated from each other by thick, uncolored, gelatinous layers, are apparent. The outer of these colored layers are often rent, in which case the uncolored gelatinous substance has partly forced itself through the rents and become mixed with the mucilaginous substance in which the cells lie imbedded. On account of this partial solution of the outer cell-layers, the size of the cells, the diameter of which is about 0;//.07, cannot be accurately determined, and many of the torn-loose pieces of the cell layers colored violet by iodine are irregularly distributed in the amorphous mucilaginous mass. In vermiform tragacanth the cells were far less perfectly pre- served, and the amorphous mucilage in which membranes and starch granules of a paler or darker violet color were scattered, constituted a relatively larger portion of the entire mass. Still less frequently occur well-preserved remains of cells in the yellowish nodular tragacanth of Syria, in which moreover the abundance of starch granules is far more considerable, and the granules themselves larger in size and frequently united into compound grains. To be continued. HISTORY OF PHARMACY IN RUSSIA. * By Prof. Dr. C. Claus of Dorpat. The first and at that time only apothecary in Russia was an Englishman, James Frenkham, who together with physicians had been sent by Queen Elizabeth to Czar Ivan Wasiliewich IV. about the year 1584. Previous to that time, medicine and pharmacy were practised by priests and monks, and also by * This was the subject of an address, delivered by Prof. Claus in 1853 in the " aula" of the University of Dorpat, and subsequently published in the " Inland," a periodical little known outside of Russia. The author revised and republished it in Wittstein's Vierteljahresschrift. 1838, p. 502 — 527. The above paper is an abridgement of this latter paper by Mr. John M. Maisch of Philadelphia. — Ed. Am. Jour. Ph. 166 HISTORY OF PHARMACY IN RUSSIA. women, who attended chiefly to diseases of women and children. Czar Michael Feodorowich found the "Apothecaries Board," the first medical office in Russia, entrusted with the regulation of all medical affairs ; he induced many foreign physicians to emigrate to Russia, and furnished the army with field apothe- cary's shops containing about 25 medicaments. Alexei Michailowich opened a second apothecary's store in Moscow, and began to collect roots and herbs in the country in- stead of having them imported from England ; he had three large botanical gardens planted in the neighborhood of Moscow, and ordered the woiwods to pay part of the taxes in medicinal plants from the interior. The third imperial store was opened in Wologda, and Feodor, the brother of Peter I., built the first hospital in Moscow, connecting therewith a surgical college for native physicians. During the reign of Peter the Great, eight private drug stores were opened till 1712, and imperial stores in Riga, Reval, Kasan and other cities. Peter founded in Petersburg the land and sea hospitals, together with a college for army surgeons, in Lubna, the great field drug store from which all the smaller ones were furnished with medicines, and the large prescription store which is still in existence in St. Petersburg, from which poor civil and military officers receive their medicine gratis. During the reign of Anna, Elizabeth and Catharine II., the number of drug stores increased considerably in both capitals, but in less proportion in the provincial towns where the government was obliged to establish stores for the accommodation of the people, and of late it was found necessary to place impediments in the way of obtaining licenses for the cities so as to force pharma- ceutists to the smaller country towns. Within 270 years the number of pharmaceutical stores was increased from 1 to near 700 (Poland excluded,) of which at last two-thirds were estab- lished in this century. The furniture of the first crown stores was imported from England and made of costly polished woods, the bottles of cut crystal-glass with covers of massive silver; among the medicines were pearls and precious stones, bezoardicum solare, a powdered gold perfumed with amber, &c. The price of some Russian drugs at that and the present time compares as follows : Musk V HISTORY OF PHARMACY IN RUSSIA. 167 per lb. 12 to 24 rubels, now 300 r.; Castor 1 r. 50 cop. to 2 r. 50 cop., now 200 to 250 r.; Rhubarb per pud 20 r.; now 120 r. A special officer with several clerks has charged with the supervision of the stores, the regulation of the income and the expenses ; the apothecaries had only to prepare and deliver the medicines, attend alternately to the business, and were subject to a strict discipline and control. Some of them were called alchymists ; they were probably proprietors of formulas for popular nostrums. The salary of the apothecaries was con- siderable for that time — -300 to 360 rubels ; it was larger than that of the court surgeons, but less than the physicans', which reached 500 or 600 rubels ; or in lieu of a part thereof board and liquors from the Court. The Court apothecaries had to be present at the examination of physicians soliciting an appoint- ment, and to sign the diplomas of physicians who had graduated in Russia. The first work in the Russian language treating on medicine, pharmacy and natural history, entitled Oure-booJc, was a manuscript of 1560 folio pages with illustrations of plants, animals and minerals ; it was translated from the Polish, in 1588 the original of which was a Latin work ; several copies were preserved in Moskow up to 1812, since which time they have not been found. With the foundation of St. Petersburg the emigration of physicians and apothecaries into Russia commenced, and new life was thus infused by the establishment of private drug stores, so that under the reign of Elizabeth Petrowna, we meet in John (j. Model with the first pharmaceutical author, who was looked upon as the first chemical authority in Russia, and whose periodical « Chymische Nebenstunden," (Chemical Leisure Hours,) was translated into French. The Academy of Sciences of St.Petersburg opened in 1725, and the first Russian University, founded in 1755, had a most salutary influence on the progress of pharmacy, as had also the surgical institute of St. Petersburg, where the lectures were delivered in German; to those of phar- maceutical interest were invited the young pharmaceutists of the private establishments. Previously, by command of Catha- rina II., several medical works were translated into Russian, in which language also some original works appeared. The first Russian Dispensatory was published in 1765, the second edition 168 HISTORY OF PHARMACY IN RUSSIA. 1778; the Pharmacopoeia rossica castrensis appeared in 1779. Among the pharmaceutists of this time was Lowitz, who discover- ed the absorbing power of charcoal, and Kirchhoff who first transformed starch into sugar. In the present century, the establishment of the Medico-Chi- rurgical Academies of St. Petersburg and Moskow proved of great advantage to the pharmaceutists, particularly since the connec- tion therewith of a pharmaceutical department, where not only practical apprentices and assistants were admitted, but also pupils of higher schools, who could pass the examination, and who were thus instructed first theoretically before they could acquire the requisite practical knowledge. The University of Dorpat, where the first distinct pharmaceutical institute was founded, has the merit of having educated the ablest Russian pharmaceutists. The reason for this fact is, that from the be- ginning at this University the professorship of the pharmaceuti- cal branches has been entrusted to practical men of this pro- fession, which was never compelled to take a subordin aterank, as is too often the case in the hands of men otherwise too much engaged professionally. The following celebrated pharmaceutists occupied there the chair of chemistry : Grindel, Giese, T. F. Goebel, Arzt, Scherer, Osann, Siller and Charles Schmidt. Scherer was the editor of the Northern Journal for Chemistry, and the first president of the Pharmaceutical Society of St. Petersburg, which, by his intercession, received the imperial sanction in 1819. Not until more recently did men acquire in other parts of Russia decided reputation in chemistry. After the opening of academies and universities, the exami- nation of young pharmaceutists was taken from the hands of appointed physicians and entrusted to those institutions. Under Nicolai Pawlowich the regulations concerning pharmaceutists were completed. There are now three pharmaceutical degrees in Russia, apothecaries' assistants who are allowed to practise pharmacy under the supervision of persons of a higher degree ; provisors who have to serve three years as assistants and to pass examinations, must have absolved an academic course ; they may become possessors of stores ; magistri pharmacies must be provisors for one year, and may compete for professorships and the higher pharmaceutical offices. HISTORY OF PHARMACY IN RUSSIA. 169 Of the 700 dispensing stores in Russia, there are 75 in St. Petersburg, 26 in Moscow, 4 in Dorpat, 14 in Riga (60,000 in- habitants) and one in each of the following cities : Astrachan (46,000 inhabitants,) Perm, Orenburg, Ufa, Catharineburg, Jobolsk, Tomsk and Irkutzk, all places of from 15 to 40,000 in- habitants. In Siberia, there is one dispensing store for each 20,000 square miles (about 400,000 sq. m. Engl.) The furni- ture and the interior arrangements of these stores are generally unexceptionable, and the fixtures of some stores in the principal cities have cost as high as 10,000 rubels (about $7,000.) Model pharmaceutical establishments, however, are more fre- quently found in the interior, particularly in the provincial capitals. In all establishments may be found good sets of pharmaceutical and chemical apparatus, mostly with the latest improvements, and their business is purely pharmaceutical with- out the addition of the grocery, hardware, liquor or other busi- ness, as is sometimes met with in other countries. The amount of trade of the Russian drug stores is of course very unequal. There may be 2 with an income of 40,000 rubels, 5 with about 25,000 r,, about 50 with from 10 to 15,000 r., while the majority have a gross revenue of 3 to 5,000 r., and in the small interior towns between 1000 and 2500 r.; the smallest business amounting to but 800 r. annually, is done in Zaryzin, a town with 4426 inhabitants. In regard to education, the mass of the Russian apothecaries compare favorably with those of other countries , the ignorant are by far in the minority. With the exception of the capitals, the pharmaceutists are so thinly scattered throughout that colossal empire, that they are in fact lost in the space, and a mutual intercourse between them cannot be kept up. Of late, pharmaceutists have been appointed professors at the Universities of St. Petersburg and Moscow, and thus had occasion to more widely distinguish themselves. Among the living Russian phar- maceutists native as well as naturalized, are some who have gained fame beyond the limits of Russia, and many men dis- tinguished in other sciences have been reared in the school of pharmacy. Formerly Scherer's Northern Journal of Chemistry was the organ of the Russian chemists and pharmaceutists; but there 170 TESTING NITRIC ACID, ETC., FOR IODINE. are now few pharmaceutical authors in Russia, owing to the foreign literature, with which in a mercantile point of view a competition is impossible. Apothecaries and their business free of any and all taxation. ON IODIDE OF ETHYLE. Br Dr De. Vrij. For the preparation of large quantities of iodide of ethyle de Vrij recommends the following method. Absolute alcohol, which must be kept well cooled, is saturated with dry hydrochloric acid gas, and the amount of hydrochloric acid determined in a sam- ple. This alcoholic solution of the gas is then placed in a retort with as much powdered iodide of potassium as is exactly necessa- ry to form chloride of potassium ; the mixture is allowed to stand a day, and then the iodide is distilled oft", washed, and rectified. In the same manner iodide of methyle may be pre- pared. On adding wood-spirit saturated with hydrochloric acid to iodide of potassium, an action accompanied with consider- able rise of temperature is established. Bromide of ethyle is easily prepared by distilling 4 parts of bromide of potassium with 5 parts of a mixture, consisting of 2 parts oil of vitriol and 1 part of alcohol of 96 per cent. — London Chem. 6faz. Dec. 1, 1858, from Journal de Pharmacie. ON THE TESTING OF NITRIC ACID AND NITRATE OF SODA FOR IODINE By Professor Stein. The problem to be solved is evidently the setting free of the iodine present in the nitric acid in the form of iodic acid (or per- haps more correctly chloride of iodine) ; in other words to effect a process of reduction within the strongly oxidizing nitric acid. After several unsuccessful attempts the author employed tin as a reducing agent, and sulphuret of carbon for the detection of the iodine ; and this succeeded so perfectly, that iodine could be detected not only in acid purposely mixed with iodine, but also in commercial nitric acid derived from various sources. A quantity of the acid to be tested is poured into a test-tube TESTING NITRIC ACID, ETC., FOR IODINE. 171 and a rod of tin is immersed in it until red fumes are distinctly evolved. The rod of tin is then taken out, and a small quantity of sulphuret of carbon is poured in ; the mixture is shaken and left quiet for a few moments. The stratum of carbon which usu- ally collects over the acid appears of a red color, unless the amount of iodine in the acid be too small. With traces of iodine the color of this stratum may only be deep yellow. In this case however, it becomes red, when the sulphuret of carbon is drawn off and evaporated in a small porcelain capsule by blowing upon it. To show the sensibility of the test, 1 decigramme of iodide of potassium (or 0-076 grm. of iodine) was dissolved in 121 grms. of nitric acid free from iodine ; this is nearly 1 : 1600. In this acid the iodine could be very distinctly recognized. This was also the case when it had been diluted to five times the quantity. When diluted to ten volumes, it was no longer possible to detect the iodine by sulphuret of carbon. If the limit of sensibility lies half way between the last two dilutions, it is 1-12, 000th. The tin, as may easily be understood, does not act specifically so that zinc, iron, or copper may be employed in place of it ; the action of tin is, however, the most certain. It was also clear that it is not the metal itself that acts in this experiment, but the lower grades of oxidation of nitrogen produced by its con- tact with the nitric acid. It was proved by direct experiments that it is nitric oxide, the action of which upon iodic acid was already known. This, however, is preferable to sulphuretted hydrogen and all other reducing agents, because it cannot act upon the nitric acid itself, but only quite directly upon the iodic acid. The clearest proof that it is due to the action of nitric oxide is furnished by the red fuming nitric acid of commerce, which needs only be diluted with water, to enable iodine to be de- tected by sulphuret of carbon. Although one would hardly feel inclined to employ nitric ox- ide itself instead of tin, the author nevertheless states that the latter has a more certain action than the former. Thus, if iodine be present as chloride of iodine, which, if not always, may cer- tainly sometimes be the case, this is decomposed by tin, but not by nitric oxide. By means of the test just described, the iodine in nitrate of 172 CONVERSION OF ACETIC ACID INTO METHYLIC ALCOHOL, soda may also be very easily detected. A certain quantity of this salt is put into a test tube, and water and nitric acid, free from iodine< are poured over it ; a rod of tin and sulphuret of carbon are then employed as above described. If sulphuric acid be employed instead of nitric acid to set free the iodine, the re- sult is less distinct in consequence of the simultaneous evolution of chlorine and the formation of chloride of iodine. The sulphu- ret of carbon is always colored dark yellow, and the red color does not make its appearance until a portion of the sulphuret of carbon is volatilized and with it the chlorine. ^-Ibid, from Polyt, Oentralbl, 1858. THE CONVERSION OF ACETIC ACID INTO METHYLIC ALCOHOL; By C. Friedel. The experiments of Kolbe on the electrolysis of the salts of the fatty acids have shown that the radicals of the acids may be decomposed, giving origin to the radical of the alcohol which con- tains 2 equivs. of carbon less than the acid. The formation of the acetones may be regarded as an analo- gous fact, only that, two molecules of acid being present, the radical of one is decomposed, and the radical O H11-1, which is thus produced, forms a double radical with the undecomposed group. This is what has been assumed from the theoretical views of Gerhardt and Chancel, and the experiments of William- son upon the formation of the mixed acetones. Hitherto, how- ever, the existence of these alcoholic radicals in the acetones has not been proved. The action of muriatic and hydriodic acids upon acetic ace- tone has furnished this demonstration, and at the same time an easy means of converting acetic acid into methylic alcohol. At the ordinary temperature and pressure muriatic acid has scarcely any action on an acetone. Still this substance dis- solves muriatic acid in considerable quantities ; and if the solu- tion be enclosed in a thick matrass hermetically sealed, and heat- ed in the water bath for eight or ten hours, the liquid separates into two strata. When the matrass is opened, an abundant evo- lution of gas takes place with an ebullition which carries off a portion of the liquid, unless the vessel be cooled with ice. The CONVERSION OF ACETIC ACID INTO METHYLIC ALCOHOL. 173 gas evolved burns with a green flame, and by analysing it eudi- ometrically, it was found to furnish a volume of carbonic acid rather larger than its own. Chloride of methyle would furnish exactly its volume of carbonic acid. The excess of carbon found is due to a little acetone, from which the gas is freed with diffi- culty; it may be removed in part by means of water and distil- lation. The remaining liquid also contains a little acetone and an acid possessing the odor of acetic acid, boiling between 212p and 248° F.; with oxide of silver this forms a salt which crystallizes in white needles and contains 64-31 of silver. The acetate con- tains 64-66. The acid is therefore acetic acid regenerated in a reaction which may be expressed by the following equation :— 2(C2 H6 02)+HCl=C4 H4 04-f 4 (C6 H3 CI). To collect the ether produced more readily, the author sub- stituted gaseous hydriodic acid for muriatic acid. Hydriodic acid acts upon acetone at the ordinary temperature, and as soon as the acetone is saturated with hydriodic vapors, it may be dis- tilled, and furnishes much iodide of methyle and acetic acid. The iodide of methyle passes in distillation almost entirely between 109° and 113° F., but nevertheless it still contains acetone and cannot easily be obtained pure. By treating it with oxalate of silver in a closed matrass heated in the water-bath, oxalate of methyle is obtained, boiling between 320° and 331° F., and crystallizing in fine laminae. Its analysis gave— Found. Calculated. C 40-72 40-67 H 5-34 5-07 This oxalate, treated with potash, furnished wood-spirit, boil- ing between 149° and 156°F., which, when rectified first over quicklime and then over fused potash, gave the following num- bers : — Found. Calculated. C 37.31 37-50 H 12.59 12-50 In this reaction^ besides iodide of methyle, only acetic acid is produced. The portions of the acid boiling at the highest tem- peratures, furnished, with oxide of silver, only acetate of silver, containing 64-08 per cent, of silver. The action of iodide of 174 VARIETIES. phosphorus upon aqueous acetone gives the same results as that of hydriodic acid ; but the most convenient method consists in heating acetone with a concentrated aqueous solution of hydri- odic acid in a matrass. As is shown by the formula above indicated, 4 molecules of ether are produced from 2 molecules of acetone. Taking as a starting point 4 molecules of acetic acid, we may regard the re- action in question as completing a decomposition of the acetyle radicals which they contain, which is commenced by their con- version into acetone. It is probable that this reaction is general, and that it will allow us to pass from any acid to an inferior alcohol, and conse- quently from one alcohol to any inferior alcohol. It at the same time furnishes us with a reagent which will allow us to study even the radicals of the acids Ibid from Oomptes Bendus, June 14, 1858. PRACTICAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE INTRODUCTION OF PRE- SERVATIVE SOLUTIONS INTO RAILWAY TIMBER. By F. Hewson, C. E. The use of timber upon our railroads is considered indispensable ; it is everywhere found in the superstructure of our tracks, and forms the chief material of our bridges ; its renewal is the most expensive item of repairs. The life of a sill seldom extends longer than eight years, and the rate of annual depreciation being 12^ per cent., can be applied to the estimate for the durability of the bridges, and those structures which are unprotected against the assaults of heat and moisture, the active and unfailing agents of decay. There are cycles in the history of a railroad like that of nations ; each has its era of good feeling, and the blessings of cheap government, to be followed by discontent and grievous burthens. The close of the first octen- nial period in the existence of a railroad track, is marked by the entire re- newal of its wooden superstructure, involving an additional expenditure for labor, About a year or two preceding this troublesome epoch, the managers and proprietors become alarmed at the rapid and disproportion- ate increase in their repair accounts ; the spirit of economy and reduction VARIETIES. 175 is infused into every department, and laudable efforts are made to restore the cheap management of previous years ; those efforts are in vain, for the skill and fidelity of their officers and workmen cannot check the onward progress of perishable material to its destiny. Upon the 25,000 miles of railway lines in the United States, it is here estimated that 3125 miles of the timber superstructure of their track are annually renewed, requiring an outlay of 3,500,000 dollars to furnish the supply. These prefatory data show the importance of seeking some effectual method of arresting this erroneous waste of capital. The chief obstacle to this end has been the great outlay required in the outset for the appara- tus employed by the usual process, which is so inconvenient in character as to preclude their adoption in the construction of our railroads. These objections of expense and inconvenience are applicable to the systems of Kyan, Bethell, and Sir William Burnett, systems which have been adopt- ed upon the leading works of Europe, by engineers distinguished alike for their genius and soundness of judgment. Kyan's process is the simple immersion of the timber in corrosive sub- limate dissolved in water • it requires the employment of two tanks or res- ervoirs, into one of which the solution is pumped while the timber is being withdrawn. It has been severely tested in the dock-yard of Woolwich, and has been employed with success in the Bavarian state railways. The writer has not been able to find any evidence against its efficacy. The solution is an expensive one, besides being an active poison, which renders its adoption dangerous. BethelPs process requires a strong cylindrical tank of iron, a steam en- gine, an air pump, a force pump, and a large wooden cistern or reservoir — when the timber is placed inside the cylinder, which is air-tight, a vacu- um is obtained, and the solution, which is either coal oil or pyroliguite of iron; is forced under a heavy pressure into the timber. It has been successfully employed upon the Great Western, the Bristol and Exeter, Manchester and Birmingham, North Eastern, South Eastern, Stockton and Darlington, London and Birmingham, and Cologne and Min- den railways. It has received the endorsement of Robert Stephenson, Brunei, Bidder, Braithwaite, and other eminent names. Sir William Burnett's process employs the chloride of zinc, with the same apparatus and mode of operation used by Bethell. It has been suc- cessfully tested on the Hanoverian and the Cologne and Minden lines, and has been used on the Oxford, Worcester and Wolverhampton, the Oxford and Birmingham, and the Vale of Neath railways. Brunei has taken an active part in its introduction on the public works of England. There has been a want of confidence relative to the treatment of timber by other systems. The processes of boiling timber or heating it to a high 176 VARIETIES. degree of temperature, and then suddenly plunging it into the solutions, have been condemned by the highest authorities. In the Ordnance Manual for the use of the officers of the United States Army, edited by Major Mordecai, assisted by Colonels Baker, Ripley, II u- ger, and Major Symington, able officers, honored alike for attainments in science and services rendered under the flag of their country, it is stated that " kiln drying is serviceable only for boards and pieces of small dimen- sions, and is apt to cause cracks and to impair the strength of wood, unless performed very slowly, and that charring or painting is highly injurious to any but seasoned timber, as it effectually prevents the drying of the in- ner part of the wood, in which consequently fermentation and decay soon take place. Also in noticing Earle's process, which consists in saturat- ing the wood in a hot solution of copperas and blue vitriol mixed togeth- er, has been tried by the ordnance department, but the results have not been favorable as far as regards its effects upon the strength and preser- vation of the timber." Boucherie also mentions his want of success in rarefying by a regulated heat, the air included in the interior of the wood, and then plunging it at once into the solutions, which he wished to intro- duce, though by this method, he caused different liquids to penetrate ma- terials of a very compact nature ; and he succeeded forcing tar into stones and bricks to a very great depth. The same authority states, " That it is infinitely more advantageous to act upon wood in its green state, than to prepare it after the time necessary for its complete dessication had sen- sibly altered it." Tredgold, in his able and lucid manner, accounts for the effects upon the durability of timber produced by these processes which have thus been condemned — he says, " that it is well known to chemists that slow drying will render many bodies less easy to dissolve, while rapid drying, on the contrary, renders the same bodies more soluble ; besides, all wood in dry- ing loses a portion of its carbon, and the more in proportion as the tem- perature is higher; there is in wood that has been properly seasoned a toughness and elasticity which is not to be found in rapidly dried wood, and this is an evident proof that firm cohesion does not take place when the moisture is dissipated at a high heat. The evidence of the Saxon and Bohemian railways given in the 29th number of the Eisenbahnzeitung , and translated to the valuable columns of the United States Mining Journal, practically confirms the unfavorable views of the authorities here quoted. Additional adverse testimony could still be brought, but its introduction here would extend this communication to a wearisome prolixity. The employment of the popular European methods of Bethell and Sir William Burnett upon American railways, which are too often started in haste, and without the means sufficient to properly complete them, — would be attended with two objections, in some instances so weighty as to pre- vent their adoption, — they are, VARIETIES. 177 1st. The expense in the first cost of the apparatus required. 2d. The difficulty in its proper location along the line of a route under construction. What is wanted is some process which is simple, cheap, and efficacious. Boucherie's system of introducing the solutions longitudinally, through the pores or tubes of the timber, by the pressure of a column of any conve- nient height, is a step in the right direction to meet these necessities. A description of his first methods of operating has already been furnished in previous numbers of the Journal. An account of the more recent improvements which have been adopted is given by Mr. John Reid, Jr., of Glasgow : an extract will not be deemed irrelevant. "After the tree has been felled, a saw cut is made across the centre through about 9-10ths of the section of the tree, which is slightly raised at the centre by a lever or wedge so as to open the saw cut a little ; a piece of string or chord is placed around the edge of the saw cut, and lowering the tree again, the cut closes on the string, which thus formes a water- tight joint; an auger hole is then bored obliquely into the saw cut from the outside, into which is driven a hollow wooden plug ; a flexible tube is fitted on the plug, the end of which is made slightly conical, so that the tube maybe pushed tight upon it; the fluid flows from a cistern at an ele- vation of from 30 to 40 feet." ( See fig. 1.) Vig.l Mr. Reid further adds that the timber is most successfully operated up- on within ten days after being felled, in which event, the process with a log 9 feet long, will occupy twenty-four hours. If the timber is felled 3 months, 3 days are required ; if 4 months, 4 days. To expedite the longitudinal transmission of solutions, an ingenious and simple apparatus has been contrived by John L. Pott, Esq., the intel- ligent proprietor of the Orchard Iron Works, in Pottsville ; some idea of which can be formed by the following description. It consists of a force pump, to the cast iron frame of which is bolted a strong cylinder, also of cast iron, 9 feet long ; the inside diameter being 12 12 178 VARIETIES. inches. Into the further end of the cylinder, a hollow cast iron collar is accurately fitted, but can be withdrawn and replaced at pleasure, the joint being water-tight — from the sectional end of the collar which is foremost in the cylinder, there extends a rectangular punch sharpened and edged with steel, the area of which being less than the cross section of the rail- road sills in use. This is driven by beetles into the end of the sill placed in the cylinder, and then firmly secured by strong bolts connected with the apparatus. This plan of cylinder makes a water-tight joint, and at the same time al- lows the sap to escape, and secures a greater pressure at the end of the sill which lies against the pump. The power is applied by hand with a crank. The writer experimenting with this apparatus, found that in certain clas- ses of timber which were freshly cut, the sap would be driven out with great force, rapidly followed by the solutions. This was noticed especially with the rock, red, and black oak sills. Under a heavy pressure varying from 1000 lbs. to 1500 lbs. per square inch, working for about two minutes, the sap for a few seconds would be ejected at the end of the sill ; this would flow sometimes in jets like the discharges from a common garden watering pot, and at other times trick- ling in frothing exudations. It was found that in white oak sills under the enormous pressure of 1320 lbs. to the square inch, the maximum gain in weight was llf lbs. per. sill, or 3-8 lbs. per cubic foot. In black oak under 800 lbs., the maximum gain was 17| lbs. per sill, or 5-8. lbs. per cubic foot. In red oak, under 1400 lbs., the maximum gain in a sill, was 29 lbs., or 9-6 lbs. per cubic foot. In Chestnut, under 1500 lbs., per square inch, the maximum gain in a sill was 13 lbs., or 4-3 lbs, per cubic foot. Upon cutting the sills most successfully operated upon, into thin cross sections of two inches in thickness, they were found to be so fully saturat- ed, that by striking them violently against a board, the solutions would ex- ude and cover the surface with moisture. Though it required but two minutes in operating the pump for the com- plete impregnation of the sills, yet the time occupied in adjusting and re- moving the sill, and in filling and draining the cylinder, amounted to 18 minutes, and the saturation of 25 sills was the average work accomplished in 10 hours. Boucherie's process is held in high esteem by his countrymen ; it has been adopted on the Northern, the Eastern, and Nantes railways of France — and has been further sustained by a Board of Engineers of the Ponts et Chausees, and officers of Genise, in a favorable report to the Government. It has certainly great merit, yet the importance of operating on the tim- ber within a few days after it has been felled, and the manipulation re- VARIETIES. 179 quired in its preparation, will cause inconvenience in the construction and repairs of American railroads. After close analysis of the cost and details of the various systems, the writer has been induced to select capillary attraction as the agent for introducing the solutions by the correct way shown to us by nature in the vegetative process, viz : by expelling and following the sap longitudinally, through the pores and tubes of the timber. Preceded by a number of satisfactory experiments, the following plan has been adopted : The sills are placed vertically with butt ends down in a tightly caulked rectangular tank, 14 ft. long, 6 J ft. wide, and 8 ft, deep, built of 3-inch plank supported by upright stays, and further secured by transverse bolts, which prevent the sides from spreading, (See fig. 2.) When the tank is packed with sills, sufficient solution is added to fill it to the top of the sills. In this simple apparatus, the pressure of a column seven feet in height is thus maintained at the butt end of the sill, the sap is expelled, and the preserving solution takes its place — a tank holding one hundred sills will cost about $70, and weighing when empty, about 2 tons, it can be easily transported to any part of the road. The number and kind of timber operated upon, together with the weight gained, and the estimated quantity of solution absorbed, are given in the following table : The sills remaining seven days in the tank — the solu- tion consisting of one part of pyrolignite of iron, and six parts water. 180 VARIETIES. Kind of Timber. No. of sills operated upon. Average pounds gained per sill. Average pounds gained percu. ft. Average gallons per sill. Average gallons per cubic ft. IVTfiYimnrvi 1TX (X A. 1 LU U IjLI gallons per cubic foot. White oak, 1038 8-9 3-1 1-8 0-62 1-87 Rock oak, 96 11-5 3-9 2-38 0-78 1-87 Red oak, 153 10-0 3-9 2-04 0-78 1-70 Black oak, 903 9 6 3*6 1-87 0-72 2-64 Chestnut, 144 6-1 3-0 1-20 0-60 1-87 Hemlock, 617 75 2-6 1-51 0-52 1-87 After the lapse of seven days the increase of weight in the oaks appeared to be checked. The chestnut and hemlock being slower in absorption would require 14 days to complete their saturation. These facts ascer- tained by preliminary experiments, account for the discrepancy in the above table in the averages of these classes of timber. The writer encountered some difficulty in estimating the exact quantity (liquid measure) of the solution absorbed, as the amount of sap displaced in the green timebr is considerable, and consequently the estimate of the quantity of the solution absorbed from the weight gained would be incor- rect. After a careful investigation it was found that the increase in the measure of the solution received by the sill, averaged 70 per cent, over and above the quantity called for by the gain in weight of the sill. This increment is taken into the calculation of the gallon columns of the table. In order to ascertain the relative extent or degree of absorption of the popular solutions by the different classes of timber, the writer caused to be divided into three equal parts, a rock oak, a white oak, and hemlock sill, each as thus divided was placed vertically in separate casks, which were filled by the solutions. Cask with the chloride of zinc one pound to 10 gallons of water. " blue vitriol one pound to \2\ gallons of water. " pyrolignite of iron (density 1-101), 1 part of pyrolignite to 6 of water. After the duration of one week The white oak stick in the cloride of zinc, '« " blue vitriol, " " pyrolignite of iron, The rock stick in the chloride of zinc, " " blue vitriol, " " pyrolignite of iron, The hemlock stick in chloride of zinc, " " blue vitriol, il 11 pyrolignite of iron, The blue vitriol is absorbed more readily by the hemlock, and the oaks prefer the pyrolignite. For the impregnation of the heavy timbers used upon bridges and other structures, a large wooden cistern 4£ feet in diameter in the clear, and 27 gained in weight 6*8 per cenl n n tj.Q << " " io-7 " it it ^.g a << it 4.g << " " 5-6 " it ll ij.y (« it (i 1Q.1 ti ll ll *J.Q tt VARIETIES. 181 feet deep, was constructed of 3-inch seasoned white pine plank, tightly caulked in the seams, and bound with iron hoops ; two courses of 3-inch plank were laid transversely and firmly secured at the bottom of the cis- tern. This, when finished by the carpenters, we sunk into the ground until the top edge stood three feet ab>ve the surface. A hoisting crane is used in lifting the timber ; the sticks being placed in a vertical position in the cis- tern, which should always be kept filled to its top edge with the solution — in this way, a pressure of a column 27 feet in height is maintained at the butt end of the timber. The following table shows the quantity of solution introduced into a cubic foot of the different woods — the solution consisting of one part of py- rolignite of iron and six parts water : Kind of timber. Number of cubic feet. Average absorption per cubic foot. Maximum absorption per cubic foot. White oak, Rock oak, Red oak, Black oak, White pine, 542 833 39 67 166 0-53 gallon. 0-71 <; 093 « 0- 85 " 1- 10 « 2-72 gallons. 2-04 " 1-87 " 1- 45 " 2- 04 " Timber freshly cut will receive the solutions more readily than when dry — some pieces of white oak which had been cut three months, absorbed per cubic foot 76 per cent, more than the same description and sizes of timber which had been twelve months felled. It was also observed that in pushing some freshly cut beams with a sud- den downward force into the cistern, the sap would appear on the top of the beam often in quantities to fill a wineglass. These facts confirm the opinions of Boucherie, and show that the drying and seasoning of timber to prepare it for impregnation is an unnecessary waste of labor. The expense of impregnating railway timber with the process advocated by the writer is but trifling. The labor required is involved only in lifting and carrying the timber, and to this must be added the cost of the solutions absorbed. A statement of the cost of preserving sills with the usual antiseptics is here given. Chloride of Zinc. In proportions used by Brunei, viz : one pound to 10 gallons of water — cost ' of chloride of zinc 9 cents per pound. Labor at tank, lifting and carrying the sills, 1-0 cent Solutiou absorbed, 2 gallons, 1-8 Cost per sill, 2.8 cents. Blue Vitriol. In the proportions adopted by Boucherie, viz: one pound to 12| gallons of water, cost of blue vitriol 14 cents per pound. Labor at tank, &c, 1-0 cent. Solution absorbed, 2-24 Cost per sill, 3-24 182 VARIETIES. Pyrolignite of Iron. In the proportions adopted by the writer, viz : 1 part of pyrolignite to 6 parts of water — cost of pyrolignite 23 cents per gallon. Labor at tank, &c, 1-0 cent. Solution absorbed, 6-5 Cost per sill, 7-5 The writer does not claim that this method of impregnating timber by capillary attraction is superior to any process extant, for such an assump- tion at this period would certainly be premature and somewhat arrogant. The question of its efficacy hangs upon a single point, which is this. Does it introduce a sufficient quantity of the preservative solutions to produce the desired effect? From the mass of data condensed in the tables given above, it appears that the average degree of absorption varies in the different clas- ses of woods. The average of the sills impregnated in the tanks range from 0-52* to 0*78* of a gallon per cubic foot. The averages of the timbers in the cistern from 0-53* to 1-10* of a gallon per cubic foot. In the interesting account of the Burnettizing establishment, at Gloucester, England, carried on under the direction of J. K. Brunei, Esq., C. E., pub- lished by J. B. Francis, Esq., it is stated in the course of describing the operation of the apparatus, that in a partial vacuum, a pressure of 120 lbs. to the square inch is maintained from two to four hours until '6+ of a gal- lon of the solution is forced into each cubic foot of timber, and this amount is deemed sufficient. With this favorable and reliable ovidence, the writer is sustained in the opinion that capillary attraction can be advantageously employed as the agent of introducing preservative solutions into railway timber. Its chief merit rests on the simplicity of its requirements in the outset, and the economy of labor in its use. Dr. Smith's Sepometer. — Among the many things which have troubled the minds of ordinary thinkers has been the assertion of chemists that the air had in all places the same composition. We cannot, therefore, be suf- ficiently thankful to Dr. R. A. Smith, of Manchester, for his discovery of an instrument by means of which we can ascertain the causes of the dif- ferent degrees of purity of air. As, by means of this instrument, the ac- tual amount of putrescible matter in the air can be measured, Dr. Smith has given to it the name of " Sepometer." The salt he uses as a measurer of impurity is almost the best oxidizing agent with which chemists are fa- miliar ; it is the permanganate of soda. The process consists simply in ascertaining how much of the permanganate is decomposed by a given amount of air. The indications are very beautiful, and exhibit the great- est difference between the air of towns, country, and sea. The use of blood by Dr. Smith is also novel. By means of the smallest quantity, we can al- most instantly ascertain the difference between town and sea air, by sha- king it with a small portion of blood in a tube. We shall be most anxious •American Gallons. VARIETIES. 183 to hear of experiments performed in the wards of our hospitals by the aid of the sepometer, and with the breath of patients, as we believe that much valuable information will thereby be obtained. — Medical Times. Morison the Hygeist. — The following facts regarding this successful ven- dor of pills, we are told maybe relied upon : — James Morison was a Scotch- man, and a gentleman by birth and education. His family were of the landed gentry of Aberdeenshire, his brother being " Morison of Boguie," an estate worth about £4000 a year, and some of finest granite-built man- sions in Aberdeen — Morison's Hall, for instance, belonged to him. In 1816, James Morison, having sold his commission, for he was an officer in the ar- my, lived in No. 17 Silver street, Aberdeen, a house belonging to Mr. Reid, of Lowfcer & Reid, druggists. He obtained the use of their pill ma- chine, with which he made in their back shop as many pills as filled two large casks. The ingredients of these pills, however he may have modi- fied them afterwards, were chiefly oatmeal and bitter aloes. With these two great " meal bowies " filled with pills, he started for London, with the fag-end of his fortune, advertised them far and wide, and ultimately amassed £500,000. Mr. Reid was frequently importuned by Dr. Mohr, a fellow-student of the late James Macgreggor, under Dr. French of Maris- chal College to write to the Times and expose the whole matter, but he never complied. — Athenceum.' Freestone of Extraordinary Strength. — On the 21st July, at the Smith- sonian Institution, at Washington, Professor Henry tested the strength of the Albert freestone, which comes from Mary's Point, New Brunswick. After adjusting the machine, a cube of the russet variety of this stone was first subjected to the crushing force, and found to withstand 9,250 pounds to the inch before giving way. Two cubes of the drab or olive va- riety were then tested, each of which sustained the like pressure of 9,250 pounds to the square inch. Professor Henry stated that this was the strong- est freestone in the world. Ambergris. — We learn from the Boston Ledger that a sale of 750 lbs. of ambergris was made in that city on the 8th inst., for the sum of $10,000, and upon which the purchaser will probably realize $6,000. It was taken from one whale, and brought home in a ship recently arrived at Nantucket. This substance is a morbid secretion of the liver of the spermaceti whale, and is generally used, in its alcoholic solution, as a perfume. It is more often found in whales of a sick and lean appearance, indicating that the ambergris is a product of disease. It is usually found in lumps of from one to thirty pounds in weight, and the largest piece hitherto known weighed 182 pounds, and was bought by the Dutch East India Company of the King of Tidore. Another piece from inside of a whale near the Windward Islands was sold for £500 sterling.— New Bedford Mercury. 184 VARIETIES. Medicine in India. — Nothing, Judge Raikes tells us, astonished the ear- liest European traveller in India so much as the solicitude of the Gentoos for insect life, and their profound indifference to human suffering. Men died by the roadside uncared for ; but for bugs and fleas regular hospitals were provided. The character of the physician in the East is highly esteemed. Every school- boy knows that it was to an expert English doctor we owed our first step towards independence in Bengal ; and every Englishman is looked upon as a " hukeeTn," and invited to prescribe for all kinds of ailments in all sorts of impossible conjunctures. — Druggist's Circular. Carbonate of Ammonia in the Bites of Poisonous Reptiles. — Dr. A. S. Payne, of Paris, Fauquier Co., Va., from long experience in the treatment of poisoning by snake bites, spider-bites, &c, has come to the following conclusions : " 1st. That hartshorn is the natural remedy or antidote for the cure of all bites of poisonous reptiles or stings of insects which exert a rapid and depressing influence upon the heart's action. " 2d. That, in my opinion, second to the hartshorn, in remedial virtues, stands an etherealized solution of iodine. " 3d. That the biniodide of mercury has proven itself next most valuable. " In the fourth place of value I place various plants indigenous to the United States of America." — Virginia Med. Jour. Hairs of Urticacece. — The stinging hairs (stimuli) of Urticaceae consist of a single cell, more or less elongated, swollen at its base, where it is sheathed by a layer of epidermal cells, and terminated sometimes by a sharp point, but more commonly by a small rounded pyriform or accumi- nated knob. The hair becomes broken in the skin, and allows the acrid fluid it contains to flow out. This gives rise to accidents of a more or less severe nature. The severity of the sting depends not on the quantity of fluid which enters the puncture, but rather on its activity. The sheathing portion of the hairs varies much in length. Sometimes it exceeds the free portion, as in Urtica ferox, one of the species, which gives a most danger- ous sting. In some species of Urera and in one or two other genera, the sheathing portion increases much with age, becomes woody, and forms a true prickle or aculeus, analogous to the Rose and of some species of Hibiscus. Glandular hairs, properly so called, are rare amoug the Urticaceae. Spe- cies of Fleury present examples of these hairs, as well as the ribs of the lower surface of Parietaria communis, on which we also notice, as in Forskolilea and some other genera, hooked or uncinate hairs. The spe- cies of Forskolilea or of Droguetia exhibit in different parts of their in- florescence a mass of woolly hairs analogous to those which cover the cot- ton plant. None of the Urticaceae have webbed hairs. — Ed. N. Phil. Jour. VARIETIES. 185 Silk Worms. — One of the most active and distinguished of the members of the society of acclimation, M. Guerin Meneville, who has been espe- cially interested in the introduction of new silk worms, has just succeeded in acclimating in France a new silk worm from China, where it lives in the varnish tree (Aylanthus glandulosa). This species is the true Bombyx Cynthia of Drury, (1773,) figured for the first time by Daubenton, Jr., in his colored plates which were published between 1760 and 1765, and raised for some centuries in China, where its silk clothes the people. Roxburgh, in 1804, supposed the Eria which is raised in British India, to be the same, and this confusion has continued till recently, so that the Eria, (or Ar- rindy-arria, as it is called in Hindoostan,) has gone by the name of Bombyx Cynthia. The Eria is a different species living on the Ricinus ; and we have several times spoken of it. The study of the species by Guerin Meneville, has brought to light dif- ferences between the two in the cocoons and the habits of the worms. The cocoons carded give an excellent flock of silk which is used in China and Bengal for very firm tissues. The color of the silk is a fine flax gray ; and cloths made of it are not injured by the rain, or oil, and wear long. Now that the introduction of the silk-worm is accomplished, attention is turned to the extension of it industrially. Guerin Mineville proposes for this end the making of plantations of Aylanthus, a tree that grows easily upon poor soil ; and to place the worms upon them in spring that were hatched in the month of May, and let them eat the leaves. Care should be taken to preserve them from the birds, which is easily done by an invalid workman incapable of other work, as has been the custom for centuries in China. At the end of June the first crop may be gathered, and a second in August. The cocoons for reproduction should be preserved until the next May, which requires, as with the silk-worm of Ricinus, and the Dipsacus cullonum, special care in the winter. — American Jour. Sci. and Arts Nov. 1858. On the Rate and Growth of Coral. — Mr. Theodore Lyman, referring to a large fragment of Madrepore Coral, taken from the wreck of a British man-of-war, and which he had exhibited at a recent meeting, said that he had since ascertained that the vessel was lost about the year 1806, or half a century since. The incrustation around the iron bolt, shows that the diam- eter of the coral must have been about three inches, and such a shaft, he supposes, would have supported a very high stem, so that the rate of growth might have been perhaps half an inch a year. — Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Inst, in Silliman's Journ. Nov. 1858. Pepsin Wine. — "We find in " L'Union Medicale " that the following pep- sin wine is extremely agreeable and efficacious : — Take of starchy pepsin, prepared according to Messrs. Covisart and Bourdault's formula, one 186 EDITORIAL. drachm and a half; distilled water, six drachms; white wine (of Lunch, j fifteen drachms ; white sugar one ounce ; spirit of wine (33°) three drachms. Mix until the sugar is quite dissolved, and filter. One table- spoonful of this wine contains about fifteen grains of pepsin, and may be given after every meal. — Atlanta Med. and Surg. Journ. €5iiorial ^Department. Dr. Edward R. Squibb. — More than a year since we took occasion to remark that our friend Dr. Squibb of the U. S. Naval Laboratory, had, in connection with two other gentlemen, commenced the Louisville Chemical works. Having disconnected himself with that establishment at the end of the year, in accordance with a reserved right, Dr. Squibb made arrange- ments for opening a Laboratory for the supply of pure pharmaceutical chemicals, at 149 Furman St., Brooklyn, (New York,) and in advance had received the patronage of the medical department of the U. S. Army, for the supply of chemicals, etc., of a quality equal to those prepared at the Naval Laboratory. This establishment was just getting under way when a slight accident, big with disaster, swept it from existence, and prostrated its proprietor, a sufferer. Knowing the strong personal interest that is felt for Dr. Squibb by his numerous friends, in and out of the Association, we feel justified in quoting a few lines from a letter just received from him, which will explain better than our own words the nature of the occurrence. Brooklyn, Feb. 15th, 1859. My dear Sir, — By the help of an amanuensis I am able to acknowledge your kind favor of yesterday, and can proceed to give you some detail of the disaster that has occurred to me. On the afternoon of the 29th of December, a new boy, whom I was teaching to put up preparations, accidentally broke a small bottle of ether. He was using a light to wax the stoppers, and had been so emphati- cally cautioned of the danger of a light near ether, that when the bottle broke he was so frightened that, as he says, " he lost his head and forgot to blow out the light." Soon, of course, the vapor caught fire, and as the ether had run among the other bottles they broke and added their contents to the burning fluid. As soon as it caught fire, he cried lustily to an upper story for me ; — on arriving I found the whole table and a portion of the floor in a voluminous light blaze, and, passing behind, commenced to draw water from a faucet and throw it upon the flame. At one time I had nearly succeeded in extinguishing it, but unluckily a few larger bottles of ether, put up for hospital use, standing near, were broken and enflamed. Had my panic stricken people given me but a little assistance, instead of deserting the building, I should, even then, have succeed- ed in saving the property. As it was, however, the flame rapidly gained on me, and it was only when I saw the hopelessness of my efforts that it occurred to me that I was behind the fire (now extended across the building) without any EDITORIAL. 18T way of exit. Finding I must pass through the flame I took the longest possi- ble run, closed my mouth and eyes and jumped through it, supposing I should not be burned. In the excitement of trying to save books, etc., T was not at first aware that I was burned, but the bystanders, and a numbness of my hands and face soon after made me aware of the fact, and I got home to my room, where I have been confined to the present time with a good deal of suffering. The face was rather superficially burned, and is now so nearly well that I trust in a week to be able to leave the house, with possibly only the deformity (besides scars) of eversion of one eyelid ; — the hands, however, do not get off so well, nor get on so rapidly— the backs of both hands were deeply and badly burned, though it is still hoped the tendons escaped, so that you will see that for a bad burn, and perhaps a narrow escape with life, I am likely to get off with surprisingly little deformity." After alluding to the abundant sympathy and kindness of his friends he re- marks, " My landlord rebuilt the house at once for my use, and the mechanics who had just finished my apparatus and fixtures have them already replaced. I had an insurance, which though it does not cover my losses by some seven or eight hundred dollars, was promptly paid, and helps much in the reorganization. Everything goes on more rapidly of course than in the original outfit, since the mechanics know what is to be done, and get on easily by means of my chamber consultations ; my eyes, which though uninjured were closed for five weeks, are now open and enable me to make drafts, etc., and I hope confidently from all these fortunate circumstances, that by the second week in March I shall be again under way with renewed energy and determination of purpose." Our readers will now be aware that Dr. Squibb, though thus disastrous- ly checked in the very inception of his enterprize, is not discouraged in his determination to proceed with the manufacture of pure Pharmaceutical chemicals. We heartily wish him success as a just reward for the liberal open manner in which, during the past few years, he has contributed his experience for the benefit of our profession. Quinby vs. Eckstein — Alleged poisoning by Belladonna — Verdict. — There are circumstances connected with this case particularly interesting to pharmaceutists, and we would be glad to have given our readers an abstract of the evidence and the charge of Judge Spencer to the Jury, but our lim- ited space wholly forbids it. The following is an outline taken from the Judge's charge as published. The plaintiff, George W. Quinby, (a preacher,) alleges that he placed in the hands of the clerk of the defendant, F. Eckstein, Jr., who is a druggist of good repute in the city of Cincinnati, a prescription written by Dr. Mighels, for extract of dandelion, instead of which the plaintiff alleges he received belladonna, which was taken, and caused him personal suffering and loss of the use of his limbs and reason for a considerable space of time, was months deprived of the power of tran- sacting business, and put to expense in medical attendance, for all of which he claims damages in the sum of $10,000. The defendant admits that his profession is that of a druggist, and that as such he puts up prescriptions, but in all other respects denies the averments of the petition. The Judge then lays down the rule of action applicable to the case as follows : 188 EDITORIAL. " It should be premised here, that the foundation of the action is the negligence of the defendant. The business of a druggist was one that required him to ex- ercise extraordinary care and prudence, so far, at least, as the public are con- cerned ; and the reason for this is that in proportion as accidents may be fatal, or the community may be injured, more or less, by neglect or omissions, persons should be careful in avoiding these accidents. But all this is founded on the idea of negligence, for the law does not require that an apothecary shall insure that at all hazards a prescription is accurately put up. It was claimed, on the part of the plaintiff, that irrespective entirely of any care exercised by defendant, he was bound to put up the article required, and that if he failed to do so, the other party would be entitled to recover for any damage arising to himself from such a failure; and the case was put by counsel that, ifa merchant was requested to put up a certain article of commerce, and put up anything else, he was bound to respond in damages. This may be true, but it do°s not follow he isresposible for all the consequences. No man would be safe if he was required at all hazards to guard against accidents. If a mer- chant dealing in flour should sell an article not manufactured by himself, that looked fair, yet happenied to be mixed with poison, he would not be responsible for any accident growing out of the sale, where the transaction was one in which he was not at all negligent. The commodity not being as it was repre- sented in the first instance, he would be bound to restore the price paid for it, but where he had exercised prudence and care in the selection of the article, he would not be responsible for accidental consequences. The same rule applies to a physician or apothecary ; he is responsible only on the ground of negligence. It might be illustrated in this way : If this med- icine had been in the first instance properly put up, and the plaintiff did not im- mediately take it with him, but left the store for a short time, (as was the case,) and then returned and took it away — some other article might have been sub- stituted in the meantime, by the intervention of an agent over whom the defend- ant had no control — or that the defendant not being the manufacturer of the article, obtained it as genuine, when in fact it turned out not to be so, but dif- ferent from that which he supposed it was— in either of these cases he would not be responsible further than for the price paid for the medicine." The Court then reviewed the evidence and its bearing on theseprinciples. "The first inquiry which presented itself was whether the article that was put up was that which the prescription called for. If it was, there was an end of the action. Here the burden of the proof rests on the plaintiff. He claims it was belladonna. Were the Jury satisfied it was? Had the plaintiff sufficient- ly accounted for the possession of the gallipot throughout the whole time ? As to the identity of the box itself, the defendant claims there is a link in the chain wanting — that a change in the article may have taken place, and that a boy being sent into town with the medicine, furnishes a theory by which that change may have been effected. In questions of this kind it was not required of the Ju- ry to be satisfied beyond all doubt, but to exercise their judgment as men of common sense, and say where does the weight of evidence lead to. The next question was, whether the contents are belladonna. The plaintiff alleged that it was analyzed in the city of Boston. This was an appropriate means of determining its nature ; but so far as they undertook to rely upon it, the Jury should look into the evidence, and say whether the party had com- petent skill to perform the service, and applied the proper means to arrive at the results. If this is not satisfactory, they should then examine the other evi- dence referring to the ordinary means of ascertaining the nature and character of the article. It was incumbent on the part of the plaintiff, not only to show that he received a different article from that complained of, but that it was belladon- nas and that he received an injury from it, and traces the ills of which he com- plains, directly to its influence. The testimony of experts must be availed of. EDITORIAL. 189 An isolated experiment amounts to but little. It is by a series of experiments that men become familiar with the effects of poison, and skilful in their use." The defendant claimed that the sickness of Mr. Quinby was from another cause, like apoplexy, or some affection of the nervous system, where the symptoms simulated those of belladonna. The defendant also presented the theory that the plaintiff was hypochon- driac, and that much of the symptoms were imaginary. The Judge then remarks : "If they were satisfied that the article put up has been identified, that it was belladonna, that it was poisonous and produced the effect ascribed to it, then the plaintiff would be entitled to such compensation as he had pecuniarily suf- fered, if there was negligence on the part of defendant, unless the plaintiff him- self was guilty of some neglect on his part. In regard to negligence on the part of defendant in a case of this kind where a prescription calls for dandelion, and belladonna is put up, this makes out prima facie a case of negligence. The druggist is bound to put up the article called for, and if by mistake he puts up another, he is responsible for it prima facie ; and it is no excuse that he used all the diligence he could, unless he can lay the fault to some other person, over whom he had no control. If he relies on the act of a third party he is bound to present the proof; as in the absence of testimony going to exonorate him, the law presumes he is negligent. As to any negligence on the part of the plaintiff himself in the taking of the article, before he could be charged with it, a knowledge by him of the opera- tion of the drug should be shown ; and it would be further considered whether he did not show ordinary prudence in the means he did take to avoid accident. If he was advised of the nature of the article, and was careless in taking it, then he could not obtain a verdict ; but if his suspicions were not aroused, and he took such means as men ordinarily take to avoid accident, there was then no fault on his part." The Court then explained on what principles the damages must belaid, in case, under all the circumstances they found the defendant guilty of negligence. The Jury then retired, and returned in an hour with a verdict for plaintiff — damages $2,500. The extraordinary features of this case, which have justly excited surprise, are, the long lapse of time between the alleged error and the act of prosecu- tion ; the loose character of the plaintiff's evidence, as regards the identity and nature of the medicine obtained ; and the improbability of the result, if extract of belladonna in the dose 2-3ds of a tea-spoonful had been taken, which from Eckstein's would have been of the best quality ; besides, it appears in evidence that before taking the medicine, it was sent by a boy to the physician, who pronounced it all right. We have understood that the defendant applied for a new trial, but have not heard the result. The new Act of Parliament regulating Medicine — The new British Pharmacopoeia. — Many of our readers are perhaps not aware that in the year just passed, Parliament, after having considered the subject of medi- cal reform during a long period, did pass an Act, tending to reconcile the conflicting elements of British medicine, by establishing a " General Coun- cil of Medical Education and Registration" which is made up of Delegates 190 EDITORIAL. from the Colleges of Physicians, of Surgeons, and^of Apothecaries, (not Pharmaceutists,) and from the Universities, together with six members named by the Queen, with advice of the Privy Council. The first meet- ing of this body was held at the Hall of the Royal College of Physicians of London, Nov. 23, and elected Sir Benjamin Brodie, President. At this meeting Dr. Christison, Sir James Clark and Dr. Apjohn were appointed to recommend a committee for preparing the National Pharmacopoeia. At the adjourned meeting held Nov. 24, they made the following Report, viz : " The Committee beg to suggest, — 1st. That the following gentlemen be ap- pointed a Committee to prepare and publish the National Pharmacopoeia, with ail convenient speed : — Dr. Christison, Dr. Thomas Watson, Sir James Clark, Bart., Mr. Green, Dr. Apjohn, Mr. Syme, Dr. Williams, Dr. Andrew Wood, Mr. Nussey and Dr. Leet, with power to add to their number, Dr Christison to be convener. 2d. That this Committee shall have full power to communicate with the three Colleges of Physicians, and to request their co-operation in pre- paring the Pharmacopoeia, and to beg them for that purpose to appoint fellows of the several Colleges, to be associated with the Committee of the General Medical Council. 3d. That the Committee shall have power to communicate with the Pharmaceutical Society for the same purpose. 4th. That the Com- mittee shall have power to appoint a chemist or chemists, to carry on such chemical and pharmaceutical researches as may be found necessary, and to pay these gentlemen such remuneration as the Committee of the General Council may]think advisable. 5th. That a sum of £500 be voted by the General Council from the registration fees of existing practitioners, in order to defray the cost of preparing the Pharmacopoeia for printing The Report was adopted. It was moved by Mr. Lawrence, seconded by Mr. Teale, and resolved — That it be an instruction to the Pharmacopoeia Committee, that the Pharmacopoeia be published in the English language, with the list of the Materia Medica and compounds in the Latin language." It is with pleasure that we record this great advance in English Medical reform. If the Act does nothing else but effect a fusion of the Pharma- copoeias into one homogeneous formulary, it will deserve to be valued. We wish the committee entire success in their great undertaking, and are glad to find that they have not rejected the very valuable aid of the gen- tlemen of the Pharmaceutical Society. Revision of the Pharmacopoeia in 1860. — At the annual meeting of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, to be held March 28th, it will be necessary to appoint a committee to revise the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, as has been done in the two last revisions of that work in 1839 and 1849. As the composition of the committee should be carefully considered, to insure a valuable report, it is desirable that members should reflect on the subject before the meeting convenes. Correction. — The Editors of the " Journal of Materia Medica," &c, have attributed an article on Ammonio Ferric Alum to our pen, which is due to that of W. Hodgson, Jr., of Philadelphia. The error has arisen from the article in question having been inserted in the editorial depart- ment. EDITORIAL. 191 A Treatise on Diseases of {he Air Passages : — Comprising an inquiry into the history, pathology, causes, and treatment of those affections of the throat called Bronchitis, Chronic Laryngitis, Clergyman's sore throat, etc. By Horace Gkeen, M. D., LL. D., President of the Faculty and Emeritus Professor of the Theory and Practice of Medicine in the New York Med- ical College, &c. &c. Fourth, edition revised and enlarged, with an Appen- dix. New York, Wiley & Halstead, 1858, pp. 348, octavo. As the discussion of the subject of Dr. Green's work lies entirely with- out the province of this journal, we have passed it by with the simple an- nouncement of its title page. Trials of a Public Benefactor , as illustrated in the discovery of Etherization. By Nathan P. Rice, M. D., New York. Published by Pudney & Russell, 1859, pp. 460, 12mo. This volume arrived too late to give a notice of it in this number. It is written in view of the claims of Dr. Morton, of Boston, as the discoverer of Etherization. Medical Journals — Our Exchange List. — "We have for some time past felt it due to the editors of several new medical journals to give expres- sion to a few words on the subject of exchanges. There are but two phar- maceutical journals besides our own published within the limits of the United States, whilst the medical journals can be counted by scores. Of the selected matter contained in our pages, nineteen-twentieths or more come from kindred journals and these generally from beyond the sea. With but two of these we exchange, and. hence the great part of our select- ed matter is made up from journals paid for in advance. We have on our list nearly all the American medical journals, of several years standing, and though seldom benefitted by their matter, owing either to its being in- apposite, or having been anticipated, we feel no inclination to discontinue their intercourse, and are always glad to find that our pages can occasion- ally be made useful to them, and they are entirely welcome to employ them ; yet our extra copies are so few, that in some instances they have been nearly exhausted by the demand incident to postal irregularities. We hope, therefore, that those new journals who do not find us to respond to their invitation to exchange, will not consider us discourteous, but at- tribute our course to the necessity of self preservation. Obituary — Soubeiran. — It becomes our duty as chronicler of events interesting to pharmaceutists to announce that M. Soubeiran, the greatest of French pharmaciens, died on the 17th of Nov., of a tedious and painful disease. From an address by H. Buignet to the Society of Pharmacie, we learn that he was born at Paris, the 4th Prairial, year 5th (May, 1796,^ and early manifested a marked taste for the study of the sciences. 192 EDITORIAL. In 1813 he entered the pharmacy of M. Pouzin, of Montpellier. After three years service he returned to Paris and completed his tuition under M. Montillard, Rue St. Honore. At Montpellier, as at Paris, he had prof- ited by his moments of leisure to earnestly pursue his theoretical studies. After his graduation in the sciences, he met with two instances of brilliant success. He was admitted as an interne of the hospitals, in his first year, and gained all the prizes in the natural and physical sciences, offered by the Concours of the Ecole de Pharmacie. He early became a contributor to the Journal de Pharmacie. In 1826 he commenced a special course on Pharmacie, which he continued to improve, and in 1832, on the death of M. Henry by cholera, his rare qualities caused him to be chosen as his successor. He made his new position useful to science by the increased perfection of his teaching and in the publication of the first edition of his Traite de Pharmacie, arranged in the order of the Natural System. In 1854 he was appointed to the Professorship of Physics at the Ecole de Pharmacie, which he occupied more than twenty years, and was noted for the excellence of his illustrations and apparatus. But it was in the Society of Pharmacie that M. Soubeiran exhibited those rare qualities which dis- tinguished him as a Professor. Elected General Secretary of this Society on the demise of M. Robiquet, he identified himself so clearly with its inte- rests that he became the soul of its labors, and directed all the discussions with indefatigable zeal and with an authority due to his great learning. His language was always brief and lucid, going directly to the point of the subject, and explaining in precise and appropriate terms the most difficult and delicate questions. On his election to the new Professorship of Phar- macology in the faculty of medicine, he resigned his functions as General Secretary, feeling that age was approaching and energy failing, as though he had a foreknowledge of the terrible malady that caused his death. He continued to manifest an interest in the Society up to the time when hip last illness removed him from his labors. Soubeiran has done much for Pharmacy in his excellent TraiU, which passed through four editions, and which is certainly the most reliable and jfhilosophical treatise among the numerous French works on his favorite Bubject. THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHARMACY. MAY, 1859. OBSERVATIONS ON THE ACIDS EXISTING IN THE JUICES OP RHUBARB STALKS, TOMATOES AND QUINCES. By Thomas A. Lancaster. (An Inaugural Essay presented to the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy.) My attention was attracted to the subject of certain acid vegetable juices, by a suggestion of my preceptor, William Hodg- son, Jr., as a matter of importance to those interested in organic chemistry, as the history of the chemical constituents of those juices is but imperfectly known. Considering it there- fore well worthy of further chemical investigation, I have at- tempted the examination of the acid constituents of Rhubarb Stalks, and the fruits of the Tomato and Quince. I have no doubt that in a general way the properties of the juices of rhubarb, tomatoes and quinces, are pretty well known to the past and present students of chemistry ; but as regards the true nature of their respective acidulous constituents, no thorough and reliable explanation has yet been given, so far as I can discover after much research through some of our best chemical authorities. In investigating this subject the labor was greatly increased by the want of some work sufficiently detailing the mode of proceeding, in order to certainly and readily distinguish between citric, tartaric and malic acids. Experiment 1. Rhubarb — One pound of the freshly cut stalks of the Rheum Rhaponticum, or culinary rhubarb, was grated and subjected to strong expression through muslin, which yielded thirteen fluid 13 194 ACIDS OF RHUBARB STALKS, TOMATOES, ETC. ounces of juice; the dregs were washed with a fresh portion of water and pressed again ; the resulting liquors were then mixed together and filtered, and evaporated over a slow water bath to the consistence of a thin syrup, and set aside for a few days, for further evaporation and to crystallize ; upon examining the crystals, I found them, to be very irregular, and clotted together ; upon recrystallizing them beautiful white crystals were obtained, resembling in appearance "salt of sorrel," only more regular. The crystals were of a rhomboidal shape, and had an excessive- ly acid taste. They agreed in form, taste, and general appear- ance with other samples of salt of sorrel. The mother liquor then from the first crystallization was fur- ther evaporated, and set aside again to crystallize ; but I found that although still strongly acid, it would not crystallize, owing, I supposed, to its excessive thickness or tenacious nature. Be- ing aware that the mother liquor of tartaric acid and of crys- tallizable sugar acted in the same manner, and there being nothing else as yet to guide me in assigning a reason for it, I attributed the same tendency to change by continued heat to the acid in rhubarb. 2. Suspecting this acid liquor contained potassa, I proceeded in the following manner to ascertain the fact. I evaporated the above syrupy mother liquor to the consistence of an extract, then placed it in a crucible and exposed it to a gentle heat for about an hour, to destroy the organic matter ; the incinerated remains were then treated with hot water to dissolve out the potassa ; the solution was then evaporated to dryness, when there remained evidently a portion of carbonate of potassa. This dry carbonate weighed nearly two and a quarter grains, indicating an equivalent of four and three quarter grains of binoxalate of potassa. 3. One pound of fresh stems of rhubarb yielded by expres- sion thirteen fluid ounces of juice, which when filtered only measured twelve and a half ounces, leaving about half an ounce of fibrous matter in the filter. The juice was then evaporated, and allowed to crystallize ; as before mentioned, and upon a second crystallization, it yielded crystals of a beautiful color, to the amount of seventy grains. ACIDS OF RHUBARB STALKS, TOMATOES, ETC. 195 Experiment for Oxalic Acid, 4. To prove whether it was really oxalic acid which existed in the salt from rhubarb, six grains of the crystals were dis- solved in a small portion of water, and the acid solution was precipitated with lime water, affording a white deposit of oxalate of lime. I then added an excess of acid (from rhubarb) to the precipitated solution ; but it still remained insoluble in it. This test clearly shows the presence of oxalic acid ; but whether there is not a mixture of acids, this test cannot alone be relied upon to prove. Experiment for detecting the presence of other acids, 5. Not being positive of the accuracy of the above test, six grains more of the acid were taken, and dissolved in a small portion of water; the solution was precipitated with lime-water, yielding a copious white precipitate of oxalate of lime ; the precipitate, washed and carefully dried, was transferred to a crucible, and a slow heat applied for about an hour, for the pur- pose of detecting the presence of any other acid ; but after the application of the heat, and the oxalate being converted into a carbonate without blackening the precipitate, I consequently concluded that no other acids were present, but that the acid salt existing in rhubarb stalks is nothing more than an acid oxalate of potassa. The following experiment shows that it was a binoxalate : Experiment for ascertaining the amount of potassa. 6. In examining the crystals of rhubarb, to ascertain the amount of potassa contained in them, I proceeded in the fol- lowing manner : Ten grains of the acid crystals were dissolved in a small portion of water ; this solution was then precipitated with pure chloride of calcium ; the precipitate, being oxalate of lime, was then carefully collected, washed and dried, weighing nearly four and a quarter grains ; thus agreeing as nearly as could be expected, considering the small quantity under exam- ination, with the atomic proportion of binoxalate of potassa, as 146 : 64 :: 10 : 4.4. 7. To prove the accuracy of the above, I took the same quan- tity of acid salt, placed it upon a silver plate, and applied the heat of a spirit lamp to destroy the organic matter. The charred 196 ACIDS OF KHUBARB STALKS, TOMATOES, ETC. mass was then treated with hot water, filtered, evaporated to dryness, and when carefully collected, weighed four and a quarter grains. Seeing that the amount/ of potassa did not agree with that of the binoxalate according to the tables in the U. S. Dispensatory, and repeating the test over and over again, I then attribu- ted the difference to some impurities existing in the crystals, which I had not got rid of before the process of crystallization ; but on examining the above processes, I found them correctly made, and therefore believed that something was wrong in the calculation. On examining the U. S. Dispensatory, I found it to state the atomic weight of binoxalate of potassa, without allowing for the water of crystallization making it, 119-2, which had led me into the above error of calculation. On heating a few grains of the crystals, ebullition ensued, showing the existence of water of crystallization ; which also showed, that there must be an omis- sion in the quotation of the Dispensatory. Being greatly surprised at the result, and suspecting some fallacy existing somewhere, I examined the Dispensatory again, along with Turner's Chemistry, and found that Turner quoted binoxalate of potassa as containing three atoms of water, mak- ing 146. instead of 119. Now resuming my calculations I found that the acid salt in rhubarb agreed in the amount of po- tassa to the binoxalate as stated above. The Tomato, I then proceeded to investigate the tomato (Solanum Lyco- persicum), red variety, which from its very extensive and popu- lar use needs no further comment than merely stating the origi- nal source of the vegetable, which was from South America, where it was very much esteemed amongst the Portuguese and Spaniards for making a sauce, considered by them very nutri- tive and cooling ; probably owing to the acidulous properties contained in it. According to my experiments, the acid seems to exist as an acid salt, but the quantity of acid obtained in a crystalline form from one pound is a very small amount. 8. One pound of freshly selected fruit of the Solanum Lyco- ACIDS OF RHUBARB STALKS, TOMATOES, ETC. 197 persicum, or tomato, was grated and subjected to strong expres- sion through muslin ; which produced eleven ounces of juice. The dregs were treated with a fresh portion of water, and again pressed ; the two liquors were then mixed and the mucilaginous matter precipitated with albumen, boiling the juice to coagulate the albuminous matter. It was then filtered and allowed to evaporate slowly by means of a water bath to the consistence of a thin syrup, and set aside for further evaporation, and to crys- tallize ; but on examining the syrupy liquid, I found the pro- cess of crystallization had not taken place as I anticipated, pro- bably owing to the thickness of the acid liquid, by which I considered it impossible to crystallize the juice alone. Suspecting, from the action of the juice on litmus paper, its not being a free acid, but existing in the fruit as an acid salt, to endeavor to ascertain the fact more precisely I pursued the following course. The syrupy liquid from the above experiment was placed in a crucible, and heat applied so as to destroy the organic matter of the extract. The incinerated mass was then treated with hot water, so as to dissolve out the suspected potassa ; the solution was then evaporated to dryness, which gave as the result eleven grains of a white powder, which appeared to be carbonate of po- tassa, by the addition of a few drops of acetic acid liberating apparently carbonic acid. 9. I proceeded again with one pound more of tomatoes, treat- ing it in the same manner to get rid of the albuminous matter. I precipitated the acid liquor with a concentrated solution of acetate of lead and washed the precipitate thoroughly with cold water. I then boiled the lead salt in hot water a few minutes, it was then thrown on a filter and allowed to dry. The precipitate was powdered and suspended in hot water, and this raised to the boiling point, and while still hot it was decomposed with sulphuretted hydrogen and the precipitate thoroughly washed with successive portions of hot water ; the acidulous liquor was then evaporated to the consistence of a thin syrup, and allowed to crystallize. On examining the crystals I found their form to be six sided tables, and their taste somewhat like cream of Tartar. The amount of crystals from one pound of the fruit was only ten grains. 198 ACIDS OF RHUBARB STALKS, TOMATOES, ETC. A few grains of the crystals were burnt and the residue was proved to be lime by dissolving it in muriatic acid, and precipi- tating it with oxalic acid, throwing down a white precipitate of oxalate of lime ; thereby proving lime to be the base ; this salt then obtained by the process for malic acid appears to be acid malate of lime. It also agrees with acid malate of lime in its atomic propor- tion, as 207.5 is the equivalent of acid malate of lime in the crystalline state; and it will be seen by the following experiment that it is the same in the crystals obtained from tomatoes. I took twenty parts by weight of the acid malate, and burnt it until all the organic matter was destroyed, which left a pro- duct of two and a half parts, being about one-eighth; this ex- periment may indicate pretty clearly that the crystallizable principle in tomatoes is acid malate of lime, associated in the juice, as appeared afterwards, with citric acid, or rather with acid citrate of potassa, which will not crystallize. My attention was at this point of my experiment called by Professor Procter to an analysis of the tomato by Dr. Plummer, published in the Journal of Pharmacy, vol. 23d, page 165. He examined the yellow variety of tomatoes and detected citric acid. I applied his tests to the red variety, and found them to produce the same results, from which I have no doubt at all that the uncrystallizable salt exists as citrate of potassa with excess of citric acid. 10. One pound of tomatoes was treated as before, yielding eleven ounces of juice ; it was then clarified filtered, and neu- tralized with ammonia, which produced a dark wine-red color ; it was then evaporated down for the purpose of obtaining dry citrate of ammonia, but owing to the large quantity of organic matter, I was able to obtain nothing but an extract. Thus failing in this experiment, I was unable to proceed fur- ther in arriving at the definite amount of citric acid. I used other alkalies with precisely the same results. The Quince. The history of the quince (Cydonia Vulgaris) no doubt we are well acquainted with, being cultivated as an ornamental tree in ACIDS OF RHUBARB STALKS, TOMATOES, ETC. 199 our gardens, and the fruit much improved, owing to the great demand there is for it in making tarts and jellies. But the examination of the juice was at first tedious and baffling, owing in a great measure to the large amount of mucil- aginous matter diffused through the fruit. The great difficulty to contend with in trying to crystallize the juice alone without combining it with other salts, arose from the mucilaginous mat- ter [pectin, &c] which on cooling had a tendency to gelatinize. But with repeated experiments I am happy to state the result is more than I anticipated. 11. I extracted the juice from one pound of Cydonia Vulgaris, or quince, treating it in the same way as the tomato, and obtain- ed twelve ounces of juice. The acid juice was then precipitated with a concentrated so- lution of acetate of lead, and the precipitate thoroughly wash- ed with cold water. The washed precipitate was then boiled in hot water a few minutes, and allowed to stand until the precipitate subsided ; the clear liquor poured off, it was allowed to boil again ; and while it was suspended in the hot water, was decomposed with sul- phuretted hydrogen, and the black precipitate washed with suc- cessive portions of hot water. The filtered liquor was then evaporated over a slow water bath to four ounces, and set aside ; on cooling, it crystallized in beautiful transparent needle-shaped crystals. The mother liquor was poured off, and the crystals thrown on bibulous paper and allowed to dry in a very dry at- mosphere. The mother liquor was further evaporated, and set aside to crystallize. The amount of bimalate of lead thus ob- tained from one pound of quince was twenty five grains. The crystals are of a beautiful white needle-shape, and deli- quescent. On boiling the salt in hot water it assumed a pitchy consistence, which on cooling is rendered very brittle. In the above mentioned process, the potassa, uniting with the acetic acid of the lead salt, was washed away from the precipi- tate and lost ; but by evaporating a fresh portion of juice and burning the product, I found that one pound of the fruit yielded ten grains of dry carbonate of potassa. It will be perceived from the foregoing remarks on the acid juices above named, that from rhubarb stems was obtained bin- 200 ON NITROBENZOLE. oxalate of potassa, KO, 2 (C2 03) -f 3HO; from the quince malic acid, M, HO, and from the tomato, acid malate of lime in con- nection with acid citrate of potassa. The relative proportions are as follows : one pound of rhubarb stems yielded 13 ounces of juice, which produced crystals of bin- oxalate of potassa to the amount of 70 grains. The same amount of quinces, (one pound,) which produced 25 grains of crystals of malic acid. The tomato, one pound, yielded 11 ounces of juice, which produced 10 grains of crystallized acid malate of lime, besides an unascertained amount of acid citrate of potassa. I am sorry to say that the season had by this time so far ad- vanced as to not allow time to investigate some of our other im- portant vegetable acid juices, which I had at first in view, and which are of deep interest to the history of organic substances ; but should time afford me another opportunity, a further consid- eration of these important juices may be expected hereafter. In offering this chemical investigation as a small contribution to the list of our chemical analysis of organic substances, I cannot but indulge the hope that my endeavors have not been altogether ineffectual, though the results frequently baffled me ; but that the object at which I first aimed has at length been in part, if not wholly, obtained so far as the juices above mentioned are concerned. Philadelphia, 11th mo. 1st, 1858. ON NITROBENZOLE. By Dr. F. Mahla, of Chicago. The article, which is at present so much used for perfumery- purposes, known under the general name of nitrobenzole, is not, as it is generally supposed, the nitro-combination of the benzole alone. The following will show that the article which is sold in commerce and represented to be nitrobenzole is a mixture of different substances. Some time ago I got from a drug-house of Baltimore a bitter almond oil, which I supposed to be adulterated with the artifi- cial bitter almond oil, because its color was rather dark yellow ON NITROBENZOLE. 201 Searching for a good method to find out such a falsification, I looked over my different literary works for its chemical proper- ties, and found there that the descriptions of nitrohenzole as they are contained in the different works do not accord with each other. Wohler, in his "Elements of Organic Chemistry, 1848," describes it as a substance smelling like the oil of cinnamon, while others say it had the smell of the true bitter almond oil. To ascertain which of these statements was correct, I concluded to prepare some nitrobenzole myself. I thought first to make it out of commercial benzole, and pro- cured some samples from different manufacturers, but found to my astonishment that none of these substances, said to be ben- zole, contained any accountable amount of the true benzole. One of these samples, from the'coal oil factory of Dr. Blaney of this city,* was subjected to a closer examination by heating it in a glass retort, in which I inserted a thermometer through the tubulus. At 235° F. the liquid began to distil slowly, the quicksilver still rising, although the heat employed was always the same. The first point at which it proved to be stationary, was for a short time 266° F., and as soon as the quicksilver began to rise again a new receiver was adapted to the retort. The same was done another time at 293° and a third time at 300°. The three obtained products were perfectly colorless, and re- mained so, with the exception of the last one, which became soon darker, assuming a deep yellow color by the action of the light. In the retort remained still a portion of the original substance, but my object being to ascertain whether this article contained benzole or not, I thought it not necessary to go farther, because the benzole begins to boil already at 186° F. Not succeeding to find any commercial benzole, out of which I was able to prepare the pure benzole, I concluded to make some from the benzoic acid. Two ounces of this acid were there- fore distilled with about six ounces of hydrated lime, and about 5 h drachms of pure benzole were obtained. This was carefully introduced in small quantities into an equal quantity of a mix- ture of concentrated sulphuric and nitric acids, kept cool with ice. After the action was over, the whole was for a few days *Dr. Blaney used to make it out of gas-tar. 202 ON NITROBENZOLE IN BITTER ALMOND OIL. more agitated and then poured into cold water. After washing the oily product different times with water, it represented a clear nearly colorless liquid, with a smell between cinnamon and bitter almond oil, but more resembling the first one than the latter. This I found also stated in a notice contained in Gmelin s Handbook of Chemistry, 1856. Basing upon this, I thought it not impossible, that the nitro- benzole, as it is sold in commerce, contains, if it does any, but very little of this substance, and is in most cases only a mixture of nitro-combinations of various homologous carbo-hydrogens, which are found among the products of the distillation of coal- tar, viz. toluol, etc. etc. I heated, therefore, a portion of commercial nitrobenzole dis- solved in alcohol with gaseous ammonia and sulphuretted hydro- gen for a day, but could not, either with nitric acid or chloride of lime obtain any of the characteristic reactions of anilin. I resume, therefore : the commercial nitrobenzole is not what it is represented to be, and deserves another name. ON THE PREPARATION OF NITROBENZOLE AND ITS DETECTION IN BITTER ALMOND OIL. By Dr. F. Mahla. Before I had finished the above described operation, I found in one of my German periodicals a method for the discovery of an adulteration of the bitter almond oil with nitrobenzole. This method is based upon the fact, that genuine bitter almond oil, treated with an alcoholic solution of caustic potassa, is trans- formed into the benzoateof potassa, while nitrobenzole under the same treatment changes into a dark brown resin, insoluble in alcohol, but soluble in ether. This resin can be obtained from an ethereal solution in yellow crystals, forming the azobenzid. The test is best made in the following manner : To 15 grains of the suspicious oil, dissolved in 2 drachms of alcohol, are added 15 grains of caustic Potassa, *[Note. — The test referred to in the German periodical is that of John M« Maisch, of Philadelphia, published originally at page 544, 1857, of this Journal' — Ed. Amer. Jour. Pharm.] ON HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM. 203 and the whole beaten until about one-half is evaporated. If the oil is pure, a brownish yellow solution without any crystalline deposit will be obtained ; if it contains nitrobenzole, a larger or smaller quantity of a hard brown crystalline mass will precipi- tate in the colorless supernatant liquid. I will only add that in preparing nitrobenzole, it often occurs, after mixing the raw benzole with the acids, that the product as- sumes a dark brown color, and the manufacturer, to make it saleable, throws the whole with a proportionate quantity of water into a still and distils it over. The remainder contains like the wash-waters a pretty large quantity of picric acid. ON HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM. By Roland Seeger, of Philadelphia. In the lately published Proceedings of the American Pharm- aceutical Association, among other papers of great interest by Dr. E. R. Squibb, one concerning the article which forms the subject of this essay attracted my attention. I was the more interested in this subject from thr» fact, that the conclusion which the high authority arrived at — to wit — the abandonment of the preparation, was certainly to be regretted, as the practi- tioner has found it a valuable remedy in combatting disease. I find the first mention of this protosalt of mercury in M. Henry's paper, which appeared in the August number of the " Journal de Pharmacie " for 1828, translated to the pages of our own Journal for October, 1829 page 204. This, the origi- nal process, was the double decomposition of the proto-nitrate of mercury by a solution of iodide of potassium. This plan was objectionable in consequence of the difficulty attendant upon the preparation of a pure mercurous nitrate; and I find on page 353 of the third volume of our Journal, translated from the "Journal de Pharmacie" for August, 1831, a memoir by M. Berthemot, reviewing the labors of M. Henry on this subject. So unsatisfactory were the results of his experi- ments, that he recommended the process of triturating the 204 ON HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM. elements in their atomic proportions as a substitute, which plan has held ground till the present time. There have, nevertheless, objections been urged against this process— and not without reason — for it is found that there is always some metallic mercury or red iodide present as a con- tamination ; the latter may be removed by washing with strong alcohol, but this will not remedy the mercurial contamination. M. Boutigny, of Paris, proposed to escape these sources of trouble by grinding the proto-chloride of mercury with the pro- per proportion of iodide of potassium, to a fine powder ^ washing with boiling water and drying in the dark, but it has been found to fail, the product being contaminated with calomel and metal- lic mercury. From the most careful examination of the whole subject, both by experiment and the sifting of all that has appeared in every authority accessible to me, I have arrived at the conclusion, that the true process is, the double decomposition of a proto-salt of mercury by pure iodide of potassium, and this opinion I find supported in Gmelin's invaluable Treatise, vol. vi. page 35, where he states, that the mercurous acetate when ground to- gether with pure iodide of potassium, and permitted to remain for some time in contact and then washed, would yield a proto- iodide of mercury, which is free from the objections urged against the product of the formula which have been noticed in the earlier part of this paper. The most ready way of preparing the mercurous acetate, I have found to be the decomposition of the proto-chloride of mer- cury, by equal quantities of caustic potassa, dissolved in four times its weight of distilled water, washing till solution of nitrate of silver gave no evidence of chloride of potassium ; then heat- ing acetic acid on an excess of the oxide, filtering while hot, and then drying the flaky crystals, which should be treated as be- fore stated. The formula (see Watts' note in Gmelin's Handbook, vol vi. 35) which I offer for its preparation is — Take of Proto-Acetate of Mercury, 259 grs. Pure Iodide of Potassium, 162.5 grs. Grind the crystals of the mercurous acetate to a fine powder, then add the iodide dissolved in a small quantity of water, tri- ON LIQUOR FERRI IODIDI. 205 turate for 15 minutes very thoroughly, then wash with warm water, and dry in the dark. In view of the conflicting opinions of chemists in regard to the equivalent number of mercury, it is much to be regretted that the example of the Dublin College has not been followed, in giving names to the two iodides, which are founded upon their constant and distinctive peculiar colors, thus obviating the perplexing confusion to students, which the frequent use of different names for the same article occasions. ON LIQUOR FERRI IODIDI. By Dr. Robert Battey. Complaints are often made of the difficulty encountered in keeping and dispensing the officinal Liquor Ferri Iodidi in good condition. Various suggestions have been made, by way of remedy for the evil, some proposing modifications of the formula, others the use of small ground stoppered vials of transparent or opaque glass. In my own experience this trouble was early encountered and easily overcome by the use of clean iron wire as an additional protecting agent. I much prefer it in the form of wire to iron filings, or iron by hydrogen, which I have heard spoken of. Immediately upon the completion of the preparation, I take a piece of fine iron wire, clean it well with sandpaper, coil it around a glass rod or cedar pencil, draw out the coil to nearly the length of the bottle and drop it in. If the bottle be a large one, I use two or three of these coils. In dispensing small quantities, I have found it convenient to use a straight piece of larger wire passing through the center of the corks (I never use glass stoppered vials) and to the bottom of the vial. I do not deem it necessary that the wire pass to the bottom of the vial, as the charge commences at the surface, but have thought that it gave some additional security if long kept on hand. With this expedient I have encountered no difficulty in keep- iag from two to five pounds of the solution in one shop bottle, and dispensing it. day by day, in small parcels. I have not found the presence of the wire in the vial to detract from its 206 ON PODOPHYLLIN. good appearance, or to be in any respect objectionable, if it be bright and either neatly coiled or passed through the cork, evi- dencing care and design in the arrangement. Upon several oc- casions has this precaution been marked and openly commended by physician and patient. I have occasionally by this means restored (in appearance at least) deteriorated samples, but think in this, as in every thing else, an ounce of prevention is better than a pound of cure. I would suggest that the formula be allowed to remain un- altered, and the use of the wire added to the directions follow- ing it in the Pharmacopoeia. Rome, Georgia, Feb. 1859. ON PODOPHYLLIN. By Harvey Allen. ( An Inaugural Essay.) As my object was to endeavor to find in which resin the vir- tues of Podophyllum peltatum resides, I will not attempt a de- scription of the plant, or an analysis of it, but will confine my remarks to Podophyllin, the so-called active principle. By analysis, Podophyllum is said to contain " albumen, gum, starch, extractive, lignin, gallic acid, fixed oil, traces of volatile oil, and two resinous principles, one soluble in alcohol and ether and the other soluble in alcohol only • both resins were found to possess the active properties of the root ; six grains operated as a drastic cathartic with some emetic effect." It was suggested to me that the ethereal resin was the active one, and these few experiments were made to ascertain if such was the case. One pound avoirdupois of Podophyllum peltatum, in coarse powder, was macerated with alcohol for a day ; it was then transferred to a percolator, and alcohol added, until it passed without taste; six pints were used. The resulting tincture was then evaporated very carefully by means of a water bath to the consistence of a thin syrup, and thrown into about six times its bulk of water, by which the resin was precipitated, at first almost white ; it was then separated by filtration and carefully ON THE NEW GERMAN SYSTEM OF WEIGHTL. 207 dried ; the yield was two hundred and thirty-five grains, of a yel- lowish white color, of scarcely any smell, and of a feebly bitter, not unpleasant taste : it was found to be quite active in the dose of three quarters of a grain. A portion of this resin was repeatedly treated with ether, the ethereal solutions poured off and allowed to evaporate sponta- neously ; a greenish yellow resin was obtained, which was found to constitute four-fifths of the weight of the original resin. This , through the kindness of one of the Professors of the College, was repeatedly tried in one of the hospitals in this city, and found to be very active in the dose of half a grain ; I also gave a portion of it to two other physicians whose experiments cor- roborated the above ; so I think that there is no doubt but that the ethereal resin is the active one. The resin insoluble in ether was of a reddish, brown, color and in the dose of two grains it produced no effect. To sum up the result of my experiments ; the etheral resin, as obtained by exhausting the root with alco- hol, evaporating, and precipitating with water, and treating with ether, constitutes four-fifths of the resin found in the root ; that it is the active one, and the dose to begin with is half a grain ; that the alcoholic resin is comparatively, if not entirely, inert ; still, as it exists in such a small proportion, it can scarcely be considered as objectionable if the resin is properly prepared. For the sake of experiment a portion of podophyllin, of a light brown color, manufactured in this city, was treated with ether; only three-fourths of it was soluble in that menstruum and strange to say, it had to be given in the dose of one and a half grains to produce any effect ; what it was owing to, I know not. The alcoholic resin was not tried. Of a sample of still darker color, manufactured in Cincinnati, only one fourth was soluble in ether ; it was not tried, as I think the ethereal is the active one, no matter in what propor- tion it may exist in the various samples. Philadelphia, February, 1859. ON THE NEW GERMAN SYSTEM OF WEIGHTS. To the Editor of the American Journal of Pharmacy : Dear Sir, — The " Archiv der Pharmacie," May, 1858, page 257, &c, contains tables for the reduction of the former medi- 208 ON THE NEW GERMAN SYSTEM OF WEIGHTS. cinal weight to the weight which is hereafter to he the lawful standard in Prussia, and vice versa. The following extracts will convey an idea of the new system, and also show its rela- tion to the old, now discarded, one. 1 grain — Loth. — Quint. — Cent. 3-65399 Korn. 5 " << , << 1 " 8-26996 " 10 " i c a 3 " 6-53992 *■ 1 scruple tt (t 7 " 3-07985 " 1 drachm _ " 2 " 1 " 9-23954 " 1 ounce 1 " 7 " 5 " 3-91630 " 1 medicinal lb. = 12 " 21 " — " 4 " 6-99557 " 1 civil lb. = 16 " 28 " — 11 6 " 2-66076 " 1 Korn. •273 grains. 5 " 1-367 " 10 Korn. = 1 Cent. 2-737 «? 10 Cent. = 1 Quintchen 27-374 " 10 Quint. = 1 Loth. 4 drachms, 1 scruple, 13-740 grains. 30 Loth. = 1 lb. 17 ounces, 52-20 grains This new system of weights appears to have been legalized by the various German States comprising the " Zollverein," where- from it has received the name " Zollgewicht." I do not know how its unit was obtained, but from its term Korn (English rye, grain or seed,) it is to be inferred that the medium weight of some seed, probably rye, has been selected for it. Dr. L. F. Bley, the editor of the « Archiv," makes the fol- lowing remarks : « The introduction of these new weights for the use in medicine will be a source of annoyance until the physicians have become thoroughly acquainted with them. All difficulties might have been obviated if the French grammes- weight had been chosen, which has long been adopted in science." In the above tables it must be remembered that the old Prus- sian grain is equal to *96 grs. Troy, and the old Prussian medi- cinal pound = 5415-1 grs. Troy, and by calculation the weight of the new Prussian, or rather "Zoll pound," is found to be 7720-47 grs. Troy. It is to be regretted that by this act still more confusion is gained, and from the arbitrary unit and the arbitrary division we may infer that it will have to give way to a more rational system. The labors of our American Committees on weights and measures, we will hope, will produce something nearer to perfection. Yours, very respectfully, John M. Maisch. Philadelphia, Oct. 20th, 1858. PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. 209 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. By Edward Parrish. (Concluded from page 113.) Having extended the previous essays of this series beyond the limits originally contemplated, I shall conclude with a rapid glance at several interesting Pharmaceutical Institutions visited in Paris. There is so much crowding upon the notice of the stranger in this great metropolis, that if his time is limited he must neces- sarily make choice of some objects of examination and study upon which to concentrate his attention ; and while I felt that all the great historical, political, scientific and social institutions, and in fact every thing that illustrated the peculiar phase of civilization pervading the French Capital, required to be ex- amined as far as my time allowed, I must by no means neglect the opportunity to visit the famous JEJcole de Pharmacie, which is connected with so many illustrious names in those de- partments of science tributary to our branch of the healing art. The school was unfortunately in recess, but by the kindness of Prof. Gaultier de Claubray, whose name is widely known for contributions to chemical science and for an elaborate work on Toxicology, I had an opportunity of visiting its Cabinets, Library, Lecture Rooms, Botanical Garden and Practical Schools, which occupy the site of an ancient convent, called Edpital de Lour cine y and of the first botanical garden in France, founded in 1580. The building stands back from the street, protected by a wall, and has a porter's lodge at the entrance gate. Its appearance is more modern than most of the Paris institutions of learning ; a portion of it has been erected within the past year. If the reader will follow me into the middle passage way, in the main story, we may first enter the examination room, which is a hall of perhaps 20 by 40 feet, handsomely furnished with seats for about 300 persons ; the ceiling is high and the walls nearly covered with oil paintings, representing the deceased members of the institution ; at one end a platform is erected with desks for the Professors, and another at which the can- didate is placed for examination. At stated times, annually, 14 210 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. this hall is crowded with an audience eager to witness the ex- aminations, which here, as in the University, are conducted publicly. From an opportunity I embraced of witnessing the pro- cess, as practised upon the medical students, though in each case in presence of only a small auditory, my conviction is strength- ened that no advantage is gained by its publicity which is not counter-balanced by its unequal effects upon students of varying temperaments and different degrees of timidity. Besides the extensive cabinets used by the Professors, em- bracing each department of our science, separately, there is one appropriated to the students for study, and used in the examina- tions. Here I observed a method of displaying specimens some- what similar to that mentioned in describing the English muse- ums. In flat glass cases of convenient height, glass dishes are arranged containing nests of crystals or well selected specimens of drugs, over which are laid plates of glass for keeping out the dust and preventing undue exposure to evaporation. The lecture rooms are twro in number capable of accommoda- ting, perhaps, 300 students. The basement which was formerly occupied by the practical laboratory is now used for some of the heavier chemical operations and for storage. Passing into a newly erected wing of the College, we reach the practical laboratory, which is divided into several apartments all lighted from above, and perfectly adapted to the purposes to which they are appropriated. There is a dark room, with arrangements for the admission of light for the photographic experiments, which enter into the course of instruction in physics. Each apartment accommcdates 18 students, and the series com- municate by a gallery raised six or eight feet above the floor, which also communicates with the private laboratories and offi- ces of the Professors. This gallery affords the Professor a com- plete view of all the students, and of the work tables which are arranged in rows at right angles to it. These work tables are of two kinds separated by aisles, those designed for testings, nitrations, &c, containing the appropriate apparatus and re- agents, and those for evaporation, burning off precipitates, and ultimate organic analysis. On the last named tables, at suitable intervals, were closets, inclosed with sash, and leading into fines, so as to carry off noxious gases, an arrangement highly con- PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. 211 ducive to the comfort and health of the students and their teach- ers. The tables were covered with glazed tiles set in cement, believed to be the least objectionable covering on the score of cleanliness and durability yet tried for the purpose. The situation of the two series of tables is such that each student has a certain space on the test counter, and a corres- ponding space on the counter for heat operations, and stand- ing between them, manipulates upon either or both at pleasure. The fuel used was of two kinds : gas conveyed by flexible tubes to gas furnaces, and charcoal burned in small counter furnaces. Each apartment has an ample blow-pipe table, and every con- venience for glass blowing operations, of which, I was informed, the construction of thermometers, barometers and specific gravity apparatus, are included in the plan of instruction. Passing from this suite of chemical rooms which realized my highest ideas of a perfect laboratory for instruction, I was con- ducted into the adjoining botanical garden, which, though not nearly as extensive as the public gardens, was particularly adapt- ed to the instruction of a class of students in the science of Botany. A limited number of plants are arranged according to their several orders, genera and species, in beds just wide enough to permit of their convenient cultivation, and to allow of their ready inspection by the students. The mode of label- ling them is worthy of mention ; an upright rod driven into the ground very near the plant has a plate secured to it at a suit- able angle, to be conveniently read in passing. The names of the genera are engraved on metal plates, the specific names on porcelain plates which are secured to the rod by wire. M. Chatin, the Professor of Botany, to whom I was honored wTith a note of introduction, was away from Paris ; he had accompanied a class of students to Switzerland, in search of objects of botan- ical interest and instruction. In retracing my steps through the various rooms of the school, it was my good fortune to meet with the venerable Prof. Guibourt, whose name has been for so many years prominently connected with the investigation of materia medica. He was appropriately surrounded by books and specimens, and his dignified and philosophic appearance and manner were well calculated to inspire a stranger with respect. The faculty of this school includes five Professors; their salaries, 212 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. which are 4000 francs and upwards, annually, are paid in part by Government, and partly derived from the class. The very large compensation realized for instruction, at some of the Medical Colleges in the United States, is scarcely dreamed 0f in Europe, where many Professors, whose lives are consecrated to the advancement of science, and whose discoveries have bene- fitted mankind at large, are satisfied with salaries which, while they keep them in comfortable circumstances, do not allow of the luxurious expenses which the successful merchant or manu- facturer may so easily secure. On the other hand, the absence of those unendowed colleges in which scientific instruction is brought within the range of ordinary competition, and in which the profits of the Professor are as precarious as those of any other class of business adventurers, is here a positive advantage to the whole class of scientific men. The Paris School of Pharmacy has about 300 students annu- ally ; these gentlemen all pursue the practical course in the laboratory, besides the lectures. Many of them are engaged in some of the twenty-two Hospitals in Paris, where their wages as Pharmaciens afford them support, while they have sufficient time in the intervals of their duties for the lectures and practi- cal instructions. Each student resorts to the laboratory three times a week, and spends about three hour3 in its exercises. Of the three years of practice, the first is devoted to the prepa- ration of chemical and pharmaceutical products ; the second to experiments in physics, and the third to analysis and the detec- tion of poisons. The degrees are of two kinds, the first en- titling the graduate to practice pharmacy in Paris, Montpelier, or any where at pleasure ; the second allowing him to practice only in the smaller towns and provinces. The few students re- maining in the laboratory at the time of my visit were engaged in finishing the final preparations to be shown as evidences of their skill, at the examinations. The most interesting of the Pharmaceutical manufactories visited in Paris was that known as the PharmaeieCentrale des Ho- pitaux et Hosjrices. This is the general manufactory and dis- tributing establishment for the numerous Hospitals and Alms Houses {Hospices) of the city, with the exception of the Military Hospitals, which have a separate pharmacy. It was under the PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. 213 direction of the eminent Soubeiran, Professor of pharmacy and organic chemistry in the Ecole de Medicine, whose painful mal- ady had at the time of my visit progressed to near its fatal ter- mination, recently announced. This institution, like so many of the modern embellishments of Paris, is erected on the ruins of an ancient convent ; situated on one of the broad quays ex- tending along the south side of the Seine, in the immediate neighborhood of the Cathedral of Notre Dame, and of the far famed Jardin des Plantes) it presents an exterior appearance quite unlike a drug store or manufactory. The residence of the Superintendent occupying part of the front, aids in giving a character of unusual neatness and elegance to the building. Here, as elsewhere, I received those polite attentions for which the French are so celebrated, and as I was conducted through every part of the establishment, might have recorded many details of French Pharmacy which would have added to the practical value of this essay ; but on examining my notes, now after the interval of six months, I regret to find that many of the most important facts, by being intrusted to memory alone, have been rendered too vague and inaccurate for use. A beautiful steam engine and boiler are among the most con- spicuous objects on entering the manufacturing department ; these are used both for the application of heat and for power, for the former, steam jackets surround the copper pans, diges- ters, syrup kettles, stills, &c; for the latter, a shaft communi- cates with a variety of apparatus for comminution, stirring, &c. The mills seem adapted to the preparation of only a limited number of products used extensively in Hospital practice, and not so perfectly prepared elsewhere. For dividing certain herbs and roots for infusion, a pair of cylinders rotating in the same direction, serve to pass the drug in thin layers on to a horizon- tal surface against which a sharp knife edge impinges so as to cut them with a clean smooth edge. Another form of mill designed for crushing drugs consists of four horizontal iron cylinders, set in a frame, with a slide for regulating their distances apart; one pair of these is rough and the other smooth ; the drug, which must not be too coarse, is passed in through a hopper. This apparatus, with a sifting machine and appropriate seives, serves to prepare flaxseed for 2U PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. use in cataplasm, a very important item in the Pharmacy of the Hospitals. As the proper composition of Cataplasma Lini has been a subject of some discussion in our pharmaceutical bodies, I was curious to know the practice of the French Hospitals, and on enquiry was informed that flaxseed is prepared in rather coarse powder, by passing successively between the rough and smooth cylinders, and that the so-called cake of commerce, flaxseed deprived of the oil, is reduced to a much finer powder; these are then mixed in the proportion of one part of the fine cake meal, and two parts of ground flaxseed, to constitute the material for poul- tices ; mixed with certain proportions of mustard flour, the same materials are used for sinapisms. Among the mechanical contrivances worked by the steam en- gine, my attention was arrested by one for crushing almonds, which consists of two stone cylinders moving almost in con- tact with each other, and reducing the almonds to an oily pulp ; for obtaining the fixed oil this is subjected to the powerful action of a hydraulic press. When designed for orgeat syrup the almonds are previously blanched by maceration in water and handling, as with us, a matter of no slight labor when we consider the very large quantity of this syrup consumed in French practice. An enormous quantity of simple syrup is manufactured at the Pharmacie Centrale, and the apparatus for its preparation is a prominent feature in the establishment. The syrup kettle, which is of copper, has a capacity of perhaps over a hundred gallons, it is heated by steam, and of course the sugar is dis- solved with perfect facility. The arrangements for drawing it off and refrigerating it are complete ; as the immense body of syrup would be very long cooling and would be troublesome to transfer to suitable vessels for preservation and distribution, a tube of considerable capacity is arranged to pass to the bot- tom of the syrup kettle ; this is connected with a force pump by which the syrup is pumped through a coil of pipe immersed in a refrigerating tube, from which it runs into a series of cisterns from which it can be conveniently drawn by cocks. The syrup kettle is charged three times a week, so that these cisterns require to be of considerable capacity to provide for the occasional surplus of supply. In a large conical bag adjacent to the series of pans PHARMACEUTICAL NOTES OF TRAVEL. 215 and syrup kettles, I observed a quantity of sarsaparilla syrup slowly filtering through animal charcoal, a process which I be- lieve is unknown among us. In one of the large jacketted pans was a mass of Iceland moss paste, a preparation very unlikely to be introduced into an English or American Hospital. In another was an enormous quantity of simple cerate in process of preparation, from yellow wax and olive oil ; the wax being previously strained and run into squares, forms a pure and smooth cerate requiring no straining. Blistering plaster is supplied to the Hospitals in the form of a tisane, ready spread for use ; it contains the powdered cantharides, and has exactly the right consistence to adhere at the temperature of the body. Among the more strictly chemical processes, that for pre- paring carbonic acid water for the Hospitals, was among the first to arrest attention ; the gas is liberated in a glass bottle, from which it is discharged by a bent tube into a common gas holder, thence by force pumps it is thrown into stationary iron foun- tains partially filled by means of another force pump, wTith water or with the medicated aqueous liquids required; from these fountains the surcharged carbonic acid water is drawn off into suitable bottles, through a bottling machine, and well corked for distribution among the several Hospitals in which this refreshing drink, variously modified by medicinal agents, is quite an impor- tant article. The apparatus for Quevenne's iron consists of two mercury bottles placed in a perpendicular position in a charcoal furnace, the pipes from the hydrogen generator and for the discharge of waste gas and vapor of water being joined by screws to the top and bottom ; cix pounds is produced by one charge. Kermes' mineral was in course of preparation by the carbonate of soda process ; it is one of the leading articles of their manufacture. Fuming nitric acid is produced to supply their own demand, being distilled in the usual way by use of a glass retort. Cal- cined magnesia is produced from the carbonate, which they pre- fer to purchase, by disposing four or six pots, in a common furnace, one upon another, each nearly filled, and the upper ones having small holes drilled in them. In every process that we ob- served, there was evidence of a skill and neatness of manipula- 216 ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. tion, in keeping with the elegance of the apparatus and the liberal provisions of this noble Government Institution. Somewhat similar in its plan of operations to the Phamaceu- tical manufactory just described, is the Pharmaeie Centrale des Pharmaciens in the Faubourg St. Germain, Paris ; this is the property of a Stock Company, and is under the superintendence of M. Dorvault, a pharmacien of eminence, somewhat known in this country by his work entitled, _Z7 Officine ; it is a general manufactory of chemical and pharmaceutical products, which are sold to the trade exclusively by wholesale. Although less prepossessing in its situation and external appearance, this establishment is the scene of a much greater variety of pharma- ceutical operations than the foregoing, and if thoroughly ex- plored, note book in hand, would afford a still larger fund of pharmaceutical information ; as my opportunities for observa- tion were limited, owing in part to the absence of M. Dorvault, in attendance upon a Pharmaceutical Convention at Rouen, and in part to the pressing nature of the business of the establish- ment, which seemed completely to occupy all its employees, and above all, as I have fully reached the limits I had allotted to this essay, I shall close without attempting the meagre notice which my opportunities would allow of this, the original source of a large share of those preparations, which, marked with the names of the numerous eminent French Pharmaciens, reach our country, and add to the variety upon our shelves. Taking leave of Paris, I would also take leave of the kind reader, with whom it has been my desire to share in some degree the pleasures and advantages of my transatlantic wanderings. ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. By Henry Thayer, M. D. An article in the last number of the Journal of Pharmacy on the above named subject, having taken for its text a paper that I read before the American Pharmaceutical Convention, I avail myself of a few moments leisure to pay it some attention, as the conclusions arrived at, although in some respects similar to my own, do not seem to be warranted by the course of reason- ing. ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. 217 If the writer confounds me with those who strive to prove that strong alcohol is the great and only extracting and pre- serving menstruum, lean only say that he i smistaken ; that I have rather preferred to avail myself of established scientific principles, to building up new and doubtful theories. In my pa- per I said nothing concerning the practical application of my ideas, merely considering the abstract value of two substances as preservative agents. In an article written and published last year, I recommended the use of both sugar and alcohol in fluid extracts, remarking that sugar " assists the solution of the pre- cipitates and disguises the disagreeable taste of many extracts." I advocated the use of alcohol, because I believed with the writer of the article, that it effectually counteracts fermentation and mould, and because I did not believe with him that in fluid extracts it is liable to acetous fermentation. Let it be under- stood, that in speaking of sugar as not a safe preservative, I re- fer to purely saccharine extracts. If the partial employment of alcohol is allowed, there can be with me no controversy. The article starts with a proposition which is fatal to the uso of sugar as a preservative. In substance it is this ; that if the alcoholic principles of a plant are insoluble in water or a solu- tion of sugar, the latter as a menstruum is inadmissible. Sugar aids the solvent power of water, but this aid is not af- forded in sufficient degree to dissolve the alcoholic principles which exist or should exist in concentrated fluid extracts. It is enough to point to the cincho-tannates from calisaya bark, to the resins of mandrake, cannabis indica, jalap, to the principles which, although evaporated in vacuo, we find abundantly deposi- ted from henbane, foxglove and other narcotic plants, to lupulin from hops, and to the many principles, not understood, which alcohol extracts from all or nearly all other plants. These pre- cipitates are not due to the absorption of oxygen ; they are not apotheme. They deposit the same when evaporation is conduct- ed in a vacuum. They are medicinal principles, deposited be- cause the menstruum loses its power of solution in consequence of the evaporation of alcohol. I believe that the instances are very rare, where the alcoholic or hydro-alcoholic principles of any root, bark or leaf will dissolve in a solution of sugar, in the proportion of one pound of raw material to the pint of liquid, 218 ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. without more or less precipitation. It is true that close flannel will strain out these principles, but the resulting preparation will not be of much worth. If they are suspended only, they are " sure to separate, and thus detract from the nicety of the preparation." I find on the next page an admission of importance, it is this : that a certain proportion of alcohol tends to prevent and arrest vinous and acetous fermentation and that we know so little concerning " natural ferment," as I called it, that in near- ly all cases we are " deprived of the means for removing it." Farther on the subject of fermentation is again alluded to, but only to remark, that « the necessary quantity of sugar will counteract it," while alcohol will not do it, because alcohol has " a tendency to undergo acetic fermentation through the influence of sundry vegetable substances." Although the subject of fer- mentation is thus lightly passed over, I deem it one of some importance, and worth looking at for a moment. " Natural ferment M does its work independently of oxygen. Vinous fermentation will occur equally well in closed or open vessels. Sugar is food for fermenting substances to consume, the only substance which this ferment will infect, while alcohol kills its action and stops all the phenomena of vinous fermenta- tion. But it is said, that " the necessary quantity of sugar " will accomplish the same end. Not entirely. The variations of temperature, whether induced by changes of weather, sea- sons or climate, which occur, either induce fermentation direct- ly, or by first inducing crystallization, that chief enemy," in- directly give the exciting substance a chance to act. I do not see how difference in the solubility of sugar in water caused by variations of temperature occurring at different seasons, can be a more serious objection than fermentability, when the latter is a direct effect resulting from the former, nor do I see why differ- ence of temperature arising from different seasons is a serious objection to the use of sugar, when an argument founded upon the same variations resulting from difference of climate, is pro- nounced untenable. If these variations of temperature affected only the specific gravity of solutions of sugar, we should hear very little about them ; it is the effects following this difference in specific gravity that we fear. ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. 219 The laws which govern vinous and acetous fermentation are entirely different. The former is easily excited and rapid in its operation ; the latter is hard to excite and slow in its opera- tion ; the former proceeds without the aid of oxygen; the latter consumes large quantities of oxygen. Vinous fermentation is easily induced in closed vessels, acetous fermentation requires free and continued exposure to the air, and a ferment differing in nature from that required for the former. Acetous fermen- tation occurs in syrups and saccharine fluid extracts, but here it must be preceded by the vinous. I think then, that the natu- ral change of sugar which takes place without oxygen is more to be feared than the natural change of alcohol which requires oxygen. The writer differs from my opinion that saccharine fluid ex- tracts are more liable to undergo fermentation than officinal syrups, because « the nearer the density of organic matter ap- proaches solidity and dryness, the less is its proneness to under- go such a change." Unfortunately, the directions for using sugar in fluid extracts do not point to any nearer approach to solidity. From twelve to fourteen ounces troy of sugar, and the contained vegetable matter, form a fluid extract that " will generally be nearly of the density of our ordinary syrups," the theory being, I suppose, to approach as nearly as possible to the specific gravity 1.319 in both preparations. In syrups there is more sugar and less vegetable matter ; in saccharine fluid ex- tracts there is less sugar and more vegetable matter. But there are changes other than acetous fermentation pro- duced by oxygen in vegetable matter. This is illustrated by the deposits which occur in officinal tinctures. These deposits, it is argued, are due to the natural absorption of oxygen by al- cohol. Not entirely. They are owing in as great a degree to the natural evaporation of the alcohol, which, lowering the per- centage of the menstruum, and in consequence its power of solu- tion, allows a part of the contained matter to fall. The article allows that greater changes would take place if water was sub- stituted for alcohol ; so would greater changes take place if for alcohol solution of sugar was substituted. " The decomposi- tion would have been in another direction," a quicker and more fatal one. The real advantage in using alcohol as a menstruum, 220 ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. is not that by it two or three ways of decay are excluded ; an equally important advantage is that by its presence, in greater or less proportions, valuable medicinal principles are obtained that otherwise would not be extracted. Iodide of iron possesses no qualities calculated to produce changes in a solution of sugar; it belongs to the mineral king- dom. Let us take an illustration from the vegetable kingdom. Saussure found that during twenty-eight days, oil of lemon ab- sorbed each day twice its own volume of oxygen. To this ab- sorption is due its proneness to change. If to one fluid pound of simple syrup we add one ounce of fresh oil of lemon, and to one fluid pound of alcohol we add one ounce of the oil, which menstruum will longest preserve the oil from change ? Although the use of essential oils to improve the flavor of fluid extracts may be admissible, I do not see how they can be called " antiseptics similar to alcohol," when they so easily and rapidly undergo change by absorbing oxygen, and do not act by abstracting moisture from membranes and all similar substan- ces." There is no better illustration of the subject of transparency in fluid extracts, than the cincho-tannates already alluded to. In making fluid extract of calisaya bark, these principles are copiously deposited during evaporation, neither water or sugar will dissolve them ; by the use of close flannel we lose them, but the presence alcohol in proper proportion dissolves them. I believe this to be a speaking example in favor of the employ- ment of alcohol. Recapitulating the points treated on, the article gives the following as the sixth reason to prove " the superiority of sugar over alcohol." "By the addition of a slight quantity of alco- hol when necessary, the tendency to fermentation and moulding will be effectually counteracted." Exactly. It may be that in some instances where, from the nature of the case, a formula cannot be devised which will at all times and seasons be applicable, a departure therefrom may be justifiable, but to allow such departures can hardly be safe, as a general rule. Fortunately, in the case of fluid extracts, no such difficulty exists, as formulae can be adopted which will be universally applicable. ON THE PRESERVATION OF FLUID EXTRACTS. 221 Before concluding, allow me to remark that the value of ex- periments in chemiatry or pharmacy is not affected by the local- ity which originates them. An eastern, western, northern or southern location does not add to or detract from one jot or one tittle of their value. The skill with which they are conducted and the truths which they develope are all that is to be consider- ed. Experiments to prove theoretical reasoning are seldom so valuable as experience gained in conquering difficulties occurring in practice.* Cambridge, Mass, March 31, 1859. * Note. Since reading Mr. Thayer's paper, we have carefully reperused that of Mr. Maisch, to which it refers, and do not think that the latter had in view any particular writer or manufacturer, but addressed himself to the subject itself, in doing which he necessarily had to allude to those who had written upon it. It struck us that Mr. Maisch's paper was unusually free from prejudice. What it needed was an acquaintance with the actual changes that occur in concentrated tinctures, or fluid extracts, such as Mr. Thayer prepares, and which lie had not an opportunity to gain. The best place to derive this knowledge would be at an agency of the manufacturer, where a stock of all kinds is kept, and there inspect the unopened bottles as they are offered to the trade, A hasty examination of a variety of al- coholic fluid extracts, at an agency in this city, resulted in finding at least two-thirds of them with sediment, in variable quantity. We confess that after reading all that has been written, that we incline to the opinion that the preservative agent will have to vary in kind and properties to suit the circumstances of the case, and that an attempt to use only alcohol or only sugar will result in disappointment, either pharmaceutically or therapeuti- cally. In considering the changes which these preparations undergo by age and exposure, it is necessary to study the composition of the soluble matter of each drug, and the tendency to a disturbance of solubility by the mu- tual reaction of the contained principles. Let us instance what we mean in a familiar example. It is now pretty generally conceded that the resins and crysophanic acid in rhubarb are largely concerned in the cathartic power of that drug, although its collective medicinal power includes other principles. If we make a watery infusion of- rhubarb, it will be found that these principles, almost insoluble in water in an isolated state, are found in solution, through the aid of associated substances, just as insoluble cantharidin is naturally soluble in water, as it exists in the fly. If we treat coarsely powdered rhubarb by direct percolation with alcohol of 70 per cent., we easily get a concentrated solution of all that is soluble in the drug, desirable to be extracted. If now, we concentrate this carefully by 222 NOTE ON PROPYLAMIN. evaporation, it may reach a syrupy or extractive consistence without any loss of transparency, or separation of solid matter : and if before all the alcohol is dissipated, we add sugar in the proportion of ten ounces to the pint of the resulting fluid, we obtain a perfectly transparent extract which retains its clearness, though devoid of alcohol ; yet if it be mixed with water, an immediate opacity occurs from the precipitation of resinous matter. On the other hand, the officinal tincture of rhubarb gradually lets fall a deposit, which Messrs. De la Rue and Muller have recently shown to consist chiefly of crysophanic acid and the three resins of rhubarb, not- withstanding the menstruum is diluted alcohol. What is thus true of rhu- barb applies to many other drugs, yet it will not do to infer that because sugar is a good agent for fluid extract of rhubarb, that therefore all others must be similarly preserved. On the contrary such substances as cimici- fuga, jalap, podophyllum, etc., should either possess a highly alcoholic menstruum, or contain an alkaline solvent. The question to be resolved is, can we make fluid extracts that contain all the valuable ingredients of drugs, that are capable at the same time of resisting the mutual reaction of their proximate principles, and such external agencies of deterioration as heat, light, and oxygen, and thus be entitled to the character of perma- nent preparations ; or must we, after all, class them with those prepara- tions which should be kept but a moderate period, and prepared in quanti- ties to suit the demands of the dispenser ? That we may be able to arrive at this desirable knowledge, let the brethren south and north, east and west, give the results of their experience as regards the permanence or changeableness of the products now in use, as well as in the study of the subject in new aspects. — Ed. Am. Journ. Pharm. NOTE ON PROPYLAMIN. By William Procter, Jr. Since noticing this substance in the March number, I have made an experimental essay in obtaining it for medicinal use. One quart of herring pickle obtained from the top of the barrel, was mixed with an excess of liquor potassse and distilled in a large flask attached to a condensing arrangement. The re- ceiver contained distilled water slightly acidulated with muriatic acid. The process was continued until a pint of distillate was obtained, the contents of the receiver being kept slightly acid, by adding diluted H,C1 from time to time. The distillate was now evaporated carefully until indications of crystallization were noticed, when it was set a side to cool. The mother liquid, STEAM APPARATUS FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES. 223 by further evaporation, yielded another crop of crystals — nearly as white as the first, making about half a drachm in all. It is probable that the pickle, taken after the herring have been re- moved, so as to have been more in contact with the fish, would contain a greater amount of the alkaloid. The best way to prescribe propylamin will probably be as a chloride, so as to avoid loss by evaporation, and its disagreeable odor when in a free state. After solution in water, the addition of an equiva- lent of liquor potassse will liberate it if desired. But should it be considered preferable to have the alkaloid itself, the chloride, placed in a small retort, with sufficient liquor potassae to disen- gage the propylamin, will yield that principle to distillation, using an apparatus, close joints and thorough refrigeration. ^ The salt as thus obtained is perhaps sufficiently pure for me- dicinal purposes, but it may contain a little muriate of ammonia, from which it may be freed by solution in strong alcohol and recrystallization. STEAM APPARATUS FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES. By J. R. Nichols. To the Editor of the American Journal of Pharmacy : Having devised a steam apparatus, which answers so admira- bly the purposes of the chemist and pharmaceutist, I am induced to send you a description of it, together with a cut illustrating the same. The apparatus is automatic in several important particulars, regulating its air draft, and steam pressure, and supplying itself with water. It also feeds its own fire with fresh coals as combustion proceeds, so that it is only necessary to supply them once in twenty-four hours. The cut will aid in explaining its construction. An annular boiler is placed in a vertical position, and encased within cylinders of sheet iron, so as to afford space for draft, and for insulation by confined air. Its lower opening is placed over a grate, so that the boiler forms its own fire pot, the fire being built within the annular space. It is thus made very efficient, without the annoyance and expense of tubes, and there is no obstruction of flues. The boiler may be made of iron or copper. The door which is shown as removed, covers two open- 224 STEAM APPARATUS FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES. ings ; the lower opens into the ash chamber, below the grate ; the upper, into the space around the boiler, so that if the ash door is accidentally left open the draft is checked and no injury can result. The apparatus is air tight, the open valve upon the left affording the only ingress of air to support combustion. This vault is opened and closed by steam pressure in the following man- STEAM APPARATUS FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES. 225 ner : When the steam begins to form in the boiler, it presses upon tbe water and forces it out and up the open tube connect- ing with vessel E. As it rises, it also passes through the flexi- ble pipe attached, and flows into vessel E, when by its weight it passes down the spiral spring and closes the draft valve at F. This checks combustion, and consequently the formation of steam and as steam pressure diminishes, the water in the tube falls and passes out of vessel Ey and the spiral spring raises it and opens again the shaft. Thus, steam pressure perfectly controls com- bustion. If but little steam is used, but little fuel is consumed. The vessel E is placed thirty-four inches above the water level in the boiler, thus allowing just one and a half pounds pressure to accumulate, before the draft is checked. This pressure is sufficient to force the steam through six hundred feet of pipe with facility. The tube upon which it slides is open constantly, so that if the safety valve and air draft both become obstructed all the water will flow out of the boiler, at three pounds, thus making explosion impossible. Fuel is fed into the cylinder at the top of the apparatus by removing the cover. It holds a supply for twenty-four hours, and as it is consumed below, it falls down to the fire by its gravity. The arrangement for feeding water is exceedingly simple and effective; it is not clearly shown in the cut. But little water is required except when the process of distillation is going forward, as the steam is condensed in the retorts, evaporators, radiators, &c, and returns to the boiler again through the same pipes that convey it away. D is a safety valve lifting at one and a half pounds. 0 0 are pipes for conveying steam. A, steam and water cocks. i, handle for grate. The apparatus is portable, and may be placed in a basement, or in the laboratory of the pharmaceutist. One has been in use in my laboratory for many consecutive months, without any disarrangement or instance of failure. By con- necting radiating coils, it is made to do the work of warming the building in addition to its other duties. Broad jacketed pans ot tinned copper are used for evaporations. The steam is let in at the bottom through an inch coupling, and as it condenses it flows back again to the boiler. The heat is controlled per- fectly by an air cock attached to the pan, so that any temperature between 100° and 212° F. may be maintained. 15 I 226 ON THE KINO OF EUCALYPTUS RESINIFERA. It cannot rise much above that point, but that is sufficient for quite dense liquids. The retorts are also of copper and jacketed, ■with the exception of that for spt. etheris nitrici, which is of lead, and heated by a coil in the interior. The temperature is easily and perfectly controlled ; the apparatus is well adapted for the perfect production and distillation of this ether. A much higher temperature is required for the manufacture of sul- phuric ether than can be attained by its use. For all the pur- poses of drying, distilling, evaporating, warming, &c, nothing can more convenient, safe, and economical. It meets the require- ments of sand baths, water baths, distillatory apparatus, dryers, &c, and will warm the establishment of the chemist and phar- maceutist, at the same time. The amount of coal consumed depends of course upon the work done. But I have found fifty pounds in the twenty four hours to be sufficient for constnt use in the laboratory, and for heating the rooms. Boston, Mass, April 5th, 1859. NOTE ON THE KINO OF EUCALYPTUS KESINIFER.A. By William Procter, Jr. Some time ago, Dr. Wood, when preparing the last edition of the U. S. Dispensatory, placed in my hands for examination a sample of Botany Bay kino, accompanied by a twelve ounce bottle of the juice of the Eucalyptus resinifera, from which it is produced. A condensed statement of the results of its examina- tion will be found in a note at page 454 of the 11th edition of the Dispensatory, (1858.) These specimens are entirely authentic, having been brought to New York directly from Australia, and presented to Dr. Wood by Mr. S. W. Osgood, druggist, of the former place. The examination made for Dr. Wood, only had reference to the kino itself, the drug he was describing, but it has occurred to me that it may be of some interest to extend the inquiry to the juice itself, as regards the proportion of solid matter it contains, its astringency, and other properties, and offer it in a short note. The Kino. — This consisted of the extract proper mixed with ON THE KINO OF EUCALYPTUS RESINIFERA. 227 pieces of a very loose textured brown bark to which the kino was adherent, as though, in removing it from the tree on which 'the juice had hardened, the bark adhered to it. Much of the kino was broken up into grains and small particles of the bark interspersed. The fragments when held to a strong light are translucent and of a garnet color, their taste is astringent and bitterish with a slightly sweetish fore taste. It has no odor. The grains are very friable and easily reduced to powder of a light mahogany color. The action of water on the powder is peculiar ; the greater part of it coalesces by contact with that fluid into a soft mass of putty-like consistence ; by continued malaxation with water it yields 67 per cent of its weight to that fluid, and probably more of it would have dissolved by continu- ing the process. The undissolved residue consisted chiefly of apotheme, soluble in alcohol and alkaline liquids and resulted probably from the action of the air. The slowness of action of water upon this kino will probably account for some of the discrepancies which exist in the results of other investigators, who have stated its solubility in water as varying from 17 per cent, to entire solubility except impu- rities. This kino dissolves entirely in alcohol sp. gr. 835 with the exception of impurities. On diluting the tincture with water no change in its transparence occurs at first, but on standing, a slight flocculent precipitate occurs. This result would seem to indicate that nearly the whole of the kino might be dissolved by water if time enough was given. The following chemical reactions were obtained with the aqueous solution. Lime water caused a fawn colored precipitate. Sesquichloride of iron a greenish black precipitate, which sepa- rates and leaves a clear greenish liquid; gelatin causes an abundant flocculent precipitate ; sulphate of copper produces a light gray deposit; corrosive sublimate a cloudiness, tartar emetic a fawn colored precipitate depositing slowly from the water. The Juice of Eucalyptus resinifera was in a twelve ounce bot- tle tightly corked and sealed. It was perfectly transparent, of a deep red brown or dark wine color, and adherent to the bottom was a small portion of transparent solid matter, evident- ly deposited from the juice. On opening the bottle, the liquid 228 ON THE KINO OP EUCALYPTUS RESINIFERA. was found to possess a slight peculiar odor somewhat like must. Its consistence is like a mixture of one part of syrup with two of water, its specific gravity ; is 1.048. When it is evaporated to dryness it yields 13 per cent of extract similar in appearance and taste to the kino. Its taste is strongly astringent, followed by a sweetish rather unpleasant impression that recalls the odor of the juice. When heated to ebullition the fluid remains per- fectly transparent ; when mixed with three times its bulk of water it becomes cloudy, but does not immediately precipitate ; on heating gently, transparency is resumed, to again cloud by cooling; a little alcohol renders it permanently transparent. When the juice is agitated repeatedly with ether, it communi- cates its color to that fluid, and on evaporating the ether, a small quantity of soft red extract results, astringent to the taste, and striking a greenish black color with sesquichloride of iron. With reagents, this juice behaves much as the aqueous solu- tion of the kino ; it is precipitated abundantly by gelatin, acetate of lead, and lime water. Tartar emetic and corrosive sublimate, each precipitated it, and the persalts of iron strike a dirty greenish black color. Neither liquor potassa nor ammo- nia cause any cloudiness, but darken the color of the aqueous so- lution. Dr. Pereira believed that Botany Bay kind contains, besides tannic acid, a peculiar pectin-like body, which he has called eucalyptin. He indicates eucalyptin by its property of being precipitated from the alcoholic tincture of this kino on the addition of ammonia, or solution of potassa. When half a drachm of the juice was diluted with two drachms of alcohol, the solution was precipitated by both ammonia and potassa, of a dark brown color — corroborating the observation of Pereira. As the specimen of Eucalyptus juice above described is seve- ral years old, and does not exhibit the slightest indication of decomposition, there can be little doubt of its being a valuable astringent medicine where it is within the reach of the physi- cian. It is quite probable, however, that if exposed to the ac- tion of the air, it would gelatinize and lose its astringency, as its tannic acid appears analogous to that of the Pterocarpus eri- naceus. GLEANINGS FROM THE FRENCH JOURNALS 229 GLEANINGS FROM THE FRENCH JOURNALS. By the Editor. On the vermifuge properties of Ailanthus glandulosa, of China. — This tree, so well known in the United States as a shade tree, and recently so much decried, owing to the strong peculiar odor of its flowers, is the subject of a notice in the Journal de Phar- macie for March, by Prof. Hetet of the Ecole de Medicine of Toulon. This tree, which belongs to the natural family Xan- thoxyleae and allied to the genus Rhus, is also identical or closely related to the Japanese Varnish tree, and within a few months has acquired more importance in view of its leaves being used as food for a species of sjlk worm, Bombyx cynthia, which has recently been introduced into France. If a piece of the bark of Ailanthus is chewed, it gives a de- cided bitter taste, and soon after a general unpleasant feeling, ac- companied by nausea and prostration, similar to that derived from tobacco by novices, or from henbane. These physiological effects seem to have given rise to the term caco dendron (Ehrh.) formerly given to the tree. These qualities induced the author to enter on an investigation of its effects on animals, and to analyze it, but he afterwards as- certained that M. Payen Annals de Chimie t. xxvi. p. 239, had already given an analysis — in which it appears to contain lig- nin, chlorophylle, yellow coloring matter, pectin, bitter sub- stance, aroma tic resin, traces of volatile oil, nitrogenous matter, and some salts. The powdered bark has a greenish yellow color, and when re- cent has a strong virous odor and very bitter taste. The color- ing matter is not valuable as a dye. The pectin is very abundant. By treatment with alcohol, the resin, volatile oil and bitter prin- ciples are dissolved, and on evaporation a soft, oleo resinous ex- tract, strongly odorous, is obtained. M. Hetet has experimented therapeutically and physiologically with the powder, aqueous alcoholic extracts, and oleo resin on dogs. All have proved successful, that is to say, in all cases they have produced abundant stools, with the expulsion of taenia. 230 GLEANINGS FROM THE FRENCH JOURNALS. The powdered bark was given in doses of 8 grains ; the aque- ous extract, in doses of four grains, and the oleo-resin in three grains. The pure resin proved purgative in six grain doses, but did not expel worms. The author attributes the prostrating ef- fects of the bark to the volatile oil, as the resin did not produce them. The effects of this oil is so decided that an assistant charged with evaporating the extracts has been seized with ver- tigo, cold sweats, and vomiting every time he neglected the pre- cautions adopted to avoid the vapors ; and the author himself had experienced them to some extent, from similar emanations, and he also had observed the effects of the extract on a dog, acci- dentally taken. Being satisfied of the emetico-cathartic and anthelmintic power of the ailanthus, the author sought to verify it in practice, and gives several cases in point. 1st. F , a laborer in the arsenal, having sharp pain in his left side, stomach and abdomen, was examined in reference to the debris of taenia, and evidence of their existence noticed. The usual vermifuges, such as pomegranate bark, castor oil, etc., did not relieve him. The powder of ailanthus having been pre- scribed at the instance of the author, soon expelled several frag- ments, and another dose of a gramme (15J grains) relieved the patient of the worm, four and a half yards in length, including the head. Returning to the hospital ten weeks after for another affec- tion, he states on enquiry that it had not returned since. 2d. The Abbe L having noticed portions of tape worm came to the hospital, and under treatment considerable portions of the worm were expelled, but he became impatient and left be- fore he was cured. 3d. L , aged 49, a cooper by profession, had long suf- fered from the tape worm, and exhausted the nostrums of char- letans. He took the powder of ailanthus, alternately with cas- tor oil and glauber salts, during several days, the dose varying from 12 to 30 grains. After 15 days treatment the patient passed a complete worm 5| metres (18 feet) long. The author believes that the ailanthus has also febrifuge pro- perties, and that its administration is entirely safe. GLEANINGS FROM THE FRENCH JOURNALS. 231 Oarapa touloucouna is the name of a tropical tree growing in Guiana, the bark of which has recently been investigated by M. E. Caventou (Journ. de Pharm. Mar. 1859.) This beautiful tree attains the height of 70 to 80 feet, and from three to five feet in diameter. It belongs to the natural family Meliaceae. Its bark is in pieces from 6 to 10 inches long, li to 3 inches wide, and about 4 lines thick. Its external surface is deep gray, rugose; the epiderm is removed in places, so as to show a reddish surface; on some specimens white lichinoid plates occur. The interme- diate surface is yellowish, and perfectly smooth. When chewed it is bitter, and the author supposed it contained a febrifuge al- kaloid, but he proved to be mistaken. The following is the re- sult of his analysis : — 1st, Touloucounin', 2d, soluble red color- ing-matter; 3d, insoluble red coloring-matter; 4th, yellow color- ing-matter, 5th, green fatty matter, besides gum, wax, traces of starch and lignin. Touloucounin is a bitter resinous substance, does not crystallize, has a slight acid reaction, insoluble in ether, very soluble in alcohol and chloroform, and but slightly soluble in water, requiring 1400 parts of this solvent. Its ultimate com- position is C20 H14 O8. M. Caventou has suggested several pharmaceutic formula which are probably premature, in view of the fact that it has not been used sufficiently to develope its therapeutic properties. Ethereal Oil of Horse-chestnuts (Marron d'Inde). M. Genevoix (Bulletin de Therapeutique) states that the ethereal oil of horse- chestnuts has been employed recently as a topical agent in the early stages of gout and rheumatism. It is prepared, by percolating the feculent matter of the ker- nel of this seed with ether, which removes fixed oil, and by evap- oration yields it ready for use. Ten kilogrammes of the chest- nuts (21 pounds) yielded but ten grammes (2j drachms) of the oil. This oil is applied to the part by means of a camel's hair pencil, several times over if the pain is severe, and the part then covered with wax-paper, wadding, or flannel, and the patient kept quiet. The dressing may be renewed two or three times a day. New mode of preparing Medicated Suppositories, with butter 232 GLEANINGS FROM THE FRENCH JOURNALS. of cacao. — Dr. Pfeiffer (Journ. de Pharm., Mar. 1859) recom- mends the following method of making suppositories. The but- ter of cacao is fused, run into conical moulds, and before cooling a piece of tube is inserted into the base of the suppository till the fat solidifies, when it is removed. The cavity thus produced is the receptacle for the medicinal matter, be it extract, powder, or liquid, which is then closed up with a portion of the butter softened for the purpose. The particular advantage proposed to be gained, is that the suppositories may be medicated extem- poraneously. Solubility of some Alkaloids in Chloroform M. Pettenkoffer (Rep. de Pharm. Fevrier, 1859) has determined the per cent- age of solubility of the following alkaloids in chloroform. 100 parts of the menstruum at the ordinary temperature dissolves of Morphia • • . 0.5T Narcotina 31.17 Cinchonia 4.31 Quinia 57.47 Strychnia . 20.16 Brucia • 56.70 Atropia . 51.19 Veratria . 58.47 Dentrifice. — M. Denique (Journ. de Pharm. D'Anvers} has given the following recipe for tooth powder, viz : — Take of Bone phosphate of lime . . . 150 parts. Pumice stone ..... 150 " White Talc 250 « Cream of tartar ..... 100 M Orris Root 80 « Rose Pink (or lake in drops) . . 200 " Ceylon Cinnamon . . . . 30 « Calcined Alum . , . . . 30 « Essence of Bergamot . ... 8 M Essence of Cloves . . . 2 « Triturate carefully the lake and ground pumice stone till they are sufficiently divided ; add then the powders of cream of tar- tar, orris root, etc., and lastly the talc ; pass through a very fine silk sieve ; the essences are added afterwards, and mixed by trituration. THE MOST CORRECT METHODS FOR PREPARING EXTRACTS. 233 ON THE MOST CORRECT METHODS FOR PREPARING EXTRACTS* By F. Vielquth, Jr., and Julius Nentwich. The aim of the authors was to present in the form of extracts, all the soluble substances of the medicinal plants, to the exclu- sion of those which might have a deteriorating influence; this they believe to gain by the proper method of exhausting the plants, by the proper temperature during evaporation, and by the quickest possible dispatch of the work. The best form for keeping and preserving the extracts was to be inquired into, and the authors think the dry pulverulent state to be the most advisable to preserve extracts from the change induced in the presence of moisture and air. As the exhausting menstruum, water is used for plants abound- ing in sugar, dextrin, extractive, tannin and bitter principles, and containing no resins, volatile oils or alkaloids insoluble in water ; albumen and starch, if present, can be removed by mace- ration or cold displacement, and boiling of the tincture. Alco- hol and water are used when principles are present which are soluble in alcohol ; if exhausted by a boiling temperature, Mohr's apparatus (M. R. k Pr. Pharmacy, p. 264,) may be ad- vantageously used, and the lower vessel be of tin. Alcohol alone is employed for the extraction of alkaloids, resins, volatile oils and bitter principles, not easily soluble in water; chloro- phyll and vegetable wax detract from the virtue and stability of the extract, and are to be removed by the addition of some water to the evaporated tincture, and the employment of a weaker alcohol in the first place. Ether is used when it is a better solvent than alcohol. To determine the quantity and quality of the narcotic ex- tracts, prepared from the fresh and the dried herb, the follow- ing experiments were made : * Prize essay to the question propounded by the Moravian Pharmaceu- tical Association, for 1857, as published in Wittstein's Vierteljahresschrift, 1858, p. 321-348 and 481 to 502. The essay was accompanied with speci- mens of all the extracts in form of dry powder of excellent quality. The above is a short abstract of that lengthy, very interesting essay. J. M. M. 234 THE MOST CORRECT METHODS FOR PREPARING EXTRACTS. Of 20 pounds fresh herb of Aconitum Napellus, one half was dried at 30° C. (86° F.,) leaving 2 J pounds, which furnished 3J ounces extract; of the remaining 10 pounds fresh herb 4-| ounces extract was obtained in the same manner ; but the extract from the dried herb contained 0.322 grms., the other only 0.202 grms. of nearly pure aconitine. It will, therefore, be prefer- able for pharmaceutists to prepare the narcotic extracts for their own use, as from good dry herbs they will be sure of obtaining a more active extract. The quantity of the exhausting menstruum is a great object, as with an increase of it the solution must be exposed for a longer time to heat and air. But also the mode of extracting must be kept in view. Mohr's press box and his displacement apparatus are recommended for the various processes. For the cold displacement the authors have constructed a suction pump, which from the receiving vessel withdraws the air, so that the pressure of the atmosphere forces the liquid in the percolator through the finely powdered substance. Before evaporation the liquids are to be decanted or strained, by which precaution a burning of the extracts is prevented, and the liability to fer- ment lessened. For the evaporation of larger quantities of liquids, the authors have constructed a peculiar apparatus, consisting of a copper boiler, into which a smaller copper kettle is fitted. Water is heated in the boiler and the steam passed under a well tinned evaporating trough ; the liquid after having been heated in the kettle, is drawn into a reservoir, from whence it runs into the trough, which is divided by partitions running alternately from both sides of the trough, to within a short distance of the oppo- site side; the trough stands on an inclined plane, the lower end of which is by means of a pipe connected with the kettle. The advantages of this arrangement are, that the liquid is constantly kept in motion, the temperature never rises above 70° C, (158° F.,) and that by the continued evaporation the access of air is almost entirely prevented. For smaller quantities, porcelain evaporating dishes are used, heated by a water bath. The authors distinguish four different degrees of the consis- tency of extracts : 1, consistence of extr. graminis, 1340 grs. of which fill a 1000 gr. flask at 14° C, (58° F.,) % consistence of THE MOST CORRECT METHODS FOR PREPARING EXTRACTS. 235 extractum taraxaci, spec. grav. 1.380, at 14° C ; 3, consistence of extractum radio, glycyrrh. which is obtained by evaporating the liquid to the spec. grav. 1.090 at 14° C, pouring it into a tared evaporating dish, and evaporating it now to just one-fourth of its weight; 4, dry and in form of powder. Many extracts, like extr. hyoscyami, are hygroscopic in such a degree, that they cannot be kept in powder, or cannot be dried at so low a temperature as to preclude an injurious effect of the heat; they require the addition of an indifferent powder, and a number of experiments have convinced the authors that finely powdered liquorice root is preferable to any other substance. The ex- tracts to be dried, when evaporated to the second consistence, are with constant agitation heated in a water bath to 60° C. (140° F.,) until they cease to lose weight; one-fourth of their weight of water or one-eighth of alcohol is then added again, well mixed and an equal weight of pulv. radic. liquir. alcoholis. stirred in, and the whole rapidly evaporated to dryness at 60° C; 2 grs. of this contain 1 gr. pure extract. For pills or powders these extracts may be used as they are ; for mixtures, straining is necessary after their solution; for ointments they are dissolved in four parts of water, strained and evaporated to two parts ; repeated trials have convinced the authors, that this manipulation requires no more time than the cold dissolving of the extracts before their admixture with the ointment. The fol- lowing extracts can be kept in powder without any addition : Extr. cascarillae, chamomillae, cinchonas fuscae, Colombo, guaiaci, - juglandis, millefolii, quassiae, ratanhae, salviae, tormentillae. The following require the addition of powdered liquorice root : Extr. absinthii, aconiti, acori, angelicae, arnicae, belladonnae, cardui bened., centaurei min., chelidonii, cichorei, conii, digitalis, dul- camarse, filicis maris, gentianae, haemostaticum, (ergotae Bonj.,) hyoscyami, hellebori nigri, lactucae virosae, mezerei, nucis vomicae, saponariae, sarsaparillae, scillae, trifolii fibr., Valerianae. To arrive at reliable results, the authors employed the same quantity of menstruum, for preparing the same extract by the process of decoction, infusion or percolation, and evaporated all extracts to dryness, the only reliable standard for comparison. \ 236 THE MOST CORRECT METHODS FOR PREPARING EXTRACTS. Table I. Embraces the results from those plants which are best ex- tracted by water ; the column marked A, contains the officinal names of the extracts; B, the names of the plants; C, the time of their gathering ; D, the weight from one thousand parts of the fresh plants, dried at 30° C; in the cas eof extr. cichor. and tarax., the first numbers are the results from the roots, the se- cond from the herbs ; E, the quantity of water in thousands em- ployed in each experiment for one thousand parts of the dry plant. The following columns contain the quantity of powdered extract obtained from one thousand parts of the dry plant, extr. cichor. and tarax. from equal weights of the root and herb : 1, by maceration ; 2, by infusion for twenty-four hours ; 3, by two decoctions ; 4, by cold displacement, extr. card, ben., liquir. and ratanhae, with the employment of the suction pump. A. B. C. 1). & 1 •I 3 -t Ext. Card, bened. " Cent. min. " Cinch, fuse. Centaurea benedicta, L. Gentiana Centaureum, L. Cortex Ciuchonse Loxec. before flowering while in flowers 180 330 18 12 18 219 215 93 240 136 105 261 149 122 239 89 " Cichorei. Cichoioum intybus, L. (•281 tise 12 245 214 209 " Dulcamara. " Gentian se. " Giaminis. " Liquir. liquid. " Quassise. " Ratanhze. " Rhei Russ. " Saponar. " Soil! ee. Solanum dulcamara, L. Gentiana Pannonica, Scop. Triticum repens, L. Glycyrrhiza glabra, L. Quassia amara, L. Krameria triandra. R. & Pavon. Rad. Rhei Russici. Saponaria officinalis, L. Scilla maritima. fall fall spring fall spring 352 143 204 367 171 12 12 8 10 8 10 12 12 10 109 202 220 127 43 97 306 36-1 107 28:; ^'29 206 45 101 312 343 159 101 193 230 55 113 262 179 230 204 174 98 " Taraxaci. * " Torment. " Trifolii fib. Leontodon Taraxacum, L. Tormentilla erecta, L. Menyanthes trifoliata, L. fall spring before flowering C278 1 187 282 I 172 8 10 12 402 107 178 374 229 205 307 253 270 Centaurea benedicta contains much sulphate of lime, which must be separated by decantation before finishing the extract, which in one ounce contains one drachm of nitrate of potassa. Extract, gentianae ought to be re-dissolved, filtered, and again evaporated, on account of the pectin. Extract, glycyrrh., pre- pared by infusion, keeps in the dry state unaltered without any addition. Extract, ratanhae, prepared by displacement with the suction pump, is entirely soluble in water, the residual root yielded to boiling water 62.5 parts of dry extract, the greater part of which was insoluble in water. On account of pectine, the preparation of extr. rhei, by cold percolation is preferable. THE MOST CORRECT METHODS FOR PREPARING EXTRACTS. 237 Table II. Embraces the extracts which are prepared by means of alco- hol and water, the columns correspond with the former, E, con- taining the quantity of alcohol, spec. grav. .863, and water in thousands, their proportion in all cases being 1, 2 ; column, 1, the results of digestion for twenty-four hours, at 30° C; column 5, the results by cold percolation with the aid of the suction pump. Extr. Absinthii, " Acori, " Angelicas, u Arnicae raclic. " Cascarillae, « Chamomillae, " Colombo, '* Ouaiaci lign. " Hellebori nigr. " Jugland. nuc. « Millefolii, " Salvise, u Sarsaparillae, " Valerianae, For Ext. Sarsap. cold B. Artemisia Absinthium, L. Acorus Calamus, L. Angelica Archangelica, L. Arnica Montana, L. Croton Eleuteria. Schto. Matricaria Chamomilla, L. Menispermum palmatum, L. Guaiacum officinale, L. Helleborus nigei-, L. Juglans regia, L. Achillea Millefolium, L. Salvia officinalis, L. Had. Sarsap. Hondur. Valeriana officinalis, displacement is preferable, so a flow. comm. late in fall early spring fall the flowers fall flow. comm. flowering sprmg to leave the starch behind D. E. 1 •2 3 4 5 156 4:8 259 :;o:; 324 270 207 157 3:6 140 145 155 143 '200 187 3:6 270 32S 345 170 3:6 130 150 103 136 139 2:4 79 88 101 95 100 186 6:12 1.37 252 2S2 149 158 3:6 220 253 345 204 2:4 56 OS 77 48 56 318 2:4 37 49 55 38 4:8 228 •240 ■J02 238 468 6:12 241 253 202 150 5:10 172 216 232 212 3:6 116 112 133 185 3:0 112 •224 233 199 230 Table III. Contains the results of the alcoholic extracts, the columns, A, B, C, D, as above, 1, 2, 3, the yield by digestion for twenty-four hours ; 1, of 1000 parts fresh herbs ; 2, of the same previously dried, with 1000 parts of alcohol each ; and, 3, of 1000 parts dry herb with the proportionate quantity of alcohol; 4, by cold dis- placement of 1000 parts of dried herb with the employment of the suction pump, and 3000 parts alcohol of .863 spec. grav. A. Extract. Aconiti, " Belladonna fol. « Chelidonii, " Conii macul. « Digitalis fol. " Hyosc. fol., 2 years' " " 1 years' growth, * Lactucaj, " Nucis vomicse, with 3000 ala 8 Secalis cornuti, 13. Aconitum napellus, L. Atropa belladonna, L. Chejidonium majus, L. Conium maculatum, L. Digitalis purpurea, L. Hyoscyamus niger, L. I Lactura virosa, L. c. 1). 1 2 3 4 before flow. 243 29 22 88 176 while flow. 170 52 33 186 221 before flow. 170 25 31 181 before flow. 140 37 104218 commence fl. 133 28 18 137 '271 before flow. 115 IS 18 158 90 13 150 before flow. 125 20 16 125 106, in Mohr's appar., 121 p. (< 133 Table IV. The ethereal extracts were made by macerating 1000 parts of the dry powdered substance, at 15° C. employing 3000 parts ether, spec. grav. .730, loss of ether }y and by decoction in Mohr's apparatus, with 6000 parts ether, loss one-quarter. 238 CHLORINATED LUNAR CAUSTIC. Extractuni Filicis maris, 93 parts by maceration, 146 parts by decoction. " Mezerei, 61 " " 82 " " In conclusion, the authors quote the interesting tables from Buchner's K.epertorium, 1843, concerning the quantities of ex- tracts yielded by alcoholic tinctures, and also tables of solubi- lity, volatibility, and the influence of heat on the vegetable alka- loids and their sulphates. CHLORINATED LUNAR, CAUSTIC. By J. Lawrence Smith, M. D. Prof. Chemistry, Medical Department University of Louisville. About two years ago my attention was directed to the impor- tance of giving strength to the fused nitrate of silver, without interfering materially with its purity. I then satisfied myself of the value of the introduction of chloride of silver into lunar caustic. No practical developement was given to this fact until lunar caustic became an object of manufacture at the Louisville Chemical works ; I then prepared some of it, with a certain pro- portion of chloride of silver, in the manner to be described, and distributed it among surgeons and physicians. Having heard from many of those who have fairly tried it, I am fully prepared to submit it to the medical profession as an improved form of lunar caustic for many purposes ; and I am still more encour- aged to do this, from the fact that Dr. Ed. R. Squibb has lately submitted it to the Pharmaceutical Convention as being of suffi- cient importance to be added to the officinal pharmaceutical preparations of silver. Those who use lunar caustic, know that it is subject to two objections; first, its great friability (which is also variable, de- pendent upon the temperature of the mould in which it is cast) ; and secondly, its too great solubility, so that in touching a moist surface, almost invariably more is applied than is designed or required. Nitrate of potash and nitrate of soda are often fused with ni- trate of silver, but these are objects of adulteration, and the use of them gives scope to an unlimited deterioration of this valua- ble caustic, and therefore should be discountenanced as much as CHLORINATED LUNAR CAUSTIC. 239 possible ; and as there is a very simple test by which the puri- ty of lunar caustic may be established, physicians can protect themselves against this adulteration. The test will be found at the end of this note. To make the chlorinated lunar caustic, I originally added a small quantity of chloride of sodium to the nitrate of silver, so that when the mass was fused, about eight per cent, of chloride of silver resulted from the decomposition. This method was found objectionable, as it introduced a small quantity of nitrate of soda in the mass, so the following is the method proposed for general adoption : Take Cryst. Nitrate Silver, . . .480 grs. Dry Chloride Silver, . . . . 38$ « Fuse the mixture, and cast in the ordinary moulds. Dr. Squibb suggests the following method : Take Nitrate Silver, ..... 960 grs. Muriatic Acid, .... 40 " Distilled Water, • . J fluid oz. Mix the acid and water in a suitable vessel, add the nitrate of silver, reduce to dryness, fuse, and cast in moulds ; this intro- duces five per cent, of chloride of silver in the lunar caustic. Either of these methods may be employed, but I prefer, for manufactural purposes, the first formula, as the dry materials are used, and the execution of it is not subject to the delay of getting rid of water by slow and careful evaporation, and moreover, the varying strength of commercial muriatic acid may make a difference in the proportions, if not previously tested. I have placed this lunar caustic in the hands of a number of surgeons and physicians, all of whom concede to it valuable properties in reference to its solidity and diminished solubility. It has been in the hands of Drs. Miller, Flint, Yandell, Mar- shall, and others in this city ; Dr. Pope, of St. Louis ; and Drs. Gross and Bache, of Philadelphia ; and the reports from them all lead me to propose this form of lunar caustic for general adoption. As regards the exact per centage of chloride of silver to be used, this must be left to experiment by the surgeons. A very large quantity of lunar caustic, contains a greater or less proportion of nitrate of potash or any other cheap salt, and 240 CHLORINATED LUNAR CAUSTIC. as this often falls into the hands of physicians when they desire the pure article, it is well to have a ready and simple test that every physician may apply. The following one, proposed by Dr. Ed. R. Squibb, answers the purpose perfectly well : " A. small fragment of nitrate of silver, crushed to powder with a knife-blade upon a piece of paper, the powder spread out over the paper, and the paper and powder then rolled up in a small match-like roll, twisted, set on fire, and burned, leaves a tasteless residue of pure silver. But if the nitrate of silver contains even one per cent, of any saline impurity, the residue, instead of be- ing tasteless, will have the sharp alkaline taste of the base of the adulterating salt. With this test, no one need be deceived by No. 2 lunar caustic, nor by the adulteration of the crystallized nitrate with chlorate of potash, &c; and even the small pro- portion of sal prunelle that is often added to the so-called pure or " No. 1 caustic " to make it run well, is detected in a minute with equal certainty. This test answers equally well for the purity of the chlorinated lunar caustic." Instead of crushing the lunar caustic on a piece of paper, wrapping and then burning, I have found it preferable to dis- solve it in a little water, moisten a piece of paper with the solu- tion, dry it, roll the paper up and burn. By this modification I have never failed to produce complete decomposition, whereas in manipulating the lunar caustic as prepared by Dr. Squibb, I have failed more than once to produce a complete decomposi- tion, and upon tasting the residue, found undecomposed nitrate of silver. With these facts before them, physicians need never be de- ceived with impure lunar caustic. — Louisville Seminary Month- ly Medical News, Feb. 1, 1859. BEHAVIOUR OF BORACIC TO TARTARIC ACID. 241 ON THE BEHAVIOUR OF BORACIC TO TARTARIC ACID. By H. Rose. In the combinations of cream of tartar with boracic acid and borax, the boracic acid is supposed to act the part of a base ; several facts, however, are against this view. The solution of boracic acid in alcohol burns with a green flame, owing to the formation of borate of ethyle ; boracic acid, united with a strong base, does not show this green color, which only appears after the addition of a strong acid, particularly sulphuric acid. Several organic acids, principally the tartaric , act like strong bases, by depriving the boracic acid of this pro- perty ; a considerable quantity of the organic acid however is necessary ; a mixture of 10 equiv. tartaric (C4 H2 05 -f HO) to 1 eq. boracic acid, dissolved in alcohol, burns without the char- acteristic green color, which appears instantly on the ^addition of sulphuric acid. Among the inorganic acids, only the phos- phoric has a somewhat similar behaviour, but it requires a larger proportion of it, and sulphuric acid restores the color also in this case. In a like manner the addition of sulphuric acid is required to the different kinds of tartarus boraxatus, to show the green coloration of the flame peculiar to boracic acid burning with alcohol. All attempts to displace the basic water of tartaric acid by boracic acid proved of no avail, and therefore in order to de- termine which of the two acids in their combination acts as a base, a solution of 1 eq. of boracic to 10 eq. of tartaric acid was subjected to the action of a Grove's battery, consisting of but 2 elements in order to prevent the decomposition of tartaric acid. The poles were made of strips of platina separated by a clay cylinder. After several hours the liquid on the poles was examined, when that from the positive pole on the addition of strong alcohol burned with a green flame, which was not the case with the liquid from the negative pole, until after the addition of sulphuric acid. After this result it will be incorrect to con- sider the boracic acid the base whe'n combined with tartaric acid. Uric acid is of precisely the same behaviour. The reaction of boracic acid with curcuma paper has been! 16 242 BEHAVIOUR OF BORACIC TO TARTARIC ACID. asserted as a reason for its alkaline behaviour. But the reac- tion of alkalies takes place immediately with a brownish red color, assuming a violet shade on drying, or even disappearing entirely after some time, if the alkaline solution has been very weak (lime water) ; the brown coloration produced by boracic acid, however, takes place after drying the paper; though char- acteristic, it is not strong, but may be decidedly deepened by pre- viously mixing the boracic acid with a stronger acid, such as hy- drochloric, nitric, tartaric, but especially dilute sulphuric acid, all of which increase the coloration more than acetic and other weaker acids ; the paper, after drying, is then of a deep red color. Curcuma paper is turned brown instantly by a solution of borax, the color fading on drying, usually leaving a reaction of boracic acid. The reaction of borax therefore is similar to that of a weak alkaline solution ; but it ought to be much stronger, if the reactions of boracic acid and the alkalies were occasioned by the same cause. The shade of the reaction by boracic acid mixed with another acid is a little different from that by pure boracic acid, but it is often an excellent means to discover the presence of small quantities of borates. Though somewhat varying in the shade, similar reactions on curcuma paper are obtained by solutions in strong acids of zirconia, and of the acids of the following metals : titanium, tan- talum, niobium, tin. — [Monatsber. d. Acad. d. Wissensch. zu Berlin, Bee. 1857.) Note by Prof. A. Buchner. — Several years ago, Prof. A. Vo- gel, jun.,had drawn attention to the difference between the reaction of alkalies and boracic acid upon curcuma paper, (Rep. f. Pharm. 3d ser. iii. 178). He dilutes a tincture of curcuma to a light yellow color and adds a concentrated solution of borax, whereby, owing to the alkaline nature of the salt, a brown coloration is produced, reassuming the original yellow on the addition of sul- phuric acid ; if more sulphuric acid is added, boracic acid is liberated, reacting with a reddish brown color, which is not changed again to yellow by % larger quantity of sulphuric acid. —(From Neues Bepert. f. Pharm. 1858. 193—197.) J. M. Mv ! FORMATION OF GUM TRAGACANTH. 243 INQUIRIES INTO THE FORMATION OF GUM TRAGACANTH. By Hugo von Mohl. (Translated from the Botanische Zeitung, Jahrg. XIV., p. 33, 1857, by BerthoM Seeman, Ph. D., F. L. $., with corrections by the Author.) 4 Concluded from page 165.) After this examination of the tragacanth gum, I proceeded to that of the stems, extending it to those of the following spe- cies belonging to the section Tragacanthce, viz: Astragalus an- qustifoUus, Lam., A. aristatus, L'Herit., A. Anacantha, M. B., A. aureus, Willd., A. Barba Jovis, De Cand., A. breviflorus, De Cand., A. bunophilus, Boiss., A. campylanthus, Boiss. A, Caucasicus, M. B., A. cephalanthus, De Cand., A. chromolepis, Boiss., A. compactus, Willd., A. creticus, Lam., A. cyllenius, Boiss. et Heldr., A. denudatus, Stev., A. echinoides, L. Herit., A. echinus, De Cand., J., erianthus, Willd. ,A. gossyspinus Fisch., A, lagopodiodes, Vahl., A. leiocladus, Boiss., A. massiliensis, Linn., A. mierophgsa, Boiss., A. murinus, Boiss., A. persicus, Fisch. et Meg., A: plumosus, Willd., A. pseudotragacantha, M. B. , A. ptychophyllus, Boiss., A. pycnocephalus, Fisch., A. turni- dus Willd. Amongst these there were only four species in the stem of which no tragacanth formation could be discovered, viz., A. aristatus, L'Herit. (from the Pyrenees,) A. massiliensis, Linn., A. angustifolius,'Ln,m., and A. echionoides, L'He'rit. In all the others, the formation of gum tragacanth, in a more or less abundance, was apparent.* The structure of the stems is in general as follows : — The wood consists of thin annual layers, and is extremely tough, easi- ly tearing lengthways into thin filaments. It incloses a thin column of pith [em enges Marh^, is crossed by numerous medul- lary rays, and does not exhibit anything unusual. The same may be said of the bark which contains perfectly formed liber, and is covered by a strong tough periderm. But the pith and a great part of the medullary rays are very curious ; for, in- stead of presenting a thin-walled parenchymatous texture, they * The question whether the transformation of the cells into gum tragacanth to be described below, also takes place in species belonging to other sections of thegenus I have not specially investigated; but I may remark that I met with the same transformation in two species belonging to the section Incani, which I selected at random, viz., A. brachycarpus, M. B., and A. a?iffulosus, D. C, 244 FORMATION OF GUM TRAGACANTH. appear to the naked eye as a hard, transparent, gum-like mass, which becomes gelatinous in water. There is also often to be found upon the cut surface of the stem a dry projection of gum, which has issued from the interior of the pith. Aided by the microscope, we perceive at first sight that the gum-like mass which fills the pith cavity [MarJckohle], and the medullary rays, or which has issued from the pith in the place where it has been cut, does not consist of dried mucilage [nicht aus einem eingetrockneten Grummischleim']y but actually of the cells of the pith and medullary rays, which have undergone a more or less complete transformation into gum tragacanth. Generally this transformation has not occurred to all the cells of the pith and medullary rays ; but the outer layers of medul- lary ray, which are nearest to the cells of the wood, consist reg- ularly (and, in like manner the outer part of the pith, situated nearest to the woody fibres, consist, not unfrequently) of the usual, thin-walled, parenchyme-cells, the membrane of which becomes violet on the application of an iodized solution of chlo- ride of zinc : — -These unchanged cells, however, form generally only a very thin stratum, consisting of a few cells, whilst all the remaining cells constituting the central mass of the pith and medullary rays are transformed. That the peculiar condition of these cells is the effect of a transformation of ordinary parenchyme-cells, and not a condi- tion peculiar to the cells of these parts from the first, is proved by the pith and medullary rays of the tops of branches, which present nothing unusual. The transformed cells differ in respect to their physical condi- tion from common cellular tissue in presenting a substance, which, when dry, is very hard, transparent, and gummy, and which, when wet, is swollen and slippery. Placed under a microscope, these cells (if their transformation has not advanced too far) exhibit the angular form and the close approximation of paren- chyme-cells, but their walls are very thick, and evidently com- posed of numerous very thin strata ; their primary membrane may be exactly distinguished from the secondary incrassating strata \_Verdichungssohicten,'] and is not incrassated, as is dis- tinctly seen in a transverse section of the pits in which the pri- mary membrane lies free. The whole form of these cells, the FORMATION OF GUM TRAGACANTH. 245 evident stratification of their membrane, the jelly-like softness of the latter when moistened, render them very similar to the well known cells of the cotyledons of Schotia. In this transition state into gum tragacanth, occur, according to circumstances, partly those cells which border the still unal- tered layers, partly also those which form the centre of the pith and the medullary rays, as I observed in the young stems of Astragalus eyllenius, Boiss., which plant, according to Orphan- ides, is one of those from which tragacanth is collected in Greece. When the transformation has progressed a degree further, the various cells swell in water to a globular form, and become more or less perfectly separated from each other, but still re- taining their complete integrity ; while, on the application of iodine, no mucilage is observed issuing from them into the water. In the latter respect, I found, however, in some pieces (Astraga- lus aureus, Willd., A. pseudo-tragacantha, M. B., A. compactus, Willd., A. pycnocephalus, Fisch.) a striking exception. There appeared in the water surrounding the cells a mucilaginous sub- stance, which, it would seem, was soluble in water, and on appli- cation of iodized solution of chloride of zinc, instantly assumed a beautiful indigo blue color. The amorphous contents of the cells as well as those of the unchanged medullary rays and of a part of the cells of the bark, were colored in like manner. The tint, however, was not lasting, for within a few hours the blue had entirely disappeared, giving place to a yellowish tinge. This phenomenon reminds us again of the cells of the cotyledons of Schotia, from which water extracts a mucilage, which is rendered blue by iodine, and is coagulated by alcohol. In other cases, as in Astragalus eyllenius, water extracts from the transformed cells a mucilage, which iodine renders yellowish ; but this, like the mucilage that is rendered blue by iodine, is an exception. When the transformation of the cells into gum tragacanth has advanced further, it is impossible to distinguish whether the membranes (which swell up very much in water) are composed of many thin layers or not. This transformation into a mass of homogeneous appearance, proceeds in the cell membranes from without or within ; for I observed (in Astragalus marinus} cells in which the change had extended only to the outer half of the 246 FORMATION OF GUM TRAGACANTH. walls of the cells, while the inner, by a sharp line separating it from the outer homogeneous mass, still showed fine stratification. Finally, the last transformation into perfectly formed traga- canth takes place when the cells lose their outer solid definition [Begrenzung^ and these outer layers become merged into a more or less uniform, mucilaginous mass ; in which condition (as is also often the case in exuded gum"! the inner layers may still be present in their perfect integrity. The cells transformed in the manner described, present, at least when moistened, a much greater diameter than the thin- walled cells out of which they were formed ; thus, one of the larger, unaltered cells of the medullary rays of Astragalus de- nun at us has a diameter of 0/;/.00G4, whilst a transformed, yet sharply defined cell of the inner part of the same medullary ray, was 0'/r.035, that is about five times tiiesize; in Astragalus echinus the size of the transformed medullary cells had increased to 0/r/.06, and thus attained about the same size as the cells contained in exuded tragacanth. The cells are affected by the action of iodine, according to the degree of transformation they have undergone. The unchanged cells of the pith and medullary rays are rendered deep violet in twenty-four hours by the action of an iodized solution of chlo- ride of zinc. The same occurs in the cells which have only been transformed in a slight degree and still possess the form of angu- lar, but thick-walled cells of parenchyme. This coloring is, how- ever, not uniform throughout the whole thickness of the walls and of the cells, but it is principally the outer and inner layer that is vividly colored ; several thin layers among the seconda- ry strata exhibit also a violet color. Whether the [apparently] uncolored strata situated between these two colored ones were entirely without color, or were of very pale violet, I could not make out. A similar condition is often observable in other thick walled parenchyme-cells, which soften and swell up in water, as for instance, in those of Schotia. The more the breaking up of the cells, and their transforma- tion into gum tragacanth progresses, the more pale violet does the general body of them become ; while uncolored, or faintly col- ored strata, more and more preponderate over the colored ones, and the colored strata, especially the outer, show a fainter col- FORMATION OF GUM TRAGACANTH. 247 oring, perhaps only in consequence of their larger mechanical extension. The observations here detailed will leave no doubt that gum tragacanth is neither a secreted sap, dried by exposure to the air, nor an independent cryptogamic organism ; but that its for- mation is owing to a more or less complete transformation of the cells of the medullary rays into a gelatinous mass, which, when brought into contact with water, increases in volume to several hundred times the original size of the cells. Whether the production and exudation of the gum takes place in one and the same place of the stem only once, or whether it is repeated several years, can of course only be found out in the native country of the tragacanth plant ; but perhaps the conjec- ture, that the appearance of the gum continues through a long time, is not too bold. The transformation of the pith can of course only take place once in any given part of the stem, and this source will become exhausted after the exudation of the gum formed has sooner or later been effected. It may be differ- ent, with respect to the medullary rays, as not all medullary rays of a given part of the stem undergo their transformation at the same time. At least in the younger stems examined by me, only a part of the medullary rays had undergone this trans- formation, while the remainder still exhibited the ordinary struc- ture of thin- walled cells. We may also venture to assume thai; the great solidity of the periderm covering the stem, is the reason why the forcing of the gum through the bark takes place every year out of a limited portion of the medullary rays, and that consequently, perhaps, many years may elapse before all the medullary rays of a stem have discharged themselves. Looking around in the vegetable kingdom for analogous trans- formations of cells into mucilage, we find them to be by no means of rare occurrence. Alexander Braun ( Verjungung der Pflanze, p. 203) remarks that, in a manner quite analogous, a softening of the membrane of the cells, their swelling up into a gelatinous form and diffluence [zerflie&seri], are phenomena of common occur- rence in the natural order Palmellacece and Clirooooccacece, and that analogous changes in the membranes of the cells are met with in Hydrodictyon and Botrydium, and that the jelly-like softening of the membranes of the mother cell of pollen granules 248 SOLUBLE PYROPHOSPHATE OF IRON. is connected with the decomposition afterwards affected. I have also convinced myself that the formation of the abundant inter- cellular substance of the albumen of several leguminous plants, as Gleditschia and Sophora, indicates in a manner perfectly an- alogous the transformation of outer cellular strata into a homo- geneous jelly, in which, often for a long time afterwards, traces of the primary membrane of the cells can be recognized, until even these entirely disappear. Nor do I doubt that the forma- tion of the intercellular substance of Fucoidece, of Chondrus crispus, &c, is indicative of an analogous event. We have consequently, in the formation of gum tragacanth, a special in- stance of a widely diffused process of disorganization of cellulary membrane, proceeding from exterior to interior, at one time affecting the whole wall of the cells [die ganze Zellwand]; at another, attacking only the outer layers, and ending with their transformation into a more or less soluble jelly. On the other hand, I consider it less appropriate to range, as Unger does, the formation of gum tragacanth, in the same parallel with the for- mation of secondary and tertiary gelatinous cell-membrane, such as occur in the testa of Cydonia, Linum, Collomia, Ruellia, &c; at least I am not aware that these, before they possess the con- dition of gelatinous membranes, were previously in the condition of membranes of cellulose. — London Pharmaceutical Journal^ Jan. 1859. ON SOLUBLE PYROPHOSPHATE OF IRON. By M. Robiquet, To obtain the soluble, or citro-ammoniacal pyrophosphate of iron, M. Robiquet dissolves the pyrophosphate of iron in a gelatinous condition, (as obtained by precipitating the pyro- phosphate of soda with persulphate of iron,) in a solution of citrate of ammonia. When the liquor is clarified, it is kept during some minutes at ebullition, filtered and evaporated at a gentle heat to the syrupy consistence, spread on plates with a brush and the desiccation finished in a stove. The product obtained is presented under the form of light yellowish transparent vitreous scales. If instead of drying it ANALYSIS OF THE BOOT OF BRYONIA ALBA. 249 on plates, the operation is performed in a capsale of the tempera- ture of the water bath, the salt is obtained in beautiful bottle green transparent masses, like soluble cream of tartar. Thus prepared citro-ammoniacal pyrophosphate of iron is very soluble in water, its solution does not possess the charac- teristic disagreeable taste of the salts of iron, and the chemical properties of the metal are in part masked, as in the tartrate of iron and potassa and the pyrophosphate of iron and soda. Ac- cording to M. Robiquet 100 parts of this salt contains of Pyrophosphate of Iron (anhydrous) 61.736 Citrate of Ammonia 28.967 Water of combination 6.315 Repertoire de Pharmaeie. ANALYSIS OF THE ROOT OF BRYONIA ALBA. By G. F. Walz. Ten lbs. of the dry root were exhausted by alcohol of 0-830 sp. gr., the alcohol distilled off in the water bath, and the residue evaporated to dryness. This extract was treated with cold water ; the reddish yellow solution had an acrid bitter taste, was rendered turbid by sugar of lead, but precipitated with a yellow color by subacetate of lead. This precipitate after hav- ing been thoroughly washed, was decomposed by hydrosulphuric acid ; the solution was evaporated to dryness to drive off acetic acid, when the residue weighed about 5 drachms. Absolute ether took up the greater part of it with a reddish brown color, and left after evaporation a crummy mass, which was partly dissolved by absolute alcohol, while the balance was separated in white crystals — bryonitin. The residue which had not been dissolved by ether, proved to be gum, reddish brown coloring matter and bryonin ; the coloring matter was removed by sugar of lead, the gum by subacetate of lead, and after the removal of the lead, the bryonin was precipitated by tannin, a little ad- hering bryonitin being dissolved by ether. The sulphuret of lead obtained as above, was exhausted with alcohol, which left a brown, brittle, glossy and bitter residue, insoluble in ether and not precipitable by an alcoholic solution of sugar of lead. 250 ANALYSIS OP THE ROOT OF BRYONIA ALBA. The liquid filtered off from the precipitate by subacetate of lea 1 00, per annum $5 00 For half a column, or { of page <« 2 00, « 7 00 For a column, or half a page, " 3 00, " 12 00 For one page, " 5 00, « 20 00 When the advertisement is not altered during the year, the prices are $15 00 per page, and $10 00 per half page, or a column, the other charges remaining the same, whether altered or not. NEW PHARMACEUTICAL LABELS FOR SHOP FURNITURE. The attention of Druggists, Apothecaries, and Country Physicians, is invited to the new book of Pharmaceutical Labels, just published by the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. These Labels are of three kinds. The first book (New Edition, 1859,) contains 185 sheets of Labels with steel blue letters on a bronze ground; printed from engraved plates; and embracing over 1600 labels of five different sizes. This book is particu- larly appropriate for retail stores. The price to consumers is $12 50. The second book comprises 180 sheets of labels, on fine yellow paper, with black letters, which in form and number are similar to the bronze labels. This book is a great improvement on the last yellow book. Price $2 50 to consumers. The third book consists of 32 sheets of labels, between parallel rules, black letter, on yellow paper, comprising more than 1000 labels. Price 50 cents. These labels may be had in quantities, of the College, by applying to CHARLES ELLIS, (Chairman of the Latin Label Committee,) Market below 8th, or by consumers, of the Druggists generally. HENR7 HAVILAND, S3 John Street, JVew Work, IMPORTER OF GOODS FOR Among which may be found FINE PERFUMERY, BRUSHES, SOAPS, COMBS, ESSENTIAL OILS, TOILET ARTICLES, SELECT ENGLISH AND FRENCH CHEMICALS AND MEDICINES, And many out of the way articles heretofore difficult to find in one assortment. Especial pains taken to select goods of the best quality. May, 1857— ly. 2 I^ESJEHXr cfc ESVBRESTT, MANUFACTURERS OF TIN BOXES, CANISTERS, AND DEUGGISTS' TINWARE, IN EVERY VARIETY, BY MACHINERY, Wo. 108 Mortis Front Street, Philadelphia, Blacking Boxes, Moss Paste ' Boxes, Mustard do. Paint Can i>lers, Ointment do. Spice do. Pill do. Snuff do. Match do. Mustard do. Soda Powder do. Tea do. Seidlitz do. Coffee do. Yeast do. Packing do. Printing Ink do. Powder do. Ext. Coffee do. Plaster do. Flat and Cone Top Oil Cans, Fluid Cans, Wheel Grease do. Varnish do. Fruit do. Honey do. Oyster do. Lard do. Preserve do. Measures, Scoops, Funnels, Displacement Filters, &c. May, 1859. 2t. TO WESTERN AND SOUTHERN DRUGGISTS. A young man a graduate of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, solicits an engagement ; has had an experience in the business North and South; and is confident of rendering entire satisfaction. The most satis- factory testimonials can be produced Address, stating location, amount of compensation, &c. S. H. JAMES, 1218 Austin Street, above 10th, below Federal, Philadelphia. May, 1859. TO DRUGGISTS. Wanted, a situation by a graduate of the Philadelphia College of Phar- macy ; would prefer going South or West. Address, BULLOCK & CRENSHAW, Box 335, Philadelphia, P. 0. May, 1859. 2t. 3 DRUGGISTS FANCY GOODS, &c. Wb D. iLENNj JYo, SO SOUTH FOURTH STREET PHILADELPHIA, Offers to the Drug Trade a very large and complete assortment of BRUSHES, COMBS, PERFUMERY, AND HMRMKBHSTS9 AETOUES ©JEHlEIBAJUMr, Selected by himself this season in the principal European cities, and in- cluding every novelty in the line. Catalogues sent when requested. Orders by mail will receive every attention. Druggists visiting Philadelphia are respectfully requested to call and examine the stock. September, 1858. A. F. HAZARD & CO., No. 174 Market Street, above Fifth, south side, Philadelphia, IMPORTERS AND WHOLESALE DEALERS IN DRUGS, MEDICINES, PAINTS, OILS, DYE STUFFS, ' WINDOW GLASS, &c, Keep constantly on hand a large and well selected assortment of Genuine Drugs, Medicines, Chemicals, Spices, Perfumery, &c. Druggists, Physicians, Country Merchants, and Manufacturers sup plied on the most liberal terms, and the quality of. the articles supplied them will be guaranteed. N. SPENCER THOMAS MANUFACTURING CHEMIST AND DRUGGIST, 3tiEW MARKET, ABOVE LAIREL STREET, PHILADA. Would respectfully call the attention of Druggists to the articles of his manufacture, among which are, MEDICINAL EXTRACTS, PREPARED IN VACUO, In all their variety, warranted of superior quality, made according to the best formula, (by the U. S. Pharmacopoeia when officinal.) Strict attention is paid to the selection of prime Drugs for their manufacture, as well as to all the minutiae in the manipulation. They are neatly put up in packages of any description that may be ordered. POWDERED EXTRACTS.— All the extracts that can be powdered without injury, will hereafter be kept in that way for the convenience of Druggists and others; also, Concentrated Medicines used in Eclectic practice, including Resinoids, Oleo- Resinoids, Alka-Resinoids j also, Fluid Extracts in all their variety. All of the above preparations will hereafter be prepared in vacuo, GLYCERIN, anhydrous, colorless and inodorous; much superior to the common English article. MACHINE SPREAD PLASTERS, superior to any other in the market. These plasters are on the finest lambskin, prepared in such a manner as to retain their pliability and freshness of appearance. They are neatly put up in boxes of one dozen each, and are warranted to give satisfaction. Also, ADHESIVE PLASTER CLOTH, that will compare favor- ably with any other. PLASTERS IN ROLLS, of superior quality, believed to be equal to the English Plasters. BLUE MASS, warranted one-third Mercury, and made in such a way as cannot fail to give satisfaction. MERCURIAL OINTMENT, of all the various proportions that are in demand, made by a Machine that divides the Mercury to the finest possible state, without the aid of any acid or injurious substance. HYDRARG. CUM GRETA, of superior quality, also all the Phar- maceutical Preparations, usually in demand, all of which will be sold on terms which cannot fail to be satisfactory. SELECT POWDERS of the finest quality, of every kind, including Powdered Blue Mass, Powdered Prepared Ox Gall, and some other articles not heretofore used in that way. They are neatly put up in packages of any size and description, or in bulk, as may be ordered. PURE GROUND SPICES, &c, warranted to be made, (in all in- stances,) from articles of prime quality, handsomely put up or in bulk, as may be ordered, free from any adulteration whatever. The above-mentioned articles are all manufactured at my own works, New Market St. abo"e Laurel, and are guaranteed to be satisfactory. ^ Also, all articles usually sold by Druggists, including Drugs, Chemi- cals, Glass Ware, White and Blue Jars, Paints, Dyes, Colors, Acids, and manufacturers' articles of every description. White Lead, White Zinc, &c, &c.; &c. November, 1855. 4 l NEW EDITION OF BRONZE LATIN LABELS FOR SHOP FURNITURE. The Philadelphia College of Pharmacy has published an entirely new Book of Latin Pharmaceutical Labels, for Druggists' and Apothecaries, shop furniture, done in bronze, on steel blue paper, by a new process, in which the bronze is plated into the paper so as not to rub^off. The boofc contains more than 1600 labels, of five different sizes, and includes a supple- ment of more than 150 labels of articles kept by druggists and apothecaries such as dye-stuffs, paints and miscellaneous articles. The price to consu* mers is ten dollars per book. To Druggists and other dealers, a liberal dis- count made in proportion to the quantity taken. Annexed is a specimen of the sizes. CHARLES ELLTS, Treasurer of Committee on Latin Labels, No. 56 Chesnutst., Philadelphia ALSO Druggists may obtain the Book of Yellow Latin Labels for shop furniture, as published by the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, wholesale, ol CHARLES ELLIS, as above. LABELS FOR SPECIMENS OF THE MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS. Druggists, and others, may obtain the Book of Labels for Materia Medica and Pharmaceutical Specimens, as published,by the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, wholesale, of EDWARD PARRISH, Eighth and Arch Sts. Philadelphia. TO DRUGGISTS AND PHARMACEUTISTS. Member of the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, and of the American Pharmaceutical Association, 46 BEERMAX STBEET, JfEW YORK, Begs to inform Druggists commencing business, or making alterations in their stores, that he has an extensive and well selected stock of Furniture Glass, well stoppered and of superior make, Pine Apple Globes, Show Jars, Porcelain Pots, sold label, Glass Signs, &c, with Drawers, Counters, Show Cases, Bronzed Iron Scroll Brackets, for show bottles, and every requisite for the complete fitting of stores. From his long experience as Druggist, and general fitter and labeller of stores, he is qualified at once to enter into the wants of his brethren, en- abling them to have their stores perfect in every respect, great attention being paid to the dispensing as well as the retail department. Plans and estimates furnished, with F. H.?s newest designs and improve- ments. Instructions for the sale and purchase of business, and valuation of stock and fixtures promptly attended to. Sep, 1857. ly THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHARMACY. JULY, 1859. OBSERVATIONS ON ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS. By Joseph Augustus Heintzelman. That large portion of our present Materia Medica which is drawn from the vegetable kingdom, is composed chiefly of plants, which once bore a despised name, but the discovery of their merits has won for them a more honorable position. But who can doubt that plants are now growing, in field or forest, which as yet unknown, are not less worthy of regard than those we most value ? And in a liberal, experimenting age like this, we may confidently hope that numerous discoveries will be made in this department, and we may expect that a hospitable hearing will be granted to one which claims to possess useful properties, though it bears so humble a name as Ckickweed. It is well known that a great obscurity yet prevails in relation to the nature and the existence of hydrophobia, a disease which is still doubted, and even denied by many distinguished gentle- men of the profession, and for which disease no infallible and reliable remedial agent has been found. Therefore I do not enter into discussion about it, but relate at once the particulars which have induced me to make this common and little esteemed plant the subject of a thesis, and at the same time to in- vestigate its active constituents and peculiar princiles. About a year ago one of our city newspapers reprinted from an old journal of the Legislature of Pennsylvania, preserved in the State Library, of which the contents were published, as fol- lows : "Dauphin County, Londonderry Township, February 18, 1802. Sir :~A medicine of the utmost importance to mankind, prepared from an 300 OBSERVATIONS ON ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS. herb which has been found unquestionably efficacious as a cure for the bite of a mad dog, either in man or beast, has been known and used as such by the subscriber and his ancestors in Germany and Pennsylvania. The herb and manner of preparation has been cunningly obtained from me and prostituted for the purpose of accumulating wealth, contrary to my wishes or practice, and of those from whom it was derived ; and being far advanced in years, I am desirous to communicate it in such a manner as may give the most general information to my fellow men, without the most distant view of emolument. I have therefore thought proper to address these few lines to you, in full confidence that you will take a more effectual way to diffuse the informa- tion than from my age and other circumstances is in my power. At your request, communicated by my friend Henry Orth, (health per- mitting,} I will attend in Lancaster, and explain the subject fully. I remain your friend, Valentine Kittering. To the Speaker of the Senate." This letter was addressed to the Senate of Pennsylvania, and that body referred it to a committee consisting of Messrs. Par- son, Porter and Lower, which committee was entrusted to con- sider it, and reported upon it, as follows : " The committee appointed to hear the communication of Valentine Kit- tering, relative to his cure of the bite of a mad animal, report: That they conferred with the said Kittering on that subject, who informed them that he uses the herb called Chickweed, which, when ripe or in full bloom, he gathers and dries in the shade, reduces it to a powder, and gives a small tablespoonful at one time to a grown person in beer or water, in weight of one drachm and one scruple, for a child an equal dose, but given at three different times, or it may be eaten on bread with butter, honey or molasses, as the person chooses. For a beast, a large spoonful; if by weight, two drachms and one scruple. "When used green for a beast, cut the herb fine and mix it with bran, &c. When given to swine, mix the powdered herb with meal of any kind (dose as above) in little balls. He assures us he has given it to persons many weeks after they were bitten, and never knew it to fail, and never gives more than a single dose, except to children as above. He further says, it is an excellent cure for cuts and wounds on the human body. When green, wash it, drop the juice in the wound, and bind the herb, so mashed, over. The proper time to sow the seed is about the beginning of April, and should be sown thin. He also informs us that he is now seventy-five years old, was born in Germany, and came from thence with his parents to Pennsylvania when eleven years of age, that his mother brought the seed of the herb amongst her garden seed, that he has presented to your committee, for the use of the OBSERVATIONS ON ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS. 301 members, a quantity of the herb and seed, and says he will give of the seeds to others who will please to call on him for that purpose. They also learn from the Reverend Muhlenberg, of Lancaster, that it is an annual plant, known in Switzerland and Germany by the name of Gauchheil, Huhnerdarm, Yernumftskraut, by the botanist (as he is in- formed) as Anagallis arvensis, and that it should be gathered when in full blossom. In Germany, he understands, the usual dose was 30 grains of the powder, taken four times a day, and continued one week in smaller doses ; the wound washed with a decoction of the herb, and some of the powder stewed in it. The committee therefore offered a resolution : Resolved, That the Speaker be requested to present the thanks of the Senate to Valentine Kittering for his benevolent and valuable communi- cation." The allusion to the "remedy for the bite of a mad dog," has brought out, since the above communication, a copy of one of the original recipes, sold by Doctor Stoy, a son of the original discoverer. By request of the party who held the original it was published as follows : "Dr. Stoy's infallible Cure for the bite of a mad dog. "Take one ounce of Chickweed, and put it into a clean earthen pot and pour on it a quart of beer ; place the pot over a gentle %oal fire, and boil it until it is reduced to half, strain it hot from the pot through a clean linen cloth into a pewter dish, and then, while still hot in the dish, add one ounce of theriac and stir it well, until it is thoroughly mixed. Give a patient a dose, lukewarm, in the morning, the patient being duly sober, that is to say, without having taken anything in the morning ; after this he must fast at least three hours, and during that time drink no cold water, and must take great care not to eat any pork and everything which has any connection with pork ; for fourteen days he must not partake of any animal food, not even of the fish kennel. This is the dose for a grown person. To children of twelve years give the half, and so in proportion of age. To animals give the double portion given to a grown person, and in proportion with the water as above mentioned to be observed. As an application to wounds, the plant is cut while in blossom and then fried in fresh butter without salt, and then put on the wound three times a day by rubbing the scab off with an oak chip." ANAGALLIS. Sexual System : Pentandria Monogynia, (Linnaeus). Natural Order ; Primulaceae, (Lindley), Generic Character : Calyx ; quinquified, regular and perma- 302 OBSERVATIONS ON ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS. nent. Stamina ; proceeding from the reed. Corolla ; funnel- shaped and slit. Seeds ; numerous and scutiform. Petals ; opposite and scattered. Anagallis arvensis — The Chickweed is an annual herbaceous plant, growing throughout Europe, Middle Asia and North America ; it also grows abundantly near our own city, Philadel- phia, at the fields and grave-yards, and is gathered during the time of flowering. It affords a remarkable instance of the sleep of plants, for at night the leaves approach in pairs and enclose the tender rudiments of the young shoots. The stem is first erect, but afterwards bent downwards, with branches attached from below, possessing an alternate line of hairs between each pair of leaves ; the leaves are opposite, short, cuspidate, three- nerved and pale green, when dry. The flowers are axillary and on long erect stems. The odor of Chickweed is grass-like, the taste first flat and herbaceous, but afterwards bitter and slightly acrid ; it yields its virtue to boiling water and diluted alcohol. Chemical Constituents. Gum, Albumen, Sugar, Chlorophylle, a crystalline matter, fixed Oil, pure Resin, and volatile Oil. 1. An infusion of Chickweed was treated with a solution of subacetate of lead, which caused a precipitate, indicating the presence of gum. 2. A portion of the fresh herb was beaten into a pulp and the fluid separated by filtering. This liquid was precipitated with bichloride of mercury and ferrocyanide of potassium; when heated, a coagulum was produced, showing the presence of albu- men. 3. No indication of starch by the addition of iodine to a filtered decoction. 4. An infusion, exposed to air, readily underwent the vinous fermentation, which indicates the presence of sugar. 5. No tannic or gallic acid detected, having carefully added the tests of the salts of iron. 6. Muriatic acid was added to a strong alcoholic and ethereal extract, from which, when treated with water, a greenish pre- cipitate was thrown down. 7. I tried various ways to ascertain the presence of an alka- OBSERVATIONS ON ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS. 303 loid, but after many experiments I observed nothing which would indicate the existence of such a principle. The fact is, that after many trials, I separated a mass composed of very fine and needle-shaped crystals ; but whether they are a crystalline principle, or are the result of the complexity of the reaction from the employment of the different tests and reagents, it re- mains a question which I cannot determine at present. The mode of obtaining these crystals is as follows : The fresh herb was macerated with alcohol, acidulated with sulphuric acid, dis- placed, and the resulting tincture filtered and treated with lime, until it evinced an alkaline reaction. The liquor was again fil- tered and treated with sulphuric acid in excess, filtered and con- centrated by evaporation. To the residue a little water was added, and the liquor evaporated until all the alcohol was driven off, again filtered, the filtered liquor saturated with carb. potassa, agitated with successive portions of ether and evaporated spon- taneously, when a crystalline mass was formed, which was puri- fied by washing with successive portions of water. 8. A portion of the herb was displaced with ether, the result- ing tincture spontaneously evaporated, which afforded a greasy extract, indicating the presence of fixed oil. 9. To an alcoholic extract freed from chlorophylle, I added liquor ammonia, then muriatic acid, and agitated the whole. Now, on adding ether, a separation took place, dividing the liquid in two layers, the upper holding the resin in solution,, which was removed and evaporated spontaneously in a watch- glass. Dissolving the residue left after evaporation in a small quantity of ether, I pour it into a vial, and after evaporation the pure resin was left. 10. My last and most satisfactory experiment resulted in the production of a small quantity of volatile oil, the product of a large quantity of Chickweed (3 lbs. Troy of the dried herb), ob- tained by distillation of different portions of the herb. I have preserved this oil for the use of the "College Cabinet," and also a portion of the distilled water, impregnated with the pecu- liar odor and flavor of the plant. The odor of the oil is strong and perceptible, like that of cages in which birds are fed with Chickweed. It has a pungent and somewhat acrid taste, lighter than water, sp. gravity being 0-987. It is soluble in alcohol, 304: OBSERVATIONS ON ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS. but less in ether ; it is inflammable, burning with a bright flame, diffusing its strong peculiar odor. It is very poisonous, four drops having caused intense head- ache and nausea, which lasted twenty-four hours, accompanied, during the whole time, by pains throughout the nervous sys- tem. Physiological and Therapeutical Properties. That Chickweed really possesses effectual properties, the in- formation of Orfila gives us sufficient proof ; that having admin- istered three drachms of the extract to a big and strong dog, it died from the poisonous effects in the course of twenty-four hours. Another account from Qrognier, (Compt. Rendus des Traveaux de la Societe de Medicine de Lyon, annee 1810), which states, that a strong infusion of Chickweed given to stout horses always produced a trembling of the muscles of the back and throat, and that he observed a copious discharge of urine, and that he found, after the death of those horses, the mucous mem- brane of the stomach inflamed. I had but one occasion to ob- serve the peculiar effect of the plant, and, indeed, on myself. I have repeatedly sought for an active crystallizable principle^ but in vain, and I am satisfied that the active properties of Chick- weed depends on its volatile oil. Of this I took freely four drops, which, after the expiration of a few hours, produced a severe headache ; at the same time I experienced its poisonous effects throughout my whole body, and was sick from this cause a whole day and night. In former times Chickweed was known and used as a panacea, and so much so as to attribute miraculous power against hydropho- bia. Again we learn from accounts given by Bischoff and Ma- gellan, that Chickweed had for a long time a famous reputation as an excellent remedy for jaundice, amenorrhoea, gout, palsy, and epilepsia, and has been employed and administered both internally and externally for the cure of cancerous and malig- nant ulcers. Whether it deserves such a reputation, or whether these are fictions and hyperphysical pretensions which contributed to its expulsion from the list of the Materia Medica, and caused it to PROPER MENSTRUUM POR PLUID EXTRACTS. 305 fall into oblivion, I do not know. Yet if so, it is only what hap- pens every day with other remedies. But if it be not a remedy for this disease, which is pronounced incurable, other experi- ments made on less dangerous maladies may prove it to be pos- sessed of greater usefulness. Chickweed produces in small doses (say one to two drachms, in the form of powder) profuse perspiration, soothes pain, &c, but in large doses it produces all the effects of a narcotic poison upon the frame and nervous system. ON THE PROPER MENSTRUUM FOR FLUID EXTRACTS. By John M. Maisch. Many fluid extracts have been made by manufacturers and phar- maceutists, for which no formula has been published ; at the same time there appears to exist a general desire for a considerable in- crease of the number of the officinal preparations of this class. The want of formulae and of observations on the mode of preparing, the manner of keeping and the stability of many which are occa- sionally used or may be desirable, will have to be supplied by somebody, as the revision of the Pharmacopoeia progresses, while a knowledge of the experience with these liquids in the labora- tory and behind the dispensing counter would vastly aid the labors of the revising committee. I consider it the duty of every pharmaceutist who may be able to contribute a mite to our knowledge of the preparations in question, to do this at as early a date as possible, in order to assist in making the direc- tions in our next standard as unobjectionable as may be. The preservation of the pharmaceutical preparations is one of the most important points to be considered. In the Proceedings of the Amer. Pharm. Association for 1858, a paper by Mr. Thayer was published, treating on this subject, with regard to fluid extracts. Able as the treatise is, still I consider the points arrived at fallacious, because the starting point is in my opinion a wrong one. And this was the ground I took against Mr. Thayer's opinions in my paper published on page 113 of this 306 PROPER MENSTRUUM FOR FLUID EXTRACTS. volume. At the same time, I stated my own views on the subject, giving my reasons in detail and striving to keep strictly within the bounds of scientific discussion. I spoke of Mr. Thayer's paper, and not of his fluid extracts, of which, to the best of my knowledge, I have not seen a single specimen. The observations and experiments cited in my paper were made with preparations of my own make, not upon the large scale, but in such quanti- ties as are generally required in the retail business. It is my opinion, and I believe I have clearly stated it, that it is necessary to employ for the solvent an agent suitable to the chemical constitution of the various vegetables, not that one solvent should be made to answer in all cases. The proposition of using a saccharine fluid as a preservative, is not shaken by the admission of alcohol in cases where sugar and water are in- sufficient as a solvent. We may even be compelled to dispense with sugar altogether, using alcohol of the officinal strength, or diluted, if the preparation is intended for external use ; such instances are the fluid extract of arnica, and of savine, as pro- posed by Prof. Grahame for the preparation of savine ointment. Recollecting all this, while I advocated the preference of a sac- charine to a purely alcoholic menstruum, I did not think it ad- visable to undertake to recommend a way for preserving fluid extracts which would answer for every case. It must certainly be our aim to make these preparations per- fect solutions of all that is medicinally valuable, but not of all alcoholic or hydro-alcoholic principles, of which doubtless there are as many valueless, as of those soluble in water. This is not a new theory, the Pharmacopoeia recognizes it, and as far as I know, no fault has been found on that account with preparations like Syrupus Ipecacuanhas, Senegse, Sarsaparillae comp., Scillae comp. Where the precipitate occasioned by evaporation has medicinal properties, nobody would think of separating it. An objection to the use of sugar is its fermentativeness. Under the influence of ferment, sugar is converted into alcohol and carbonic acid without requiring any addition to the elements it already contains. Ferment merely acts by its presence, being itself in a state of decomposition ; but does this decomposition go on independently of oxygen ? It has been proven as far back as 1819, by Dumont, Doebereiner and others that some PROPER MENSTRUUM FOR FLUID EXTRACTS. 307 fruits are capable to undergo vinous fermentation in an atmos- phere of carbonic acid, and according to Doepping and Struve, grapes will ferment likewise in an atmosphere of hydrogen, with- out forming any yeast-cells. All these experiments have been made with fruits, which in their cells include, besides sugar and water, vegetable acids and bodies related to pectin. Now the transmutation of pectose by pectase into pectin and similar allied compounds, and the influence of vegetable cells which most likely have not been all torn by the expression which was per- formed in a space excluded from the air, are potent agents for the decomposition of organic matter, and probably of the utmost importance for this phenomenon. This sort of fermentation has no bearing on the case of our fluid extracts. Let us see what Liebig observes in regard to exciting fermentation in solutions. In his " Agricultural Chemistry," translated by Dr. Playfair, Philadelphia edition, page 96, he states that " neither the soluble nor the insoluble part of ferment causes fermentation," and then continues : "Before it (the soluble part) obtains this power, the decanted infusion must be allowed to cool in contact with the air, and to remain some time exposed to its action. . . . Yeast produces fermentation in consequence of the progressive decom- position which it suffers from the action of air and water." And in another place it is stated, that " its action is arrested by the temperature of boiling water, by alcohol, common salt, an excess of sugar, oxide of mercury, corrosive sublimate, pyrolig- neous acid, sulphurous acid, nitrate of silver, volatile oils and in short by all antiseptic substances." Having on page 119 of this Journal spoken of the density of saccharine fluid extracts, the subsequent remarks appear to have been misunderstood. The idea intended to be conveyed, is that the liability of saccharine liquids to fermentation is not in- creased in the proportion of the increase of ferment, inasmuch as a small quantity of ferment is able to convert a large amount of sugar into alcohol, (1-5 parts dry yeast to 100 parts crystal- lized sugar, Thenard;) this liability is in a higher degree de- pendent on the density of the solution, and the higher we make the specific gravity of our fluid extracts, the nearer they ap- proach to solidity, the less will be their proneness to fermenta- tion. 308 MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL OBSERVATIONS. The experiments with saccharine and alcoholic solutions of iodide of iron do prove the fact that sugar is a better preserving agent against oxidation than alcohol ; and were not cited for any other purpose. Mr. Thayer's example does not place the two liquids in like conditions, inasmuch#as a pint of syrup is un- able to dissolve one ounce of oil of lemon. I am fully aware that the value of chemical and pharmaceu- tical investigations is not affected by the locality where they are originated. My views were formed in experimenting to conquer difficulties, they are based upon theory and experience, and therefore I think that I am not much to blame if I adhere to them, until the theoretical ground as well as the facts shall have been overthrown. MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL OBSERVATIONS. By Dr. John T. Plummer. [The following letter received from our friend Dr. Plummer is so cha- racteristic of his observing habit of mind, that, though not intended for publication, we feel best satisfied to make that disposition of it. The reac- tion with urine will be of interest to medical men. The blue coloration with guaiacum is produced by various substances, like gluten, arabin, and the gummy juices of fresh roots like the potato and carrot. Whether animal mucus has the same effect we do not know. — Editor.] Richmond, Indiana, & mo. 23c?, 1859. Esteemed Friend, — Some time ago, after filtering out a large amount of what appeared to be mucus, from the urine of an adult patient, (perhaps 65 years of age,) and who was af- flicted with a renal or cystic complaint, I applied to it a few drops of tincture of guaiacum, and obtained a rich Prussian blue color. That there might be no mistake in the case, I re- peated the experiment day after day, under varying conditions, and always and with certainty obtained the same result. This, it may be recollected, is Schonbein's method of detecting the presence of ozone, (which he considers active oxygen) in mush- rooms, the metallic oxide, &c. My application of the tincture in this case was for another purpose, and meeting with this un- looked for result, I placed it among my memoranda, thinking some day it might be of some pathological value. As it may be MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL OBSERVATIONS. 309 sooner available in other hands, I leave the further disposi- tion of this curious fact to thee. Another interesting matter has recently occurred to me, in the case of Mettauer's solution, (the compound solution of aloes, for the preparation of which a formula is somewhere given in the American Journal of Pharmacy). Having obtained very satisfactory results from its medicinal use for years past, I pre- pared several gallons of it, 12 or 18 months ago ; but this spring, I found the surface covered with a white mould of a some- what saponaceous character, and the liquid beneath increased in bitterness, owing, perhaps, to the partial removal of the gly- cyrrhizine by the molecular action which generated the moodi- ness. After decanting the solution, I found at the bottom of the vessel a copious blackish-brown deposit, of a coarse, curdly appearance, adhering to the vessel with sufficient firmness to ad- mit of its being washed repeatedly with water, without being de- tached. The discolored water was wholly free from the bitter- ness of aloes, after the first rinsing of the deposit. And now for some enquiries: 1. What formed the mould ? 2. What remained in solution ? And 3d, What constituted the deposit ? I ascertained only that acids caused effervescence with the mould, indicating, perhaps, the presence of some of the carbonate of soda of the preparation. Aloes was evidently held in the solution, judging from the taste and the cathartic action of the liquid. After washing the de- posit, I rubbed some of it into a thin paste with water, on a white pill-tile, and then added an acid, but no effervescence fol- lowing, I inferred that no carbonate of soda remained in the deposit. But instead of effervescence, I was surprised by the immediate appearance of a beautiful carmine red. A very thin film of the paste, with a drop of acid at one end of it, in a few moments became reddened all over, say to the extent of two inches. This was probably due to the vapor of the acid passing over it. A drop of strong mineral acid dissolved the paste where it fell, (immediately after the generation of the red color,) and only formed a ring of red at its margin as a permanent product. Dilute mineral acids reddened, but did not dissolve the paste. Acetic acid produced no change. This deposit, when dried, is friable and bitter like aloes, (though not to the same degree bitter) and of similar color and fracture. 310 MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL OBSERVATIONS. Dissolved in water in a test tube, and nitric acid added to the solution, it yields a red precipitate and leaves a yellowish-brown supernatant fluid. The paste alluded to is of this color (yellow- ish-brown). What is worthy of note, also, is, that after the carmine color thus produced on the tile is dried and then mois- tened with water or alcohol, it loses its redness and resumes its original color. Rubbed up with alcohol, the deposit is found to yield a yel- lowish-amber colored tincture, which, when the alcohol is evap- orated, becomes a gamboge-yellow ; and has a perceptible bit- terness, and at the time of the solution, a bulky, olive green precipitate is left. This olive-green sediment, reacting with ni- tric acid, becomes snuff-brown. But the material, whatever it is, which plays such a curious part, is found in the tincture ; for when this is evaporated, and the gamboge color obtained, nitric acid added to it produces the carmine color, which is rendered yellow again by wetting it with alcohol or water. The carmine color is similarly affected by solution of potash, and after this addition of the alkali, if sulphate of copper in solution be add- ed, an instant bulky precipitate, exactly resembling Scheele's green in color, is formed. This may be of some importance in a toxicological point of view. I send herewith some of the deposit in question. In haste, thy friend, Jno. T. Plummer. P. S. — I must take this opportunity of calling attention to some obvious errors, (three or four) in Flandin's formula for the detec- tion of morphia, as given in Wharton & Stille's "Medical Juris- prudence." Not having the book at hand, just now, I can only say I recollect the language, is " evaporate by alcohol," the by should be omitted. The proportions of materials in another place are transposed, and alcohol is designated in one place instead of ether, &c. Young, inexperienced chemists or physi- cians may be misled by the formula as it now stands. Note. — [In relation to Mettauer's solution, the observations possess con- siderable interest. This solution is composed and prepared as follows : Socotrine Aloes, in powder, - 2j ounces, Troy. Bicarbonate of Soda, 6 " " Compound spirit of Lavender, - 2 fluid ounces. Water, 4 pints. Macerate for two weeks and filter. MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL OBSERVATIONS. 311 The solution thus obtained is at first light reddish-brown, but becomes as dark as laudanum by age and exposure to light. Of the precise condi- tions concerned in producing the changes in Dr. Plummer's specimen we are not aware. Like all solutions of vegetable matter, containing but a trace of alcohol as in this case, Mettauer's solution is liable to cryptogamic growths from germs derived from the atmosphere, especially as much extractive matter exists, but the most singular part of the matter is the yellow con- stituent of the sediment. After repeating the experiment of Dr. Plummer, and being satisfied that his observations were correct, we exhausted a part of the dark brown sediment sent to us in the letter, with alcohol -835 sp. gr., and allowed it to evaporate spontaneously. As the tincture con- centrated, a deposition of crystalline matter occurred in crusts ; its crys- talline character is easily distinguishable by a common lens, but not the form. The color of these crusts, when dry, is deep gamboge-colored. When, however, an alcoholic solution is suffered to evaporate rapidly on a surface the color is bright yellow. The alcoholic solution has a somewhat bitter taste ; when added to water, if concentrated, it forms a bright yellow, cloudy liquid. Nitric acid added to this produces the red color, but this character- istic is best observed by dropping a drop on a watch glass and spreading it over the surface, and adding a drop of weak nitric acid, when instantly the beautiful carmine red is developed. This substance is neutral, is not colored red by alkalies like crysophanic or cryssammic acids, is soluble in ether, but much less so than in alcohol, and its ethereal solution is rendered rose-colored by a drop of nitric acid ; water extracts it from ether by agi- tation. It is insoluble in oil of turpentine. When this substance is exposed on a piece of foil to a red heat, it puffs up and affords a voluminous char- coal : and on burning out the carbon, a gray alkaline ash results in suffi- cient quantity to render it probable that the yellow substance is a soda compound of an organic body, (possibly an acid,) which in its free state has the red color. The fact, however, that only strong acids develop this color seems opposed to this view. It is well understood that carbonated alkalies dissolve aloin, and that the solution in contact with the air under- goes a rapid change, becoming darker, owing to oxidation. (See Stenhouse, vol. 23, p. 257, of this Journal.) It is probable, therefore, that we should look to this reaction long continued as the source of the yellow sub- stance observed by Dr. Plummer. We have examined a deposit found in Mettauer's solution two months old, without finding any indication of this substance. We hope Dr. Plummer will resume the subject with his more abundant material, and his knowledge of all the circumstances, and give us his results in a future communication. As regards the errors in Wharton and Stille, those of our readers who have the book should note them, and we doubt not the publisher will correct the next edition. — Editor Amer. Jour. Pharm.] 312 NOTES ON THE FLUID EXTRACTS OF BUCHU, ETC. NOTES ON THE FLUID EXTRACTS OF BUCHU, CIMICIFUGA, SERPENTAMA, AND VALERIAN. By John M. Maisch. Philadelphia, June 3d, 1859. To the Editor of the American Journal of Pharmacy : Dear Sir, — In compliance with your desire, I herewith send you the formulae for those fluid extracts, specimens of which I some time ago handed to you for inspection ; they comprise ex- tracts which generally used to be preserved by alcohol or diluted alcohol. In consonance with my views on the proper menstruum for fluid extracts, as published in the March number of the Ameri- can Journal of Pharmacy, I have endeavored to make them con- taining as much sugar as possible, and add just enough alcohol to help to keep the resinous principle in perfect solution. In making these fluid extracts and other preparations, I have made experiments, in accordance with Professor Grahame's rules for displacement, and have become a convert to his views and to the applicability of his manipulations to all cases where the im- mediate object is to obtain a concentrated tincture with as little menstruum and in as short a time as possible. But to reduce a larger quantity of crude material to such a state of fineness as to pass through a sieve of 50 to 60 meshes to the linear inch, is attended with considerable trouble, and, as I thought, more than is necessary for preparations which require to be evaporated, particularly if with the application of heat. His directions will impose a vast amount of manual labor on the pharmaceutist, without, the above instances excepted, adequately recompensing him therefore. For that reason I have varied from his direc- tions by passing roots and other drugs, which are comparatively easy to pulverize, successively through the drug mill, or treated them in the mortar until all the raw material would pass through a sieve of 18 meshes to the inch ; from this coarse powder I sifted off all that would pass through a fine sieve of 50 meshes, mois- tened both parts separately, in accordance with Mr. Grahame's directions, packing them afterwards, the finest powder below, in a proper manner in the percolator, and covering the top with filtering paper. I have generally left it in this condition, with NOTES ON THE FLUID EXTRACTS OF BUCHU, ETC. 318 the gradual addition of a very small quantity of menstruum, from 2 to 4 oz. to 16 oz. material, for an hour or two, to enable the coarser particles to absorb thoroughly the liquid with which they had been moistened ; liquor was then poured upon the fil- tering paper and the percolation allowed to proceed. Buchu leaves, on account of their tenacity, are hard to pul- verize ; exposure to heat and subsequent powdering in a cool mortar would greatly facilitate it, but is inadmissible on account of the loss of the volatile principle. By some labor with the mill and the mortar 1 succeeded in getting them fine enough to pass nearly all, without any pressure, through a sieve of 12 meshes to the inch ; the remainder, about one-eighth or less, was not farther pulverized ; the percolator was packed as before, and displacement commenced as soon as the coarse powder had fairly began to swell up. I think it will be necessary, advisable at least, to state in the next Pharmacopoeia the degree of fineness of the powder to be used in the displacement process ; so as to induce pharmaceutists to perform this labor themselves, instead of buying the powder ; the officinal directions must not be made unnecessarily laborious. As the material on top of the percolator is exhausted first, it is advisable to assign this place to the coarsest of the powder. After these general explanations I proceed to give you the formulae which I employed : f Extraetum Buchu fluidum.—lQ ounces of buchu leaves are percolated with a mixture of 6 fl. oz. of ether and 12 fl. oz. alcohol, to be displaced until 18 fl. oz. are obtained, which tinc- ture is evaporated spontaneously to 3 fl. oz. ; the precipitated chlorophylle is dissolved in 3 fl. oz. alcohol, and both liquids are mixed with 12 oz. sugar ; meanwhile the residue in the percola- tor is exhausted with diluted alcohol, (about 12 oz. will be suffi- cient,) the tincture evaporated to 4 fl. oz. added to the sugar, which is dissolved by a moderate heat and the extract strained. Extractum Cimieifugce fluidum 16 oz. of the root are ex- tracted with a mixture of 8 fl. oz. ether and 1 pint of alcohol, and left to evaporate to 2 fl. oz., which are dissolved in 6 fl. oz. of alcohol ; 8 oz. of sugar are made to absorb the solution. The residue of the root is exhausted by diluted alcohol, the resulting 314 NOTES ON THE FLUID EXTRACTS OF BUCHU, ETC. tincture evaporated to 6 fl. oz. intimately mixed with the sugar and evaporated in a waterbath to one pint. Extr actum Serpentarice fluidum 16 oz. of the root are ex- tracted with one pint of 95 per cent, alcohol, the tincture allowed to evaporate to the consistence of a thin extract, which is taken up by 4 oz. 95 per cent, alcohol and intimately mixed with 12 oz. sugar. The residuary root is exhausted by diluted alco- hol, evaporated to 8 fl. oz. added to the sugar, which is dissolved by a moderate heat, and the extract is then evaporated to one pint. Extraction Valeriana? fluidum. — 16 oz. of the root are dis- placed with half a pint of ether and 1 pint of 95 per cent, alcohol, the tincture allowed to evaporate to 8 fl. oz., the clear liquid is incorporated with 10 oz. of sugar, the precipitated resin is dis- solved in 3 fl. oz. of 95 per cent, alcohol and added to the sugar. The root is then exhausted with diluted alcohol, the tincture evaporated to a syrupy consistence and added to the sugar, which is to be dissolved by the aid of a waterbath ; the resulting fluid extract is evaporated to one pint. To these directions allow me to add a few comments : Though three of the above articles contain a certain amount of volatile oil, I think the first alcoholic or ethereo-alcoholic tinc- ture may be safely evaporated at a moderate heat of about 160° F., without any appreciable loss of volatile oil. The volatile principle of black snakeroot, a member of the family of Ranun- culacege, is probably of a nature similar to the volatile acrid prin- ciples found in the roots of some other plants belonging to this important family, and which mostly are of such a delicate nature as to be easily modified or completely changed by the influence of air, so that it most likely will be found essential to prepare the fluid extract, not only from the recently dried root, but also to hasten the first part of the process in order to bring this principle under the protecting agency of sugar. With properly constructed apparatus, I am of opinion that exhaustion of the crude material with ether may be found pre- ferable, as the ether allows of its evaporation being carried on at a very moderate temperature, and might be nearly all regained, while the resulting extract may be taken up by alcohol, which would leave any fixed oil and much of the chlorophylle behind, NOTES ON THE FLUID EXTRACTS OP BUCHU, ETC. 315 if an alcohol of about sixty per cent, was chosen. Should the extract contain nothing of medicinal importance but a volatile oil, its incorporation with sugar and subsequent dis- solving in water might be resorted to, so as to separate inert matter. The residuary material might then be exhausted with diluted alcohol or any other proper menstruum ; the resulting tincture to be properly evaporated or distilled to regain the alcohol. Drugs containing volatile principles if treated in ac- cordance with these suggestions, I am inclined to think, will yield fluid extracts containing all that is valuable and desirable to pre- serve. I have not had occasion to follow these hints practi- cally, for which purpose I intend to employ some of the stronger odoriferous drugs. The separation of chlorophylle from the fluid extract of buchu has occasioned me a good deal of trouble. The residue of the ethereo-alcoholic tincture is a liquid, and chlorophylle of a semi- fluid consistence, to which some odorous matter persistently ad- heres; to separate the latter, I threw the chlorophyll precipitate, mixed with some diluted alcohol, upon a moistened filter, in the hope of being able to wash it out ; but the chlorophylle soon settled down, gradually displaced the moisture from the filter, and then slowly passed through. It was dissolved in alcohol, and after finishing the extract, and, while still warm, I pressed it through flannel and canton flannel, but the finely divided chlorophylle likewise passed mostly through, and as you will per- ceive in the specimen in your possession, has since separated cream-like to the surface, leaving the syrupy liquid beneath per- fectly transparent. The addition of more alcohol would dissolve it, but as it has no medicinal value, I should consider this addi- tion no improvement. I believe it more advisable to make more experiments in the direction pointed out above, with the ultimate view of separating it entirely. In preparing fluid extract of matico, the separation of chlo- rophylle is attended with less difficulty, being readily separated by flannel, when it may be washed with a little diluted alcohol ; it is much firmer than that obtained from buchu which is proba- bly intimately associated with some waxy matter. As you will perceive, the above fluid extracts have been made to contain in the fluid ounce the virtues of one ounce Troy of 19 316 NOTES ON THE FLUID EXTRACTS OP BUCHU, ETC. the raw material, a standard I think properly to be adopted for all preparations of this class, the oleo resins of course excepted, and which standard strength has met with the approval of our medical friends. The specimen of fluid extract of arnica was made by me three years ago ; being intended for external use, it could not be preserved by sugar, and alcohol had to be resorted to. To test its preserving qualities, I filled the vial immediately after the extract was finished, and it has never been opened since, until it was placed in your hands, so that no evaporation could take place ; notwithstanding this, a precipitate is found adhering to the sides of the vial. The same experience, I think, has, been made by every pharmaceutist with the officinal fluid extract of valerian. Mr. Grahame's fluid extract of savin and the fluid extract of ergot, as proposed by you, have the same tendency, but both in a degree much less than any other alcoholic fluid extract that I am acquainted with. On the other hand, I have a few fluid extracts on hand made by myself some two years ago, and preserved by the agency of sugar, without any addition of alcohol ; they have been kept in well stopped vials, in a room where they have been under the influence of all changes of tem- perature during at least two summer and two winter seasons. I shall be happy to show them to you at my earliest opportunity, you will find them neither fermented nor the sugar crystallized ; their appearance is still unobjectionable, but as I have not un- corked the vials for probably over a year, I cannot at present speak of their other sensible properties. I remain, yours, very respectfully, J. M. Maisch.* * Note by the Editor. — Some months ago, Mr. Maisch having presented us with samples of several fluid extracts, which appear to possess decided merit, so far as judged by their sensible properties, we requested to have notes of the formulae used, and, though intended for private information in connection with some labor in the same direction for the Association, injustice to the writer we have, with his consent, printed the letter, so that others similarly engaged may avail themselves of the suggestions, if ap- proved. Theoretically there seems to be too much alcohol to enable the sugar to be retained, yet in only the extract of buchu has any crystalliza- tion occurred ; owing to the greater sp. gr. of the these syrupy extracts, -the tendency of the separated oleo-resinous matter is to the surface ; all ON PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. 317 the extracts being clear below. Agitation easily reunites the super stratum with the clear extract. We confess, however, that our experience is in favor of making valerian, buchu, cimicifuga and allied drugs, owing to their virtues to oleo-resinous principles, with an alcoholic menstruum, and with as little evaporation as possible. The views of Prof. Grahame, (see page 379,) in regard to fluid extract of valerian, appear to meet the case, and if by the aid of careful percolation we can get nine-tenths of the active matter of a drug in nine-tenths of the bulk of the fluid extract to be made, we believe the problem will be solved, so far as this class is concerned ; but we must be careful that we do extract all that the physician needs in the preparation. There are cases where the solvent power of glycerin may come into play when the retention of alcohol in the fluid extract may prove objectionable. It is certainly very desirable that fluid extracts should be homogeneous solutions, and to this end let us strive to attain, if it be possible. ON PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. By William Procter, Jr. It has long been conceded that the process of displacement or percolation, as developed by the Boullays of Paris in 1833, is calculated, in proper hands, to work a complete revolution in the manipulations of extraction, as applied to pharmacy. Those who have understood it have not failed to get results, which, if not entirely satisfactory, have so far exceeded the ancient me- thods of maceration and digestion, that they have won for it the preference. Why then, it has been asked, has not this process been universally employed ? Why, in two successive revisions of the Pharmacopoeia, has it been but partially adopted, giving the preference to the old methods ? I believe, the reason will be found in the fact that the practice of this process involves more preparatory labor and stricter attention to certain conditions, without which it is a failure, and that it was the want of confi- dence by the Pharmacopoeial authorities in the ability and will- ingness of those who have in charge the business of pharmacy, faithfully to carry out these conditions, that caused percolation to be offered as an alternative, instead of being made the normal process of extraction. The very simplicity of maceration ren- ders it easily understood by the novice, and any irregularity in the preparation of the materials is overcome in a great degree, by the longer time devoted to the process. 318 ON PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. Unfortunately, many persons who employ percolation habitu- ally, do not understand its principles and details sufficiently clear to gain all the advantages it affords, or even to get pro- ducts, in many cases, equal to those by the old methods. My attention has been reattracted to this subject, partly by the near approach of anew edition of our Pharmacopoeia, and partly by the excellent paper of Prof. Grahame, read at the last meet- ing of the Association, at Washington, which has been reprinted on page 354 of the present number from the published Proceed- ings ; and I propose first to consider what the displacement pro- cess was intended to accomplish, and the conditions to be at- tended to, and afterwards remark on the results of Prof. Grahame. The object to be obtained in practice by Boullay's theory is this : a solvent, poured on the top of a powder consisting par- tially of soluble matter contained in a cylindrical vessel and sup- ported on a porous diaphragm descends from layer to layer by capillary attraction, and its own gravity, exerting its solvent power on each successive layer until its power of solution is ex- hausted, after which it continues to descend by the pressure of the superincumbent fluid, until forced out through the diaphragm into the vessel below, a saturated solution ; this process continu- ing until the soluble matter is so far removed from the powder that the liquid by the contact becomes less and less charged with the soluble matter until exhausted. But to gain this result it is absolutely necessary that the substance treated shall be in a uniform powder, and that the capillarity or porousness of the mass of powder be not destroyed by any cause whatever, for, on the fact of the slow, regular, and even descent of the solvent, from one horizontal layer to the next without side channels or circuits, caused by irregular powdering or imperfect packing, depends the success of the process. Now what are the causes which interfere with this important condition ? They are several : — 1. The imperfect preparation of the powder owing to the difference of opinion as to the degree of fineness it should be made to assume, and to the careless dislike of the trouble it causes. To say that all substances should be equally fine would be incorrect, as in substances containing a large proportion of matter very soluble in the liquid used, the powder should not be quite so fine ON PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. 319 as in examples where the proportion is less, for the reason that the proper capillary action is interfered with. To give an ex- treme example in illustration, it would not be proper or possible to displace finely powdered gum or sugar with water, or guaiac or mastic with alcohol ; but by associating with these powders a a sufficient quantity of insoluble matter in powder, the condition of porosity being established, the process would go on. But the range of fineness should not be very great in small regular operations ; and where the state of division is properly attended to there need be no difficulty in regulating the porosity of the mass and consequent passage of the liquid. It is an excellent custom to keep a set of sieves for the pre- paration of powders for this purpose, so that the degree of fine- ness of powders for percolation can be easily regulated, and it will be a point worthy of consideration by the revising commit- tee of the Pharmacopoeia, whether some more definite directions as regards the state of division of drugs for displacement, cannot be given than at present, — Dr. Squibb suggests that a sieve of 24 meshes to the linear inch produces a powder of the right fineness, — Prof. Grahame considers the range should be from 40 to 60 meshes to the inch, I believe the range should be greater to include large and small operations, 20 to 60 meshes to the inch. Where the menstruum is ethereal or alcoholic (50 to 95 per cent, in strength,) the finer powder will be found very suitable, even in a cylindrical percolator, unless the powder is highly resinous, in which case, either the powder must be coarse, or if fine, must be admixed with an inert powder like sand to give the requisite porosity. When, however, very dilute alcohol or water is used, a powder 40 to the inch will be found fine enough, and if the substance is mucilaginous, 25 to 30 meshes will be found sufficient. But whatever degree of division is adopted let it be as uniform as possible, and not consist of fine cellular tissue mixed with long coarse fibres, the result of simple contusion as is often the case. Until apothecaries will con- scientiously assume this trouble and care, they will not be able to derive the beautiful and satisfactory results from this process, which it so abundantly affords. This brings us to the second stage of the process, viz., the manner of packing the material in the apparatus, as regards its 320 ON PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. condition of dryness or moisture at the time it is packed, and the form of the apparatus used. Boullay almost invariably re- commended the powders to be packed dry — others dampen the powder or even saturate it by previous maceration. Our Phar- macopoeia, based on the experience of many operators, almost invariably directs the powders to be previously macerated in a portion of the solvent. My own practice has been in favor of macerating the powders in all cases where the menstruum is water or very weak alcohol, where the powders swell by absorp- tion ; whilst with alcohol or ether to proceed at once with the percolation, wTith or without previously moistening the powders at the time of packing, according to circumstances. Prof. Grahame invariably uses fine powders, and previously dampens them with menstruum, just sufficiently to facilitate (or invite, so to speak,) the entrance and descent of the fluid through the the powders without destroying their pulverulent condition and interfering with their regular packing. The degree of pressure to be exerted in compacting the pow- ders must vary with their nature ; hard ligneous substances will require more compaction than such as tend to expand by contact with fluid. There is a class of drugs, of which rhubarb and columbo are a type, which become adhesive by contact with water or weak alcohol, and constantly give trouble to the opera- tor in the ordinary cylinder, owing to their tendency to swell up and form an impervious mass. It will be seen by the sequel that the employment of a conical percolator in great measure remedies this difficulty. There is another class that contain in- soluble gum or mucus analogous to bassorin, like senna and althaea root, which swells up and forms a gelatinous mass with water, wholly unfit for percolation in an ordinary percolator. With the conical displacer even these may be treated with an aqueous menstruum ; but unless the mucilage is desirable in the preparation, as in syrup of althaea, it is better to use a partially alcoholic menstruum. In those cases where the swelling is due more to the expansion of the cellular tissue of the particles by contact with water than to mucilage, even though a large amount of soluble extractive matter be present, as in the case of gentian, it will be found advantageous to use a fine powder, 50 or 60 to the inch, moistened with ON PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. 321 half its weight of water, which does not destroy its pulveru- lent condition, and treat it in a conical percolator. Prof. Grahame having met with no difficulty on the score of compac- tion by swelling, overlooks this fruitful source of trouble in di- rect displacement with the ordinary cylinder, owing to his hav- ing accidentally employed the funnel as a convenient percolator, and his success with those substances that ordinarily require previous maceration to swell them is largely attributable to this cause. When a damp vegetable powder is packed in the conical cavity of a funnel and covered with paper to avoid the derange- ment of its strata, and water is poured carefully on, the liquid is absorbed, the insoluble cellular structure of the particles be- comes swollen, and the whole mass, stratum after stratum, ex- panding laterally and vertically, finds no difficulty in relieving itself, owing to the inclination of the sides ; but in a cylinder the lateral expansion gaining no relief except vertically, the particles are compacted together often to such a degree as to prevent the percolation altogether. I believe that, philosophi- cally speaking, the cylinder is the proper shape of a percolator in cases where expansion presents no difficulty, but where this occurs, the use of a cone, as employed by Prof. Grahame, has very important advantages. Whatever form of apparatus is used, or however the packing may be affected, the operator should either by a disc of paper, muslin, or lint, or a layer ofsand, cover the surface of the ingre- dients so that the addition of fluid shall not disturb the stratifi- cation of the powders. Boullay employed an upper metallic diaphragm. If paper or muslin, etc., is U5ed, it should be soaked in the liquid, and carefully pressed into its position so as to remove the air beneath before adding the menstruum, else it will be displaced by its buoyancy. But the peculiar merit of Prof. Grahame's paper is, that it insists on the invariable production of a highly concentrated solution at first, (a result always attained most effectually by direct displacement,) which enables the operator to fraction his product, to make less menstruum suffice for exhaustion, and in cases requiring evaporation, shielding the principles from the in- jury of prolonged heating. He also can avail himself of it in making fluid extracts, by reserving the densest first liquid, eva- 322 ON PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. porating only the weaker. This brings us to consider the sub- ject of saturation in regard to pharmaceutical menstruua, and to explain how it is that a solution by direct displacement is necessarily more concentrated than one by displacement pre- ceded by maceration or by simple macera tion. By way of illus- tration, let us take krameria : 1. The strongest aqueous solu- tion attainable by maceration is that obtained by saturating rhatany powder with water, letting it stand in a cool place for 24 or 48 hours and then expressing it. The largest proportion of material is thus brought in contact with the smallest propor- tion of solvent possible in this method, which we will assume to be a pound, (7000 grs.)in a pint. 2. If now, instead of pressing this rhatany, it be placed in a percolator properly packed, and treated with water, so as to displace the infusion very slowly, the first fluid ounce that passes will nearly represent the liquid by maceration. The second fluid ounce will be stronger by the amount of matter dis- solved in its passage through the powder occupied by the first fluid ounce. The third fluid ounee will be yet denser, owing to its gathering up from the leaving of the first and second fluid ounces. And this goes on until the added menstruum begins to mix with the last portions, when the specific gravity cf the mixture will be less than that of the infusion originally absorbed. 3. But when you operate by direct displacement, (or in the way proposed by Prof. Grahame, which amounts to nearly the same thing, and is more certain,) the first fluid ounce of liquid that enters the powder exerts its solvent power on every succes- sive layer of the powder, until it ceases to dissolve any more, after which it is simply pushed downward by the gravity of the liquid above, minus the capillary attraction exerted (sponge- like) by the powder to retain it. The second fluid ounce pro- ceeds in like manner to exert its solvent power till saturated and passed ; and this process proceeds so long as the amount of soluble matter is sufficient to wholly satisfy the solvent action of the water during its contact, after which point the liquids will be found less and less dense. Now, on comparing the first portion of the liquid by direct displacement with the others, it will be found to be much stronger and more syrupy ; and though ON PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. 323 the last portion of the pint will be weaker than any of the others, yet when all the proceeds of the immediate displacement are mixed, the average will be stronger than either of the others. In conclusion, I will offer the following experiments : 1. An ounce of gentian root was powdered and passed through a sieve 60 meshes to the inch, moistened with two fluid drachms of water so as to be yet pulverulent. It was put in a funnel, the neck of which was previously stopped with moistened cotton, slightly pressed and covered with filtering paper and the height in the funnel marked. Water was now poured on : the powder gradually absorbed its bulk, and a dark brown liquid collected in the vessel below. The densest liquid amounted to 3j fluid ounces, but more than eight fluid ounces were required to exhaust it. The first liquid, by standing a few hours, gelatin- ized, from the large amount of pectin it contained. The surface of the powder, when exhausted, had risen half an inch in the funnel. 2. Two ounces of Alexandria senna, of similar fineness to the gentian, was moistened with half a fluid ounce of water, and arranged in a funnel as above. Water was poured on and was slowly absorbed, having required 8 hours to become saturated ; a dark, nearly black, syrupy liquid gradually collected below, requiring 14 hours to four fluid ounces. This liquid was very highly charged with the properties of the senna and very odorous. The powder occupied twice its original bulk, and was gelatinous. 3. Two ounces of senna moistened and put in a lamp glass cylinder, refused the passage of the liquid after twenty-four hours, owing to its consistence. 4. Two ounces of rhubarb of similar fineness was moistened with half an ounce of water, (a difficult operation, owing to the tendency of the powder to form a paste by contact with water, and thus oppose its general distribution among the par- ticles,) and treated precisely as the senna. The absorption took place with great slowness, about 14 hours elapsing before the liquid commenced to pass, and 20 hours longer were requir- ed to fill an 8 oz. vial. Of the infusion, about one-half was satu- rated, and above this the liquid was less dense, but quite strongly 824 MANUFACTURE OF THE OTTO OF ROSE. impregnated with the color and taste of the root. When we consider the comparative insolubility of the isolated resinous and coloring principles of rhubarb, it is surprising how large a quantity may be extracted by the slow action of cold water in this way. I believe that for treatment with cold water, rhubarb should be in powder of at least 40 meshes, if not 30, so that it will be more porous. 5. Two ounces of powdered columbo was treated in the same mann r ; the absorption was nearly as slow as in the rhubarb, about 10 hours elapsing before it commenced to pass out below, and 14 hours longer were required to fill an eight ounce vial. On examining the product it was found that the first three ounces were dense and dark colored, the liquid above being gradually less colored, but quite bitter. The mass did not swell as much as the gentian. The result would indicate the impro- priety of so fine a powder for columbo, because of the slow pas- sage of the menstruum, and its tendency to decompose in warm weather before the root is exhausted — even with the use of the funnel. All of these substances with diluted alcohol, would have be- haved much better and the results obtained more quickly, yet the experiments serve to illustrate the influence of a conical percolator. ON THE MANUFACTURE OF THE OTTO OF HOSE AT KISANLIK IN EUROPEAN TURKEY. By J. Lawrence Smith, M. D. Professor of Chemistry in the University of Louisville. Seeing an article in the May number of the Journal of Phar- macy on the Otto of Rose, brought to my recollections some neglected notes made during my residence in Turkey,* on the cul- ture of the rose and the extraction of its oil at Kisanlik in the Balkan Mountains. Having succeeded in finding those notes, and as they contain matter which may interest some of your readers, I forward them for publication. * [Note. — Prof. Smith was engaged during two years in the geological survey of Turkey, under the patronage of the Sultan. — Editor.] MANUFACTURE OF THE OTTO OF ROSE. 325 The region where the rose is cultivated is a valley in the Balkan Mountains, in which is situated the city of Kisanlik, about 60 miles north west of Adrianople, in latitude 42° 40'. It is only within fourteen or fifteen years that the cultivation of the rose has taken its present development in that region, although for a number of years the otto has been made there in limited quantity especially for royal presents. The surface of the country is that of an extensive plain, shut in by elevated ridges, and here the rose is cultivated by the farmers, who sell the roses to the distillers residing in Kisanlik, seldom or never distilling them on their farms. The rose cultivated is of one kind, a full red rose, that was doubtless introduced into this region many years ago, and selected for its great fragrance and peculiar adaptation to the distillation of the oil. Its cultivation is attended with but little trouble. The bushes are allowed to grow from 4 to 6 feet high, although sometimes much higher. The roses are gathered during the months of May and June, six weeks being the term usually occupied in getting in the crops. The yield is on an average about lj lbs. of rose leaves to a bush, the roses being collected with the calyx. They are gathered half expanded, and at the dawn of day, and not unfrequently before daylight. They cannot be kept advantageously more than a day before being put into the still ; if obliged to do so, they must be turned over frequently, as otherwise they will ferment, heat, and the otto be lost. The roses are placed in copper stills of about 30 gallons' ca- pacity, in proportion of 60 lbs. of rose leaves to 15 gallons of water, and the still immediately heated. The oil is in the first portion of the water which comes over ; however, one half the water is distilled — this is collected in several large bottles ; this water is now placed into a second still, and about one-fifth of it distilled, on which all the oil will float. The oil is taken off the surface with a little spoon and placed in an appropriate vessel. All the water distilled in both first and second opera- tion is sent into market as rose water. The water remaining in the still with the rose leaves is strained off and added to a fresh portion of leaves, in the proportion al- ready mentioned. 326 MANUFACTURE OF THE OTTO OF ROSE. The quantity of rose leaves required to produce one metical, (lj drachms) of the oil, varies from 30 to 60 lbs., according to the nature of the weather. If the roses open during wet weather, and flower slowly, the yield is at its maximum ; if, however, the weather is hot, and the bush flowers vigorously, the yield dimin- ishes, the rose itself is paler, and if not picked at an early stage yields almost nothing. There is a green wax that comes off the calyx, attaching itself to the fingers of those collecting, that also yields an oil by dis- tillation. The annual product of otto of rose in this region is from 28,000 to 33,000 ounces, although so largely is it adulterated that the amount of oil exported as rose oil is upwards of 70,000 ounces. The material employed for adulteration is the oil of a species of geranium, very probably the Pelargonium roseum, grown in Arabia, in the neighborhood of Mecca,* and taken to Kisanlik, for the purpose of adulterating the otto of rose. This gera- nium oil has the odor of the rose mixed with that of the lemon. In fact, it is a common thing, both in Europe and this coun- try, to find this geranium oil in market, called otto of rose, sometimes mixed with a little spermaceti and benzoic acid. On one occasion, a merchant at Constantinople, told me that he sent large quantities of oil of geranium to parties in New York, who informed him through his agents in Smyrna, that it sold very readily in this country as otto of rose, and that the difference was not appreciated. It is almost impossible to obtain the oil of rose pure ; the distiller hardly gets his oil together in the evening, before he commences to elongate it by a little geranium oil ; if it be only five per cent, he must put that in. Such small addition as that would be made only by very conscientious traders. Fifty to two hundred per cent, are far more commonly added. And should the otto happen to sojourn a little while at Constantinople, it would increase still farther in weight and bulk. In the bazaars * [Note. — The reader, by reference to page 336, will find this point sat- isfactorily settled by Mr. Hanbury, who shows that the so-called oil of geranium, though it does come to Turkey from Mecca, is really produced in Northern India, and carried to Mecca via Red Sea commerce. — Editor.] USE OF FUNNELS IN DISPLACEMENT. 827 of that city, three or four grades of the otto can be bought ; of course, they are simply different degrees of adulteration. The exact cost of manufacturing the pure otto of rose, at Kisanlik may be estimated by referring to the following figures of an actual experiment made under my direction : 10,000 lbs. fresh rose leaves . . . $140.00 Paid for use of still 6.25 Paid for labor and fuel .... 16.50 162.75 Yield was 36 ounces, thus costing $4.52 per ounce to the producer. This fragrant oil is made in other parts of the world by pro- cesses differing doubtlessly from the one described, also from a different rose; the one used in Tripoli is white, having but few petals. The rose grown in the southern portion of France bor- dering on Italy yields hardly a trace of oil by distillation, al- though only J degree further north than Kisanlik, the rose leaves there being used directly to impart their odor to perfum- ing soaps or distilled water. As regards the manner of testing the purity of the oil, I agree with Mr. Mackay, that the sulphuric acid and other tests are of no value. The odor is the best test, and that can only be applied by experts where the otto is made. ON THE USE OF FUNNELS IN DISPLACEMENT. By Edward Parrish. Since the publication in the Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association of the views and experience of my friend Prof. I. J. Grahame, on the management of the process of Displacement or Percolation, I have tried several experiments with a view to satisfy myself in regard to their utility or correct- ness. In these experiments I have attempted to obtain some of the most common preparations by following his directions carefully and accurately, and have met with repeated disappointment and in one or two instances lost considerable quantities of material by the apparatus becoming clogged, and the menstruum flowing 328 USE OF FUNNELS IN DISPLACEMENT. so slowly that in one case fermentation took place and the whole became worthless. It will be recollected that according to the directions of Prof. Grahame all substances designed for displacement are to be powdered so as to pass through a sieve of 40 or 60 meshes to the linear inch, according to the permeability of the material : then moistened to such extent only as that, the pulverulent character being not entirely lost, the particles shall, when rubbed between the hands, move freely upon each other ; then packed into the apparatus more or less firmly in proportion as the mass possesses this mobility, or is adhesive, and then the whole of the liquid being poured on to the top it is allowed to proceed to completion. This process was so novel and contrary to my previous ex- perience that I should not have given it a trial, but for the de- servedly high reputation of its author, his positive assurances of its success, and the evidences he had long ago shown me of the superiority of his percolated preparations. One point in his ex- periments which had appeared of no importance to him, had attracted my attention as likely to increase the difficulties of the process, and I had accordingly omitted any attention to it in my manipulations ; he had always used a funnel which he said was not objectionable, as generally supposed, and had the ad- vantage of being always at hand, cheap and, when of glass, allowed an opportunity to inspect the uniformity of the packing and the gradual progress of the displacement. I had always objected to the use of the common funnel for any of the more difficult displacements, and had stated in the first edition of my work on pharmacy, that in treating rhubarb, senna, squill, &c, with any menstruum containing a considerable proportion of water, the displacer must be a cylinder with a broad and coarse diaphragm, and that a common funnel with a plug of cotton in the tube was quite out of the question. Now, to an accidental trial of the common funnel, with a po- rous powder dampened and tightly packed, as directed by Grahame, I owe the discovery that I had all along been mis- taken, and that the shape of the apparatus was perhaps the chief though the unsuspected cause of Grahame's success in per- colation. USE OF FUNNELS IN DISPLACEMENT. 329 Drugs which swell very much when moistened, give the most trouble in percolation in the ordinary straight cylinders used, the reason is undoubtedly to be found in the compression oc- casioned by the swelling of the mass of vegetable matter in the cylinder. If tightly packed when introduced, this expansion must cause an excessive compression of the particles upon each other and a consequent closing up of the pores through which the menstruum is designed to percolate. This compression often amounts to a complete plugging up of the apparatus, even when the powder has been previously macerated, and has not been tightly packed; but when it has been only dampened, not swelled, before packing, as directed by Grahame, it becomes so completely compacted together as it swells, as entirely to prevent percolation. This difficulty, which every tyro must be familiar with, is com- pletely obviated by the use of a common funnel, with a loose plug of cotton in the tube ; the pressure occasioned by the ex- pansion of the mass as it becomes saturated with the liquid, in- stead of being confined, tends upwards as well as outwards, and thus as the mass becomes tighter it relieves itself by rising in the funnel, and is prevented from becoming so compressed as to interfere with its capillarity. With the use of the common funnel, large or small at pleas- ure, I find my experience to coincide completely with that of Prof. Grahame. One experiment may be mentioned as illus- trating the success of the process ; 10,000 grains of English Colchicum corm, was powdered by Swift's Drug Mill, to about the fineness indicated by Grahame, dampened with diluted Acetic Acid, and packed with a pestle, as tightly as possible in a large glass funnel ; a little more than a quart of the same menstruum was then added and thirty fluid ounces of liquid was obtained, — this first portion on evaporation, yielded 1750 grains of extract,— a second portion of menstruum was now added, and another thirty tfluid ounces passed, — this yielded 390 grains, and a third por ion of the same bulk yielded only 38 grains. The aggregate, 2178 grains, (not quite 22 per cent.) is rather less than I have obtained from some previous operations, but allowance must be made for the quality of the drug, which, in this instance, though remarkably fine, contained the outer 330 PHARMACEUTICAL STATISTICS OF SAXONY. skin or envelope of the Corms, a part generally removed from the article, as found in commerce. The percolation, notwith- standing the aqueous menstruum, and the fineness of the powder, nearly all of which would have passed through a sieve of 50 meshes, was perfectly successful and not inconveniently slow. What I have thus said of Grahame's process and of the use of the common funnel, may be construed as assenting too hastily to a practice of displacement quite contrary to that heretofore taught; but I present the limited experience I have acquired at this early stage of the investigation to induce others to follow in the same track, feeling the need of more definite, precise, and satisfactory directions for the management of the important process of displacement. PHARMACEUTICAL STATISTICS OF SAXONY. The " Zeitschr. des Statist. Bureaus " contains some statistics from which we extract the following : In the kingdom of Saxony there were in 1856, 121 pharmaceu- tical stores, with " real concession ;" that is, a license for con- ducting the business, resting on a certain house or real estate property, and which is transferable to another property — and 61 with " personal concession " — a license granted to a person and not easily transferable ; five of this number are connected with charitable institutions. Since 1819 the number has increased from 128, or one store to each 10,461 inhabitants, to 177, or one to 11,644 inhabitants. Exclusive of the principals, there were employed in these establishments 33 " Provisores," 165 clerks (gehilfen), and 93 apprentices. The yearly sales of most drug stores reachj3000 thalers ( = 70 cts.), many are above that sum, and the sales of but few fall short of 2000 thalers ; this amount is the pharma- ceutical business, and does not include the branches frequently connected therewith, such as chemical manufactories, distilling establishments, &c. — Dr. HirzeVs Zeitschr. f. Pharm., 1859, 12-14. J. M. M. ON COLOCYNTH. 331 ON COLOCYNTH. By Dr. G. F. Walz. As a continuation of his former investigations on the various constituents of colocynth, the author now gives directions for their isolation ; we extract the following from his paper : Bruised colocynth is exhausted by alcohol of -84 spec, grav., the tincture distilled and evaporated to dryness, the extract treated with cold water, the solution precipitated by sugar of lead, afterwards by subacetate of lead, and then by sulphuretted hy- drogen; the yellow filtrate is precipitated by tannin and heated. The resinous mass is well washed with water, dissolved in alco- hol, precipitated by subacetate of lead, the filtrate is freed from lead, digested with animal charcoal, evaporated and well washed with anhydrous ether ; the golden yellow insoluble part is colo- cynthin. That part of the alcoholic extract which is insoluble in water yields to ether colocynthitin, to be purified by treating its solution in absolute alcohol with animal charcoal, when it crystallizes in brilliant white oblique rhomboidal prisms. It is almost insoluble in cold absolute alcohol, crystallizes partly from the hot solution, another part gelatinizing in combination with alcohol and losing it but slowly. Colocynth contains but a very small proportion of colocynthitin. The above precipitate with sugar of lead, after decomposition with hydrosulphuric acid, contains a reddish-brown body, with traces of colocynthitin soluble in ether, colocynthin and red brown coloring matter soluble in water, and another body solu- ble in alcohol. The sulphuret of lead yields to hot alcohol colo- cynthitin, the above body soluble in ether and alcohol, and the other substance soluble in alcohol. The above precipitate with subacetate of lead, after decompo- sition, furnishes considerable colocynthin, very little matter soluble in ether, but principally two brown coloring matters, one soluble in water, one in alcohol. The sulphuret of lead contains a yellow substance soluble in ether, a little colocynthitin and color- ing matter soluble in alcohol. The above precipitate of sulphuret of lead imparts to alcohols a yellowish-red color, a strongly bitter taste, and contains the 20 332 ON OTTO OF ROSE. yellow substance soluble in ether, and the reddish-brown body soluble in alcohol. That part of the extract insoluble in water and containing the colocynthitin, consists, besides this, of coloring matter, the sub- stance soluble in ether, and the one soluble in alcohol. The aqueous solution, after the precipitation of colocynthin by tannin, on evaporation to one-half and neutralization with car- bonate of soda, yields by tannin more colocynthin, to which much of the substance soluble in ether adheres. The filtrate, after precipitating with subacetate of lead and neutralizing with soda, yields another precipitate of colocynthin by tannin. The exhausted colocynth imparts to boiling water much mucil- age, which is precipitated by alcohol ; the filtrate, if treated as above, yields another not inconsiderable quantity of colocynthin. Pure colocynthin has the composition Or6 H42 023; its aqueous solution is decomposed by sulphuric acid, yielding sugar and colocynthein, a resinous body, soluble in ether. C56 H42 023 -f 2 HO yield C12 H12 012 + 044 H32 013 (colocynthein.) — Wittstein's Viert. Schrift. vii. 558—565. J. M. M. ON OTTO OF ROSE. By Daniel Hanbury, F. L. S. The importance of authentic specimens is well understood by naturalists. The botanist who has had the opportunity of veri- fying the Linnsean name of a plant by comparing it with Linnse- us's own specimen, is sensible that no more satisfactory proof is wanting. The entomologist who can appeal to the specimens of Fabricius, or the zoologist who can point to those named by Cuvier, as identical with his own, feels that he can rightfully adopt the names given by those authors. Nor is the student of Materia Medica much less in need of authentic or type speci- mens as standards of comparison. Yet how difficult it would be to point to a specimen of Sarsaparilla as indubitably the root of one particular species of Smilax, or to find in our museums a specimen of Myrrh or Olibanum, or Gamboge, with indisputable data as to its botanical origin and place of production. These observations have been suggested by the difficulty which ON OTTO OF ROSE. 333 occurs to the druggist in the purchase of Otto of Rose. The ■wholesale price of the article varies from 14s. to 26s. per ounce, a fact indicative of a wide range of qualities. But assuming that the most expensive article is the purest, it will be found to differ materially from the Otto described by our best authors. Pereira states* that at temperatures below 80° F., Attar of Roses is a crystalline solid ; and the same assertion is made by Dr. Boyle. f Brande statesj that it melts at 84° ; Redwood, that it fuses between 84° and 86°.§ Martiny gives 86Q as its fusing point. || Chevallier, Richard, and Guillemin say that it is con- crete below 84° to 86°. If Dr. Jackson states, of the Otto made at Ghazeepore, that it melts at 84°.** Yet the Otto of the London market, as all druggists know, is never found with so high a fusing point, and in fact, there is but a portion of that which arrives, of which one could say that it is solid above 60° F. These discrepant facts have long engaged my attention, and believing that the general subject of Otto of Rose merits the no- tice of pharmaceutists, I have placed on paper the observations which I have collected, and have now the honor of laying them before the Pharmaceutical Society. For convenience, I think it best to discuss the subject under three heads, namely, Production, Adulteration, and Chemical Characters. First, then, the Production of Otto of Rose. The Otto of Rose with which at the present day the English market is supplied, is produced in Turkey, on the plains lying south of the Balkan Mountains. Otto of Rose is also collected in Provence, in the South of France, by the distillers of Rose Water, and this Otto, the pro- duction of which is very limited, realizes a high price. In the * Elements of Mat. Med. Ed. 8, vol. ii., p. 1812. t Manual of Mat. Med. Ed. 2, p. 432. % Manual of Chemistry. Ed. 6, p. 1551. \ Supplement to the Pharm. Ed. 3, p. 861. || Encyklop. d. Med.-Pharm. Nat.-und Rohwaa- renk. Bd.ii., p. 389. \ Diet, des Drog. t. iii. p. 158. ** O'Shaughnessy's Bengal Dispensatory (p. 328), in which work Dr. Jackson's interesting account is given at length. 334 ON OTTO OF ROSE. state of Tunis, in Persia, and in the northern parts of India,* Otto of Rose is also manufactured, but none from these coun- tries finds its way into the London Market. With regard to Turkey, the chief localities in which the rose is cultivated for the production of Otco, are Kizanlik, a large town lying on the southern side of the Balkans, about seventy miles to the north of Adrianople. At Eski-Zaghra, in the val- ley of the Tunja, to the south-east of Kiranlik, the rose is also cultivated on a large scale, and at Carlova,f also on the southern side of the Balkans, about 100 miles from Adrianople, much Otto is said to be produced. The flowering season commences in May, and the roses are usually collected before sunrise every morning. When the weather is dry and hot, the flowering season is short, and the roses blooming about the same time, it is impossible to collect them all. The process followed is the simple one of distilling the roses with water in copper stills of no very considerable dimensions, and collecting the Otto from the distilled product. In very favorable seasons, the three districts above mentioned can produce from 300,000 to 360,000 meticals, which, at six metioals to the ounce, would give from 50,000 to 60,000 ounces. This, however, is of rare occurrence, as, independently of the weather, other causes, as frost, or caterpillars, may reduce the crop. I am informed that in the year 1854, the crop in the three districts above named, though not abundant, was calculated at 250,000 meticals, equal to 41,666 ounces; in the year 1855 it was estimated at 30,000 ounces ; while in 1856 it did not much exceed 13,000 ounces. The Otto of Rose is transported from the producing districts in large, flat, tin bottles, covered with thick, white felt, and * Ghazeepore on the Ganges is famous for its manufacture of Rose Water and Otto of Rose. The latter I would willingly have examined, but have been un- able to obtain a specimen, or, in fact, of any Indian Otto of Rose in a state of purity. Tunisian Otto of Rose, valued at an enormous price, was sent to the Great Exhibition of 1851, but I had no opportunity of obtaining a sample. f Sometimes spelt Carloya, but I cannot find it under either name, even upon the best maps. ON OTTO OF ROSE. 335 bearing a calico label inscribed with Turkish characters. By the dealers at Constantinople it is transferred to cut and gilt glass bottles imported from Germany, and in these it usually finds its way to the markets of Europe. Sometimes, however, the large tin bottles are imported into London, it being supposed (and with some reason) that the Otto they contain has escaped being tampered with at Constantinople. According to the official returns prepared for the Board of Trade, the quantities of Otto of Rose imported into the United Kingdom upon which duty was paid, were, during four years, as under : — 1854 - - - 1251 lbs., equal to 20,016 ounces 1855 - - - 1012 « « 16,192 « 1856 - - - 1522 « " 24,352 « 1857 - - - 1591 « « 25,456 « The duty is one shilling per pound. Adulteration of Otto of Rose. Although in Turkey the adulteration of Otto of Rose is some- times practised by the producers, and especially of late years, since the repeal of a law in 1840 or 1841 prohibiting such adulteration under pain of death,* it is chiefly at Constantinople that this fraudulent practice takes place. Among the substances which have been used for the adultera- of Otto of Rose, I may mention two as specially deserving at- tention. The first is Spermaceti, which, in Turkey, is, I am as- sured, frequently mixed with the cheaper qualities of Otto ; the second which is far more systematically and extensively employed, as well as more difficult of detection, is an essential oil, called in Turkish Idris YaghL^ It is not unfrequently imported into * I give this upon the authority of Mr. Edward Schnell, of Adrianople, to whom, through my friend Mr. Maltass, I am indebted for other particulars re- specting the production of Otto of Rose in the Balkan. f I have taken some pains to discover the signification of this name, but without much success. My friend Mr. Redhouse, thinks it is Idris Taghi, which may signify Marsh-mallow Oil: and as there is a word in Turkish (Ebe'-gumtji) which is used to denote both the Marsh-mallow and one of the common garden Geraniums, so it is possible that the Arabic idris may have the same double signification: — though the application of any term signifying geranium to the essential oil in question, is, as I shall show, only correct in so far as that there is a similarity of color. 336 ON OTTO OF ROSE. London from Turkey, and is then known in the London drug trade as Turkish Essence of Geranium, Let us consider what is its origin. The Catalogue of the Turkish Section of the Great Exhibition of 1851 states that it is brought from Mecca. A sample presented by M. Delia Sudda to the Ecole de Pharmacie of Paris, has likewise this origin assigned to it.* I am, moreover, informed by my friend Mr. Maltass, that the Idris Oil found at Smyrna is all brought by the pilgrims arriving from Mecca. M. Guibourt has stated to me upon the authority of a gentleman at Constantinople, that the dealers there affirm that the oil in question comes from India by way of Egypt. Although it is thus tolerably evident that the essential oil called the Idris Yaghi is imported from Mecca, or perhaps from Jeddah, the port of Mecca, all that we know of these places tends to show that it is not produced there. Mecca appears to have no manufactures, but to be entirely supported by the pil- grims who flock to its holy places : besides which the nature of the country and the climate, utterly forbid the idea of a green herb being produced in quantity for distillation. Jeddah is also without manufactures, but it has a large trade with various ports on the Red Sea, as well as with India. Burckhardt, who visited it in 1814, has left a minute description of the various trades carried on, and even the number of persons engaged in each ; and it is perfectly clear from his account, that even for the most trifling manufactured articles, Jeddah is dependent either on Egypt or India, f From Bombay, on the other hand, an essential oil is exported, which is undistinguishable from the Turkish Essence of Gera- nium.J This liquid is known in India as Roshe or Rose Oil, and in the London markets as Oil of Ginger- Grass or of Geranium. It is the produce of the more northern parts of India, where it is obtained by the distillation of certain grasses of the genus Andropogon. but the precise species of which I am at present unable from personal knowledge to name. From the Report on the External Commerce of Bombay, for the year 1856-7, a valuable mass of statistics, compiled by R. * Journal de Pharm. et de Chimie. Tome xxix. p. 310. f Travels in Arabia, Lond. 1829, 4to, p. 41, &c. % I must, however, admit that in English trade-lists the two are separately enumerated, the Turkish fetching a higher price. ON OTTO OF ROSE. 337 Spooner, Esq., Reporter General, and published by authority of Government, I find that Roshe (or Rosia} Oil was exported from Bombay during the year in question to the extent of 1922 gal- lons. Of this enormous quantity, 541 gallons were shipped to England, and the remaining 1381 gallons to the Arabian Gulf. The Report does not state to what ports in the Arabian Gulf this quantity of Rosh£ Oil is shipped ; but as none is reported as shipped to Aden or Suez (for which places, as for the United Kingdom or France, there are special returns,) it is plain that it is shipped to other ports than these. Now, although there are several other ports in the Arabian Gulf, it is Jeddah the port of Mecca that stands foremost in im- portance. To quote a competent authority " From its posi- tion, it is the entrepot of all goods coming from India and Egypt. The merchants of Gosseir, Yambo, Hodeyda, and Massowah, draw their supplies from it." According to Burton, the value of the import trade of Jeddah with India amounts to about 25 lacs of rupees (£250,000) annually.f Coupling these facts with the testimony of the Turks, that the volatile oil called Idris Yaghi is imported from Mecca, and still more with M. Guibourt's information that it is brought from India, I think there is good circumstantial evidence for identi- fying it with the Roshe Oil that is exported from Bombay ; and when we consider the immense influx of pilgrims every year to Jeddah, the transport of the drug northward to Egypt and Turkey is easily explained. Although I have thus demonstrated (as I think) the identity of the Turkish Idris Yaghi with the Roshe Oil of Bombay, and therefore proved them the produce of one or more species of Andropogon, growing in India, it may be proper that I should briefly state other reasons for considering that this volatile oil has no claim to the name often given to it of Essence of Geranium. I may say, then, that it differs from true essential Oil of Geranium, such as is distilled from a variety of Pelargo- nium Radula Ait. in the South of France. 1. In odor. 2. In optical properties—in having (according to the observa- tions of my friend Dr. De Vry) no rotatory power when examined * R. Innes, Esq., or Cairo, quoted in Parkyn's Life in Abyssynia, vol. i. p. 402. f Pilgrimage in El-Medinab and Meocah, vol. iii. p. 379. 338 ON OTTO OF ROSE. by polarized light, whereas, French Oil of Geranium possesses the power of right-handed rotation.* 2. In chemical properties, inasmuch as when exposed to the vapor of iodine, it does not acquire the intense coloration that occurs when Oil of Geranium is so treated. 4. In commercial value, true Oil of Geranium being worth six times the price of Idris Yaghi, and ten times that of the Bombay Roshe Oil. Before being mixed with Otto, the Idris Yaghi is subjected by the Turkish dealers to some purifying process, chiefly, it would seem, with a view to diminish its color, a pale color in Otto of Rose being deemed a sign of goodness. Chemical Characters of Otto of Rose. As I have already observed, there exists, regarding the tem- perature at which Otto of Rose liquefies, great discrepancy be- tween the statements of authors and the result of observations made upon the Otto of commerce. Otto of Rose, it is well known, consists of two bodies, a liquid essential oil or elseoptene (upon which I have made no experiments) and a stearoptene. The stearoptene I find to be, when pure, a colorless crystallizable substance, devoid of odor and taste, fusing at 95° F., very slightly soluble in alcohol of sp. gr. -838 in the cold, but more soluble if heated. It is solu- ble in the liquid portion or elseoptene of Otto of Rose, but, ac- cording to its abundance, separates more or less readily with a depression of temperature. It dissolves readily in ether, chloro- form, or olive oil, but not in solution of potash or ammonia. These two bodies, the elseoptene and stearoptene, exist, ac- cording to my observations, in the Otto of different districts in very different proportions, and to their relative amounts I attri- bute much of the variation which I find in the specimens ex- amined. The amount of stearoptene was determined in a series of parallel experiments, conducted simultaneously by treating a given weight of Otto with alcohol (sp. gr. .838), throwing the precipitated stearoptene upon a filter and thoroughly washing it with fresh alcohol ; the same amount of alcohol being employed * But, as some essence of geranium from Algiers, examined by the same ob- server, was found to have the power of left-handed rotation to an almost equal extent, it is obviously possible that by mixing the two, an essence having no rotatory power might be produced — an improbable explanation, certainly, of the absence of rotatory power in the Idris Yaghi, but one which it is fair to mention. ON OTTO OF ROSE. 339 in each case. The stearoptene was then pressed for some days between paper, and after exposure to the air and drying over oil of vitriol, was weighed.* The fusing point was determined in each case by the same thermometer placed by the side of the bottle, and the observations were confirmed by repeated trials. The English and French samples experimented upon, were obtained direct from the manufacturers, and mostly upon my personal application. The Turkish sample No. 7, was manufac- tured at Kizanlik, where Messrs. Herman, from whom I received it, have an establishment. The results I have tabulated as under : — Table showing the Results of a comparative Examination of Twelve Samples of Otto of Rose. No. Place of Manufacture, and Manufacturer's Name. Fusing Point. Percentage of Stearoptene Other Characters. 1 Enqlish. London — Messrs. Allen and Hanburys. 91° F. 68.1 Of a pale straw colour, crystalline, odor weak and not remarkably fragrant. 2 London — Mr. Whipple, at Messrs. Barron and Co.'s. 87° F. 50.6 Resembles No. 1. 3 French. Paris — M. Chardin Ha- dancourt. 85.5° F. 60.8 A crystalline mass, of a pale green color ; odor weak but agreeable. 4 Grasse — M. Antoine Chiris. 74° F. 37.2 Of a straw color ; when congealed, form- ing a highly crystalline mass; odor very fragrant. 5 Grasse — M. Mero. 71° F. 41.9 Of a brownish-yellow ; forming, when congealed, a transparent mass of platy crystals. 6 Cannes— MM. Herman Freres. 70* F. 35.0 Resembles No. 4. 7 Turkish. Kizanlik. 65° F. 6.7 Color very pale yellow; when congealed, it constitutes a confused mass of platy crystals ; odor exceedingly fragrant. 8 ? seal G. S. & Co. 63° F. 7.3 Col o very pale yellow ; a mass of platy crystals when congealed. 9 62° F. 6.4 Resembles No. 8. 10 62° F. 6.6 The finest Otto of the London market. In its characters it resembles No. 8. 11 61° F. 4.6 Resembles No. 8. 12 ? second quality. 56° F. 4.25 Wholesale price in London, in large quantities, 14s. per ounce. * I am quite aware that this method of determining the amount of stearoptene is not free from objection, since, the more abundant the elseoptene, the less will the stearoptene (in which it is soluble) be precipitated when the Otto is first / treated with alcohol. 340 ON GRATIOLA OFFICINALIS. This table shows that the fusing point of Otto of Rose, and the proportion of stearoptene vary greatly in different samples. But it will also be observed that there is a similarity in the Otto pro- duced in each locality. Thus, that of the South of England and North of France (samples Nos. 1, 2, and 3) has a high fusing point (varying from 85° to 91°), and contains a large percentage (50 to 68) of stearoptene. The Otto of the South of France fuses between 70° and 74Q, and affords from 35 to 41 per cent, of stearoptene. That of Turkey, if we may consider samples Nos. 8, 9 and 10 as equally genuine with No. 7 (Messrs. Her- man's), fuses at from 65° to 62°, and affords from 7.3 to 6.4 per cent, of stearoptene.* Sample No. 11 may be regarded with some suspicion from its resemblance to No. 12 — the latter being acknowledged of inferior quality. Whether the differences that exist in the characters of the different kinds of Otto, are the result of climate or of the method of manufacture, or whether (especially in the case of the Turk- ish Otto) they are to be traced to a difference in the species of rose, are questions for determining which I have at present no sufficient data.- — London Pharm. Journ., April, 1859. ON GRATIOLA OFFICINALIS. By Dr. F. G. Walz. Some time ago the author made an analysis of Gratiola offi- cinalis, and obtained the following distinct principles : Gratio- lin, Gratiosolin, Gratiolacrin, fixed oil, brown resin, tannin and a volatile acid, called antirrhinic acid, which is present in many plants belonging to the family of Scrophularinese. He has now examined some of the above principles and the products of their decomposition. Cfratiolin. The aqueous infusion is precipitated by subacetate of lead, the lead removed, the liquid precipitated with tannin, the washed precipitate exhausted by alcohol, digested with hy- drate d oxide of lead, treated with animal charcoal, evaporated, the dry powder extracted with ether, the residue washed with * The test used in Turkey by the persons who purchase Otto from the pro- ducers, is to plunge a small vial of it into water at 10° Reaumur (= 55° F.). If, in the space of five minutes, the Otto congeals, it is regarded as genuine. ON GRATIOLA OFFICINALIS. 341 cold water, which dissolves the greater part, gratiosolin ; the insoluble residue is gratiolin, which is entirely freed from gra- tiosolin by precipitating its concentrated alcoholic solution by water, and from gratiolacrin by precipitating this from the alco- holic solution with sugar of lead ; it is recrystallized from boiling water. Its composition is C40 H34 014. By continued boiling with dilute sulphuric acid, it is decom- posed into sugar and an oily liquid, solidifying on cooling to a yellow resinous mass, soluble in alcohol and ether, gratioleretin, and into brilliant white prisms, insoluble in water and ether, soluble in alcohol, coloring oil of vitriol green, gratioletin. 2 ^40 ^34 ^14 = ®12 H12 Ol2 + ^34 ^28 ^6 + ^34 H28 ^10* Gratiolin. Glucose. Gratioleretin. Gratioletin. Gfratiosolin constitutes the principal part of the crude gratiolin, from which it is gained by washing with water, evaporating the solution and washing the product with anhydrous ether ; its composition is C46 H42 025. At ordinary temperature it is de- composed by alkalies and dilute acids into grape sugar and gra- tiosoletin C40 H34 017, which is likewise soluble in water and pre- cipitated by tannin. When pure it is of a golden yellow color, very bitter taste, easily soluble in water and alcohol, insoluble in ether. Its aqueous solution when heated with diluted acid, is decomposed into sugar and a resinous substance, the latter being a mixture of two bodies separable by ether. Grratiosoleretin C34 H26 09 has a yellow color, scarcely any taste or smell, is inso- luble in water, easily soluble in alcohol and ether. Hydrogra- tiosoleretin C34 H28 On has a purely yellow color, and faint re- sinous odor; it is insoluble in water and absolute ether, but soluble in alcohol. O-ratiolacrin. The crude gratiolacrin, as obtained on treating crude gratiolin with ether, is a very bitter acrid resin, containing a fixed oil from which it may be freed by solution in cold abso- lute alcohol. The residue is partly dissolved by ammonia of •960 spec. grav. ; the insoluble part, when treated with cold alcohol, leaves a white crystalline powder, crystallizing in fine white crystals from boiling alcohol. The cold alcohol solution has an intensely acrid burning and bitter taste ; by precipitating with sugar of lead and decompos- 842 ON SAMADERINE. ing with sulphuretted hydrogen, a fixed oil is obtained of a pecu- liar fatty odor, and the composition C31 H29 04. — Wittsteins Vierteljahresschrift, viii. 7 — 22. J. M. m. ON SAMADERINE. The Samadera indica, Gartn. (Vitmannia elliptica, Vahl), called Gatip Pahit by the Malays, is a tree occurring in Java in the Regency of Bautam, and belonging, according to Bartling, to the class of the Terebinthince, and the order Sima- rubece. C. L. Blume, who is at present residing in Java, has given a fuller description of this tree. The tree is especially characterized by its numerous fruits, which, enclosed in coriaceous shells, are of the form of almonds, and weigh about 1\ grm. They are very rich in oil, and are distinguished, as is also the bark of the tree, by a very bitter taste. This bitter is perhaps the bitterest in the whole vegeta- ble kingdom, and is exceeded by no other known bitter matter. To this circumstance we are indebted for the preliminary in- vestigation, for which M. Rost von Tonningen of Buitenzorg, in Java, furnished the material ; this, however, will be carried on on a larger scale as soon as a greater quantity of the bark and fruits are collected and preserved. 100 parts of the fruits and bark of Samadera indica con- tain : — The fruits. The bark. 84-260 (fat) 1409 8-880 5-119 Portions soluble in ether (oil) " " alcohol (resin) . " " water (tannic acid,) samaderine,extractive matter, &c.) . " « potash (pectic acid) Mineral portions .... Cellulose Water Loss The properties of these bodies were as follows : — The oil of the fruits is colorless, possesses a peculiar odor, no known taste, and is lighter than water; it burns with a 10-585 1-203 0-160 traces 2-783 7-931 39-000 70-656 4-577 11-832 0-305 0-850 ON SAMADERINE. 343 yellowish-white and afterwards red flame, and forms soaps with alkalies. The resin of the fruits is a brown substance of a very bitter taste, which attracts moisture rapidly from the air, and then deliquesces. Water dissolves a little of it, and this solution furnishes a black precipitate with solution of perchloride of iron (tannate). When heated it melts, becomes inflated, and burns very readily, diffusing a resinous odor, and leaving behind a pale grey ash, which is almost soluble in water. It consists for the most part of chlorides of lime and potash with traces of iron. The 'portions soluble in water are of a pale brown color, and when evaporated leave an extract, which deliquesces in the air. They are as bitter as the alcoholic extracts, and consist of a mixture of extractive matter, sugar, tannic acid, and sama- derine. The ash which they leave after combustion, effervesces strongly with acids, and consists principally of chlorides of lime and potash. The fat of the bark is pale yellow, has a neutral reaction, and possesses an oily bitter taste (caused by the solution of some samaderine in ether not quite free from water ;) it is of a soft resinous consistency, and may be drawn out into threads. It is only partially saponifiable, and consists of a mixture of fat and a resinous body. The resin of the bark agrees nearly with that of the fruits, but its aqueous solution furnishes a far stronger precipitate with perchloride of iron than that obtained from the fruits. The portions of the bark soluble in water had the same proper- ties as those of the fruits. The most important constituent of the bark and fruits of Samadera indica is undoubtedly the samaderine contained in them. It is obtained by evaporating the aqueous decoction of the bark and fruit to the consistence of an extract; this is treat- ed repeatedly with small quantities of alcohol, by which means the greatest part of the samaderine is left behind. It may be obtained pure by solution in water and treatment with animal charcoal. Samaderine is of a brilliant white color, laminarly and some- what plumosely crystalline. Its taste is more persistently and i 344 PREPARATION OF PLATINUM-BLACK. intensely bitter than that of any other body with which the author is acquainted. When heated, it melts and evolves fumes which, when inhaled, possess a bitter and acrid taste ; when the heat is continued, it becomes carbonized and burnt away, with- out leaving any trace of ash. It dissolves in water more easily than in alcohol, and its solutions are perfectly neutral. It does not exert the least reaction upon ferridcyanide of potassium, sulphate of copper, nitrate of silver, chloride of platinum, tincture of iodine, protosulphate of iron, perchloride of iron, and chromate of potash. Nitric and muriatic acids give it a yellow color, whilst by the addition of concentrated sulphuric acid a beautiful red- dish-violet color is produced, which disappears in course of time, and leaves a mass of feathery, strongly iridescent crystals, which will be more closely investigated hereafter. Samaderine may be placed in the series of indifferent, crys- tallizable organic bodies, to which salicine, phloridzine, &c, belong. As soon as it has been prepared in larger quantities, further investigations upon it shall be published ; the question will then also be solved, whether samaderine, which gives so distinct a reaction with sulphuric acid, is converted thereby into another compound and grape-sugar, like salicine and phloridzine. — London Chem. G-az., April 15, 1859, from Archiv der Pharmacie. PREPARATION OF PLATINUM-BLACK. By C. Brunner. We possess several methods for the preparation of platinum in that state which is usually termed platinum-Mac Jc, on account of its black color. In most of the recent modes of preparation, organic substances, such as alcohol, sugar, &c, are employed as reducing agents, by which means there is always a doubt whether a certain quantity, perhaps very small, of organic substance may not adhere to the preparation. Perfectly pure platinum-black may be very easily obtained in the following way, without the employment of any organic substance: — Dry peroxalate of iron (prepared by precipitating sulphate of ON A NEW REMEDY FOR HYDROPHOBIA. 345 iron with oxalic acid and washing) is heated in a shallow capsule until it begins to smoulder, when the heat is continued with stirring until the salt is entirely converted into peroxide. The extremely fine powder thus prepared, is reduced at an incipient red heat by a current of dry hydrogen gas in a glass tube. After it has become quite cold in the current of gas, the prep- aration, which is sometimes pyrophorous, is poured into a capsule with water, and gently crushed in it with a pestle. Of this metallic iron stirred up with water, small portions are then poured into a dilute solution of perchloride of platinum con- taining a small excess of muriatic acid, until this, after violent shaking and standing for some time, appears to be entirely de- prived of color. The precipitate obtained is then separated from the fluid by decantation, and boiled repeatedly with con- centrated nitric acid until the extract contains no noticeable amount of iron, when the adherent nitric acid is removed by a weak solution of potash. The preparation thus obtained is an amorphous black powder, which acquires an iron-like lustre by trituration in an agate mortar. When heated in a platinum spoon, it suddenly becomes ignited at about 392° F., and becomes converted into the ordi- nary form resembling spongy platinum, its volume at the same time being doubled. When moistened with a drop of alcohol, it also became ignited in a second or two, and converted into the ordinary form. There is no doubt that the preparation will possess all the other known properties of platinum-black. Should this sub- stance ever be required in large quantities, the simplicity of this mode of preparation will recommend its adoption London Chem. G-az., April 15,1859, from Ding ler's Po lytechn . Journal, ON A NEW REMEDY FOR HYDROPHOBIA. By Dr. Eulenburg. On the 24th of August, last year, Guerin.Meneville submitted to the Paris Academy a report on the cure of hydrophobia, by the use of powdered cetoin, the French name for Cetonia aura- ta, the chemical examination of which was entrusted to Berthe- lot and de Luca. Nothing as yet has become known of the in- 346 BED CANELLA BARK FROM THE WEST INDIES. vestigations of the Academy. The author having occasion to obtain some information regarding the use of this remedy, in some parts of Russia, states that the physician of the Princess OrlofF had this bug examined by Bach, of Boppard, who found it to be Cetonia aurata, which, according to reliable information, has cured twenty-one mad dogs and four cases of hydrophobia in men. The bug belongs to the family of Scarabseides, or Lamelli- cornes of Latreille ; it is flat, has a strong metallic lustre, the body is of a copper red, the upper part of a golden green color, it is seldom red all over ; deepened, curved lines run across the sheath wings, more or less marked with white spots; size .6 to .9 inches. When in danger, the bug emits from all points a grey- ish mass of a disagreeable odor. Its larva lives generally in the nests of ants (Formica rufa,) and has been collected in July and August for the above purpose ; one tea-spoonful of the pow- der is said to be sufficient for men or dogs. It is worth while to draw attention to such a simple remedy. Empiricism has a vast field with hydrophobia, and probably no where else has the attempt been oftener made to find a speci- fic for a disease. — Dr. WachteVs Zeitschrift — Wittst. Viert. Schr. viii. 85,86. ON A KED CANELLA BAKK FROM THE WEST INDIES. Br W. F. Daniell, M. D. Hon. Member of the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, &.c. During a recent sojourn in St. Jago de la Vega, Jamaica, I received, through the kindness of my friend Mr. March, speci- mens of a red bark of considerable pungency, obtained from a tree, indigenous to the hilly districts in the neighborhood of the town. The hot and peppery qualities of this cortical substance led me to infer that it belonged to a species of Qanella. Mr. March, who is well acquainted with the botany of the island, had previously entertained a similar opinion, which was subse- quently confirmed by the discovery of the plant which had fur- nished the bark. An examination of the botanical characters indicated its identity or close affinity with the Qanella alba, RED CANELLA BARK FROM THE WEST INDIES. 347 Murray. Two varieties of this species dependent on the form of leaves are, however, known to exist in the mountain forests ; one of these may probably be the C. laurifolia of Don. My friend suspected this cortex might have been taken from a Cin- namodendron, but in a letter he informs me that, having com- pared the red Canella with the latter, he found the wood and bark were "apparently quite distinct." The only doubt that remained relative to the identification of the plant proceeded merely from the flowers, which were not sufficiently perfect for investigation. The Cinnamodendron above alluded to, is, no doubt, the 0. corticosum, Miers, lately described by Mr. Miers in an elaborate paper on the Oanellacece. This author states that " its bark has the same aromatic properties as that of Canella alba, from which it is scarcely distinguishable, both being col- lected and exported under the same name," and he moreover ob- serves that in the two species of Cinnamodendron known, the flowers are constantly axillary.* Having frequently compared my specimens with the bark of living plants of Canella alba, which abundantly flourish in seve- ral of the Bahama Islands, I noticed they afforded many points of similarity. The warm aromatic properties, rugged epidermis, and peculiar double cortical layers were common to both, and with the exception of the red line, and perhaps a greater degree of pungency of the inner cortical layer of the former, no special differences could be detected. It may therefore not be unreasonable to suppose that frag- ments of this kind of Canella were occasionally exported to Europe in former years, and lead John Bauhin and subsequent writers to confound it with Winter's bark (Drimys Winteri, Forst.), under the term of Cortex Winteranus spurius. As the evidence so far is decidedly in favor of this bark be- longing to a species of Canella rather than Cinnamodendron, it has been proposed to provisionally designate this product (from the distinctive red color) by the title of Canella rubra. — Phar. Jour, and Trans., London, April 1, 1859. * The following note has since been received by Mr. Bentley, from Dr. Dan- iell:— " I omitted to state in my paper on the Red Canella Bark, that the flowers of the tree which produced it were terminal, and were examined by Mr. March, but not with sufficient minuteness to determine their structure, as they are martially decayed." 21 348 PREPARATION OF MOLYBDATE OP AMMONIA. TO PREVENT CONCUSSIONS ON BOILING IN GLASS VESSELS. By Dr. G. C. "Wittstein. On heating clear liquids in glass vessels, it frequently occurs that they for a long time do not come to boiling, and sometimes, all at once, boil up, foaming, with violent concussions. This occurs more frequently with alcoholic and ethereal solutions, and may be explained by an over-heating of the liquid, caused by an even distribution and consequent accumulation of heat. It is ne- cessary, therefore, to counteract this tendency by causing a more rapid current of the heat towards the surface. Such a current is caused by the presence of a projecting solid body on the bottom of the vessel, such as a grain of sand, a piece of glass, quartz, or platinum. But thus the purpose is only partly accomplished ; the current commencing on the lowest point of the body, is lost from the upper point in the liquid above, particularly if its height be considerable, and the same phenomenon of concussions may oc- cur, though generally with much less violence. All inconveniences will be entirely obviated, if proper care is taken to conduct the heat from the bottom to the surface ; a glass rod will answer for this purpose ; but for liquids of a high boiling point, such as sulphuric acid, a better conductor is to be chosen, and a platina wire of the thickness of a knitting needle is the most proper one. Since I have distilled alcoholic, ethereal, aqueous, &c, liquids, with a glass rod of the proper length in- troduced, all danger of foaming and concussions have been obviat- ed; the contents of the retort rapidly come to the boiling point and continue to boil quietly Wittstein s Viert. Schr. viii. 104 J. M. M. PREPARATION OF MOLYBDATE OF AMMONIA. By C. Brunner. Since the employment of this salt for the detection of phos- phoric acid has become indispensable in chemical analyses, seve- ral methods have been recommended for its preparation. Most of these start from the roasting of native sulphuret of molybde- num in contact with the air, until all the sulphur is burnt away ON FLUID EXTRACT OF BUCHU. 349 and the molybdenum is converted into molybdic acid which is afterwards dissolved in ammonia ; this operation is usually car- ried on in an obliquely placed platinum crucible, the mass being frequently stirred, but it is very tedious. The improvement of this method lately described by Wohler, in which a draught of air produced by an aspirator is employed, also effects the ob- ject, but slowly. The reason of this is to be found partly in the difficulty of dividing the material sufficiently, as it always cakes together again when heated, and partly in the fact that the mo- lybdic acid produced covers the residue of the mineral and thus renders its ignition difficult. The operation may be effected very easily in the following way : — The sulphuret of molybdenum is triturated in an agate mortar with an equal volume of coarse quartz.sand washed with muriatic acid until it forms a moderately fine powder, which is placed in a shallow platinum cup or on platinum foil, and heated over a good spirit-lamp to the commencement of incandescence, stirring it frequently until the mixture has acquired a citron- yellow color (whitish, on cooling). A quarter of an hour is sufficient to effect this with several grammes of the mixture. When cool, the mass is extracted with liquid ammonia and fur. ther treated in the usual way. — London Chem. Cfaz. April 15? from Dingier' 's Polyt. Journal, cl. p. 72. ON FLUID EXTRACT OF BUCHU. By Israel J. Grahame. Among the important preparations of the class here alluded to, not included in the officinal list, is the fluid extract of buehu. Although a preparation of nostrum celebrity had long been in use under this name, but which possessed very little of the characteristics of the plant it professed to represent, it was not till after the adoption of the present Pharmacopoeia, that Wm. Procter, Jr., proposed a formula for its preparation in accord- ance with the peculiar properties of the drug, since which time it has been extensively used in medical practice, and made mostly by his process or with slight modifications of it. It is one of those fluid extracts which require the use of an alcoholic sol- 350 ON THE DETECTION OF IODINE IN URINE. vent, and the retention of a considerable part of the alcohol to hold in solution its active qualities, which are principally due to volatile oil. The following formula which is proposed as a substitute for those now in use, not only contemplates an increase of strength whereby the dose is proportionally reduced, and less alcohol ad- ministered with each dose, but the complete exhaustion of the drug with economy of time and ease in manipulation. Fluid Extract of Buchu, Take of Buchu in moderately fine powder, sixteen ounces. Diluted alcohol (Alcohol 95 p. c. 2 parts, water 1 part) a sufficient quantity. Dampen the powder with the diluted alcohol and pack firmly in a suitable displacer, place over the surface a piece of perfora- ted filtering paper and pour on the diluted alcohol ; when all of the highly charged liquid (about one pint) has passed, remove it and submit to spontaneous evaporation until reduced to four- teen fluid ounces ; continue the percolation until exhausted or about one pint more is obtained, evaporate this at a temperature of 120° or 130g F. until reduced to two fluid ounces, and mix it with the first portion. Filtration may be resorted to if neces- sary, but is scarcely requisite. Thus made, fluid extract of buchu is a dark olive-brown liquid, possessing to the fullest extent the peculiar qualities of the drug, and may be given in doses from twenty to thirty minims repre- senting as many grains of the substance. — Jour, and Trans. Md. Coll. Phar. March, 1859. ON THE DETECTION OF IODINE IN UKINE. By Prof. Dr. X. Landerer. It is not so easy as might be supposed, to detect iodine in urine ; I was unable to obtain a reaction with chloride of palladium in cases where, according to my opinion, urine ought to have con- tained iodine. The excretion of iodine by urine seems to depend on the nature of the preparation administered, for the urine of persons who had been taking pills of iodide of iron for a consi- derable time was free of iodine and iron, though the black co- lor of the faeces showed the presence of iron therein. After the ANALYSIS OF THE ROOT OF ARUM MACULATUM. 351 employment of Ricord's pills of iodide of mercury, and after the daily external use of tincture of iodine, no iodine could be found in the urine. It is different when iodides enter the organism in aqueous so- lution ; after the administration of 4 drachms iodide of potassium, the presence of iodine was proved in the urine. When making such examinations, I evaporate the urine nearly to dryness, digest with alcohol, filter, evaporate to dryness, dis- solve in a little water and divide the solution in two parts ; to one I add solution of chloride of palladium, to the other starch and chlorine water. — Wittstein's Viert. Schr. vii. 546. J. M. M. • ANALYSIS OF THE FLOWERS OF DAPHNE MEZEREUM. By J. B. Enz. The author examined the flowers of Daphne mezereum with the following results : The aqueous distillate had an agreeable odor without sepa- rating any volatile oil, which was obtained by shaking the dis- tillate with ether and evaporating spontaneously. Daphnin was obtained by Gmelin and Baer's process : the alcoholic extract was exhausted with water, the solution precipi- tated by sub-acetate of lead, the washed precipitate decomposed by hydrosulphuric acid, evaporated, dissolved in alcohol and evaporated spontaneously. The author found, besides volatile oil and daphnin, traces of tannic acid of the variety that produces green precipitates with iron, salts, wax, fatty matter, green acrid soft resin, sugar, red coloring matter, mucilage (bassorin), nitrogenous matter, albu- men, potassa and lime, salts of vegetable acids and lignin. 1000 parts of fresh flowers contained water 792, matter solu- ble in ether 88, in alcohol 34, in water 26, in diluted muriatic acid 20, lignin 40. — Wittsteiris Viert. Schr.viij. 23-26. J. M. M. ANALYSIS OF THE ROOT OF ARUM MACULATUM. By J. B. Enz. The author found the juice to have a neutral reaction. All the information regarding the volatile acrid principle consists in 352 YELLOW COLORING MATTER OF THE AUTUMNAL LEAVES. the statement, that the distillate is of neutral reaction, color- less, of a radish-like smell and acrid taste, no volatile oil was se- parated, subacetate of lead produced a white pulverulent pre- cipitate, soluble in nitric acid, nitrate of silver and freshly pre- cipitated oxide of lead, no alteration ; the distillate is free of sulphur. The author obtained some granular crystals of sweetish bit- ter, acrid taste, which he supposes to be saponin. 1000 parts of the recently collected root contained 584 parts, water, 52 lignin, 272 starch, and yielded to ether 24 parts, to alcohol 40 parts, to cold water 28 parts. The ethereal tincture contained fixed oil, fermentable sugar, saponin and the acrid volatile principle ; in the alcoholic tincture was found fermentable sugar, saponin, resin ; in the cold aque- ous infusion, mucilage, gum, albumen, phosphate of lime. — Wittsteins Viert. Schrift. viii. 27—31. J. M. M. ON THE YELLOW COLORING MATTER OF THE AUTUMNAL LEAVES. By A. Ferrein. The author, after reviewing the investigations of Macaire- Prinsep and Berzelius, proceeds with his experiments made with leaves of a purely yellow color, collected from Ulmus campes- tris. If lb of the powdered dried leaves were exhausted with 90 per cent, alcohol, filtered, the greater part of the alcohol distilled off and evaporated to about 6 oz. This residue was a thin liquid, of a blackish brown color and a characteristic smell of fresh bread. After standing, the resinous and waxy mat- ters were separated by filtration and washed with warm water. The liquid now had a bitter astringent taste and acid re-action. By dilution with water all the resinous and waxy matters were separated, and the filtrate now had a yellowish-brown color. It was precipitated by sugar of lead, a part of the precipitate de- composed by hydrosulphuric acid. The solution had an insipid acidulous taste, perceptibly astringent, and reddened litmus. Solution of glue did not precipitate it, but softened ichthyocolla rendered it colorless and tasteless and without action on lit- NEW METHOD OF PREPARING SULPHUROUS ACID. 353 mus. This coloring acid, therefore, is a tannin for which the name of Xanihotannie Acid is proposed. On analyzing the lead compound, the results obtained indicate the following composi- tion : 3 Pb 0-fC28 H18 C4 — Wittsteins Viert. Schrift. viii., 1 — 7. J. M. M. NEW METHOD OF PREPARING SULPHUROUS ACID. By E. F. Anthon. There are various methods of preparing sulphurous acid, of which, however, those only are usually employed which depend on the combustion of sulphur (or iron pyrites), or upon the de- composition of heated concentrated sulphuric acid by sawdust and the like, or by metals. The first of these methods is certainly simple and cheap, but it is not applicable in many cases. The decomposition of sul- phuric acid by copper or mercury is expensive, and also presents other inconveniences. The decomposition of sulphuric acid by chips of wood and other organic matters is also expensive, be- cause in consequence of their great volume, a great excess of sulphuric acid must be employed, which escapes decomposition. Moreover, the sulphurous acid thus obtained is contaminated with more or less carbonic acid. (The preparation of sulphurous acid by decomposition with charcoal, which is easily effected, is passed over by the author, and consequently the question is left unanswered, whether the preparation of sulphurous acid by boiling sulphuric acid with sulphur is more convenient than this. It appears from the ori- ginal that the fact that sulphuric acid is decomposed by boiling with sulphur is unknown to the author, and yet it is now indica- ted in the Chemical Text books. The method described by the author is consequently not new, and therefore only deserves fur- ther notice, if it be more convenient for the preparation of sul- phurous acid than it was supposed to be. — Ed. Chem. Central- Matt.) The author placed 2 ounces of sulphur in fragments, and 25 ounces of concentrated sulphuric acid 354 THE PROCESS OF PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. into a glass flask, furnished with a gas-tube, and heated it over a spirit-lamp. The sulphur soon melted, and in a short time there was an evolution of sulphurous acid which was conducted into water. The evolution was very uniform, and the burning of the spirit-lamp was continued until, after about six hours, there was only a comparatively small residue in the flask. During this treatment the sulphur constantly floated in the form of a transparent, hyacinth-red, thickly fluid mass on the hot sulphuric acid, and a small portion of it sublimed ; part of this condensed again in drops upon the walls of the flask, and flowed back into the acid, whilst another part was deposited in the form of a thin crust in the neck of the flask. Very small quantities of sulphur were carried further mechanically by the sulphurous acid, and deposited in the conducting-tube, and the water placed to absorb the gas. After the conclusion of the process, the flask contained only 4j drachms of sulphuric acid, and 32 grains of unaltered sulphur. The advantages of this process are : — 1. That it furnishes a pure product ; 2. That it is easily effected, and cheap; 3. That the evolution of sulphurous acid gas is very uniform, the reason of which is that the sulphuric acid always acts only upon the outer surface of the melted sulphur, and this always forms a coherent mass ; and 4. That no solid deposit settles to the bottom of the vessel of evolution, which, in other methods, so often occasions the crack- ing of the vessel. — London Chem. Gaz., Mar. 15, 1859, from Dingier s Polyt. Journal and Chem. Centralblatt. THE PROCESS OF PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. {An extract from a paper read before the American Pharmaceutical Association, and published in its Proceedings for 1858). By Israel J. Grahame. The author after alluding to the history of the process in its application to pharmacy, and reviewing the usual modes of con- ducting it, says : THE PROCESS OF PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT 35^ The great beauty and excellency of the process I consider to be in the concentrative power, rapidity and efficiency of its operation. It is frequently very desirable to obtain quickly solutions at once so concentrated as to possess nearly or quite all that is active in the substance under treatment, and which in quantity is sometimes less, and often not more than would be sufficient to thoroughly moisten the substance in accordance with the officinal directions ; and being thus diffused through the mass it cannot be so completely displaced, and at the same time the material so thoroughly exhausted, as it could be if the process was conducted under other circumstances. What then are the circumstances so favorable to the success- ful prosecution of the process, in the attainment of results so reliable and advantageous ? It may not be out of place, in the first instance, briefly to allude to the apparatus. This may be of various materials, as metal, glass, porcelain, &c, and either cylindrical or slightly conical, terminating somewhat funnel- shaped, and with or without a diaphragm, as this can be sup- plied with a substitute of carded cotton. For almost all the operations of the pharmaceutist, except in a few instances, when a larger apparatus is required, I know of no instrument that answers the purpose better than the common glass funnel ; funnels less cone-shaped than would be selected for filtering purposes, ordinarily termed badly-shaped funnels, and which can be had at a very trifling expense. These may be arranged for an apparatus by having the upper part of the neck filled with carded cotton on which the material rests ; over this a piece of perforated paper is placed, and in some cases there will be an advantage in placing on the paper a piece of perforated tin, having a small knob in the centre, by which to handle it. I recommend the funnel, because, in the first place, it is always at hand, and, if not, can be supplied at so little cost; and secondly, because I know that its form does not impede the process, although some have so asserted ; and lastly, because, being glass, it enables the operator to watch the process, and see whether or not it is progressing satisfactorily. On this latter account I prefer glass instruments before all others. In very large operations the form of the apparatus may be adapted to the occasion, as the experience of the operator may suggest. 356 THE PROCESS OF PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. Even in operating with volatile fluids, such as ether, spt. am- nion, arom., &c, in the absence of a better instrument, the fun- nel may be made to answer by tying over the top a piece of oiled silk and inserting the neck tightly in a cork arranged to receive it. Having procured the proper form of apparatus, the next con- sideration is the degree of comminution to which to reduce the material we wish to operate upon. An experience of many years in treatment by percolation, induces me to recommend, in all cases, that the substance be brought to a state of fine divi- sion, of uniform character, particularly those which are of a firm and hard texture ; but in all instances, the material should be passed through a sieve. The size of the sieve will necessa- rily vary ; with most substances, one of about sixty meshes to the inch, especially for tinctures, will be found best adapted, while with some other substances, such as rhubarb, gentian, &c, one of about forty meshes will be preferable. The state of comminution to which substances are brought pre- vious to treatment by percolation, I conceive to be one of the most important conditions of a successful result. Next in im- portance to this, is the amount of menstruum added to the pow- der previous to packing it in the apparatus. As in the previous case, I have also in this, to depart from the rules laid down in the standard works treating of this sub- ject ; for this condition regulates, in a great measure, the next and last important feature to be observed, that is, the packing of the powder in the apparatus. As already referred to, the officinal directions, as well as com- mon usage, imply the necessity of sufficient of the menstruum to be added, to form a soft, pulp-like mass with the powder, and in some instances a much larger quantity ; and suffer the mixture to stand some time before transferring to the percola- tor. It is almost impossible to so regulate the packing of the powder when in this condition, as to produce that uniform and steady permeation of the liquid through the mass, so essential to complete success. Hence it is, that instruments furnished with stopcocks or other arrangements, are recommended to con- trol the flow of liquid; an appendage to the apparatus wholly unnecessary, as the process, when properly begun, is its own regulator with unvarying certainty. THE PROCESS OF PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. 357 Contrary to the prescribed rules in this particular, my plan is to add just sufficient of the solvent to dampen the powder, scarcely destroying its pulverulent condition, regardless whether the substance be liable to much swelling on imbibing the liquid, or not ; the object being to enable it to pack properly, and at the same time to contain sufficient moisture to produce capillary attraction to conduct the liquid ; by which means the fluid with which the powder was moistened, on the subsequent addition of the menstruum to the packed powder in the percolator, is driven forward very highly charged with soluble matter, and escapes at once, perfectly dear, followed in regular and uniform succession by liquid more or less strong as it advances ; and in a compara- tively short time — frequently several hours less than is directed for previous maceration by the Pharmacopoeia — the powder will be left in the displacer completely exhausted of its soluble mat- ter. By this means highly concentrated solutions are obtained — an advantage gained by this small addition of liquid to the pow- der at first, in connection with the manner of packing, which will be referred to presently — and may be explained thus : the quantity of liquid absorbed being minute, on the subsequent addition of the menstruum it is displaced, and other particles becoming saturated in quick succession, dispose the substance to yield up its soluble matter to the least possible amount of solvent. The liquid, by this means of treatment, having per- meated the particles of the mass, without having had any of the particles diffused or suspended in it, will necessarily escape from the instrument perfectly clear, as already stated, and almost of a syrupy consistence ; and, for obvious reasons, should not be returned to the mass, as is frequently requisite when the usual manner of previous maceration is resorted to. The manner of adding the liquid may be worthy of some notice. I found it best to distribute the liquid over the powder in portions, the quantity generally not more than one fourth of the substance under treatment, frequently less, especiilly with such substances as rhubarb, gentian, &c, and with my fingers or whole hand, according to the quantity, rub it through the powder uniformly, the state of this being the guide for the pro- per quantity, which should never be sufficient to produce a soft 358 THE PROCESS OF PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. mass, but merely to dampen the powder without causing it to lose entirely its mobile condition. In this state the operator will be able to judge, at once, by the feel of the powder, respect- ing the next step of the process — that of packing — whether it should be performed with little or much pressure. If the po\Vr der should, when thus moistened, manifest a tendency to adhere much among its particles, the packing should be performed with moderate pressure only, and in some instances, scarcely any, especially with an aqueous solvent ; if on the other hand, this adhesiveness should not exist, and the particles of the powder move freely upon each other, as with many alcoholic and hydro - alcoholic liquids, the pressure should be considerable. As a general rule, considerable pressure may be used with most sub- stances ; but, as before stated, the operator will soon learn to distinguish the requisite condition in this respect. The dampened powder should then be immediately transferred to the percolator, and all of it thus transferred before any pres- sure is exerted upon it, so as to insure the powder to be of uni- form condition throughout ; which cannot be the case if one portion of it is packed before adding another; as the first may not only be packed more tightly or more loosely, but, in conse- quence of evaporation during packing, will be dryer than the portion which is to be added, and all combined will tend to di- rect the permeation of the fluid unequally ; and consequently the process cannot progress successfully. If it is desired, as in some cases may be necessary, as with wild cherry bark, to permit the full effect of the water or other menstruum, in the developement of the active principle, it may be accomplished by adding only a small portion of the menstruum to the packed powder — a quantity that will be absorbed by the powder, but insufficient to produce dropping ; and at the proper time, make the further additions of liquid. When it is not thus requisite for any peculiar action of the menstruum, the whole quantity of liquid (or to the capacity of the instrument), may be added at once on the surface of the packed powder, arranged in the manner before stated. Should a funnel be used, it will be necessary to lay across the top a piece of oiled silk to prevent evaporation. In the treatment of some substances, as opium, myrrh, &c, it is necessary to mingle with them some suitable material for the THE PROCESS OF PERCOLATION OR DISPLACEMENT. 359 purpose of properly dividing them so as to be acted upon uni- formly by the menstruum, and facilitating the process. Frequently, in compound preparations wherein these sub- stances may enter, the necessity is supplied by the other ingre- dients of the compound. Sand, which is usually recommended, does not appear to be quite the thing needed ; something of a penetrable character more in unison with the substance itself, is what is required, and oft-times we may have something at hand which will supply this want — poppy capsules in powder, for in- stance, will answer well for opium ; and, with a view to economy, the residue of ginger, in the preparation of fluid extract or tinc- ture, which by this process is completely exhausted, leaving no- thing behind but woody fibre, starch, and other inert matter, may be reserved for mingling with the resins and gum-resins. The idea has sometimes occurred to me that it would not be out of place to prepare for this purpose, as a general resort, fine sawdust, by treating it with alcohol and water to remove all soluble matter— the alcohol used in this treatment being appro- priated to some suitable use. Fortunately the substances re- quiring this sort of management are few. The conditions, then, on which I conceive depend the success of the displacement process, may be stated to consist, 1st, in the substance being uniformly and finely divided, prepared by contusion, and sifting through sieves ranging in fineness from forty to sixty meshes to the linear inch ; 2d, the dampening of the powder without wholly destroying its pulverulent condition; 3rd, the proper packing of this previously dampened powder in the displacement apparatus, which should be firmly done when ad- missible. In conclusion, the great advantages of the displacement pro- cess, as thus conducted, consist in the facility it affords of ob- taining very concentrated solutions of vegetable substances in a comparatively short period of time ; by which we are enabled to prepare, at short notice, the various officinal tinctures, syrups, and extracts ; and in this latter case it is especially useful on account of the first portions of liquid which pass containing most of the activity of the substance thus treated, which should be reserved for separate evaporation without long exposure to heat and consequent injury. — Jour, and Trans. Md. Coll. Pharm. March, 1859. 360 ON BIXA ORELLANA AND ANNATTO. ON THE CULTURE OF BIXA ORELLANA AND THE PREPARA- TION OF ANNATTO. By Th. Peckolt, of Cantagallo. This neat little tree, which, in the neighborhood of Cantagallo, in Brazil, flowers in December and January, and ripens its fruits towards the latter part of April or in May, grows without attention in most of the provinces of Brazil, and might, with a little care, be made more profitable than many other vegetable products which require cultivation, more attention and labor. For the province of Para, the production of annatto is one of its many sources of wealth, though this dyestuff is, by some un- scrupulous manufacturers, adulterated, and its price, consequent- ly, has become depressed ; Para is the only Brazilian province where it is cultivated. For domestic purposes it is much employed here, as well as in the United States and Europe, being used for coloring butter and cheese, and likewise for beautifying and seasoning some dishes ; as a medicine it enjoys a somewhat favorable reputation in Brazil, and as a dyestuff, it is almost indispensable. Notwithstanding the scandalous sophistications, its price in Para is now from 10 to 12 millreis per arroba (1 millreis = 50 cts.; 1 arroba = 32 Portuguese pounds ;) and promises to again rise to its former height of 18 millreis, if the necessary precautions against adulterating it should be taken. It is a matter of experience that the annatto tree grows lux- uriantly in almost any kind of soil, and is, therefore, recom- mended for the cultivation of such land as is not well fitted for the production of alimentary articles. The mode of growing this tree is as follows : The land is pre- pared at the same season and in the same manner as for cotton. The land is furrowed, and at a distance of 8 or 10 feet 2 or 3 seeds are planted, which must have been first soaked in water for some time. After some time, other seeds are planted, when the first ones had not germinated ; after three months a weeding takes place, when the superfluous plants are likewise pulled out, not more than one being allowed in one place. Now all the ne- cessary attention has been paid to this tree, with the exception. ON BIXA ORELLANA AND ANNATTO. 361 perhaps, of another superficial weeding, if the weeds should grow too fast. The fruit capsules ripen after 8 or 10 months and are collect- ed when they have assumed a reddish color and some are break- ing open. The branches with the fruit (caixos) are detached from the tree, in consequence of which it bears more without growing high enough to render the collection of the fruit a matter of dif- ficulty. The capsules are spread upon esteiras (mats) or cloths, and frequently turned ; after thus drying in the sun for 3 or 4 days, they are collected into piles, and beaten or thrashed with clubs, to separate the seeds, which are cleaned from the empty capsules by ventiladores, or upon sieves, by shaking and blowing. To obtain the coloring matter, the following apparatus are in use: A machine, consisting of two upright cylinders, which by means of screws are brought together close enough to crush the seeds, which may be also accomplished by millstones ; three large wooden water-tubs, one of which is separated into two parts by boards, an ordinary press, two large copper kettles, several tubs (cjamellas)* &c. The seeds are kept over night, underwater, in one of the large tubs; the second tub is filled with pure water, to have it always convenient and to wash all the implements used. Next morning, small portions of the soaked seeds are taken out, and by two persons well rubbed between their hands and against the sides of the gamellas, a little of the water from the first tub being added once in a while. After the water has become saturated with the coloring matter, it is poured upon a sieve in one of the divisions of the third tub, and then strained into the second di- vision by means of an urwpema (fine sieve.) The seeds are well rubbed upon the first sieve, and then slightly bruised between the cylinders, after which they are rubbed again in the gamella with some water, expressed with the hands, and strained through the first and afterwards through the second sieve. The strained liquids from the fir3t and second washings are mixed, and, in a large gamella, allowed to settle, which requires about eight hours ; the sediment is called tapiocca de urucic. The seeds are then again treated in the same way a second and third time be- tween the cylinders, in the gamella and the sieve, and are lastly expressed, to gain all the liquid. When passing through between 362 ON BIXA OKELLANA AND ANNATTO. the cylinders, the seeds are the third time completely mashed, and the liquids of the second and third washings are immediate- ly introduced in a kettle to evaporate. From the sediment, ta- piocca de urucu, the supernatant liquor is decanted and set aside to gain the balance of the coloring matter, which may he still suspended. When the evaporating liquid assumes the consist, ency of syrup, the tapiocca de urucu is gradually added and the whole stirred constantly. The fire must now be slackened, and regulated with great care, and incessant stirring is essential, un- til the mass is of the consistence of a thick extract, when the kettle is removed from the fire and allowed to cool. The mass is then taken out in pieces with both hands and thrown into a box lined with banana and palm leaves ; each time the hands are rubbed with ageite de mammono, impure castor oil, to keep the mass from adhering to the hands. From the uncultivated Bixa Orellana, common in this neigh- borhood, I have prepared annatto. From a sparingly bearing tree I collected 16 pounds of capsules, the seeds of which, by three washings, without crushing, yielded 2 pounds of a nice color, which separated from the first washing only in about eight days. The liquor was experimentally evaporated in brass, iron, copper and porcelain vessels to a thick extract and completely dried in the sun. The coloring matter evaporated from the begin- ning in the sun was the best, the others followed in this order : 2, the product from the porcelain dish ; 3, from the brass ; 4, from the copper, and 5, from the iron kettle. The quality of annatto from the same port may, therefore, considerably vary, as the manufacturers use any evaporating vessel they may hap- pen to possess. The annatto dried in the sun is easily soluble in water, forming a beautiful orange yellow solution. Should the culture of coffee near the coast of Brazil become unprofitable, on account of the soil becoming exhausted, annatto might easily become a staple product, and then the process of its preparation would, doubtless, be much improved. Bixa Orel- lana, as stated before, will grow in almost every soil, with less than half the care and labor to be bestowed on the often failing coffee tree. But then the question would arise, would the con- sumption increase with an increased supply of annatto ? — ArcMv der Pharm. 1859, March, 291—297. J. m. m. REMARKS ON CATAWBA BRANDY. 363 REMARKS ON THE PREPARATION AND APPLICATION OF NA- TIVE BRANDY, KNOWN UNDER THE NAME OF CATAWBA BRANDY. By John Zimmerman, of Cincinnati. In the Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Associa- tion of 1858, page 379, I observed a report on the application of native wines and Catawba brandy to use in pharmacy, by Fr. Stearns, of Detroit. Query No. 32. — " Are any of our native wines applicable for use in pharmacy as a menstruum ? Are these wines the subject of adulteration ? Can the brandy derived from our native wine- growers be substituted for the Spiritus Vini Gallici of the Phar- macopoeia ?" Being referred to the said Fr. Stearns, in the annual meeting held at Philadelphia, 1857, it was answered by this gentleman with much skill. However, I would have been pleased if he had dwelt more on the particulars connected with the manufacturing of said brandy. The undersigned, having been connected theoretically and practically for many years with the American Wine Establish- ment of Nicholas Longworth and C. Zimmerman of Cincinnati, has devoted all his attention to the native grape culture, as well as to the manufacture of wine and especially of brandy ; and in consequence thereof, has been requested, by several members of your honorable body, to express his opinion about said brandy, as far as his experience would enable him. He therefore begs leave to report to your honorable body as follows : In 1851, Longworth and Zimmerman proposed to buy, from wine-growers, grapes instead of juice, in order to prevent any possible adulteration. By this operation, two things were gained. First, the pumice of the grape, frequently called the skins or marc of the grape ; and secondly, the lees or sediment; the latter being a separated part of the juice, which is produced during the fermentation. These two things forming the most necessary materials for the manufacture of Catawba brandy, can now be bought cheap from the growers. The best Catawba brandy will be produced if the juice with the pumice are distilled after fermentation, — the extractive mat- ter and the alcohol produced standing in a natural proportion 22 364 REMARKS ON CATAWBA BRANDY. to each other. But as the juice possesses a high value for wine, and even in the best years produces not more than from eight to ten per cent, of alcohol, brandy manufactured in this manner would reach a price of ten to fifteen dollars per gallon. In or- der, however, to do anything in this line of business, so impor- tant to our country, cheapness of the article in question was to be aimed at. A trial was made to distil the pumice and lees with the most inferior wines ; but this also did not give the desired result ; the raw material not producing that quantity of alcohol which the rich extractive matter required. Another difficulty proved to be an obstacle to this way of fabrication : the pumice and lees burning fast to the inner brim of the still and giving thus to the brandy a fragrant taste : an observation made by Professor Wayne, of Cincinnati, a member of the American Pharmaceuti- cal Association, and communicated in the proceedings of that society for 1855. Further trials were made by mixing pumice, lees, and inferior kinds of wine in a certain manner ; to which was added di- luted alcohol, in order to gain more alcohol to extract the pum- ice. This raw material was then distilled by steam in a water- bath, and the result was more satisfactory. However, the bran- dy was not free of the corn-fusel oil, which remained in conse- quence of the fabrication of alcohol from whiskey. This lessens the value of the brandy, and is easily discovered by the reagent of L. Molnar, published in the Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association for 1858, page 67. In order to produce a price-worthy native grape brandy, and entirely free of corn-fusel oil, a great improvement was made by adding to pumice, lees and inferior kind of wines, so much su- gar and water, as to produce, by fermentation, alcohol in pro- portion to the extractive matter ; by which process, the pumice also was extracted. This alcohol is identical with that contained in the pumice and lees ; and distillation repeated four times proved entirely successful. The specimen of brandy presented on the occasion of the last meeting of the American Pharmaceutical Association, in Sep- tember, 1858, was manufactured in the above-mentioned way, and two years old. ON MELAMPYRIT. 365 American grape brandy, if so manufactured, is equal to French grape brandy when of equal manufacture and age, pos- sessing the same grape oil, — a produce of fermentation, which forms by slow chemical process, cenanthic ether, which must be present in old grape brandy, and in which consists the great value of this brandy. Imitations of Catawba brandy are frequently offered for sale, a product of diluted alcohol, essential oil made from the pumice of the Catawba grape, and coloring matter. Such an article can be very easily discovered by separating the corn-fusel oil from the alcohol by chemical reagents. The undersigned, therefore, is firmly convinced that Ameri- can grape brandy, if manufactured as stated, and allowed to grow old enough, can fully be substituted in the American Pharmacopoeia for the " Spiritm Vini Gallici." If your honorable body takes an interest in these facts, the undersigned would feel highly obliged if his views would be com- municated to all local Pharmaceutical Associations. Restpectfully, John Zimmerman. Journ. and Trans, Md. Journ. Pharm. ON MELAMPYKIT. By Wm Eichler. In 1835, Hun ef eld discovered this saccharine substance in the herb of Melampyrum nemorosum, L. scrophularinece. Its chemi- cal properties have never been investigated. In order to obtain also the succinic acid, which occurs in con- siderable quantity in this herb, the author boiled the cut herb with water in a barrel by means of steam, added milk of lime to the expressed liquor until it showed a slight alkaline reaction, evaporated considerably, filtered and washed the residue with hot water ; the filtrate was decomposed with muriatic acid and evaporated, when, on cooling, it yielded melampyrin. To the lime residue suspended in water, muriatic acid was added to a slight acid reaction, boiled and filtered, the residue was succinate of lime, and the filtrate yielded some more on neutralization with ammonia and evaporation. The dried salt was mixed with 60 per ct. monohydrate of sulphuric acid and 10 per ct. nitric 366 ON MELAMPYRIT. acid, and distilled ; the sublimed acid was mixed with the distil- late, and with the addition of a little nitric acid, evaporated. The yield of succinic acid amounted to 40 per ct. of the succi- nate of lime. Scrophularia nodosa L., and Rhinanthus crista galli L., both Scrophularinese contain also melampyrit. It appears in crusts consisting of colorless rhombic crystals, without odor, sweeter than lactin when dissolved in water, spec, grav. at 15° C. (59° F.) 1466, easily soluble in boiling water, requiring at 15° C. 25-5 p. c. water, little soluble in alcohol, ace- tone, chloroform, wood spirit and acetic ether, insoluble in ether, benzin, turpentine and petroleum, fusible at 186° C. (367° F.) without loss or alteration, not fermentable, without action on polarized light Melampyrit is not altered by dilute sulphuric acid or caustic potassa, it does not reduce oxide of copper or of mercury. Its composition is C12 H15 03, differing from mannite by HO, from phycit by 0. If boiled with nitric acid it is converted into mucic and oxalic acids ; treated with a mixture of nitric and sulphuric acids, nitro- compounds may be obtained, one of which is an oily liquid, ano- ther crystalline, soluble, a third pulverulent, almost insoluble in ether and alcohol. It combines with the alkalies, with baryta, lime, and the oxides of lead and copper ; and with concentrated sulphuric acid a compound acid is formed, the baryta and lime salt of which are very soluble gummy substances. From other saccharine substances it is distinguished : From mannite, by being very little soluble in boiling alcohol, from which mannite crystallizes in a mass of needles. From sorbin, by being less soluble in water, and by sorbin being colored by boiling solution of potassa, and by yielding with nitric acid only oxalic acid. From quercit, by its melting point being at 455° F., by its baryta compound being uncrystallizable, and its yielding only oxalic acid with nitric acid. From phycit — it fuses at 234° F., yields oxalic acid with nitric acid, and a crystallizable baryta salt with its sulphuric acid compound. From dulcose — it loses its 9 per ct. water of crystallization at about 380° F. ALTHEA PAPER A TEST FOR, ACIDS, ETC. 367 From inosit — it loses 16-7 per ct. water of crystallization at 212° F,, and its solution with tartrate of copper and caustic potassa, changes color on repeated heating. — Bulletin de la Soc. Imp. des Natur. de Moscou, 1857 Buchners N. Bepert. vii., 529-543. J. M. M. THE ALTHEA PAPER A PROPOSED NEW TEST FOR ACIDS AND ALKALIES. Br William E. A. Aiken, Prof. Chem. and Pharm., Univ. of Md. Among the various medicinal flowers arriving at this port from Germany, there have been of late numerous packages of the dark purple flowers of the so-called Malva arborea. Never having met with any notice of such species of Malva, I was in- duced on the arrival of the first invoice, to examine the genuine character of the plant, when it became obvious in a moment that the flowers were not the product of any Malva, but of an Althea. In short they proved to be the dark colored variety of our very common cultivated exotic the Althea rosea or Hollyhock. I subsequently found the name Malva arborea occurring as offici- nal in the Prussian Pharmacopoeia, where the proper name Al- thea rosea is also given as a synonym. Beyond this I can find no authority for imposing a botanically erroneous name on this common plant. The medicinal value of the flower, so far as I can ascertain, seems to be nothing; their use would appear to be limited to manufacturers and dealers in liquors, who find their abundant coloring principle very convenient, enabling them to imitate the tint of a rich old port or a lighter claret effectually and harmlessly. Indeed there would seem to be no tribe of plants from whose flowers the coloring matter could be more safely obtained for internal and habitual use, than from the Mal- vaceous family. The beauty and abundance of this coloring principle tempted me t3 experiment with it as a test color, when I was gratified to find that it formed a very convenient test for acids and alkalies both. And as the plant is in such common cultivation, and so easily obtained independent of any commercial supply, I thought the fact of its availibility for such purpose might possess some interest. The flowers as imported, appear to be carefully se- 368 ALTHEA PAPER A TEST FOR ACIDS, ETC. leeted, are mostly entire, including double calyx and corolla, and exhibit only the dark purple variety of the hollyhock, and it is of these alone I speak. By leaving them for a few minutes in contact with water, a dark bluish purple color is communica- ted, which is readily imparted to the common white filtering paper. There is a manifest atmospheric agency at work in the final developement of the color, since I have noticed that the slips of paper after immersion in the colored fluid when first brought in contact with the air, exhibit a decided reddish tint that gradually disappears, and gives place to the characteristic bluish or purplish blue tint, which then becomes permanent. This very permanency of the color gives the Althea paper an advantage over the litmus paper, which I have found sometimes rendered quite useless in consequence of the bleaching agency of even diffused light, and the more delicate the tint of the pa- per, the more danger of such destruction. I have had the Althea paper exposed for two weeks to the direct action of the sunbeams without any apparent loss of color, and am inclined to believe it will not be affected by any length of exposure to diffused light. Some little care is required in preparing the paper to avoid getting too deep a tint, the lighter shades being much more sensitive. Two drachms of the entire dried flowers when treated with sixteen fluid ounces of cold water, are sufficient to impart the proper depth of color for a sensitive test paper. Two or three ounces of water should be first poured over the flowers, and after ten minutes infusion the rest of the water added, then by gently pressing the flowers at intervals with a glass-rod, and stirring the liquid for five minutes longer, it will be ready for use. Slips of white filtering paper once immersed, and dried slowly will then answer as a substitute for the litmus and the turmeric paper both, as the Althea paper is made red by acids, and green or rather bluish-green by alkalies, both changes being too decided to be overlooked or mistaken. To approximate the comparative value of the new test color I insti- tuted a comparative trial between the Althea paper, the red litmus, the blue litmus, the grey litmus, and the turmeric papers. Using for this purpose at one time the same alkaline, and at another the same acid liquid for all, and gradually di- WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, ETC. 369 luting both liquids by the continued addition of water, until the coloring matter of the paper ceased to be affected. This con- trast showed the Althea paper to be much superior to the tur- meric paper, quite equal to the blue and the red Litmus, and although not quite as sensitive as the grey Litmus paper, yet differing in so slight a degree, that for all ordinary purposes it will answer as well. As there is generally more or less of the colored liquid left after preparing the test paper, I have made it available for ex- periments on the Lecture-table by adding to every twelve fluid ounces, one fluid ounce of strong sulphuric acid, sp. gr., 1-80. When required for use in place of Tinct. of Litmus, a small bulk can be diluted to the proper shade of color, and then neutral- ized with a few drops of Aq. Ammon. How long this acidu- lated infusion will keep unchanged, I am not able to say; have had it on hand three weeks without alteration. In fact it is so readily made, there is but little inducement to prepare it in quantity. If it should be preferred in that form I have no doubt a permanent alcoholic tincture could be made with the coloring principle of the Althea as readily as with that of the Litmus. — Journ. and Trans. Md. Coll. JPharm, June, 1859. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES PROPOSED TO BE USED IN THE NATIONAL PHARMACOPOEIA. By Mr. P. Squire. The Government having enacted that the Medical Council shall decide upon the true Weights and Measures that are to be used in the Pharmacopoeia, it is most important that each system should be well examined before making choice of the one to be used for medicine. As I have paid some attention to the subject, I will state the conclusions at which I have arrived. I will begin by mentioning what I think serious objections to the Avoirdupois system. That it was not framed for weighing medicine its lowest di- vision being a drachm, the sixteenth part of an ounce. That the pound weight does not accord with the pint measure. 370 WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, ETC. The sixteenth part of a pound and the twentieth part of a pint, are the only parts of the system in which the weights and measures agree, i. e. an ounce. The ounce does not contain a whole number of grains, being equal to 437.5 troy grains, and therefore incapable of division without fractions of a grain. The use of it is discontinued in every country except England and America. Mr. Drinkwater Bethune, one of the commission- ers on weights and measures, who reported in 1841, says of it, " that it is difficult to conceive a system more thoroughly well contrived in every part to cause intricacy and confusion."* In the year 1851, when the last edition of the Dublin Phar- macopoeia was published, the avoirdupois weight, for the first time, was tried in medicine, probably on account of the ounce being of the same value as the twentieth part of the imperial pint, and this ounce of 437.5 grains was divided into drachms of 54.7 grains, and scruples of 18.22 grains. New weights were expressly manufactured to include the above fractions ; the difficulty of prescribing or of calculating with such weights must be apparent, to say nothing of the different value of weights bearing the same name. If the committee be induced to adopt the avoirdupois weight, the whole of the dispensing weights throughout England and Scotland must be changed and all prescriptions written and registered prior to the date of adoption must suffer change too, having to be dispensed with weights of another system, and of less value. The Apothecaries' weight, on the contrary, is divisible into ounces, drachms, scruples, and whole grains ; has been used in medicine by civilized nations from time immemorial; France only parted with it when the Metrical system came fully into operation as a national system. It may be seen in the Codex side by side with the gramme and cubic centimetre in the for- mer edition of that work ; a very nice way of habituating Phar- maceutists to its value without any risk of confusion or leading to error. The 1 lb. of Holland, and of the German Zollverein, is equal to the half kilogramme, or 500 grammes. Sixteen ounces of our Apothecaries' weight is equal to the same thing. The following table will serve to show with what facilities we WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, ETC. 371 are able to compare our Apothecaries' weights with our Metri- cal weights : — APOTHECARIES' WEIGHTS. THE METRICAL WEIGHTS. Ounces, Grammes. Approximate. Correct. 32 1000 995.302 16 500 497.650 8 250 248.825 4 125 124.412 1 31 31.103 One drachm. 4 3.887 15 grains. 1 .972 It must be remembered that 1000 cubic centimetres, or one litre of distilled water, weighs exactly 1000 grammes, or 1 kilo- gramme. I propose to introduce the Metrical system into the British Pharmacopoeia, side by side with our own formulae, throughout the work, that we may have the advantage of both, and able to make ourselves fully acquainted with the Metrical system, in case this Government should order its use ; giving full tables of explanation and comparison with our own weights. The follow- ing gives an example of the Apothecaries' weight and the Impe- rial measure as found in the London formula, with their respective value in Metrical equivalents, with a separate column to show how it would appear in the Metrical system : — TINCT. BELLADONNA. TINCTURE OF BELLADONNA. Metrical Equivalents. Metrical System. Take of Dried Belladonna Leaves 4 oz. 125 110 " Proof Spirit, fluid 40 oz. 1135 1000 I think it would be unwise to alter our present weights and measures, as any alteration would be fraught with inconvenience, and perhaps danger. Since the Metrical system is already in use, in France, Holland, Belgium, Lombardy, Greece, Switzer- land, Sardinia, Spain, and the States of South America, and coming into operation in Portugal in 1862, let us keep as we are until we change for this, the only Decimal system in exist- ence, the beauty and perfection of which claims for it a pref- erence in every civilized nation. — London Pharm. Journ., May, 1859. 372 NEW PKOCESS FOR DEPRIVING SPIRIT OF FUSIL OIL. ON THE EVAPORATION OF WATER FROM BENEATH AN OILY LIQUID. By Be. A. Vogeil, Jr. On evaporating an ethereal tincture containing oil, it is ofteia observed that a stratum of an aqueous liquid is formed underneath, which, on heating the liquid to expel the ether, likewise gradually disappears. This induced the author to make some direct ex- periments. Water was weighed into a tared beaker-glass, and almond oil carefully poured on the top of it, the weight was again ascertained, the glass tied over with filtering paper, and thus heated daily for about five hours, to between 90° and 100° C. (194° and 212Q F.j. The diameter of the glass was 35 millimetres, the weight of the water 2,871 grm., of the oil, 10.052 grm. Height of oil '011 metres. The following gives the average results of the different weigh- ings : Loss of water after heating for 19 hours to 212° F. 2-007 grm.; evaporation in one hour, .106 grm.; evaporation per hour from one centimetre «011 grm. To ascertain whether almond oil alone would alter its weight by long continued heating, a beaker-glass covered with filtering paper was placed in the sand bath, heated as above, from Octo- ber 9th to November 3d, when its weight had increased -08 grm.? doubtless by oxidation. Another beaker-glass with water, covered with oil, and tied over with filtering paper, lost during the same time, at ordinary temperature, -041 grm = 466 per ct. Evaporation of water from underneath an oily liquid, it will be observed, takes place at ordinary temperatures.- — Buchners N. Mejpertormm, viL 485-487. J. m. M. NEW PROCESS FOR DEPRIVING SPIRIT OF FUSEL OIL. By M. Breton. This new process is merely an application of a well-known principle, upon which depends the operation by which bromine contained in saline solutions is separated by ether. The spirit containing fusel oil is mixed with a body which is insoluble, or but sparingly soluble, in alcohol, but which can dissolve fusel oih ON THE CAUCASSIAN INSECT POWDER. 373 For this purpose olive oil is employed. A few drops of this are poured into a bottle with spirit containing fusel oil, which is then shaken, left to settle, and decanted. This process, not- withstanding its simplicity, is not applicable to the treatment of large quantities of spirit or low wines. The author first made use of a filter consisting of disks of woollen stuff, slightly soaked in oil, and held between two per- forated plates of metal. The spirit was deprived of fusel oil, but only until the woollen cloth was saturated with the volatile oil, when it absorbed no more. By means of a current of steam at a pressure of two or three atmospheres, the wool could be readily freed from the volatile oil ; but the exposure to steam at this temperature rendered the wool useless for a repetition of the process. The woollen stuff consequently had to be given up, and after many trials it was replaced by a layer of powdered pumice- stone, which acts exactly in the same way as the woollen stuff, but without losing its power of absorption when exposed to a temperature necessary for the volatilization of the fusel oil.— London Ohem. Craz., April 15, 1859, from Moniteur Industrie!. Dingier' s Polytechn. ON THE CAUCASSIAN INSECT POWDER. Br Dr. Noodt. This insect or flea powder has long been known to the nations of Transcaucassia under the name of "guirila; " it is an impor- tant article of commerce in this paradise of vermin, and large quantities are exported to Russia, Germany and France. The coarse powder of a greenish color and a penetrating odor, is the ground flower of Pyrethrum carneum and roseum, growing on the mountains of Caucasus in the neighborhood of Zalki, Karak- lis and Dshelal-Oglu,9at a height of 5000 to 6000 feet. It is a poison for lice, fleas, bed-bugs, flies, ants, moths, &c, and is in- valuable for the military hospitals in hot countries, to keep the maggots off. It is not detrimental to the health of man, merely producing like fresh hay or flowers, some dizziness of the head, if kept in large quantities in closed sleeping apartments. Insects for collection are readily killed by it, and also preserved against 374 EXAMINATION OP A SPURIOUS ARTICLE OP OPIUM. the attacks of other insects ; in the same way it may be applied for the preservation of botanical and other collections of natural history. Given internally it does not expel the tape worm, but its concentrated infusion is useful in the form of clysters against ascarides, and injections have done excellent service against maggots in the auditory canal. It is to be regretted that this powder has been sophisticated. The demand for it having largely increased, the gatherers were unable to supply it, and increased the quantity by grinding with the flowers also the leaves and stems. The powder is rendered still less active by being mixed in Germany and other countries with old stale powder. As it is usually sold in Western Europe, this powder is entirely different in color, odor and activity from the pure Asiatic product, of which, at the bazaar in Tiflis, a pound is paid for with 14 cents, and at the place of production a pud (about 35 lbs) costs 5 silver rubles, = $3.50, — Kunst $ Grewerbebl, 1858.— Buchners N. Eepertorium, vii. 562-564. J. M. M. EXAMINATION OF A SPURIOUS ARTICLE OF OPIUM. Br Wm. E. A. Aikin, Prof. Chem. and Pharm., Univ. of McL, and Spec, Exam, of Drugs, &c, for the Port of Baltimore. I had occasion, quite recently, to examine a package of opi- um, which, although wholly factitious, was so expertly manufac- tured, that almost any one — trusting merely to the physical characters, color, smell, taste and general appearances, — and in the absence of any suspicious circumstances— might very well consider it a very excellent article of Smyrna Opium. Suspicion was first excited by the evidences of repacking, in the absence of the Rumex seeds that are found accompany- ing the genuine article, and further inquiry revealing other suspicious surroundings, it became my duty to determine its morphia value ; all opium containing less than 9 per cent, of morphia being prohibited from entry. The result proved that some experienced hand, by using most probably a quantity of spent opium, from which all the morphia had been extracted, had been able to mingle various inert matters with a trifling EXAMINATION OF A SPURIOUS ARTICLE OF OPIUM. 375 per centage of good opium, and yet had been able to preserve most of the physical characteristics of the genuine drug. One hundred grains of the spurious article, dried at a temperature of 212° F., lost 25 grains in weight. The remaining 75 grains — macerated for a few hours in tepid alcohol, carefully tritura- ted, and exhausted, and filtered — left on the filter 58 grains of insoluble matter. This was represented principally by filaments of vegetable structure, which, under the microscope, proved to be the outer skin or epicarp of the poppy capsule, with occa- sional traces of what appeared to be the fragments of the bruised stem of the plant. The insoluble portion consisted of 40 grains of such vegetable fibre, with 18 grains of gum, caoutchouc, &c; while 1.10 grs. of morphia and 15.90 grs. of resin, meconic acid, and other matters soluble in alcohol, made up the soluble part. With these data, we can represent the composition of the mass thus : — Water, 25. Vegetable fibre, principally poppy capsule, . 40. Gum, caoutchouc, mucus, &c, . . 18. Resin, meconic acid, &c, .... 15.90 Morphia, 1.10 100.00 The above expression, though it cannot be offered as the re- sult of a complete analysis, but merely as morphiometrical, is abundantly sufficient to demonstrate the total unfitness of the mass for medical or manufacturing purposes. The invoice reached this port from one of the West India Islands ; and it is not at all unlikely that it may have been of- fered for entry at some other of our seaports, and, after having been condemned, the consignee has preferred shipping it to the West Indies rather than to leave it in the custom house to be destroyed, if found there at the expiration of six months. In the present instance, the consignee has made the same choice, and the package has been despatched to the British Provinces. As the price of opium ranges quite high at this time, it is not improbable that another attempt will be made to introduce it into the country. And in case of its arrival at any port where no special examiner of drugs is stationed, it would be well if 376 ON INFUSIONS. those who may be casually called upon by the collector to exam- ine such things, could be put upon their guard and induced to scrutinize closely all opium coming from that quarter. That such things have been done, I know from my own experience in one case, occurring several years since, when a quantity of Pe- ruvian bark, condemned at this port, was shipped to the British Provinces, and subsequently sent from thence to one of our southern ports, unprovided with a special examiner, and there admitted to entry Journ. and Trans. Md. Journ. Pharm., 1859. ON INFUSIONS. By Mr. Stevenson. We are all practically familiar with the frequent inconvenience experienced in dispensing prescriptions containing the infusions of the Pharmacopoeia. The concentrated infusions have been in- troduced with the view of obviating this inconvenience,but I think the great majority of Pharmaceutists regard their use as eminent- ly unsatisfactory. I have been induced to bring under your no- tice this evening a plan which we have adopted and practiced for many years, and which, from its extreme simplicity, and the perfect success which has attended it, will, I trust, recommend itself to your favorable consideration. It has not the merit of originality or novelty, being merely the application in a simple and practical form of the principle on which the familiar essence of beef is prepared, and has in- deed already been applied to the preservation of infusions by Mr. Alsop, of London, as described in Mr. Redwood's Practical Pharmacy. He recommends the infusions to be filled into bottles with accurately ground stoppers, to be heated until the infusion overflows, then to be closed immediately with the stoppers, which are to be slightly coated with wax, so as to render the bottles perfectly air-tight. I think there are several disadvantages attending this plan, not the least of which must be the uncertainty of obtaining perfectly accurately fitted stop- pers-— a condition on which the success of the process absolutely depends. Our adaptation of the plan is as follows : — We fill ON THE NATURE OF SCAMMONY AND TURPETH RESIN. 377 the infusion, freshly prepared and filtered, into common bottles of any convenient size, up to the bottom of the neck. These are placed in a vessel of water, put on the fire, and allowed to remain until the water has boiled round about them for ten or fifteen minutes. By this time the Infusions will be found to be running over the brims of the bottles. They are then removed one by one, and immediately closed by simply tying a piece of moistened bladder over the top. We generally prepare as much of each infusion as will last for two or three months ; but it will retain for years the fresh taste and aroma of its ingredients. You will find on the table a sample of infusion of senna 2j years old, infusion of orange 17 months, and chiretta, senega, and calumba about three months. The advantages of this plan are manifest, and hardly require mention. From its extreme simplicity, any druggist can put it in practice for himself, and can thus always command an infusion the same as freshly prepared, superior to that formed by the concentrated infusion, and not containing any spirit — a matter occasionally of some moment. Various samples of infusions prepared in the manner stated were submitted to the meeting ; some of them had been pre- pared for a considerable time, and appeared as fresh and good as if recently made. — London Pharm. Jour. May, 1859. ON THE NATUKE OF SCAMMONY AND TURPETH RESIN By Dr. H. Spirgatis, of Konigsburg. The chemical similarity of the resins of the Jalap roots from Ipomoea jalapa and Convolvulus orizabensis led to the supposi- tion of a similar chemical constitution of the resins obtained from other plants belonging to the family of Convolvulacese.* The genuine scammony used for this analysis was obtained from Trieste, and was in light cakes of a greenish gray color, not transparent, without lustre, of an acrid taste and a peculiar bread-odor, partly soluble in water to a greenish turbid solution, * The author undertook bis analysis in 1853, and Prof. Buchner based on its results his test for the genuineness of scammony. (See Amer. Jour, of Pharm., 1854, page 447.) 378 ON THE NATURE OF SCAMMONY AND TURPETH RESIN. in alcohol partly to a clear solution, easily fusible, and burning with a peculiar empyreumatic odor, leaving a white pulverulent residue ; it was easily pulverizable to an ash-colored powder. The pure resin, scammonin^ was obtained by exhausting scam- mony by alcohol, evaporating, exhausting the extract with boil- ing water to remove a volatile acid, redissolving in alcohol, add- ing water until a precipitate commences to form, treating with animal charcoal, evaporating, dissolving in ether and evaporating. Scammonin is colorless, transparent, affording a white powder, without taste and smell ; it softens at 123° C. (253° F.), and melts at 150° (302° F.), it dissolves easily in alcohol, ether, benzol and chloroform. If dissolved in the solution of an alkali or baryta, it is altered and not precipitated on neutralization with an acid, when a peculiar odor, similar to butyric acid, is gene- rated, particularly if the scammonin has not been well purified; the carbonates of alkalies dissolve it on boiling, likewise acetic acid ; strong mineral acids decompose it into a brownish, suet- like body, while the liquid contains sugar. The chemical analy- sis gave results closely corresponding with the elementary ana- lysis of jalapin, in the resin of Convolvulus orizabensis, for which Mayer calculated the formula C68 H56 032. Keller's re- sults (see Am. Jour. Ph. 1857, p. 257,) differ very little from them. The solution of scammonin decomposed by sulphuric acid, afforded a colorless liquid with a peculiar odor. The odorous principle was volatile and distilled over with water, it is probably butyric acid. The residue separated white microscopic needles, which, after purification from ether, separated a white body in granules of a peculiar sassafras odor, and producing a grease spot upon paper ; it appears to be identical with the greasy substance from the decomposition of scammonin by acids. The residuary liquid yielded an amorphous, yellowish, resinous mass, soluble in water and alcohol, insoluble in ether, not precipitated by the neutral salts of metallic oxides or alkaline earths ; the author calls it scammonio acid. The elementary analysis of its baryta salt gave results corresponding with Mayer's analysis of his jalapic acid — 3 BaO, C68 H56 032. Scammonic acid, like scammonin, is decomposed by mineral acids into sugar and an acid, which after treating it with animal FLUID EXTRACT OF VALERIAN. 379 charcoal, crystallizes from ether in granules, and having the properties mentioned above. The results of the analysis of this scammonolic acid and its baryta salt, are the same as Mayer's for jalapinolic acid, for which he proposed the formula C32 H30 06, and for the scammonolate of baryta, BaO, C32 H29 05. Mayer found in his jalapinolate of lead 29-95; the author, in his scam- monolate of lead, 30-80; F. Keller, in the latter, 33-19 (average) per ct. of lead. The author has also found the drastic resin obtained from Convolvulus Turpethum, to be a glucoside, and is now investiga- ting it. — Buchners N. Repertorium, vii. 9-20. J. M. M. FLUID EXTRACT OF VALERIAN, By Israel J. Grahame. The preparation of Fluid Extract of Valerian has been so fre- quently referred to, that it may appear almost superfluous to offer anything more upon the subject ; on which account it is with considerable reluctance that the writer attempts to bring into notice some views which he has long entertained, respect- ing the officinal process for making this valuable and extensively used remedy. More than a year since he exhibited, at a meet- ing of the College, a specimen of the extract prepared without the use of ether, expressing at the same time, his belief, that it could be as efficiently made without its use as with it, but re- served for future consideration a decisive conclusion on this point. The process then adopted has been many times repeated with what success, the sequel will manifest. The officinal formula directs the Valerian, in coarse powder, to be first treated with a mixture of alcohol and ether, and the solu- tion thus obtained evaporated spontaneously to a given amount, which is then to be mixed with a percolate obtained in the mean time by treating the mass with diluted alcohol. In the evapora- tion of the first percolate, all the ether and apart of the alcohol is lost, which occasions a waste of material as well as considera- ble delay. The result is a solution of all that is soluble in the amount of alcohol left after evaporation, with more or less de- posit on the sides and bottom of the dish of the oleo-resinous 22 380 FLUID EXTRACT OF VALERIAN. principle of the root, and, on adding this to the hydro-alcoholic solution, a still further precipitate ensues, a portion only of which is taken up on standing, so that it becomes necessary to agitate the mixture each time it is dispensed, or filter it at the risk of separating a portion of its active principles, which have been disturbed from their native combinations by the manner of treatment. Circumstances of this nature induced the query in the writer's mind, whether the ether was at all essential in the process, ex- cept on account of its ready volatility, and whether the evapo- ration could not be entirely dispensed with when made of the strength prescribed by the formula. On examination it will be found that the fluid extract result- ing from this process is retained in a menstruum composed of about two parts of alcohol and one part of water, and that con- sequently, no constituent of the Valerian is held in solution, which this menstruum is not capable of dissolving. It was this fact that first led the writer to depart from the officinal direc- tions in its preparation. The specimen above referred to was made by treating the finely powdered root, by displacement, with a menstruum of the strength already stated, which was ascertained to completely exhaust the root in the quantity directed by the formula,-— in fact, the exhaustion was principally effected by the time a por- tion of liquid equal to the quantity of root used had passed. With the view of ascertaining, before dispensing the preparation thus made, whether any principle had escaped the hydro-alco- holic treatment, which would be yielded to a mixture of ether and alcohol, and possibly retained in solution in the finished ex- tract, a portion of the residue left in the displacer, after being dried by exposure to the air, was carefully treated with the ether mixture in due proportions, producing a straw colored solution, which, on being spontaneously evaporated, yielded only a portion of fatty matter, having neither the odor nor taste of Valerian, and which is also separated in the officinal process by evapora- tion and the union of the two liquids. The conclusion arrived at by this experiment was, that the whole of the medicinal prop- erties of the root had been yielded to the first treatment with diluted alcohol. Since that time the writer has continued to FLUID EXTRACT OF VALERIAN. 381 make this preparation without the use of ether, and always with a satisfactory result. Based upon this plan of treatment and carrying out the views suggested in a paper on fluid extract of buchu, published by the writer in the last number of the Journal, it is now proposed for consideration, to prepare fluid extract of Valerian of double the officinal strength, so that each fluid ounce shall represent one ounce of the root. The strength of alcohol found best in the writer's hands as a proper solvent for valerian, is made by mixing five parts of com- mercial 95 per cent, alcohol with three parts of water. In this proportion, a little more of the coloring matter is taken up than when a mixture of two parts to one is used, and, while it does not impair the transparency or permanency of the extract, a richness of appearance is given to it, at the same time the idea is maintained of lessening the alcohol in all such preparations whenever it can be effected without detriment to the result. The following is the proposed formula and illustrative of the above views : Fluid Extract of Valerian. Take of Valerian, in powder, (prepared by passing through a No. 60 seive) 16 ounces. Diluted alcohol, (95 per cent, alcohol, 5 parts, Water, 3 parts,) ... a sufficient quantity. Pour on the powder, contained in a dish, sufficient of the men- struum to dampen it, (about 7 fluid ounces) rub it in uniformly by means of the hands, and transfer it immediately to a glass funnel arranged for displacement, pack firmly and evenly, using considerable pressure with the hands,-— cover the surface with a piece of perforated filtering paper, pour on a pint or more of the menstruum, and lay over the funnel a piece of oiled silk to pre- vent evaporation. When fifteen fluid ounces of liquid shall have passed, remove and properly secure it ; continue the percola- tion until eight ounces more pass, or to exhaustion ; evaporate this latter portion spontaneously in a warm place, (finishing it in a water bath at a temperature of 130° F.,) until reduced to half a fluid ounce, add to this half a fluid ounce of alcohol to produce a clear solution, filter and mix with the fifteen fluid ounces first obtained. 382 AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION. In the above process, it is essential to success that the Vale- rian should be in the state of division indicated, and the pack- ing strictly attended to. When these precautions have been observed, the writer has never failed to exhaust the root in the quantity above given, the first portion of the percolate invariably containing nearly or quite all of the active principles ; the latter having little of the odor of Valerian, containing mainly coloring matter, is nevertheless carefully evaporated to avoid any possi- ble loss. The advantages gained by this process consist in the produc- tion of a highly concentrated solution, with economy of time and menstruum. Fluid Extract of Valerian prepared in this way is a clear, very rich, dark colored liquid, possessing an intense taste and odor of the root, which it fully represents ounce for ounce. A specimen now on hand, made nearly two months since is entire- ly free from deposit. The maximum dose is half a fluidrachm. — Journ. and Trans. Md. College Pharm. AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION. The Seventh Annual Meeting of the " American Pharmaceutical Association," will be held in the city of Boston, Mass., on Tuesday the 13th day of September next at 3 o'clock P. M. The objects of the Association and the conditions of membership are explained in the following extracts from the Constitution. Article I. This Association shall be called the American Pharmaceutical Association. Its aim shall be to unite the educated and reputable Pharmaceutists and Druggists|of the United States in the fol- lowing objects : 1st. To improve and 'regulate the drug market, by preventing the importation of inferior, adulterated or deteriorated drugs, and by detecting and exposing home adulteration. 2d. To establish the relations between druggists, pharmaceutists, physicians and the people at large, upon just principles, which shall promote the public welfare and tend to mutual strength and advantage. 3d. To improve the science and the art of Pharmacy by diffusing scientific knowledge among apothecaries and druggists, fostering pharmaceutical literature, developing talent, stimulating discovery and invention, and encouraging home production and manufacture in the several de- partments of the drug business. 4th. To regulate the system of apprenticeship and employment so as to prevent, as far as practicable, the evils flowing from deficient training in the responsible duties of preparing, dis- pensing and selling medicines. 5th. To suppress empyricism, and as much as possible to restrict the dispensing and sale of medicines to regularly educated druggists and apotheeariea. Article II.— Of the Members. Section 1. Every pharmaceutist or druggist of good moral and professional standing, whether in business on his own account, retired from business or employed by another, who, after duly considering the objects of the Association and the obligations of this Constitution, is willing to subscribe to them, is eligible to membership. EDITORIAL. 383 Section 2. The mode of admission to membership shall be as follows : Any person eligible to membership may apply to any member of the Executive Committee, who shall report his appli- cation to the said Committee. If after investigating his claims they shall approve his election, they shall at the earliest time practicable report his name to the Association, and he may be elected by two-thirds of the members present, on ballot. Should an application occur in the recess, the members of the Committee may give their approval in writing, which, if unanimous, and endorsed by the President, shall constitute him a member, and the fact be reported to the Associa- tion at the next succeeding meeting. Section 3. No person shall become a member of this Association until he shall have signed the Constitution, and paid his annual contribution for the current year. All persons who become members shall be considered as permanent members, but may be expelled for improper conduct by a vote of two-thirds of the members present at any annual meeting. Section 4. Every member shall pay into the hands of the Treasurer the sum of two dollars as his yearly contribution, and is liable to lose his right of membership by neglecting to pay said contribution for three successive years. Members shall be entitled, on the payment of three dol- lars, to receive a certificate of membership signed by the President, Vice-President and Secretary, covenanting to return the same to the proper officer on relinquishing their connection with the Association. Section 5. Every local Pharmaceutical Association shall be entitled to five delegates in the annual meetings, who, if present, become members of the Association, on signing the Constitution, with- out being ballotted for. JOHN L. KIDWELL, President. Georgetown, D. C, June 25th, 1859. <£Mtorial IDcpartmcnt. American Pharmaceutical Association. — On the 13th of September next, at 3 o'clock P. M., at the rooms of the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy, Temple Place, in the city of Boston, the members of the Association will hold their Eighth Annual Meeting ; and the well known hospitality of our New England brethren, the time and the place, all promise that it will be large and interesting. But two months ajad a half remain for the action of committees and investigators who propose to report on that occasion. Rumors of the action of some of these occasion- ally reach us, which are taken as an earnest of the good fruits to come in autumn. The important subjects of " Weights and Measures," " The Revision of the Pharmacopoeia," and " Home Adulterations," will need much careful attention, and we doubt not the several committees are alive to their duties. Every pharmaceutist or druggist, whether a member or not, who has in possession facts relative to adulterated drugs, would mate- rially aid the last committee by communicating them to the chairman, Charles T. Carney, Washington St., Boston. Of the numerous important subjects accepted for investigation by members, we trust a large proportion will be reported on, and thus add permanent value to the Proceedings of the Association. We know of no better discipline to elevate the tone of American Pharmacy than that taking its origin in the pursuit of chemical and pharmacological investigations ; they open up subjects of thought which enlarge the mind and benefit others as well as ourselves. There is a little matter suggested by the Executive Committee, which 884 EDITORIAL. is worth calling attention to, in view of lessening the labor of editing the Proceedings. It is that members should be more careful in the prepara- tion of their manuscripts, both as regards the handwriting and the spelling of technical or scientific words, and especially the names of plants, sub- stances, and authors. No words should be left abbreviated unless intend- ed to be so printed. As it is impossible to afford the authors of reports and papers, in many instances, an opportunity to see a proof, it is due to themselves that they present plainly written documents. "We also agree with the committee that greater attention to brevity in composition is desir- able, so as to prevent the unnecssary extension of the " Proceedings." Catalogue of the Library of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. — It is due to the chairman of the Library Committee, as well as to the editor of this Journal, to state that the Catalogue published in our last issue was, owing to a misunderstanding as to who should read the proof, carried through the press without correction by either member of the committee, which will account for a number of typographical and other errors to be found in it, much to their regret. Catawba Brandy. — Our readers will observe at page 363, a paper on the mode of manufacturing the best American Brandy, as practised by Zimmerman & Co., of Cincinnati, in a communication to the Maryland College of Pharmacy. From a conversation with the author, we are in- duced to believe this Brandy stands deservedly high for medicinal pur- poses, being prepared from the grape by fermentation and distillation. The American Dispensatory. By John King, M. D., &c. Fifth Edition. Cincinnati, 1859. Our last issue contained a few general remarks on this book, and since then, at some sacrifice of time, we have glanced over its pages sufficiently to get an idea of its contents. The present title, which is the third, is the same as that of Coxe's Dispensatory, which, for thirty years, was the chief reliance of American apothecaries, until displaced by the work of "Wood & Bache. The author claims for the sect he represents the merit of hav- ing developed the medical qualities of a large portion of the American Materia Medica, many of which have been in the officinal list of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia for nearly thirty years, and were described and figured pre- viouslyby Bigelow & Barton. Before noticing the work itself, " the Editor of the American Journal of Pharmacy" feels bound to express his regret that Dr. King, under the in- fluence of sore feeling towards the authors of the United States Dispensa- tory, should so far forget the claims of justice and truth, as to have penned the last sentence of the first paragraph at page xii. of his Preface, a sen- tence, which, however ingeniously worded, is too transparent to conceal the motive which prompted its expression. EDITORIAL. 385 When we state that the first part of the American Dispensatory describes a very large number of our indigenous plants, most foreign drugs in use in regular practice, besides a large number of non-metallic and metallic min- eral substances, the reader will understand its voluminous character. The merit of this portion of the book, as a work for general reference, is considerable. The descriptions of indigenous plants are chiefly from Gray or Wood, the author having apparently given himself little trouble in investigating botanical authorities, or by actual observation. The history and properties of drugs are generally described in plain, untechnical lan- guage, well suited to a large number of those to whom the book is ad- dressed. The reader will be struck with the sparseness of chemical obser- vations in reference to our indigenous plants. Nearly all that are quoted by Br. King have been the work of Graduates of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy during the past thirty years. Although every year adds some light on this subject, and the transactions of the American Pharma- ceutical Association are taking this direction, yet it is time that the "Ec- lectics" themselves should aid in the work. So far they have expended their exertions in getting up " concentrated preparations " and " resin- oids," which, in but few instances, have any claim to be considered pure proximate principles. Dr. King has relied chiefly onPereira and Christison as authorities in describing the foreign Materia Medica, and Darby's edi- tion of Wittstein's Pharmaceutical Chemistry has proved a perfect god-send in the line of rationales in chemical processes. Among the journals we observe that the American Journal of Pharmacy and the Pharmaceutical Journal have contributed largely to his aid. With unlimited space for quo- tations, and with considerable ingenuity in working up contributions from various sources, Dr. King has made a very readable book, embracing a wide range of information ; but viewed as a scientific work of reference for in- vestigators on the Materia Medica, its inaccuracies are so numerous, and its patch work character so unmistakable, that it will have no scientific authority, except so far as each individual quotation is concerned. We have already alluded to the want of homogeneousness in the compo- sition of the work. This will be particularly noted at the article Cinchona, which occupies sixty-six pages, and which is attributed, by the author, to Prof. E. S. Wayne. On looking closely into this chapter, it will be found to consist chiefly of copious, well selected extracts from Weddell, Howard, Pereira, Winckler, Pasteur, Leers, Riegel, and others, which are thrown together as though they were intended to be employed in elaborating an article on the subject. If we may hazard an opinion in regard to the mat- ter, it is that Mr. Wayne so intended his paper, whereas Dr. King has published it in extenso. In no other way can we account for the devotion of sixty-four pages to the botanical, commercial and chemical history of a single drug, Cinchona, the latter carried out to the minutest details. The therapeutical portions of the articles contain many that may be called eclectic ideas. There is no doubt that a large number of practition- 386 EDITORIAL. ers are using " Eclectic medicines" in a way peculiar to their sect. The old war-cry of the botanic doctors was the abuse of mercury, and the more refined Eclectics, though they do not keep up the cry against minerals, still repudiate mercury, antimony and arsenic, and busily seek among our na- tive plants, agents capable of substituting the compounds of these potent metals, as cathartics, colagogues, emetics, alteratives ; and in Leptan- dra, Podophyllum, Lobelia, Apocynum, etc., believe they have found them. The physician may find many useful hints in the "American Dispensatory/' in regard to the medical uses of these plants, the result of the rude experi- ence of unprofessional observers, as well as of graduates of the " Eclectic " Schools. Among the plants which have attracted most attention we may name the following, attaching an asterisk to each of those which are particularly relied on in their practice, viz : Aletris farinosa. *Dioscorea villosa. "^Lobelia inflata. Ambrosia trifida. *Epigea repens. *Myrica cerifera. *Apocynum cannabinum. Erechthites liieracifolius. ^Phytolacca decandra. Asclepias incarnata. *Euonymus atropurpu- ^Podophyllum peltatum. "^Asclepias tuberosa. reus. Ptelea trifoliata. *Baptisia tinctoria. *Eupatorium purpureum. *Sanguinaria canadense. *Caulophyllum thalictroi- ^Geranium maculatum. ^Scutellaria lateriflora, des. Helianthemum cana- *Senecio aureus. Chelone glabra. dense. ^Stillingia sylvatica. *Cimicifuga racemosa. ^Hydrastis canadensis. ^Viburnum opulus. Coralorliiza odontorliiza. *Iris versicolor. *Xanthoxylum fraxi- Corydalis formosa. Kalmia latifolia. neum. *Cypripedium pubescens. *Leptandra virginica. In glancing over the pages, we find that errors have crept in which should be noted and corrected - for instance, in describing the properties of Aralia spinosa, the bark of Xanthoxylum Carolinense, has been con- founded with it — known among the Eclectics under the name of Southern prickly ash. At page 175, Tous les Mois is said to be very soluble in water — when it should be boiling water. At page 186, " Ethereal Oil of Capsi- cum " is said to become " filled with crystals of Capsicin of curious dendroid forms." These "crystals" are really the solid fatty oil which separates. (See ante 185.) At page 241 it is stated that the Dutch government has introduced Cinchona into "Japan," when it should read "Java," etc., etc. One of the peculiarities of the Eclectics, found among the Materia Med- ica, and a feature upon which they take much credit to themselves, is the class of " Resinoids," or "principles," as they are called, of which Cimici- fugin, Podophyllin and Leptandrin are types, and the manner of making some of them is so peculiar, that we quote the following: "Caulophyllin. — Extract the root of Caulophyllum, and obtain a thick fluid extract, in the same manner as recommended for obtaining Podo- phyllin [by means of alcohol]], the product is added to twice its volume of a saturated solution of alum, and placed asido to rest for three or four days ; then place it on a filter cloth, and allow the water to filter through ; EDITORIAL. 387 wash the product two or three times with fresh water and let the residuum dry in the open air ; when dry, it readily forms a powder of a light gray color." Made by another process, under the head of " Chemical Properties," the author remarks, " Caulophyllin, thus prepared, is a resinous substance, of a light brown color, with a peculiar/not unpleasant odor, slightly bitter taste, with some pungency. Its chemical reactions have not been thoroughly investigated ; it appears, however, to be a neutral substance, like salicin, exhibiting neither acid or alkaline principles." Such is a fair sample of Eclectic organic chemistry. Cimicifugin is the resinous precipitate obtained by precipitating a syrupy alcoholic extract of Cimicifuga, by pouring it into water, washed, dried and powdered, and is one of the most highly esteemed Eclectic medicines, and spoken of as an active principle. Dioscorein is prepared like Cimicifugin, from the root of Dioscorea villosa, and is considered a powerful anti-spasmodic and a specific in bilious colic. Eupurpurin is the substance obtained when Eupatorium purpureum is treated as in making Cimicifugin. As a sample of the looseness and empyrical character of some of these so-called " principles," we extract the following, viz : "Geraniin. Geraniin is obtained by making a saturated tincture of the root of Geranium maculatum, filtering, distilling off a part of the alco- hol, adding water to the rest, and evaporating to dryness. The operation is similar to that for Podophyllin. Many manufacturers prefer making it by evaporating an aqueous decoction of the root to dryness and evapor- ating." We should like to see the result obtained by evaporating a dry extract, the preparation is nothing, so far as we can make out, but an extract of Geranium. Why not call it by its right name ? Besides the above, and obtained in a manner analogous to Cimicifugin, are Iridin, Leptandrin, Podophyllin, Ptelein, etc. Of the whole list, the only one that is crystalline is Hydrastin. The rest being mixtures of resin and apothem, resin and volatile oil, resin and fixed oils, or mere extracts. Dr. King defends the practice of giving names to these mixtures, which really indicate to those unacquainted with Eclectic literature that they are distinct organic principles. We believe, from the indefinite manner in which many of his processes are given by the originators of these prepara- tions, that it would puzzle any but an Eclectic to produce similar results, and we fear that in his anxiety to give formulse, he has been imposed upon by some of the manufacturers, whose processes are very Brahminical. Part second of Dr. King's book is entitled " Pharmacy," and includes the general principles of the art of preparing medicines, and a detailed account of most of the preparations, regular and irregular, used by Eclec- tics and physicians. The chapter on the collection and preservation o 388 EDITORIAL. plants is judiciously drawn up. That on specific gravity is an improve- ment on the previous edition. The subject of weight and measures, though illustrated in the appendix with tables, is but slightly dwelt upon in the preliminary chapter - and in the body of the formulary, the author is full of inconsistencies arising from inattention to this subject in giving the recipes of foreign Pharmacopoeias. The reader in this department will be struck with the absence of the formulas of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. Whether the author, in carefully avoiding the U. S. Dispensatory, has felt disposed to ignore the Pharmaco- poeia also, we do not know, but he has undoubtedly seriously injured his book in view of its use by apothecaries and physicians, by substituting formula from heterogeneous sources, where other systems of weights and mea- sures are used. We can only attribute this course to the inconvenience of writing a commentary on the U. S. Pharmacopoeia without resorting to the TJ. S. Dispensatory. The general arrangement of the classes of prepara- tions is similar to that in the latter work. The processes of maceration and percolation are both directed in extraction, and C. A. Smith's idea of vapor percolation is repeatedly recommended in making extracts. Being unbound by any authority in regard to formulse, the author has used the utmost license in selecting and naming preparations. Among the Vinegars, Acetum Lobelise and Acetum Sanguinarise are found, made from the seed and root respectively, two ounces to the pint. Under the Ethers : The Edinburgh formula for sweet spirit of nitre is adopted ; sulphuric ether is not recommended for inhalation, nor is any allusion made to the discovery of Anaesthesia in connection with it, the preference being given to chloroform, which is described among the Materia Medica. Under the head " Cataplasma," those of carrots, lobelia, cran- berries, and poke root are described, the latter made by roasting the recent roots in hot ashes until soft, and then mashed till of the right consistence. De- coctions as a class of preparations are abandoned, general directions for their preparation being given. The class Encmata contains several pecu- liar to the Eclectics, as Enema Cimicifugce composita Lobelice comp., Xantliox- yli, &c. The extracts and fluid extracts are quite numerous. Preliminary directions are given for each variety of extracts. Under watery extracts it is advised that " the substance be not too finely divided, in order to avoid the extraction of inert principles." (!) It is also recommended in the general directions to evaporate aqueous solutions at a low temperature, and not to stir them, so as to avoid the action of the air upon them ; yet extract of taraxacum is directed to be constantly agitated during that process! Want of care in expression is of frequent occurrence : for instance, under Exiractum Aconiti Alcoholicum, the author says extract Aconite leaves or Aconite roots with diluted alcohol and evaporate, &c, and then " this is the only extract of Aconite which should be used query ? that of the leaves or roots ? Again the formula for extract of colocynth directs three pounds of colocynth deprived of the seeds tp be macerated in five pints of EDITORIAL. 389 diluted alcohol, &c, and attributes it to the London Pharm., when that authority directs water as the menstruum. And of this alcoholic extract he says the dose is from 5 to 30 grains, whilst at the article Colocynth, at page 357, he says the dose of that substance or its aqueous extract is from 4 to 10 grains, and of the alcoholic extract 1 to 4 grains ! Among the ex- tracts described there are many from plants rarely used, except by the Eclectics, as Baptisia, Caulophyllum, Cypripedium, Hydrastis, Leptandra, Phytolacca, Ptelea, Scutellaria, &c, which are all hydroalcoholic. The general directions for preparing fluid extracts are written by William S. Merrill, and are as follows, viz : For each pound of the substance or ingredients to be treated, four pints of alcohol, 76 per cent., four ounces of sugar and a sufficient quantity of water are taken. The substance suita- bly comrnunited is digested in part of the alcohol for 24 hours at a gentle heat, then displaced with the rest of the alcohol, reserving four fluid ounces of the strongest liquid and evaporating the remainder of the tinc- ture to four fluid ounces. The dregs in the displacer are then exhausted with hot water, the infusion evaporated to 8 fluid ounces, the sugar dis- solved in this, and after again evaporating to half a pint, the syrupy liquid is mixed with the reserved tinctures. This is a good general direction for ordinary operations. Among the peculiar fluid extracts is the following by Mr. Merrill of Cincinnati. " Extractum Rhei et Potassje Fluidum. Fluid Neutralizing Extract. Preparation. Take of India Rhubarb and Bicarbonate of Potassa, of each two pounds Av. ; Cinnamon and Golden Seal, [Hydrastis] of each one pound; Good French Brandy, one gallon ; Oil of Peppermint, one fluidrachm ; Refined Sugar, three pounds. Water a sufficient quantity. Grind or coarsely bruise the Rhubarb, Cassia and Golden Seal and mix them, macerate for 24 hours or longer in the brandy, express the tincture with strong pressure, and add to it the oil of peppermint dissolved in a little alcohol. Break up the residue from the press, place it in a percolator and gradually add warm water until the strength of the articles is exhausted. Evaporate this solution to four pints, and while the liquor is still hot dissolve in it the Bicarbonate of Potassa and Refined Sugar, and continue the evaporation, if necessary, until, when added to the tincture first obtained, it will make one gallon and a half of fluid extract." This preparation is used as an aperient antacid, like the compound pow- der of rhubarb. The preparations of iron are mostly described, and among them Dr. Sanders' Ferri et Salicinece tartras and Ferri et Morphiae tartras — two very indefinite compounds — will be found. Under the head " Lac- tinated Preparations," there is a class of powders consisting of active medicines diluted with lactin. Under the several heads of Linimenta, Liquores, Lotiones and Mistura, numerous Eclectic preparations are brought forward, many of them well adapted for the purposes intended, and eligibly compounded, and some very peculiar ; among these we may enu- merate the following ; "Linimentum Caoutchouci. Caoutchouc Liniment. Preparation. — Take of Caoutchouc, in fine pieces, a convenient quantity, Oil of Origanum, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the caoutchouc in the oil. Paper saturated with this liniment is applied as a stimulant. 390 EDITORIAL. Linimentum Succini compositum. Preparation. — Take of oil of Stillingise (an alcoholic oleo-resinous extract), rectified oil of Amber, each a fluid ounce. Oil of Lobelia (ethereal extract) three fluid drachms ; olive oil two fluid ounces. Mix together." This preparation is used in " chronic asthma, croup, cholera, epilepsy, sciatica," and other spasmodic affections, and is said to act efficiently. "Lotio Hydrastis composita. Preparation. — Take of strong decoctions of Green Tea, and Golden Seal, [Hydrastis] each one pint; Sulphate of Zinc, Gunpowder, dried Sulphate of Iron, each two drachms. Mix the two decoctions, add the remainder of the articles and agitate briskly. After solution and decomposition have ceased, decant the supernatant liquid ." Used "as a collyrium in chronic ophthalmic diseases/' and " in all chronic diseases of mucous surfaces." "Mistura Chenopodii composita. Preparation. — Take of Castor oil, one fluid ounce; Wormseed oil, Anise oil and Tincture of Myrrh, of each a fluidrachm. Mix. This is pronounced to be an excellent vermifuge, resembling Fahnestock's, which the author says is said to be composed of "Castor oil, one fluid ounce; oil of Wormseed, one fluid ounce; oil of Anise, half a fluid ounce ; Tincture of Myrrh, half a fluidrachm ; oil of Turpentine, 10 minims; Croton oil, one minim. Mix. Dose a teaspoonful for an adult every 2 hours, to be continued for ten or twelve hours." As a result of ignoring the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, the author has supplant- ed the beautiful officinal process of Dr. Staples, for Morphia, by that of the Dublin Pharmacopoeia, after Gregory and Robertson. The chapters on pills, powders and syrups, embrace many compounds peculiar to the Eclectics. Among the syrups, that for Wild Cherry Bark is made by digesting 5 oz. of the coarsely powdered bark (contained in a muslin bag) in Oj. of hot simple syrup, for twenty-four hours, when it is expressed and strained. The chapters on quinia, soda and strychnia are sufficiently full. Among the preparations of quinia are Tartrate of Quinia and Tartrate of Quinia and Salicin. (H At page 200, our author admits Salicin to be, as it un- doubtedly is, a neutral principle — as well might we call Syrup of Citrate of Iron a solution of Ferri et Sacchari Citras. In the general remarks on Tinctures, the author, at page 1292, ventures the opinion that " If all tinctures were prepared and dispensed, not ac- cording to the amount of drug exhausted in them, but according to the sp. grav. of the solvent employed in making them, and the density of the resulting tinctures, there would be more uniformity of strength among this class of preparations than at present, and by means of a hydrometer every druggist could keep his tinctures of the officinal strength." To prove how erroneous this conclusion is, it is only necessary to remind Dr. King that the medical value of drugs, as opium, barks podophyllum, etc., depends on the per centage of their active principles, and that many of EDITORIAL* 391 these bear no uniform proportion to the amount of matter soluble in the diluted alcohol that they contain. The ointments and wines embrace nothing on which to remark. Part 3d of the Dispensatory is chiefly occupied with " obsolescent or ob- jectionable medicines," which include "those minerals which have for many years past been the principal medicinal agents used by medical men, but which, inconsequence of the great uncertainty of their action, and the per- manently deleterious effects they produce in the system, are going rapidly out of use, being at the present day employed by very few of the liberal and investigating members of the profession." Under this plausible heading Dr. King proceeds to describe the chemical and medical properties of the compounds of antimony, silver, arsenic, barium, cadmium, copper, mercury, nickel, platinum, lead and zinc, thus placing the forbidden fruit within reach of his Eclectic brethren, to tempt them to sin. He should have re- collected the words of the poet : — "Vice is a monster of such hideous mem, That to be hated needs but to be seen ; But seen too oft, familiar with her face, We first endure, then pity, then embrace." If the progress made by the Eclectics, in the adoption of mineral prepara- tions in their practice, is as rapid for the future as it has been during the past, we shall not be astonished to find that some Eclectic savan will dis- cover the means of depriving those terrible bugbears, "mercury, antimony and arsenic," of their medicinal danger, and adopt them into practice as safe and eligible. We must not, before concluding, forget to concede to the publishers due credit for the neat and substantial manner in which the work is printed and bound. The Microscopisfs Companion ; a popular Manual of Practical Microscopy. Designed for those engaged in microscopic investigation, schools, semi- naries, colleges, etc., and comprising selections from the best writers on the microscope, relative to its use, mode of management, preservation of objects, etc., to which is added a Glossary of the principal terms used in microscopical science. By John King, M. D. Illustrated with 114 cuts. Cincinnati, Robert Clarke & Co., 1859. 308 pp. octavo. In these days, when even children are supplied with microscopes to in- dulge curiosity, it is not surprising that the more advanced should feel an interest in getting a glance at that interesting portion of existence, which the structure of our eyes preclude us from recognizing unaided by the lens. To meet this interest, for several years past the manufacture of microscopes has been greatly extended, and they may now be had of all qualities to suit every variety of demand. These instruments are often much less valuable to amateur students, from a want of understanding the principles involved in their construction and mode of action ; and of knowing how to use them and keep them in order. The " Microscopisfs Com- 392 DEATH OF HUMBOLDT. panion" is just the work to give this information to the beginner, whilst it also embraces a description of all the higher grades of microscopes, well illustrated by figures, and enters into those minutiae of mani- pulatians practised by the best microscopists in physiological and chemical research. There are chapters on the mounting and preservation of objects, the manner of conducting investigations into the nature of organic structure, living and dead, and into the characters of urinary and vesicular deposits, so important to the physician. The Glossary appended to the book will be found useful in understanding micrographical papers, and descriptions of instruments. On the whole, we believe the work to be a compilation of much that is valuable to amateurs and students from the best writers on the subject, besides much practical information in reference to the pur- chase of instruments, their prices, and the names of those manufacturers in this country and Europe, noted for the good quality of their workman- ship. What may be learned from a Tree. By Harland Coultas, Author of " Organic Life the same in Animals as in Plants," etc. We are indebted to the author for sending us some time ago, parts first and second of this work, and we have just now received part third. The former were read with considerable interest, and as soon as opportunity offers, we hope to derive pleasure and instruction from following the author through chapter vii., in which he brings forward some new views in regard to the developement of leaves, and chapter viii. a sketch of the geological records of primsBval botany. Mr. Coultas certainly has the true enthu- siasm of a student of nature, and after setting forth the numerous beauties, harmonies and adaptabilities of vegetable life as exhibited in the tree, he uses them in illustration of his views of political and social economy — aim- ing to benefit as well as interest his readers. We hope the author will receive substantial encouragement to continue his work to completion. It is issued, for convenience, in a serial form, at twenty-five cents the num- ber of 48 pages. For sale by John Alexander, 52 South Fourth Street, Philadelphia. DEATH OF HUMBOLDT. The recent notices of the gradual decline of this illustrious European phil- osopher have prepared the public for the intelligence of his decease, which is announced as having taken place in Berlin on the 6th of May. Had he lived but a few days more than four months longer he would have completed the ninetieth year of his age. His fame belonged not only to Europe, but to the world, and in this country especially, probably no man who was known to us only through the medium of his scientific writings was held in equal reverence and admiration. The simple record of his life forms the noblest monument to his memory. We need only gather up the successive facts in his career to show that the " man of the century " has been taken from the world. Freidrich Heinrich Alexander von Humboldt was born in Berlin, Sept. 14, 1769. His father, who was a man of military and civil distinction in Prussia, died when his son was but ten years old, but the latter still enjoyed the advan- DEATH OF HUMBOLDT. 398 tage of a singularly careful education. He studied at Frankfort-on-the-Oder, at Berlin, and at Gottingen, devoting himself chiefly to the natural sciences, to the Greek language, and to the application of science to the practical arts. Among his early instructors in the former were Blumenbach, Beckmann, and Lichtenberg. His university studies were varied by excursions to the Hartz, Mountains, and to the vicinity of the Rhine, which occasioned the first-fruits of his literary labors, in a work entitled, "The Basalt on the Rhine" (1790). In the Spring and Summer of that year, accompanied by one or two conge- nial friends, he made a tour through Belgium, Holland, England, and France. The acquaintance of Sir Joseph Banks, and the enthusiasm of one his companions, who had made a voyage to the South Sea, awakened the desire for visiting tropical regions, and gave a coloring to his future life. On his return from En- gland, he passed some time at a commercial academy in Hamburg, with a view of engaging in the pursuits of trade. But his inclinations strongly tended to the cultivation of physical science, and in 1791, he repaired to the School of Mines at Freiberg, where he received private lessons from the celebrated Werner, and enjoyed the friendship of Leopold von Buch, Freiesleben, and Del Rio. His researches in this locality led to the preparation of a treatise on the fossil botany of Freiberg, which was published a year or two - later (1793.) A. larger work on the physiology of the nerves and muscles (1797-99) attests the predominant tendency of his mind. The death of his mother in 1796 removed one of the obstacles to his cherished purpose of a grand scientific expedition to the tropics. After pursuing an ex- tensive course of study in the application of astronomy to geography, and engaging in meteorological observations with Von Buch, he went to Paris, where he first made the acquaintance of Bonpland, with whom he passed the Winter of 1798 in Madrid. This was, in fact, the turning point of his life. Such a favorable impression did he make on the Spanish authorities, that he received permission to visit at pleasure any of the Spanish possessions in America or the Indian Ocean, with a guaranty of the free use of his astronomi- cal instruments, and of no restraint in the collection of specimens in natural science. In June, 1799, he embarked, in company with Bonpland, for South America, and arrived at Cumana in the middle of July. The next eighteen months were spent in an exploring tour through Venezuela ; and in February they left the sea-coast for the south, with a view of reaching the river Apure and the Orinoco. They passed over the cataracts of Atures and Maypures in Indian canoes to Fort San Carlos on Rio Negro, about two degrees from the equator, and after a weary journey through the wilderness, returned to the Orinoco, of which they made the first exact scientific observation. From Cumana, at which they arrived in safety after their perilous excursion, they sailed to Havana, where they remained several months. They next went to Bogota, the vicinity of which they carefully explored, and in September, 1801, continued their journey to the South, arriving in Quito, Jan. 6, 1802. Here they remained until the following June, pursuing their researches in the volcanic region, and ascending to heights which had never before been trodden by the foot of man. On June 23, 1802, they reach a height of 19,230 feet on the Chimborazo, which was more than 3,000 feet higher than the point attained by La Condamine in 1738. Here they planted their instruments upon a narrow ledge of rock which pro- jected from the vast field of unfathomed snow. A broad impassable chasm prevented their further advance ; they were enveloped in thick fogs, and in an atmosphere of the most piercing cold ; they breathed with difficulty, and blood burst from their eyes and lips. Only once has this elevation on the Chimborazo been surpassed, when Boussingault, in 1831, attained a summit of 19,600 feet, by a different path from that chosen by Humboldt. Crossing the passes of the Andes, the travellers pursued their way to the upper valley of the Amazon, and made a thorough exploration of that portion of Peru. In December, they sailed from Gallo to Guayaquil, and after a second tedious voyage, arrived at Acapulco, March 23, 1803. Thence, they proceeded 394 DEATH OF HUMBOLDT. to Mexico, where they remained for several months, pursuing their researches in the volcanic regions, and making rich and valuable collections in natural history. In March, 1804, after exploring numerous localities on the Mexican coast, Humboldt sailed to Havana, where he remained for two months, gather- ing and arranging the materials for his "Political Essay on Cuba" (Paris, 1826). He next directed his attention to the United States, and accompanied by Bonpland, visited Philadelphia and Washington, where he was treated with distinguished attention by President Jefferson, and after a brief sojourn, sailed for Bordeaux in July, 1804. He now took up his temporary abode in Paris, where, in connection with Gay-Lussac, he devoted himself to chemical researches, chiefly on the compo- sition of the atmosphere, until the following March. After a journey to Italy, he returned to Berlin in December, 1805. In 1807 he accompanied Prince William of Prussia on a political mission to France, and with a view to the publication of his works, made Paris his residence until 1827. The first por- tion of his great work, " Voyage to the Equinoctial Regions of the New Conti- nent," was published in Paris in 1809. In the Winter of 1827 he delivered a course of lectures in Berlin on the " Cosmos," which were the foundation of his celebrated work of that name. In 1829, Humboldt was commissioned by the Emperor Nicholas to make an expedition to the Altai and Ural Mountains, with a view to examining the mineral treasures of those regions. The tour extended through Moscow, Kasan, Tobolsk, and Barnaul to the Chinese frontier. He was accompanied by his two friends, Ehrenberg and Gustav Rose. The journey, which occupied nine months, is described in " Central Asia " (Paris, 1843). This journey furnished the most valuable contributions to the science of physical geography. New light was thrown on the volcanic agencies in Central Asia : many important facts were set forth on the soil, climate, and connection of the mountain chains ; and owing to the interest which it awakened, a regular system of observations was established by the Imperial Academy of St. Petersburg, throughout the Russian Empire, for the purpose of noting the changes in meteorolgical phe- nomena. The political movements of 1830 gave the activity of Humboldt a political direction to a certain extent, but without diverting his attention from the pur- suits of science. In May, he attended the Crown Prince of Prussia to the last Diet of Warsaw, and soon after was with the King at Teplitz ; and on the ac- cession of Louis Philippe, was commissioned by Frederic William III. to ac- knowledge the new dynasty at Paris, and to forward political intelligence from that capital to Berlin. He received many similar commissions within the course of the next twelve years, which required him to spend a considerable portion of his time in Paris. Since 1842, Humboldt has resided at Berlin, engaged in the preparation of u Cosmos," which sums up the observations of a long life on what may be termed the " Harmonies of the Universe," receiving visits from strangers of every nation, who were attracted by his scientific fame, carrying on an exten- sive correspondence with men of learning in various departments of research, and cherishing the curiosity of youth with regard to every new discovery and phenomenon in the realms of nature. Humboldt was remarkable for combining the fruits of his own observations with the exhibition of whatever had been accomplished by other investigators in the field of physical inquiry. In this comprehensive department he was equally eminent as an explorer and a historian. As he detected every pheno- menon with wonderful sagacity, so he recorded every discovery with unparal- leled fidelity. This is not the place to give an account of his contributions to science. His positive additions to the treasures of human knowledge would fill many volumes. But what will ever distinguish Humboldt from the mass of physical inquirers who had preceded him, is his study of the universe as a har- monious whole, and his search for the laws of order, beauty, and majesty be- neath the apparent confusion and contradictions of isolated appearances. — AT. Y. Tribune. THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHARMACY, SEPTEMBER, 1859. PRUSSIAN BLUE, OR HYDROCYANATE OF IRON. By Ferd. F. Mayer, of New York. For some time back a preparation has been introduced to the attention of physicians, professedly for the cure of epilepsy, un- der the title, " Hydrocyanate of Iron," as it appears an alias for the officinal Ferri Ferrocyanuretum or Prussian Blue, which, after the precedence of Dr. Kirchoff, of Ghent, and Dr. Bridges, of Philadelphia, had become a standard remedy in that dread disease many years ago. Since an impression has gained ground, and been upheld by diverse notices in some of the pharmaceuti- cal and medical papers, that the hydrocyanate of iron in ques- tion is a new and altogether distinct, as well as a pure chemical compound, in short, the long sought for proto-cyanide of iron, it may not be amiss to place the matter in its true light by an analysis of the article sold under that name at a high price, partly, very probably, because its supposed mode of preparation is somewhat more expensive than that of the officinal ferrocyanuret of iron. The name of hydrocyanate of iron, Ferrum Hydrocyanicum, although an unchemical one, has been for many years a synonym for Prussian Blue ; and whatever might be the impression of a chemist as to the probable nature of such a compound, any pharmaceutist would unhesitatingly dispense the officinal Prus- sian Blue, unless the practitioner insisted upon its being a dif- ferent preparation. An ounce-bottle of the substance in question, labelled « Hy- drocyanate of Iron — Dose : \ grain twice a day — Tilden & Co., New York," was handed to me for examination, with the request to find out, if possible, the formula for it, as it was the compound 23 396 PRUSSIAN BLUE, OR HYDROCYANATE OF IRON. spoken of in a number of the Journals under the title of Dr. McGuigan's Hydrocyanate of Iron. It is a dark blue powder, of a very dull tinge, somewhat grit- ty, and air-dry. It dissolves in cold or hot water, leaving be- hind but a trace of what appears to be dust. Hydrochloric acid dissolves out some perchloride iron, which on dilution produces a finer blue. Caustic Potassa precipitates hydrated peroxide ©f iron, the decolorized, or rather yellow solution containing now ferrocyanide of potassium. On calcining the substance at a low heat it gives off a somewhat empyreumatic odor, and is gradual- ly converted into a deep reddish brown powder, which on being washed with water yields up a considerable proportion of cyanide of potassium, or when the heat applied has been too high, princi- pally carbonate of potassa. The red powder, if properly oxi- dized by exposure to the air while hot, dissolves completely in strong hydrochloric acid ; it sometimes leaves behind a black powder, which dissolves in nitro-muriatic acid, and proves to be carburet of iron. The quantitative assay (in which I employed altogether the graduated solution of Dr. Mohr, Fresenius, and Neubauer, as particularly adapted to this kind of compounds) gave the follow- ing results : I. One gramme of the powder, rubbed fine, placed in a flask and dissolved in water, then decomposed by caustic potash, boil- ed up and filtered. This operation was repeated three times in succession with one gramme each. The filtrate, acidulated and measured with permanganate of potassa, showed ; =0 0942 gramme = 9 -42 p. c. of Fe= = 01211 " =12-11 p. c. ofFeO= =0-1816 " =18-16p.e.ofFeCy= =0-7102 " =71-02 p. c. of FeCy+2KCy-f3HO (yellow prus siate.) =0 3633 " =36.33 p. c. of FeCy+2HCy (ferrocyanic acid.) II. The hydrated peroxide of iron obtained under I. collect- ed on the filter, well washed with water and dissolved in hydro- chloric acid, showed : 01417 gramme =1417 p. c. of Fe= =0-2024 " =20.24 p. c. of Fe203= PRUSSIAN BLUE, OR HYDROCYANATE OF IRON. 397 III. One gramme of the substance was calcined until con- verted into a uniform brownish red powder, placed on a filter and completely exhausted with water, the filtrate evaporated to dryness, neutralized with hydrochloric acid, calcined, and the chloride of potassium thus obtained measured with a graduated solution of nitrate of silver. The three experiments made in this manner gave : 0-0895 gramme = 8-95 p. c. of KCI = = 0 0469 " = 4-69 p.c. of K = = 0-1266 " =12-66 p.c. of FeCy+2KCy+3Ag= = 0 0324 " = 3-24 p. c. of FeCy= =0 0648 " =6-48 p.c. of FeCy-f 2HCy The analysis then stands : 0 2024 grarame= 20 24 p. c. of Fe203, (peroxide of iron.) 0-2984 " = 29-84 p. c. of FeCy+2HCy (ferroejanic acid.) 0-1266 " =12-66 p. c. of FeCy+2KCy-f 3HO (ferrocyanide of potassium.) 0-3726 " =37-26 p. c. of water, partly free, and in part held in combination. 1 0000 100 00 This substance is therefore a mixture of ferrocyanuret and peroxide of iron, with ferrocyanide of potassium. From its color, which is very unsightly compared with that of common Soluble Blue, I concluded that it was not the precipitate formed by yellow prussiate in a protosalt of iron, but the preparation mentioned in vol. 26 (1854), page 504, of the American Journal of Pharmacy, and prepared somewhat in accordance with the formula there suggested by the Editor of this Journal. Gmelin states : " On mixing a solution of cyanide of pot- assium with one of a ferrous salt, a light reddish brown precipitate is formed, partly soluble in acids, the composition of which has not yet been determined. This is probably the true proto- cyanide of iron, FeCy." That this precipitate be free from potassa is, to say the least, very doubtful. It is well established that the alkaline cyanides immediately on being brought into contact with salts of iron, form alkaline ferrocyanides? or hydrocyanates 398 PRUSSIAN BLUE, OR HYDROCYANATE OF IRON. of the protoxide of iron and potassa (or soda), which at once seize upon whatever oxide of iron is present to form the soluble combinations of ferrocyanide of potassium (or sodium) and of iron, similar to the white precipitate brought on by prus- siate of potassa in solutions of protosalts of iron. The manu- facture of prussiate of potassa is partly founded on this very reaction. This reddish precipitate must be considered as a combination of the white precipitate mentioned and cyanide of potassium, which, on digestion, gradually passes into yellow prussiate, ferrocyanide of potassium. The color can be no objection, when it is considered that ferrocyanide of potassium, though consisting of two supposed-to-be colorless salts, has a more or less rich yellow color. An experiment to illustrate this formation of prussiate of potassa is easily made, even with the common fused cyanide of potassium, (which, besides a varying proportion of cyanide, con- tains hydrate, carbonate, cyanate and formiate of potassa). By adding a large excess of this salt to a solution of a ferrous salt, protosulphate of iron for instance, a reddish brown precipitate is formed, which turns rapidly dark, but dissolves on heating, with the exception of a trace of peroxide of iron, and this solu- tion forms Prussian Blue with perchloride of iron. On repeating the experiment with a strong alcoholic solution of the cyanide, pouring off most of the supernatant liquid and replacing it by fresh spirits, it will be found that as soon as the dark precipitate has somewhat settled, yellowish white flakes appear suspended in the liquid, which prove to be ferrocyanide of potassium, and in the course of a few days the whole precipi- tate left to itself under alcohol will be found to be converted into that salt. When the excess of cyanide of potassium has not been so large, the ferrocyanide of iron and potassium can, of course, not all be converted into yellow prussiate, and this is especially the case when the common cyanide of potassium has been used, which, in contact with a salt of iron, forms also a certain amount of hydrated or carbonated oxide. Still, all cyanide of potassium forms a proportional quantity of ferrocyanide, which partly forms a more or less colored Prussian Blue, partly re- mains, combined with the precipitate, and causes its solubility. PRUSSIAN BLUB, OR HYDROCYANATE OF IRON. 399 It is of no avail to wash the precipitate with water, nor can washing with alcohol produce a pure cyanide of iron, since the prussiate of potassa contained in the precipitate is altogether insoluble in spirits. If the cyanide of potassium used was pure, the precipitate formed by an excess of it dissolves completely in the liquid. Obtained from the common cyanide, it is mixed with more or less hydrated protoxide of iron, which does not at once combine or dissolve with the excess of cyanide or ferrocyanide already formed, but does so when it has been converted into peroxide by exposure, in which condition it combines with the alkaline ferrocyanide to form soluble Blue ; and this is the substance ex- amined. Neither the proto- nor the per-cyanide of iron have ever been obtained in a pure form. The compound FeCy, 2HCy, ferro- eyanic acid, the theoretical acid of the yellow prussiates, is a whitish, generally slightly yellow or blue, powder, which bears heating to 212° F., a little above that point gives off hydro- cyanic acid and water, leaving a grayish yellow substance, of what composition is not exactly known, which, at a slightly elevated temperature, changes to a black powder, which consists of 12 equivalents of iron, 20 of carbon, and 5 of nitrogen. A solution of this acid on boiling precipitates a white substance, which Berzelius supposes to be a protocyanide of iron, though it could not be determined whether it contained water or not, as it changes instantly, in contact with the air. The substance obtained by heating ferrocyanide of ammonium is probably purer than that had from ferrocyanic acid, but, like the. former, not constant enough to allow of being analysed. The circum- stance that these substances, on being heated with hydrochloric acid, give off hydrocyanic acid, speaks for the presence of the elements of water in them. Chemically pure Prussian Blue suspended in water, and thus treated with sulphuretted hydro- gen, furnishes a white product, which undoubtedly contains protocyanide of iron ; but mixed with a quantity of sulphur equivalent to the peroxide of iron reduced by the hydrogen. I say peroxide of iron, for whatever symbols may be used for convenience' sake, all the mixtures comprised under the name of Prussian Blues contain water chemically combined, and always enough to constitute hydrocyanates of protoxide and of per- 400 PRUSSIAN BLUE, OR HYDROCYANATE OF IRON. oxide of iron. Thus, chemically pure Prussian Blue contains the elements of twelve equivalents of water, and it is to the latter that it owes its color? since it loses it, when heated, besides the cyanogen contained being either lost or dissolved in its ele- ments. In order to find out whether the ferrocyanide of potassium present in the so-called hydrocyanate was retained merely as a mechanical admixture, caused by the use of alcohol in washing it, I subjected to examination two fine specimens of the officinal Prussian blue, the one (I.) from our leading chemical manufac- turers, the other (II.) from a prominent German pharmaceutist of this city. I. is a powder of a beautiful lazur-color, perfectly insoluble in pure water, and as completely soluble in prussiate of potassa. II. is in lumps, rather heavier than I., with the characteristic bronze fracture belonging to pure, or well prepared, Blue ; in its qualitative reactions identical with I. I. Iron 33-2 p. c. of which 32-40 as FeCy 14-80 as Fe2Q3 18-41 Cyanogen 4-24 in the prussiate. Potassium 47-20 p. c. of which 4-30 p. c. II. p. c. of which as FeCy 13-35 34-26 as Fe203 p. c. 19-05 2-93 p. c. Taking as above the FeCy as ferrocyanic acid, we have I. Peroxide of Iron 26-30 p. c. Ferrocyanic Acid 51-49 p. c. Ferrocyanide of Potas- sium 11-48 p. c. Water 10 73 p. c. 100-00 which carried out gives I. With Prus- siate of Pot. Iron 31-68 Carbon II. 27-21 p. c. 47-44 p. c. 7-90 p. c. 17-45 p. c. Nitrogen Water Prussiate of Potassium (anhydrous) 19-83 23-13 15-34 1002 Without Pr. of Pot. 35-21 22-04 25-70 1705 10000 10000 100-00 With Prus. of Pot. 32-40 15-81 18-45 26-46 100-00 II. Without Pr. of Pot. 3479 16-97 19-81 28-93 100-00 PRUSSIAN BLUE, OR HYDROCYANATE OF IRON. 401 It will thus be seen that, although these two samples of fer- rocyanuret of iron contain, the one 11 J, the other 8 p. c. of ferrocyanide of potassium (cryst.), they are insoluble in water, but become so on adding some prussiate to them. It is, there- fore, not merely the presence of the potassium salt which causes the solubility, but it is required to be in mechanical admixture to render Prussian Blue soluble. This is precisely the case with the hydrocyanate examined, from which it has not been removed by water, and the amount of prussiate is sufficient to hold this basic ferrocyanide of sesquioxide of iron in solution. The smallness of the dose explains itself by the ready solubility of the substance. [Note. — It may be well to append a few words to Mr. Mayer's paper, explanatory of our connection with what has been called " Dr. McGuigan's Hydrocyanate of Iron. Some time previous to November, 1854, Dr. McGuigan, of Keokuk, Iowa, wrote to us in relation to " Hydrocyanate of Iron," which he was desirous of procuring for use in Epilepsy, for which disease he had seen it strongly recommended, at the same time intimating that the article wanted was not Prussian Blue. In reply we wrote to him, that strictly speaking, no such preparation had yet been made, but that the nearest approach to it that we could offer, was the precipitate formed by cyanide of potassium, in a proto-salt of iron, freed from water by aid of alcohol, but that in the process of drying it became altered. Such as it was, it was sent to him, and afterwards noticed at page 504 of this Journal for 1854, with the details. Dr. McGuigan afterwards wrote stating that he had derived good results from the use of the powder sent to him. He afterwards, we believe, induced Tilden & Co. to prepare the preparation for him and others. Our own view of the matter is, that the substance originally intended by M. Roux and others, as mentioned by C. Bernard, is pure Prussian Blue, (see Journal de Pharmacie, May, 1853, page 388) because it is there spoken of as Cyanuret of Iron and Hydro- cyanate of Iron, both of which names are synonyms of Prussian Blue, in France. In the last paragraph it is remarked, " Let us add that Cyanuret of Iron, nearly abandoned in France, is in Germany and the United States considered as an excellent succedaneum to Cinchona, and that it has been much employed as an anti-spasmodic, especially in chorea, hysteria and Epilepsy." Whether the association of Ferrocyanide of Potassium with Prussian Blue, as shown by the analysis of Mr. Mayer, adds to its power by giving it solubility, we are not able to determine, but it is probable that it may be true. — Editor Amer. Jour. Pharmacy.] 402 THERAPEUTICAL APPLICATIONS OF PROTEIN. SALTPETRE IN HYOSCYAMUS. By F. Mahla, M. D. During the preparation of the alcoholic extract of Hyoscya. mus niger, according to the directions of the U. S. Dispensatory, I observed, after the obtained tinctures were evaporated to about Jth, the formation of copious crystalline masses. I separated a portion, and after purifying them by repeated crystallizations, I obtained large transparent crystals. These crystals were subject- ed to analysis, and proved to be nitrate of potassa. I cannot state in what quantitative proportions saltpetre is obtained in the leaves, but think if I had separated it carefully I would have obtained from 50 lbs. of leaves at least 1 lb. of the dry salt. Chicago, June 21, 1859. THERAPEUTICAL APPLICATIONS OF PROTEIN. By J. C. Hupp, M. D. [Note. — We have received the following note, with the copy of the one that elicited it, from Mr. Booking, of Wheeling, Virginia, in reference to Protein. It appears that certain correspondents of that gentleman, desirous of knowing to what uses Protein was applied, had written to him for information, which he obtained by application to the prescriber. — Editor Am. Jour. Pharm.~\ Wheeling, Va., July 20th, 1859. E. Booking, Pharmaceutist': Dear Sir : In answer to yours of 14th inst., I cheerfully com- municate the "uses" to which I have applied the Protein, which you have been ordering for me. As a remedial agent, I have used it with results the most satisfactory. Two causes prevented me from using it more generally than I have done, namely : the scarcity of supply and the cost of the article. When I have desired an aid to the assimilative process, I have invari- ably found a reliable adjuvant in Protein. When the nutritive system was at fault, I have not failed to find the appetite rapidly improve from its use. I have employed it with satisfaction in various forms of skin diseases, combining in the treatment alteratives and tonics as indicated. Those inveterate and other- wise vexatious and annoying skin diseases incident to childhood, such as eczema and impetigo capitis, I have seen rapidly REMARKS ON MONSEL'S PERSULPHATE OF IRON. 403 disappear under its use* the child at the same time improving in health generally, and no untoward symptoms arising on the dis- appearance of the dermal inflammation. I have used it suspended in simple syrup on the glycerole of the hypophosphites, giving to a child under five years of age from 2 to 5 grains thrice daily. Children take it without disgust or loathing. I have thus hastily answered your inquiry, and remain, Yours, respectfully, J. C. Hupp, M. D. REMARKS ON MONSEL'S PERSULPHATE OF IRON. Br William Procter^ Jr. M. Monsel, whose name attaches to this preparation, is at pre- sent in the position of Pharmacien Major in the French service. In 1852, whilst attached to the medical corps of the French army at Rome, he published, in a letter dated Oct. 13th, of that year, the fact that persulphate of iron was the most powerful haemos- tatic among the agents then known, and he has the credit of having first noticed this property of the salt. When Pharmacien Aid-major, at the Military Hospital of Bordeaux, M. Monsel published an essay in the Bulletin de Theraputique, which M. Soubeiran republished in the Journal de Pharmacie et de Chimie, page 208, Sept. 1857, with a note of approval. The following is Monsel's process and comments as there detailed : — " Take of distilled water 100 grammes, Sulphuric acid (60° B.) 10 grammes. / Heat the mixture to ebullition in a porcelain capsule capable of holding a pint, and add : — Protosulphate of iron, 50 grammes, After the solution is completed, throw into the boiling liquid, little by little :— Nitric acid (35° B.) 16 grammes. When the violent evolution of red vapors has ceased, add in portions : — Protosulphate of iron, pulverised, 50 grammes. The solution of this new portion of sulphate of iron disen- gages more red vapors. Lastly the volume is completed to 100 404 REMARKS ON MONSEl/S PERSULPHATE OP IRON. fluid grammes, by the addition of q. s. distilled water ; allow it to cool and filter. " The clear solution marks 45° of Baume"s pese*-sels. It has a very deep red brown color, is inodorous, and is extremely astring- ent to the taste without causticity. When largely diluted with water it separates after many hours into a soluble acid sulphate and an insoluble subsulphate. It concentrates by evaporation to the consistence of honey, and if then spread on plates of glass it may be dried at a temperature above 95° Fahr., and obtained in brilliant red scales like citrate of iron. These scales retain 25 per cent of water, dissolve easily in a small quantity of water without decomposition and reproduce the original solution. When evaporated with less care to dryness, a greenish yellow anhydrous salt is obtained, soluble slowly in cold water, requiring 48 hours to reproduce the original solution, and immediately in boiling water except a slight yellow residue. " The salt in scales is soluble in alcohol without decomposition. The solution at 45° B. is susceptible of dissolving hydrated sesquioxide of iron by digestion, but it cannot be evaporated vnthout decomposition. When sulphuric acid is dropped into the solution it is decolorized, and an excess of acid gives a solid compound, white as plaster. " Particular attention is directed to the manner in which it comports itself with the albumen of eggs and with blood ; some drops produce a very voluminous and very consistent clot, ab- solutely insoluble, which continues to swell and harden for many hours. The new sulphate contains 2| equivalents of sulphuric acid to one equivalent of sesquioxide of iron, and it is certainly preferable to the sulphate of the peroxide described by Sou- beiran, which is very caustic and contains a great excess of nitric acid." M. Soubeiran remarks in his note at page 210, "I have re- peated the experience of M. Monsel ; it is perfectly success- ful, and his process will be accepted always for procuring a solution of the ferric sulphate. The salt dried in a stove is so deliquescent as not to bemanagable, and if it is intended to pre- serve it in a dry state, it is necessary to have recourse to greater heat which renders the product like that by the old method." In a more recent paper, (Jour, de Pharmacie et de Chimie,) REMARKS ON MONSEl/S PERSULPHATE OP IRON. 405 July, 1859, page 35), M. Monsel, after recapitulating his pro- cess, noted above, suggests that the quantity there produced should be shaken with a few grammes of linseed oil at intervals during 12 hours, to completely remove all traces of nitric odor, and which tends to preserve it. From the experiments made at the Val de Grace at the re- quest of the Council of Health by M. Poggiale, on dogs and rabbits placed in the same condition, it resulted that the sul- phate of the peroxide of iron is a hemostatic as powerful as the perchloride of iron, and that in two cases a prompt cure was obtained, although the wounds were very serious and large vessels had been severed. The following is the formula for Monsel's solution rendered in officinal weights and measures : — Take of Distilled water, three fluid ounces, Sulphuric acid two drachms and a half (Troy.) Protosulphate of iron, twenty-five drachms (Troy). Nitric acid 35°B. four drachms (Troy.) Add the sulphuric acid to the water in a porcelain capsule and heat it to boiling ; powder the sulphate of iron, and add one half of it to the acidulated water; when dissolved, pour in the nitric acid little by little. When the red fumes cease to be developed, add the remainder of the sulphate of iron, and stir with a glass rod till dissolved, and the effervescence ceases. Continue the heat until the solution, which at first is dark colored, has be- come reddish-brown, and measures three fluid ounces and three fluid drachms. The nitric acid must not exceed 35° B. The specific gravity of this solution is 1522. When it is carefully evaporated in a capsule, removing the pellicle which forms on the surface from time to time, it gets exceedingly tough like an extract, and when dried on glass in transparent laminse, it is very difficult to remove it, owing to strong ad- hesion ; moreover it is so deliquescent that the drying cannot be well performed in the open air, but requires a stove heat. In reviewing the process of M. Monsel it would appear that he employs 100 grammes of water, and 100 grammes of sulphate of iron, besides the sulphuric acid, and the process does not in- volve much evaporation, yet at the close the whole is to measure only just as much as the water originally employed, viz : 100 406 REMARKS ON MONSEl/S PERSULPHATE OF IRON. fluid grammes. It would seem more appropriate to say, " evapo- rate until the solution measures 100 fluid grammes," because on trial the resulting solution measured 130 fluid grammes, and had to be evaporated nearly one fourth of its bulk to get the pre- scribed measure. This discrepancy between theory and practice, has arisen from his lengthening the first part of the process, so that more waste of water occurs than is needful. It is better that the application of heat should be continued after the last addition of sulphate of iron than before, because owing to the tendency of a solution of sulphate of iron to dissolve and retain deutoxide of nitrogen, much of this gas remains in the solution giving it a blackish brown color. The presence of this gas is evidenced by the escape of red vapors and effervescence when the heat is as great as 212° or more, without boiling, and its absence is shown by holding a piece of paper moistened with solution of proto- sulphate of iron close to the surface of the heated solution, which should not be colored if no nitrous acid is forming at the surface from the union of deutoxide of nitrogen with the oxygen of the air. M. Monsel appears to lay much importance on the fact that the proportion of sulphuric acid in his salt is below that neces- sary to make a regular ter-sulphate of iron. The merit of his process, if its product is really better adapted for therapeutical use than the ordinary solution of persulphate of the Pharmaco- poeia directed in the process for hydrated sesquioxide of iron, rests in the fact that by using just the quantity of proto-sulphate that is necessary to decompose all the nitric acid, he insures, without failure, the absence of that acid from his solution, which in fact may be viewed as a mixture of the ter-sulphate and bi- sulphate of sesquioxide of iron. M. Monsel is perhaps wrong, in attributing the formula 2(Fe203) 5(S03) to his salt which may be represented by the formula, Fe203,3S03+Fe20,32S03, salts which are known to exist. As in the next Pharmacopoeia there is a strong probability that a solution of sesquisulphate of iron will be made a distinct officinal preparation with a view to its use in making hydrated sesqui- oxide of iron, Prussian Blue, etc., it will hardly be necessary to employ a special formula for producing a solution for haemostatic purposes, because with the requisite precautions in constructing ON SOLUBLE CITRATE OF MAGNESIA. 407 the formula it will be easy to get a salt neutral in composition and free from NO5 which will replace the salt of Monsel in all respects as a coagulative astringent. At a more convenient season the writer proposes to return to this subject, and by the aid of his medical friends have ascertained by adequate trials the relative efficiency of the regular and of Monsel's sulphate in surgical practice. SOLUBLE CITRATE OF MAGNESIA. It is undoubtedly a desideratum to get a solid Citrate of Mag- nesia that is soluble in water and may be used when required in graduated doses. It is well known that Dorvault and others have published formulae for producing such a preparation. All seem to unite in the conclusion that it is necessary, in order to get a soluble citrate, to unite the magnesia with the citric acid through the agency of its water of crystallization only, as where the salt is in presence of an excess of water it appropriates sufficient to make the crystalline tribasic salt with 14 equivalents of water, too insoluble for use. It is also well known that Solution of Citrate of Magnesia is often found to be unpleasantly acid, the excess being greater than is desirable for controlling the magnesian taste. A well prepared solution leaves nothing to be desired except its in- eligibility for transportation by travellers, and its liability change by keeping. It is well, therefore, whilst retaining this ex- cellent preparation, to aim at perfecting the solid citrate, so that it will afford a good substitute for the solution for travellers and others. These remarks have been called forth by the following letter to the Editor. Richmond, Indiana, July 18, 1859. Respected Friend, — My almost forgotten promise to send a sample of our " Soluble Citrate of Magnesia" was called to mind a day or two since, and I now send two packages ; they are taken from a lot made for our regular custom, and differ in no wise from that always made. We have kept them as long as four months, in which time the powder appears to cake, but is easily broken up, when it dissolves as readily as ever, and produces as full cathartic effect as the fresh. We have made and sold them for eighteen months or more, and the demand is larger now 408 ON SOLUBLE CITRATE OF MAGNESIA. than ever. We have made no effort to introduce them into gene- ral use, beyond our own city, but use from forty to fifty pounds of citric acid a year, in its preparation, so that we feel that its use as a reliable cathartic is fairly established. It produces no sickness or pain in its operation ; is mild, but very thorough in its action, and is prescribed by all of our regular physicians who deal with us, and most generally in fully half to three fourths of the cases requiring cathartics. Its composition is citric acid three parts and calc. magnesia one part, incorporated by aid of the water of crystallization only. In reference to the solubility of strychnine, we have as yet re- ceived nothing corroborating or disproving our experiments, and feel anxious to hear from you. We have repeated the experi- ments with reference to its solubility in absolute and officinal alcohol, and find them to fully sustain the first. Two grs. pow- dered cryst. strychnine placed in one ounce absolute alcohol, and one gr. in one ounce of alcohol of sp. gr. -835, dissolved very soon, and entirely, so far as the eye is a guide, and we know of none better. Respectfully, Plummer & Kelly, Per J. W* Plummer. Each package contains four powders, the united weight of which is a little over an ounce and a half. As received, the pow- der had caked ; one of them put into a tumbler dissolved in 15 minutes, with the exception of a few grains of magnesia, and af- forded a perfectly neutral solution. It would, with a little more of the acid, have made a clear solution and more pleasant to the taste. They have on trial been found to come up to the opinion expressed by the manufacturers. In relation to the answer regarding the solubility of strychnia, we cheerfully admit our obligation to those gentlemen to give it, but it has been put off from time to time for a more convenient opportunity, and is not yet accomplished. A mere repetition of their trials, would have been attended with little trouble, but it has been intended to so conduct the experiment as to give rigid results as to the solubility of that potent alkaloid. They will therefore give us more time, when the pressure of labor for the Association is less heavy than at present. — Editor Amjer. JOURN. PHARM. PHARMACEUTICAL NOTICES. 409 PHARMACEUTICAL NOTICES. Liquor Ferri Iodidi. Much has been written on this instable preparation. As we have had no difficulty with it for the past three years, we would like to add our mite to the common stock as follows : R. Iodine . Iron . 3i. Sugar . J xx.* Water . . f.£x. Mix the iodine with five fluid ounces of water in a flask, add the iron filings and occasionally agitate the mixture, until the iodine has entirely combined with the iron (known by the light green color produced,) filter through paper into a flask contain- ing the sugar, wash the filter with the remaining five fluid ounces of water and boil thoroughly for several minutes ; a slight scum will arise, which remove by draining ; bottle, cork tightly until cold, then agitate sufficiently to incorporate the water, which will have condensed in the neck of the bottle, and nothing further is necessary, as it will keep loosely stopped for an inde- finite period, the strength is the same as the officinal, and the increase of sugar does not seem objectionable. Hydrargyri Iodidi Rubri. Many who have prepared this article have no doubt noticed the waste incurred by its adhering to the sides of the vessel used in precipitating it, and also to the filter ; we have adopted the plan of having both solutions hot and more concentrated at the time of precipitation, by which means the iodide is thrown down somewhat more dense and the " pasty " character avoided. *[Note. It is presumed that " Thuja " intends the sugar to be weighed with avoirdupois weight, ^xx. troy with ^iiss. of the iodide of iron would hardly be retained in solution in the bulk of f^xx., as we know it would not be in the absence of the iodide. The anonymous position assumed by Thuja prevents our consulting him, and suggests the propriety of his drop ping his " nom de plume." — Ed. Am. Jour. Phar. 410 ON THE SOLUBILITY OF PHOSPHATE OF IRON. Liquor Arsenici et Hydrargyri Iodidi. In preparing this, we have sometimes had a red instead of pale straw-colored product, this we believe arises from free iodine contaminating the iodide of arsenic ; it can be removed by boiling in an evaporating dish, but believe not without loss, owing to the volatility of the arsenic salt. Vinum JEJrgotce We have prepared by first treating the ergot in fine powder with pure ether, until deprived of its fixed oil, and then after the removal of the absorbed ether, by evaporation, carefully dis- placing with Madeira wine. The preparation has certainly more taste, but we have had no evidence that it is therapeu- tically improved. Tinctura Myrrhce. The use of sand in the manufacture of this preparation by displacement we have found to be entirely unnecessary, as there is sufficient gum in myrrh to prevent the resin from adhering and becoming clogged. The operation is also more satisfactorily conducted. " Thuja." SOME FACTS IN RELATION TO THE SOLUBILITY OF PHOS- PHATE OF IRON. By John M. Maisch. Philadelphia, August lOih, 1859. Editor of Amer. Journ. Pharm. : Dear Sir, — In Vol. xxix., page 404, you have given a formula for the preparation of a syrup of pyrophosphate of iron, in accordance with the recommendation of E. Robiquet, by dis- solving this ferruginous salt by means of a solution of citrate of ammonia. I have repeatedly prepared it in the way there indi- cated, but within a few days I have come to the conclusion that the preparation of the pyrophosphatic salt is entirely unneces- sary for the purpose. If a solution of citrate of sesquioxide of iron is mixed with an alkali, no precipitation takes place, since the newly formed double salt is easily soluble in water ; the same behaviour as the alkalies, has a solution of pyrophosphate of ammonia, and also ON THE SOLUBILITY OF PHOSPHATE OF IRON. 411 the ordinary phosphate; no precipitate of phosphate of iron occurs. A solution of sesquichloride of iron, after being mixed with a solution of citrate of ammonia, is likewise not precipitated by the ordinary phosphate of ammonia, or of soda ; but the phos- phate of potassa produces a precipitate immediately. If, how- ever, a sufficient quantity of phosphate of ammonia had been previously added, the further addition of the potassa phosphate will not disturb the clear solution. I inferred from these experiments that, not only pyrophos- phate, but also the other phosphates of iron, will enter into a permanently clear solution with citrate of ammonia; in accord- ance with this inference, I prepared some ordinary phosphate of the sesquioxide of iron, and found it in its recent state entirely soluble in the ammoniacal citrate. It would appear, therefore, an easy matter for a physician to give phosphate of iron in so- lution by simply ordering citrate of iron and phosphate of am- monia, the solution, no doubt, will contain the citrate and phos- phate of both bases. My time being so much occupied, I have not had time to make any more experiments at present, and the few above related are not calculated to answer the question, whether or not a soluble double phosphate of ammonia and sesquioxide of iron may exist, or whether Robiquet's syrup of pyrophosphate of iron is merely a solution of an insoluble phosphate in citrate of ammonia. I remain yours, very respectfully, J. M. Maisch. [Note. — The employment of citrate of ammonia as a solvent for pyrophosphate of iron, originated, we believe, with M. Robiquet, who suggested it as a better agent than the pyro- phosphate of soda for that purpose ; and at pages 401-4 of this Journal for 1857, his process will be found noticed. Subse- quently, (January, 1858,) J. G. Richardson, of Philadelphia, in a new process for Compound Syrup of the Phosphates, uses citrate of ammonia as a solvent for pyrophosphate of iron, which he introduces into that preparation in lieu of the ordinary phosphate, and at the same time effects the solution of the phos- phate of lime by free citric acid. Joseph Roberts, of Baltimore, (see Maryland Journal of Pharmacy, March 4th, 1858,) suggests 24 412 ON THE SOLUBILITY OF PHOSPHATE OF IRON. a syrup in which acid phosphate of ammonia is the solvent of phosphate of iron, and which he considers a permanent prepara- tion. In Mr. Maisch's letter a step further is taken ; he as- certains that citrate of ammonia will dissolve and retain the ordinary phosphate of iron in solution, and that in presence of citrate of ammonia the oxide of iron cannot be precipitated from the sesquichloride of iron in solution. The latter observa- tion has been made before by Rose, (see Gmelin's Hand. xi. 447,) so far as citric acid in a free state is concerned. In a paper, which has reached us since the above was written, by Mr. A. F. Haselden, on names in connection with Pharmaco- poeial usage, (Pharmaceutical Journal, August, 1859,) we find the following ; alluding to " syrup of phosphate of iron, some- times called syrup of superphosphate of iron, and sometimes syrup of phosphate of iron, I have no doubt that generally the same preparation is looked for ; but in the first, if prepared as the name would imply, an opaque syrup of an insoluble com- pound is the result ; in the last two, an excess of acid to the phosphate enables the operator to produce a clear preparation, but this is uncertain in its strength and unstable in its nature. In order to meet this difficulty, the General Apothecaries' Com- pany have introduced a preparation by the assistance or addition of citrate of ammonia to the phosphate of iron, and thus a prepa- ration in scales is obtained like the ammonio-citrate of iron, which still sails under the name of the pyrophosphate of iron, and with which a light brown or dark straw colored syrup is prepared, bearing the title of syrup of pyrophosphate of iron." From this it appears that Mr. Maisch is anticipated in regard to citrate of ammonia dissolving phosphate of iron. By trial we have ascertained that citric acid in a free state is a perfect solvent for recently precipitated phosphate of iron, and the ad- dition of an alkali afterwards does not precipitate the phos- phate. This naturally suggested a trial with the blue com- mercial ferroso-ferric phosphate. When equal parts of citric acid and of this blue phosphate are triturated with four parts of water and allowed to stand several hours with occasional agi- tation, the blue color gradually disappears, the phosphate is dis- solved, and forms a greenish brown solution, which on dilution is not precipitated, nor does ammonia or potash throw down ON THE SOLUBILITY OF PHOSPHATE OF IRON. 413 the phosphate, which would indicate the formation of a double salt. As suggested by Mr. Maisch, these facts render the prescrib- ing of phosphate of iron in solution extremely simple, and phy- sicians can extemporaneously vary the proportion of the phos- phate to suit their views of particular cases, as a few examples will explain, viz : Take of Phosphate of soda, . . giij. Sulphate of iron, . . giiss. Citric acid in powder, . . 3J*. Lemon syrup, Water, of each, . . . fgiij. Mix the syrup with the water, dissolve the phosphate in one half, the sulphate in the other half, mix them and add the citric acid. The resulting mixture is a transparent thin syrupy liquid, not very unpleasant to the taste. Each fluid ounce contains about 12 grains of protophosphate of iron and a little sulphate of soda. The dose may be either a dessertspoonful or a table- spoonful, (3 or 6 grains), as the case may require. Or the sulphate of soda may be avoided thus : Take of (Vallet's) protocarbonate of iron, siiss. Citric acid, .... ^iss. Phosphate of soda, . . . ^iij\ Lemon (or other syrup) Water, of each, . . . fgiij. Triturate the carbonate of iron with half the water and the citric acid, till dissolved, add the syrup and lastly the remainder of the water in which the phosphate of soda has been dissolved. The resulting liquid is a solution of phosphate of iron and ci- trate of soda, containing about three grains of the iron salt to the dessertspoonful. A syrup of proto-phosphate of iron may be made by dissolv- ing five drachms of sulphate of iron, and six drachms of phos- phate of soda, severally in hot sweetened water, mixing the solu- tions, washing the precipitate with warm sweetened water on a cloth filter, expressing carefully and forcibly, and dissolving the moist mass with two drachms of citric acid, and sufficient water to make the whole measure two fluid ounces. To this add 414 GLEANINGS FROM THE FRENCH JOURNALS. six fluid ounces of simple syrup, mix and filter if necessary. Each teaspoonful will contain three grains of phosphate of iron. It is probable that the addition of sufficient ammonia to the solu- tion to convert the citric acid nearly all into a citrate of that base ; would render the syrup more permanent, but less agree- able, and by evaporating this solution, without adding sugar, to a syrupy consistence, it is quite probable that the soluble phosphate, in scales above alluded to, may be prepared. The formula for << Chemical Food" or Compound Syrup of the Phosphates, may also no doubt be modified by substituting citric for phosphoric acid as a solvent for the phosphate of iron, as it has already for that of lime. — Editor Amer. Jour. Phar- macy. GLEANINGS FROM THE FRENCH JOURNALS. By the Editor. Researches on the Essential Oil of Valerian M. Pierlot, (Repertoire de Pharmacie, Juin, 1859,) finds as the result of his researches ; 1st. Essential oil of valerian pre-exists in the recent root of valerian. 2d. Recent or old, ithis oil contains five per cent, of valerianic acid. 3d. Rectified on caustic potassa it is perfectly neutral, and no agent has power to generate the acid from it. 4th. It contains two different essential oils ; one a hydrocarbon (C20H16) which is neutral and volatilizes entirely without leaving a residue, and constitutes 28 per cent, of the crude oil. The other, oxygenated oil or valerol (C24H20O2), is neutral, resinifiesin the air and under the influence of nitric acid, and decomposes into several bodies. 5th. Valerol is constituted of stearoptene of valerian, resin and water ; and lastly, that valerol cannot be acidified by any process whatever. Purgative and Vermifuge Biscuits. — M. Fabre, of D' Aries, re- commends the following biscuits for medicinal use, viz : To medi- cate each biscuit add for : No. 1. For children between 5 and 10 years old. Precipitated sulphur, pure resin of jalap, and pure resin of scammony, of each a grain and a half. No. 2. For children from 10 to 15 years old. Precipitated sulphur 4 grs., resin of jalap and resin of scam- mony of each 3 grains. GLEANINGS FROM THE FRENCH JOURNALS. 415 No. 3. For adults. Precipitated sulphur 8 grains, resin of jalap and resin of scammony of each 5 grs. The powders are well mixed in the paste of the biscuit and baked in an oven, increasing the quantities to suit the number of biscuits to be made. Oil of Ground Nuts, (Araehis hypogea.) — According to M. Perrins, editor of the Jour, de Pharm. de Bordeaux, ground- nut oil may be used instead of olive oil for preparing leadplaster and medicated oils. It has the advantage of costing less than olive oil, and is less disposed to become rancid. [The ground- nut oil in use in Philadelphia has too much odor to replace olive oil for many purposes. — Editor.] Formation of Qyanide of Potassium in smoking Cigarettes of Belladonna and other Solaneo?. — M. Marchand, of St. Germain, (Repertoire de Pharmacie, Mai, 1850), states that cyanide of potassium is formed during the combustion of medicinal segars from the nitrogenous products of the alkaloid with the potassa of the nitrate of potassa found in them, and that cyanogen may be detected by drawing the smoke through a solution of potassa and testing with a persalt of iron. Oily Solution of Oleate of Binoxide of Mercury Prof. Janneb of Bordeaux, gives the following formula for making this mercu- rial preparation : Take of Pulverized red oxide of mercury 10 parts. Crude oleic acid 100 « Sweet oil of almonds 200 " Distilled water 300 « Introduce the whole into a flask, heat to 104° Fahr., during 48 hours, agitating from time to time. The oxide of mercury being dissolved, throw the contents of the flask on a filter ; the water passes rapidly, and after the paper has dried, the oily solution slowly passes through, requiring about thre e days for 9 ounces. The solution is limpid, amber colored, visc1d, odor analogous to oleic acid, and taste at first sweet but very dis- agreeable afterwards. It keeps well unless exposed to the direct solar rays, when the oxide of mercury is reduced and me Gallic mercury precipitated. It is used both internally and externally (Rep. de Pharm. Mai, 1859.) 416 GLEANINGS FROM THE FRENCH JOURNALS. Roman Chamomile. — M. Trimbal Lagrave, of Toulouse, (Rep. de Pharm. Avril, 1859) states that he has found this drug in French commerce adulterated with the flowers of Crysanthemum parthenium, Pers., and those of Matricara parthenoides, Derf. Elixir of Citro- Lactate of Iron. — M. Robineaud, {Jour, de Rharmacie,) gives the following recipe for this preparation ; Take of Citrate of the protoxide of iron, half a drachm. Lactate of the protoxide of iron, half a drachm. Distilled water, nineteen fluid drachms. Alcohol (80 p. ct.) fourteen fluid drachms. Simple syrup, twenty fluid drachms. Tincture of lemon peel, Tincture of cinnamon, each half a fluid drachm. Tincture of cloves, six drops. Caramel, q. s. Put the lactate of iron in powder in a capsule with the distilled water, heat gently till dissolved, add the proto-citrate of iron, which dissolves promptly, filter the solution into a bottle contain- ing previously the syrup and alcohol, and lastly, add the tinctures and caramel. On the Essence of Scurvy Grass, (Cochlearia officinalis) by M. Geiseler, (Arch, der R harm, and Jour, de Rharm. July, 1859.) The leaves of scurvy grass contain of organic matter 6.23 per cent, ashes 1.57 per cent ; and of water 92.19 per cent. The essential oil which these leaves afford by distillation with water- does not pre-exist in the plant, but is produced under the influ- ence of water and a peculiar ferment. According to M. Simons the dried leaves do not afford the oil unless bruised white mustard seeds are admixed with them to furnish the ferment. The younger leaves afford more oil than the old, about l-5000th. The seeds of the plant also yield the oil. Essence of scurvy grass has heretofore been considered to be identical with oil of mustard, but M. Geiseler finds it to be C6H50,S ; that is to say, oil of garlic plus one atom of oxygen. Essence of scurvy grass is very volatile, its odor recalls at the s&me time ether and horseradish, its density is 0.942, slightly soluble in water and very soluble in alcohol. Mixed with six or eight times, its volume of concentrated DETERMINATION OF TALLOW OR STEARIC ACID IN WAX. 417 solution of ammonia, it yields crystals which are fusible above 212° F. and have the composition C6H5OS,NH3 corresponding to thiosinnamin from oil of mustard. On the Constitution of Solania. — M. Otto Gmelin {Annal. der Chemie und Pharm. and Jour. dePharm. July, 1859), says, contrary to the received record, that solanin does not contain nitrogen, but is one of the glucosides, yields by the action of dilute acid solanidin and glucose, as observed by Zwenger and Kind. 100 parts of solanin yield 65.3 of glucose. The result following these facts is that solanin is not an organic base as heretofore considered. DETERMINATION OF TALLOW OR STEARIC ACID IN WAX. By E. Geith. The author considers that the detection of the adulteration of wax with tallow or stearic acid, can only be effected by an agent capable of separating the adulterating substances from the wax. After numerous experiments, he found in carbonate of soda a substance possessing this power. This salt, dissolved in water, and employed in excess, is able to saponify the tallow, and, con- sequently, also to combine with the stearic acid. The wax, however, is, under certain conditions, not at all, or only very slightly effected by it. But if pure white or yellow wax be boiled in a porcelain capsule, with an equal weight of carbonate of soda, and six times its weight of distilled water, and at the same time constantly stirred with a glass rod, until the bottom of the capsule begins to be coated with carbonate of soda, a not inconsiderable part, even of the purest wax, will become saponified. Whilst the mass is still hot, about six times its weight of alcohol, of eighty per cent., are to be added, and the whole rubbed down with a pestle, adding at the same time, gradually, about sixteen or eighteen parts of alcohol, of fifty per cent., until the undissolved parts are seen floating in the liquid, in a finely-divided state. The mixture is then to be placed on a filter. On the addition of excess of an acid to the filtered liquid, we obtain a rather abundant white or yellow pre- cipitate. This clearly proves that the wax contains a substance which is easily saponified by carbonate of soda. It was there- 418 DETERMINATION OF TALLOW OR STEARIC ACID IN WAX. fore, necessary to discover some means by which this saponifia- ble substance might be separated from those parts of the wax which can not be saponified by carbonate of soda, and at the same time, also, from the tallow and stearic acid. I found that alcohol answers this purpose ; it dissolves this saponifiable sub- stance in great quantity, whilst the dissolved proportions of tal- low and of stearic acid, and of the not saponifiable wax, are but very inconsiderable. In order, therefore, to detect an adulteration of wax, we must first examine whether it be adulterated with stearic acid. For this purpose, we put into a retort about two drachms of the wax, and pour over it one ounce of limewater, and one ounce of distilled water, and boil for some time. If the wax does actu- ally contain stearic acid, the liquid completely loses every trace of alkaline reaction. This fact has already been mentioned by others, but with the addition that the liquid throws down a pre- cipitate of stearate of lime. I must, however, contradict this observation, for, notwithstanding repeated experiments which I have made, I was not able to discover anything of the kind. I found, moreover, that even turbid lime water became clear, whether boiled with pure wax, or with wax adulterated with either tallow or stearic acid, but it did not lose its alkaline reac- tion in the two first cases. Lime water furnishes us, therefore, with an excellent test of the presence of stearic acid in wax. It is also useful in determining the quantity of stearic acid pre- sent ; for the more lime-water of constantly equal strength is deprived of its alkaline reaction, by a given quantity of wax, adulterated with stearic acid, the more of the latter must the wax contain. No stearic acid having been detected, the wax remains yet to be tested for tallow, which is done in the following way : One dram of wax is put with two ounces of alcohol, of eighty per cent., in a retort, boiled for a few seconds, and the whole quickly poured into another vessel, which contains one ounce of cold alcohol of eighty per cent. The retort is to be washed out with another ounce of boiling alcohol. After several hours, when quite cold, the mixture is filtered, and two ounces more alcohol, of eighty per cent., poured on the residue. After all the alcohol has passed through the filter, the latter is wrapped DETERMINATION OP TALLOW OR STEARIC ACID IN WAX. 419 up in a few sheets of filtering paper, and pressed between two bricks until it no longer appears moist. The wax is now placed in a porcelain capsule, with one dram of carbonate of soda and six drams of distilled water, and boiled until the bottom of the cup begins to be covered with carbonate of soda, constantly stirring it with a glass rod. One ounce of alcohol, of eighty per cent., is then to be added to the hot mass, and the whole rubbed down with a pestle, until the undissolved parts form a fine powder ; while, at the same time, a few ounces of alcohol, of fifty per cent., are gradually added. When cold, the whole quantity is carefully filtered and washed with alcohol, of fifty per cent., as long as the filtered liquid is rendered turbid, by a solution of neutral acetate of lead with acetic acid. The whole filtered liquid is now to be reduced by evaporation in a porcelain capsule to one ounce, and when perfectly cold, again filtered, and the residue washed with water mixed with alcohol, as long as the washings are rendered turbid by a solu- tion of acetate of lead, acidified by acetic acid. Having thus obtained about two ounces of liquid, it is to be poured into a medicine bottle, and well shaken ; if the wax was pure, a slight froth will form, but will disappear after a few minutes ; if, however, it was adulterated, with, even only to the extent of from two to four per cent., tallow or stearic acid, a very abundant froth forms itself, which does not disappear until after half or one hour. Another test may now be made, by adding to the liquid in the bottle an excess of acetic acid. If the wax was pure, the liquid will, at the most, become scarcely perceptibly opalescent, but not distinctly turbid. If it contains, however, tallow or stearic acid, a more or less abundant flakey precipitate will be formed after a short time, particularly if the bottle be shaken. Grad- ually these flakes rise to the surface of the liquid. If it is de- sired to determine the quantity of tallow or stearic acid present, the liquid is not to be mixed with acetic acid, but is to be treated in the following manner : Add to it a solution of acetate of lead as long as a precipitate falls down, then add acetic acid until the liquid acquires a distinct acid reaction. The precipitate is to be allowed to fall down, for several hours, then placed on a filter, weighed, dried in a temperature of 212Q Fahr., and washed 420 DETERMINATION OF TALLOW OR STEARIC ACID IN WAX. with cold distilled water, as long as the washings become brown, by the addition of sulphuretted hydrogen water. Then place the residue in a small porcelain capsule, and weigh it again, after having perfectly dried it in a temperature of 212° Fahr. If the wax is pure, one dram of the original precipitate will have been reduced to one-half two-thirds grain. If ten per cent, of tallow were mixed with it, the precipitate will now weigh two to two-and-half grains. If twenty per cent, tallow, it will be three three-fourths to four one-fourth grains. Unfortunately, the quantity of the precipitate is not constant, even with the utmost care. The quantitative adulteration of wax by stearic acid is more easily detected ; for one dram of wax, adulterated with five per cent, of stearic acid, gives, when treated in the above manner, 2 to 2§ grains of precipitate ; with ten per cent., 4 to 4| grains; with twenty per cent., eight to nine grains. The yellow wax does not materially differ in this respect from white wax, and its adulteration can be detected in the same way. POSTSCRIPT BY DR. BUCHNER. The author of the foregoing prize essay has accompanied his brochure with ten samples of wax. — 1, perfectly pure white wax ; 2, white wax adulterated with two and-a-half, five, ten, twenty, thirty and fifty per cent, stearic acid ; 3, white wax adulterated with five, ten and twenty per cent, of tallow. The judges have come to the conviction that these adulterations could only ap- proximately be discovered by an exact comparison of the melting degree, and of the specific weight, if the chemical test of My. Geith was not made use of. The sensible properties, smell, color, brilliancy, transparency, softness, toughness, fracture and texture, are not safe indications for an adulteration, and al- though wax, mixed with equal proportions of stearic acid, is, in a cold state, considerable more brittle and less soft and pliable than pure wax, still this difference is, in an adulteration with twenty to thirty per cent, of tallow or stearic acid, not great enough, as to discover with certainty the degree of adultera- tion. M. Lepage, of Gisors, has compared the different melting points of pure bees-wax and of tallow, and also of given mix- DETERMINATION OP TALLOW OR STEARIC ACID IN WAX. 421 tures of these two substances, and has found that it is possible, by means of this physical test, to discover with certainty the purity or adulteration of wax. M. Legrip, of Chambon, has closely examined this wax test of Lepage, and found it perfectly correct and safe, as far as no great exactness with regard to the quantity of the admixed tallow is required.* This method has this advantage — that it is easily performed, not expensive, and causes no great waste of wax. It is done in the following man- ner : In a quantity of melted wax the bulb of a thermometer is immersed, so that it is covered with a moderately thick coat of wax, and when perfectly cold, the thermometer is fastened with a cork into a retort with a long neck, so that the bulb of the thermometer is suspended in the body of the retort. The latter is then placed in a vessel filled with water, which is slowly heated over a moderate fire, the globe and the scale being closely watched. As soon as the wax begins to melt and to drip off, the degree of temperature is marked down and composed with the following scale, given by Lepage and Legrip : Pure tallow melts at 46° 0. A mixture of 19 parts of tallow, and 1 of white wax, at 47.0 C. " 7 " " 1 " 49.5 C. " 5 " « 1 " 52.5 C. " 3 " " 1 « 55.5 C. " 1 " " 1 " 59.0 C. «• 1 " « 3 " 60.5 0. " 1 " " 5 " 61.5 C. " 1 " " 7 " 62.5 C. « 1 « « 11 " 63.0 C. " 1 " " 19 " 64.0 C. Pure white wax * 64.0 C. Pure yellow wax , 64.0 C. The difference between the melting point of wax and that of tallow is, therefore, 18°, which gives sufficient scope for com- parison ; still the melting point of a mixture of given parts of wax and tallow, cannot be determined by calculation, if the melting points of wax and tallow alone are given ; for, accord- ing to theory, a mixture of fifty parts of wax and fifty parts of tallow, should melt at 55° C. as =55, but experimentally it was found to be at 59Q C ; we must, moreover, observe here, * Jour. de. Chim. Med., 1845, p. 34. 422 DETERMINATION OP TALLOW OR STEARIC ACID IN WAX. that the melting points found by Legrip do not quite agree with those given by Lepage. M. Legrip is, therefore, of opinion, that a more correct cereo- meter could be obtained by comparing the specific weights of wax and tallow. He found the specific weight of the white and yellow wax to be =0.962, and that of tallow — 0.881. If, how- ever, these data be compared with those given by other experi- menters, we find also here considerable discrepancies ; for, ac- cording to Muschenbrock and Brisson, the specific weight of the yellow wax is 0.960 — 0.964, and that of white wax, 0.966 — 0.968. The specific weight of sheep tallow Mushenbrock found to be = 0.943, and Brisson, =0.923- That of bullocks' tallow is after M. —0.955, and after B. = 0.923, consequently much greater than Legrip has found it. The principles of Legrip's cereometer is, however, notwith- standing these differences, correct and worthy of notice ; it is this — alcohol, of a given specific weight, is diluted with so much water, that the wax placed in it at a temperature of 15° C. neither sinks nor swims on the surface of the fluid, but keeps in the middle of the same ; it is, then, only necessary to employ the areometer, in order to determine from the specific weight of the alcohol, the purity or the degree of adulteration of the wax. Assuming the specific weight of the wax to be =0.962, its purity is established, if it keeps in the midst of alcohol of this specific weight, or of 29° by Gay Lussac's areometer, whilst a specific weight of 0.881 or 46° after Gay Lussac, indicates the pure tallow. A mixture of these two standard fluids, taken at equal parts, represents a mixture of equal proportions of weight of wax and tallow, and corresponds with 37°. 5 on Gay Lussac's areometer : 33°. 3 G. L. areometer =75 wax and 25 tallow. 37°.5 « « =50 " « 50 « 41°.7 " « =25 " •< 75 « 46°. 0 " « — 0 " « 100 « The Druggist. ON THE LEAVES OF WILD CHERRY. 423 THE LEAVES OF WILD CHERRY. (Cerasus serotina.) Br William Procter, jr. The poisonous nature of the leaves of the wild cherry tree has long been known. Dr. Coxe, in his Dispensatory, (edition 1806,) says, " The distilled water of the leaves is a powerful poison to different animals, which seems dependent on the presence of the same principles which exist in peach kernels, &c, lately shown to be prussic acid." It is usual to import the " Aqua Lauro- cerasi" of the foreign Pharmacopoeias to meet the demand of physicians for this form of hydrocyanic acid. It is believed that the distilled water of the leaves of wild cherry may be sub- stituted for it with perfect reliability and equal uniformity. The question has been asked, whence comes the volatile oil and prus- sic acid of the cherry laurel leaves ? Does amygdalin exist in them ? Liebig was not able to detect amygdalin in the cherry laurel leaf. He believes that the oil is secreted in the leaf, like other volatile oils, ready formed, but probably derived from pre-existing amygdalin in the circulation of the plant. This view is rendered probable by experiments in the paper on amyg- dalin, before quoted, in which the presence of amygdalin in 3mall quantity was detected in the alcoholic extract of dried wild cherry leaves. To ascertain the hydrocyanic acid value of the leaves, 1,000 grains, recently gathered, were cut and bruised quickly, put in a bottle, with twelve fluid ounces of water, ma- cerated twenty-four hours, and distilled till three fluid ounces had passed over. The first ounce was quite milky, the volatile oil in suspension soon separating from it, and collecting in glo- bules at the bottom of the receiver. The greater part of the oil and the acid were in this portion, because, when the other two ounces of water had distilled, they re- dissolved the oil, and retained it in solution. 1,000 grains of this distilled water, when treated with a weak solution of nitrate of silver, afforded 3.25 grains of cyanide of silver, indicating 0.65 grains of anhy- drous hydrocyanic acid in that quantity of the distilled water. It is believed, that if the quantity of distilled water was made equal in weight to the leaves distilled, that the strength of the water would amount to one-tenth of one per cent, which is that of the best cherry laurel water. 424 ON THE POISONOUS PROPERTIES OP OIL OF ELEMI. M. Cap found that cherry laurel leaves, between the 15th of June and the 15th of August were very uniform in composition, and that the distilled water made during that season was reliable, if the process was conducted with the requisite care. M. Des- champs determined that water distilled from the unbruised leaves after twenty-eight hours' maceration, contained thirty-five per cent less hydrocyanic acid than that from the same leaves, after they were properly bruised. He is also of the opinion that about five drops of sulphuric acid added to each pint of cherry laurel water very much increases its permanence. As the wild cherry grows in all section of the Union, it will afford to the country physicians a source of hydrocyanic acid easily attainable, and as reliable as cherry laurel water. — Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc. 1858. ON THE POISONOUS PROPERTIES OF THE ETHEREAL OIL OF ELEMI. By Dr. Emil Mannkoff. The ethereal oil of elemi is obtained from the resin of elemi, brought from Brazil and Yucatan. It is found in the resin in very valuable proportions, but on the average it may be consid- ered to exist in the quantity of about six per cent. The oil is transparent, almost colorless, having a smell which is not un- pleasant, and a somewhat acrid and bitter taste. It is insolu- ble in water, but is easily disolved in alcohol or ether. Ac- cording to Stenhouse and Deville, the analysis of the oil of elemi gave the formula of C5 H8. Dr. Mannkoff made a series of experiments on rabbits and frogs, with a view of ascertaining the operation of the oil upon the animal economy. In the case of the rabbits, the oil was in- jected into the stomach by means of an elastic catheter ; in frogs the same operation was partially resorted to, but in some the oil was injected under the skin of the back. In a few cases the oil was applied locally on particular parts of the frogs. The conclusions drawn by Dr. Mannkoff as to the operation of the oil of elemi on animals are the following : namely, that when applied to the intestinal tract, it produces hemorrhagic ON THE POISONOUS PROPERTIES OF OIL OF ELEMI. 425 erosions and numerous functional disturbances in the stomach ; and in the intestines, increased peristaltic action and sensation of pain, succeeded by paralysis and anaesthesia. The oil acts in a similar manner wherever it is applied directly. After ab- sorption it paralyses the sensitive portion of the nervous sys- tem and the nervus vagus. Hence arise, — 1. Acceleration and increased strength of the movements of the heart, and consequent- ly increased diuresis, which is connected with an inflammation of the kidneys to a greater or less extent, and perhaps of the bladder, produced by a specific irritation of the poison ; and there is afterwards a sensation of thirst. 2. The diminution and grad- ual suppression of the respiration occasioned by atelectasis and emptying of the lungs, and diminution of temperature, with which deficient nutrition is associated as a cause. In the second place, when paralysis of the heart is at last produced, death ensues, probably due to the abolition of the functions of the brain. In concluding his paper, Dr. Mannkoff introduces the ques- tion as to the use which may be made of the ethereal oil of elemi as an internal remedy. In this point of view three circum- stances ought to be taken into consideration. 1. The increase of the heart's contractions. 2. The increase of diuresis. 3. The anaesthetic effects on the sensitive nerves. The oil might probably be given in the cases in which oil of turpentine is found useful, for both oils coincide very much in their medicinal pro- perties. Perhaps the oil of elemi might be preferable from its less unpleasant taste. The question may be asked whether the oil of elemi might not cause inflammation of the kidneys when given in a sufficient dose ; but this point can only be determined by experiments on the living subject. Still, since oil of turpen- tine produces a decided effect in neuralgia, as is proved by the operation of this oil on the sensitive nerves, Dr. Mannkoff be- lieves that experiments with oil of elemi in similar cases would be completely justified. — Brit, and For Med. Rev. from Vir- chow 's ArcJiiv filr Path. Anat. und Phys. und fur Klinische Med. 1859. 426 QUININE IN CINCHONA BARE. PROCESS FOR ASCERTAINING THE PROPORTION OF QUININE IN CINCHONA BARK. This process, published by M. Guillermond in the < Gazette Medicale' of Lyons, is a modification of one already published by the same writer in 1847. The following is the process : Take twenty grammes of yellow bark, powder it without leaving any residue, and pour upon the powder alcohol at 76°, in suffi- cient quantity to form a soft paste, which is to be heated for a few minutes until the fibre is thoroughly penetrated by the liquid ; then introduce into the paste ten grammes of hydrated lime in fine powder : mix thoroughly, so as to form a homoge- neous mass, which is to be heated on a plate until all humidity is completely eliminated. This powder is afterwards to be treated with 100 grammes of rectified sulphuric ether, which will dissolve and remove all the quinine. This ether is then to be rapidly evaporated at the heat of boiling water, and the resi- due will contain only the quinine and a small proportion of a yellow coloring matter, which may be neglected. In order to determine the quantity of quinine obtained, either of the three following methods may be adopted : 1. Dry completely the ethereal residue. Its weight will give that of the quinine, plus the portion of coloring matter, the quantity of which is insignificant. 2. Dissolve the residue in a little alcohol and acidulate it with very dilute sulphuric acid, the saturating power of which for quinine is ascertained. For this purpose a graduated tube may be employed, so that a given quantity of the dilute acid corresponds to one gramme of quinine. 3. Weigh the sulphate of quinine which is obtained. It may be dried in a few moments by exposing it to the sun or to the heat of a stove. This process, according to M. Guillermond, is recommended by its simplicity, and the celerity with which the result is ob- tained, for only about three hours are required in the operation : and the plan possesses the additional advantage of separating completely the whole of the alkaloid. — Brit, and For. Med. Rev. from Bull. Gen. de Ther. Oct. SOth, 1858. ON THE AMOUNT OF TANNIN IN TANNING MATERIALS. 427 QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION OF THE AMOUNT OF TAN- NIN IN TANNING MATERIALS. By Gustav Muller. The precipitant employed by the author for the determination of the tannin in fluids is a solution of gelatin, which has al- ready been made use of for the same purpose ; but the author has convinced himself by numerous experiments, that an accu- rate determination of tannin by means of solution of gelatin cannot be made directly, inasmuch as the yellowish-brown pre- cipitate of gelatin containing tannin, or tannate of gelatin, thus produced, is never so completely separated from the solu- tion that the supernatant fluid remains perfectly clear, which, however, must be the case if the precipitation of the tannin by solution of gelatin be adopted for the quantitative determina- tion of the tannin in fluids. After many trials, the author found that the addition of a small quantity of alum to the solution of gelatin furnished a suitable means to enable tannin to be precipitated without any difficulty from any fluids containing it, so that it might be deter- mined with the greatest exactitude ; the separation of the pre- cipitate (tannate) takes place so rapidly and completely that in the course of a few minutes the fluid over the precipitate appears quite limpid, and consequently may be immediately tested for any possible residue of tannin. For this purpose, according to the author, the best plan is to employ two watch-glasses, placed upon a black ground to enable the reaction to be detected with more ease ; a few drops of the fluid standing over the pre- cipitate are taken up with a little stick and dropped into each watch-glass, and then into one glass two drops of the aluminous solution of gelatin, and into the other a drop of solution of tan- nin or decoction of galls ; a distinct rod should be used for each test-fluid in order to avoid mistakes. In this way, by the tur- bidity produced, we may detect on the one hand the smallest quantities of tannin, and on the other, the smallest traces of gelatin, in case the quantity necessary for precipitation should have been exceeded. To avoid the latter occurrence, the solu- tion of gelatin is only dropped into the solution of tannin un- 25 428 ON THE AMOUNT OF TANNIN IN TANNING MATERIALS. der examination, but this is continued uninterruptedly until on the falling of a drop upon the surface, the characteristic ring of tannate of gelatin is no more to be detected. When this mo- ment occurs, it is necessary that the precipitation should be in- terrupted for a time, and that the fluid, which appears limpid after a lapse of a few minutes, should be tested for tannin. The little trouble attending this operation should not prevent its being done frequently, in order that no more of the aluminous solution of gelatin may be employed than is just necessary for the precipitation of the tannin, as the amount of the latter is finally calculated from that of the gelatin. In order to ascertain how much aluminous solution of gelatin represents a given quantity of pure tannin, 5 grs. of the latter were dissolved in half an ounce of distilled water, and precipi- tated with the greatest care. After repeating the experiment five times, the author found that 155 grs. of the solution of ge- latin were required for this purpose. Consequently a decoction of J ounce of oak-bark, if 1 ounce (=480 grs.) of aluminous so- lution of gelatin were employed in its precipitation, would have contained 15 Jj- grs. of tannin, in accordance with the formula 155:5: : 480 ; 152* ' 31 The quantity of solution of gelatin employed for the deter- mination of tannin is ascertained by accurately weighing a 3 or 4 ounce glass filled with it, and ascertaining the difference of weight after the precipitation ; this difference of course indicates the quantity of solution of gelatin employed. For the preparation of the aluminous solution of gelatin, 4 ounces of distilled water are weighed in a phial ; into this 1 drachm of ordinary clean joiner's glue, crushed a little, is put, when the glass, surrounded with paper, is placed in a vessel of water, and set upon the fire. When the glue is dissolved, which takes place without any residue when the so-called Russian glue is made use of, 15 grs. of pure powdered alum are added to the hot fluid, which is then shaken round several times, and may be kept, well-stoppered, in a dark place. The substances (about 50 — 100 grs.), the amount of tannin in which is to be ascertained, are to be extracted for a few min- utes with as much distilled water as will cover them ; and this INTRODUCTION OF THE CINCHONA INTO INDIA. 429 process must be repeated from four to six times, with constant stirring, so as to exhaust them as much as possible. The decoc- tions are poured off each time, without straining ; the fluids, to which the residue is finally added, are collected in a beaker, but the determination of the tannin must not be proceeded with un- til they are cold. In dropping in the cold solution of gelatin, a small rod must be employed to prevent it from flowing out in a stream, by which, especially towards the close of the experi- ment, the precipitation might easily be exceeded. It is also well to allow the exhausted residue to remain in the fluid, as it assists greatly in the rapid separation of the tannate of gela- tin. The determinations effected by the author in the way above described gave the following results : — Grains of Tannin. 100 grs. of young oak bark, . . . 13| 1 " " of oak bark from a tree 100 years old . 81A " « Eschurg oak-bark . . . 1911 " " Pine-bark from young stems . . 122.-8. " " of native galls .... 50-1 " " of Divi divi .... 49^ " " of Sumach .... 1911 « « of Tormentilla root .... 3314 " " of American bark (the so-called Mimosa- bark, probably belonging to a cinchon- aceous plant) .... 31g5T " " of best gall-nuts . . . 77l| " " of Chinese galls (from Rhus semi-alatum) 65|| Chem. Gaz. from Eisner's Techniseh-cliemische Mittheilungen fur 1857-1858, p. 45; Polytechn. Oentralblatt, 1859, p. 56. INTRODUCTION OF CINCHONA INTO INDIA, We have great satisfaction in stating that steps have been taken for the realization of this important project, for we understand that Mr. Clement Markham has been appointed by the Government to proceed to the Cinchona districts of South America for the purpose of obtaining seeds and plants of some of the more valuable species of Cinchona, and of transporting 430 ON A NEW SOURCE OF AMMONIA. them to India, where there is good reason to hope their acclima- tization will be as successful as it has already been in Java. We are glad to hear that Mr. Markham is well acquainted with the Cinchona districts, and has a thorough knowledge of the Spanish language. Such qualifications, when accompanied by good botanical acquirements, can scarcely fail to achieve suc- cess in so important an undertaking, and we sincerely trust that all who are in any position to assist Mr. Markham will do so cheerfully, and then we have little doubt the experiment will be entirely successful. We take this opportunity of correcting an error which many Pharmaceutical Chemists and others have fallen into, with reference to the supposed discovery of a species of Cinchona in Africa by Dr. Livingstone. The plant thus thought to be a Cinchona is a species of Malouetia, Nat. Ord. Apocynacece, This plant, like several others of the order to which it belongs, possesses febrifugal properties, but it contains no quinine or other alkaloid resembling it, as supposed by Livingstone Pharm. Journ., London, July 1, 1859. ON A NEW SOURCE OF AMMONIA. Mr. Alexander Williams, of Neath, in a letter to the Joural of the Society of Arts, has suggested a means of economizing the waste nitrogen products escaping from the oil of vitriol chamber, by effecting their conversion into ammonia. This is done by passing the escaping gasses, mixed with steam, over heated charcoal, and then into dilute sulphuric acid, by which sulphate of ammonia is obtained. The following is Mr. Williams's description of the arrange- ment he employs, and which has been tried on a large scale at the Pontardawe Vitriol Works. The apparatus fitted up was of the following description : — A furnace was built above the exit tube of one of tl eir vitriol chambers, and a brick gas retort, about 14 inches in diameter, 8 feet long, and open at both ends, was passed through its whole length. This retort was filled with charcoal, and kept at a red heat ; the exit tube of the chamber, and a steam-jet to supply ACTION OF CHLORIDE OF ZINC ON FATS. 431 the hydrogen, were attached to one end, whilst to the other end was fixed an upright leaden cylinder, filled with coke, and moistened with diluted sulphuric acid. On passing the waste gases and steam through the retort containing red-hot char- coal, both were decomposed, the oxygen of each uniting with the charcoal to form carbonic acid ; the nitrogen and hydrogen combining to form ammonia ; then together, probably forming carbonate of ammonia, which was again decomposed by the diluted sulphuric acid, the sulphate of ammonia being found remaining in solution. This solution was then evaporated, and in July, 1857, I first had the pleasure of obtaining any quan- tity of crystals of sulphate of ammonia, by this process, from a vitriol chamber in actual work. Mr. Williams does not intend to make this process the subject of a patent Pharm. Journal, July, 1859. SAPONIFICATION OF FATTY BODIES BY MEANS OF CHLORIDE OF ZINC. By Leon Keafft and Tessie du Mottay. The object of the authors' investigations was the discovery for some South American merchants of the means of transforming the fatty bodies of their countries into stearic acid, and after- wards into candles. The conveyance of sulphuric acid by sea was to be avoided, on account of its danger. Struck by the great analogy of the action of sulphuric acid and chloride of zinc upon organic matters, they thought of ap- plying the latter to the saponification of the neutral fatty bodies. Economically the idea was very feasible, as fused chloride of zinc may be obtained at Marseilles for 25 francs per 100 kilo- grammes ; when packed in cases or casks, it may be conveyed anywhere without inconvenience. The application remained to be realized. When any neutral fatty body is heated with anhydrous chlo- ride of zinc, the latter melts and disappears as the temperature rises. Between 302Q and 392° F. the mixture of the two bodies is complete. If the temperature be then sustained for some time, and the product washed several times with hot water, or, 432 ACTION OF CHLORIDE OF ZINC ON FATS. still better, with water acidulated by hydrochloric acid, a fatty body is obtained, which, when distilled, furnishes the correspond- ing fatty acids with an insignificant production of acroleine. The washing-waters carry off nearly all the chloride of zinc em- ployed, which can be again prepared for use by evaporation. The fatty acids are thus produced in as great quantity as by the ordinary methods ; they have the same aspect, qualities and melting-point as those produced in manufactories where the dis- tillation is effected after the sulphuric saponification. To operate well and quickly, the mixture of the neutral fatty body and chloride of zinc must be heated rapidly until the moment when, in consequence of the violent reaction of the two bodies upon each other, aqueous vapors are evolved in abundance. The washing with acidulated water after saponification may be avoided, but then the products of the distillation are softer. If the distillation be hastened by means of a current of super- heated steam, this defect may be corrected in a great degree. In all cases steam allows harder and less colored products to be obtained with rapidity. The quantity of chloride of zinc neces- sary for a good saponification varies from 8 to 12 per cent, of the weight of the neutral fatty body. The following are some of the authors' experiments : — Tallow. — Experiment 1. 300 parts of tallow, fusible at 100e F. After saponification and washing 284 ; loss by saponifica- tion, 5 per cent. After distillation with steam, 250 parts of substance fusible at 113° F. ; loss by distillation, 13 per cent. Experiment 2. 2000 parts of fat fusible at 100° F., and 240 parts, or 12 per cent, of chloride of zinc. After saponification the fusing-point was 107°6 F. ; and after distillation, without steam, 113° F. Chloride of zinc recovered 215 parts. Palm-oil. — Experiment 1. 2160 parts of palm-butter fusible at 75Q F., and 12 per cent., or 260 parts of chloride of zinc. The product of saponification was fusible at 95° F., and that of distillation (without steam) at 113° F. Chloride of zinc re- covered, 211. Experiment 2. Palm-butter. 195 of saponified product gave 175 of fatty body, fusible at 122° F. Experiment 3. 300 of palm-oil ; after saponification, 290 ; PREPARATION OF METALLIC COBALT. 433 loss, 3-3 per cent. 260 parts fractionally distilled with steam gave — - First product. . . 155 white crystallized, fusible at 131° F. Second product. . 32 yellowish " " « 91°4F. Third product . • 55 greenish yellow, consistence of honey. 242 Cocoa-nut Oil gave equally conclusive results. It requires a little more chloride of zinc, in consequence of the large quantity of water which it contains or produces. Oleic Acid 300 parts of oleic acid from a candle factory where the lime saponification is practised, treated when hot with 12 per cent, of anhydrous chloride of zinc, furnished on distilla- tion a solid white product weighing 170, and fusible at 89^.6 F., and a yellow product of butyraceous consistence weighing 60. This is a remarkable fact, and clearly shows the similarity of the action of chloride of zinc and sulphuric acid. By means of sul- phuric acid, 25 to 30 per cent, of solid fatty matter is obtained by distillation from oleic acid produced in the manufactories of candles where lime-saponification is practised. — London Ohem. Graz. April 15, 1859, from Oomptes Bendus, February 21, 1859- ON THE PREPARATION OF METALLIC COBALT. By William Sharswood. The attention of the author was attracted to this subject owing to a necessity of obtaining the element for the purpose of making researches in thermo-electricity. The source from which the author recommends the metal to be obtained is the chloride of purpureocobalt,* from the fact of its presenting the means by which a pure chloride of cobalt can be obtained with comparatively most ease and certainty. The formation of the chloride of purpureocobalt is effected by simply oxidizing the chloride of cobalt with ammonia by ex- posure to the air. It is not necessary to use a pure chloride of cobalt in forming * Researches on the Ammonia-Cobalt Bases, bj Walcott Gibbs and Fred. Aug. Genth, Chemical Gazette, vol. xv. p. 188. 434 PREPARATION OP METALLIC COBALT. the chloride of purpureocobalt ; any commercial oxide answer- ing, even in the presence of arsenic, nickel, iron, and other im- purities. A perfectly pure chloride of cobalt is easily prepared from this salt by heating it in a porcelain crucible until vapors of am- monia and chloride of ammonium cease to be driven off. The pure anhydrous chloride of cobalt thus obtained is characterized by beauty of color, forming pale blue talcose scales. To obtain the metal in a state of sponge, it is merely neces- sary to reduce the chloride by means of hydrogen. In order to fuse the metal, it is an indispensable precaution, to preserve its purity, that it be effected by means of the lime crucibles as employed by M. Sainte-Claire Deville. In connection with these crucibles, he uses a lamp of peculiar construction, in which the vapor of any liquid hydrocarbon, as oil of turpentine, is completely consumed by means of an artificial blast of air. By means of this instrument the fusion of felspar can be ac- complished with facility. It has been found that the platinum metals fused in these crucibles, present properties very different from those hraretofore attributed to them, the lime serving to deprive them of osmium and silicon. As much carbon becomes mixed with cobalt in the ordinary method of fusion, one of its characters, that of malleability, be- comes entirely destroyed ; and a piece of the metal thus pre- pared, when placed before the oxyhydrogen blowpipe, upon a brick, in which a groove had been cut for the purpose of obtain- ing it in the form of a bar, merely assumed an intumescent state, without exhibiting any tendency to enter the incision. Since this, M. Debray has found that pure molybdenum com- pletely withstands the temperature at which platinum, &c. be- come liquid; and that its melting-point, in a crucible of carbon before the oxyhydrogen blowpipe, is at a temperature at which rhodium fuses. He further states, however, that the fused mass was contaminated with from 4 to 5 per cent, of carbon. — Lond. Chem. Gf-az., June 15, 1859, from Proc. Charleston Nat. Hist. Soc. ON OXIDE OP ZINC. 435 ON OXIDE OF ZINC. By Charles Caspari. Hellot was the first who, in the year 1735, taught the prepa- ration of the Oxide of Zinc by the pyro-chemical process ; and formerly all the oxide used for pharmaceutical and medical pur- poses was prepared by the combustion of metallic zinc. It was this preparation which, in former years, acquired so high a reputation as a therapeutical agent, under the names of Calx Zinci, Flores Zinci, Lana Philosophica, Pompholix, Oxidum Zinci, Nihilum Album, etc. To prepare it in this manner, we expose metallic zinc to a red heat in a deep crucible, placed somewhat obliquely in a good blast furnace. The vapors, aris- ing from the zinc, will absorb oxygen from the air, take fire, and burn with a splendid greenish-blue shining flame. The oxide, thus formed, covers partly the sides of the crucible and partly the molten metal, in the form of white flocks, which have to be removed, now and then, with an iron spoon, so as not to interrupt the oxidation of the zinc, and to allow a free access of air. To remove all particles of metal, the oxide, when cold, is washed frequently with water, passed through a sieve, and then dried. The metallic zinc ordinarily occurring in commerce is never entirely free from other metals, and when oxidized in the above manner, part of the contaminating metals are also oxidized and will be mixed with the oxide of zinc. However, by using the better qualities of the metal, these im- purities are only trifling and seem not to have lessened its ap- plication for therapeutical purposes. Most of the oxide of zinc now in use is hydro-chemically prepared by precipitating a pure salt of zinc in such a manner as to decompose it either with carbonate of ammonia, or with carbonate of soda. The follow- ing mode of preparation seems to answer well all the demands required of it, both as to cheapness as well as the quality of the product thereby obtained. Dissolve 17 ozs. of carbonate of soda in 6 pints of water ; after filtration, heat the solution to the boiling point, and add to it, by degrees, continually stirring, a filtered solution of 16 ozs. pure sulphate of zinc in 3 pints of water. The precipitate thus obtained is not gelatinous, but more loose powder-like, and 0 436 ON OXIDE OF ZINC. is deposited, therefore, very quickly, and is also very easily washed out. To obtain a good precipitate, it is necessary to have the solution of soda heated to boiling, and then to add to it the solution of the sulphate of zinc. By mixing the solutions cold and by pouring the solution of soda into that of the zinc, a thick, gelatinous, bulky precipitate is produced, and it can not be avoided, that some sub-sulphate of zinc, or some other basic combination of sulphuric acid, is formed with the oxide ; all, or any, of which can not so easily be washed out from the precipi- tate, on account of their difficult solubilities. To avoid, therefore, these inconveniences, Schindler proposed to add the solution of zinc to that of soda, and not to mix until the latter is heated to the boiling point. The object of treating in this manner is perfectly attained, and the formation of a basic salt entirely prevented. Although equal parts of carbonate of soda and of sulphate of zinc will decompose each other, yet it is preferable to use a small excess of the carbonate of soda, to prevent, more completely, the formation of any basic salt. The well washed and dried precipitate is then heated in a crucible, until diluted sulphuric acid no longer causes an effer- vescence ; when a small quantity, after having cooled, is tested with it. The zinc losing its carbonic acid at much less than red heat, it is, consequently, unnecessary to employ so high a temperature ; and Mohr, therefore, proposes to burn it in a glass matrass on an open coal fire, requiring only one-half the time and fuel in this way. For this purpose, the carbonate of zinc, triturated to fine powder, is put into a dry glass matrass and placed on an iron ring, or in a wire net, over a moderate coal fire. The carbonate of zinc, when heated, loses its water and carbonic acid, and appears, during their disengagement, as a liquid, apparently boiling in the centre. The matrass is heated cautiously, shaking it now and then until all the carbonic acid has passed off, and a small quantity, taken out after cooling, no longer effervesces when brought in contact with acids. The oxide will now appear like any other fine powder, adher- ing quite closely to the matrass. Small quantities can, by this method, be very readily prepared in a few minutes by heating them in a small matrass over a common spirit lamp. The same ON FLUID EXTRRCT OP YARROW. 437 result will be obtained by burning carbonate of zinc in a porce- lain dish over a moderate coal fire. The burning in a glass matrass will be preferred, after some practice, over all other methods ; giving the result in less time, less loss by dusting away, and no danger of the oxide being injured by dust and other impurities. Whenever carbonate of zinc is edulcorated with water until the salts of baryta no longer produce any re- action with it and then burned, after burning we see the reac- tion again taking place, though often only slightly, but always more or less. Mohr, therefore, recommends to rub down the oxide of zinc, with a little distilled water, to a fine pulpy mass, and to edulcorate it with hot distilled water, until no longer any reaction takes place. Furthermore, this has the effect of divid- ing and separating all those small lumps and granules generally produced by the burning ; and the preparation, after being dried again, will have a finer appearance and be considerably whiter than before.-— Journ. Trans. Md. Col. of JP harm., June, 1859. FLUID EXTRACT OF YARROW. By Chares Tilyard. Having been requested by a medical friend to make for him (for use in his own case) some condensed form of the herb, and inasmuch as no preparation of the kind was obtainable, I was induced to experiment for the purpose ; the result was the pro- duction of an extract satisfactory to him, beneficial in his own case, and in the case of others for whom he has prescribed it. Yarrow, though heretofore used in domestic practice only, and then in the form of an infusion, possesses properties sufficiently medicinal and valuable to warrant it in assuming its proper place among officinal preparations. The Physician above referred to informs me, that it possesses tonic, astringent and expectorant properties to a degree not generally known to the profession, and which requires in his estimation, more attention than has heretofore been bestowed upon it. The following is the plan I have adopted, as producing after several trials, the most satisfactory results. Take of Yarrow (the recently dried herb) in coarse powder eight ounces, (offici- 438 ACTION OF NITRIC ETHER ON IODIDE OF POTASSIUM. nal) alcohol diluted (2 parts 95 per cent, alcohol and one part water) a sufficient quantity. Pour over the powdered herb, four ounces of the diluted alcohol, and work through with the hands until thoroughly moistened, allow it to stand in a covered jar for 24 hours. Pack closely in a funnel or other displacer and proceed to displace, until twenty-four fluid ounces are obtained, which, if performed with proper care, will exhaust the herb, as tested, by tasting the droppings. The resulting liquid should be exposed in a shallow dish (in summer to a draft of air under an open window, in winter on a shelf near the top of the room) and allowed to evaporate spontaneously until it measures sixteen fluid ounces. Thirty or forty grains bi-carb. potassa in powder may then be added, which retains the extractive in solution and clears the liquid, without interfering with its properties. The evaporation of this fluid extract may be continued, if de- sired, with a very gentle heat (in a water-bath) until reduced to the consistence of an ordinary extract. The result in either case, fluid or solid, possesses in a marked degree the sensible and other properties of the herb, each teaspoonful representing 30 grains of the herb. — Journ. Trans. Md. Col. of Pharm., June, 1859. NOTE ON THE ACTION OF NITRIC ETHER UPON IODIDE OF POTASSIUM. By E. JlJNCADELLA, The action of nitric ether upon iodide of potassium is very complex; amongst other products hydriodic ether and a little ordinary ether are formed. Equivalent proportions of iodide of potassium and nitric ether, mixed with their volume of alcohol, were put into a tube and sealed up, and then heated to 212° F. for 15 hours ; the tube, opened after cooling, evolved a small quantity of gas, and con- tained a liquid strongly colored by free iodine. By distilling it, hydriodic and ordinary ether were separated. The ordinary ether appears to result from the action of the hydriodic ether upon alcohol in an acid liquid, in accordance with the experiments of Eeynoso. The gaseous products and PREPARATION OF ANHYDROUS SULPHURIC ACID. 439 the free iodine are also due to some secondary reaction produced by the oxidizing action of the nitric acid. The reaction which furnishes hydriodic ether is a new exam- ple of slow decomposition between a salt and an ether ; it is represented by the equation C4H50,N05+KI= C4H5I + KO,N05. Lond. Chem. Gaz., May 16, 1859. — From Comjotes Rendus, Feb. 14, 1859. ON THE PREPARATION OF ANHYDROUS SULPHURIC ACID. By M. Osann. Nordhausen sulphuric acid has a spec. grav. of 1-856, and only boils at 550° F. The consequence of these two properties is that in the reoccupation of the space formed at the bottom of the retort by the vapors of the acid, a percussion takes place which may easily break the retort. To prevent such an accident, the author made use of a well- known means, consisting in the introduction of a coiled up pla- tinum wire into the acid. It is necessary that one end of the wire should touch the bottom of the vessel, and the other pro- ject above the surface of the fluid. By this means the distilla- tion of sulphuric acid may be effected over an Argand lamp without any danger. In this case the author remarked that the distillate contained a much larger quantity of anhydrous sulphuric acid than is ob- tained by distillation without the platinum wire. The receiver was placed in a water-bath at 50° F. White flakes were then seen in the distillate ; they gradually increased, and it was observed that about half the acid became consoli- dated into a white mass of anhydrous sulphuric acid. If the receiver be taken out of the water-bath and exposed to the air, a portion of the distillate evaporates, whilst the rest solidifies to anhydrous acid. The author makes the following remarks in explanation of this fact. The boiling-point of a fluid depends partly upon its individual nature, partly upon the pressure of the atmosphere, and lastly, in part upon the pressure exerted by superior strata of fluid upon the lower ones, supposing the heat to be applied from be- low. If the uppermost stratum of the fluid be brought to the 440 ACRID PRINCIPLE OF RANUNCULUS SCELERATUS. boiling-point, there is only the pressure of the atmosphere to be overcome ; but if, on the contrary, the lowest stratum be heated to boiling, the pressure of the upper strata is to be overcome besides that of the atmosphere. The fluid must, therefore, in this case, boil at a higher temperature ; but if there be in it a coiled platinum wire, passing from below upwards, the heat will be conducted from the bottom to the superior strata, and the uppermost stratum will boil sooner than the lowest. Now it is evident that as oil of vitriol is a mixture of anhydrous and hy- dra ted acid, and the former boils at a lower temperature than the latter, the anhydrous acid will carry over more of the hy- drated acid with it when the distillation is carried on at a high temperature, than when it is effected at a lower one. If, there- fore, the uppermost stratum boils, comparatively very little of the hydrated acid can be carried over. The author, however, thinks it not improbable that the catalytic action of the plati- num may have something to do with the effect produced. — Ibid., from VerhandL der Wurzburger phys.-med. Gfesellsch., Oct. 30, 1858. ON THE ACRID PRINCIPLE OF RANUNCULUS SCELERATUS. By 0. L. Erdmann. In compliance with the request of Professor Clarus, who is in- vestigating the physiological and therapeutical action of Pulsa- tilla and other Ranunculaceae, the author made some experiments with the acrid principle of Ranunculus sceleratus. The fresh juice mixed with the aqueous liquid from the second expression of the plant, with the addition of water, yields an acrid clear distillate of a disagreeable odor, which, whether kept in open vessels, or in well filled and corked vials, is ren- dered milky, and gradually precipitates anemonic acid, which Schwarz obtained from the aqueous distillate of Anemone Pulsatilla s. Pulsatilla pratensis. Dr. Trommsdorff remarks, that from a concentrated Aqua pulsatilla, anemonic acid, besides anemoninis separated in open and in well corked bottles; anemonic acid is precipitated first, anemonin afterwards ; the not con- centrated water only precipitates anemonic acid ; accordingly, ON THE WEIGHT OF DROPS. 441 it is not probable that anemonin by the atmospheric oxygen is oxydized to anemonic acid. Neither anemonic acid, nor anemonin, are volatilized with the vapors of water. The distillate of Ranunculus sceleratus, on being shaken with ether, imparted to it a yellowish color ; after evaporation of the ether, a golden yellow oil was left behind, heavier than water, vesicating when applied to the skin, and on smelling violently aifecting the eyes. It has no reaction on litmus, and contains no sulphur. It gradually hardens to a white horn- like mass, thereby losing its odor ; the supernatant aqueous liquid precipitated much flocculent anemonic acid. The moisture cannot be removed by chloride of calcium, the oil hardening the same as under water. Alcohol and chloroform extract anemonin from the hornlike mass, leaving anemonic acid behind. The acrid principle of Ranunculus sceleratus is a volatile oil, which is easily changed into anemonin and anemonic acid ; whether the contact of water or of air is necessary, could not be determined. Anemonic acid has no medicinal properties, ane- monin possesses very little acrimony, but acts as a narcotic poison. — Journ. f. praJct. Ohem. lxxv. — Buchners N. Repert. viii. 55-58. j. m. m. ON THE WEIGHT OF DROPS. By Dr. J. J. Bernoulli. The author was unable to find in pharmaceutical works any reliable facts concerning the weight of drops, and besides Mohr's, in his Pharmacopoeia Universalis, II. 915, very few ex- periments. All statements are mostly based upon arbitrary suppositions, like that of the Bavarian Pharmacopoeia of 1856, which states that " a drop is equal to 1 grain only of such liquids which are like chloroform considerably heavier than water." Evan L. Gmelin says in his " Handbook," « the cohesion of liquids is pretty nearly in proportion to their specific gravity." But the size of the drops must be dependent also on adhesion, and vary if dropped from vessels made of different material. There has been too little attention paid to this matter, which in many cases may probably give us a clearer insight into the 442 GLYCEROLE OF LEAP. purity of some liquids, and the standard strength of some phar- maceutical preparations than the specific gravity can do ; it is therefore to be recommended to make investigations with great accuracy, keeping in view the nature of the vessel, the tem- perature, the rapidity of dropping, and other circumstances cal- culated to affect the weight. The following are the medium results of the author's investigations, the figures in parenthesis denoting either the specific gravity, or the proportion of the articles contained in the liquids. 1 Swiss drachm= 3.9062 grammes, gave drops of Acetum plumbi (1.33) 42 Acidum aceticum 50 " hydrocyan. spirit 126 u muriat. cone. (1.15).. 48 " " dilut. (1.018) 46 u sulphur, cone, angl 100 " " dilut. (1:6) 70 .Ether 204 " aceticus 135 Alcohol sulphuris 104 Amylen 160 Aqua destillata 52 Bals. Copaivae 105 " Peruvianum 65 Chloroform 126 Elix. Acidum Halleri (1:1) 100 Kreosot 100 Liq. Ammonias caust 63 " Zinci muriat. (1:1) 47 Mixt. sulph. acida (1:3) 124 Mucilago Gi. arabici (1:3) 42 Oleum Amygdal. seth.. 80 « " dulc 89 " Anisi 113 « Carvi 118 " Caryophyl 108 " Chamom. aeth 146 " Croton Tigl 204 " Fceniculi 100 " Menthse pip 126 " Rosse 142 " Terebinth 105 Petroleum 130 Solutio Argenti nitr. (1:5) 64 " Arsenic. Fowl 67 Camphorae alcoh. (1:2) 140 « Extr. Bellad. (1:2) 126 " " Hyoscyami (1:2) 126 " Lactucarii Gallici (1:2) 84 " Morphiae acetat. (1:7) 48 " Plumbi acetat. (1:5) 27 " Potassae carbonat. (1:2)..... 36 " " nitratis (1:5) 45 " Potassii iodidi (1:1) 78 " Sodas carbonat.(l:3) 34 " " nitratis (1:2) 89 Spiritus aethereus 152 " camphoratus ..120 " muriatico-aether 150 " nitrico-aether — 150 " vini30°Beck 152 " " 20° " .. 141 Syrupus simplex 42 Tinctura Aloes (1:6) 124 1£ Castorei spirit ....120 Cincbon. comp 136 " Ferri pomati 89 <« Iodinii (1:11) 158 " Opii crocata 82 " " simplex 134 " Rhei vinosa 76 " Valerianae aether 158 Vinum Antimonii 71 —(Sohweizer. Zeitschr.f. Pharm. 1858, 97-100.) J. M. M. GLYCEROLE OF LEAD. By Charles Tiltard. The following is suggested as a substitute for Goulard's Cerate. This cerate, as is well known, becomes speedily rancid, and in mel nosm. 443 that state is more irritating than soothing to inflamed surfaces. The substitute does not change, is easily washed off with water, and can be reduced to any desired extent, for the purposes of a wash, with rose or distilled water. Pure Glycerin, ..... 13| oz. (fluid). Solution of Sub-acetate of Lead, . 2| oz. « Camphor, ...... i drachm. Triturate the camphor into powder with a few drops of alcohol, add the glycerin, heat in a water-bath until the camphor is dis- solved, when cool add the solution of lead and shake well to- gether. These proportions are those for Goulard's Cerate, substituting glycerin for the oil and wax. — Journ. Trans. Md. Col. of Pharm., June, 1859. MEL ROS^E. By Israel J. Grahame. In the preparation of Mel Rosse of the Pharmacopoeia a short time since, the writer was desirous of obtaining a result possess- ing more fully the characteristics contemplated by the formula, than any that he had seen made in accordance with it. Although it is a preparation of very limited use, yet it is believed that, if properly made, it would be more generally resorted to, not only as an agreeable but valuable astringent " addition to the gar- gles employed in inflammation and ulceration of the mouth and throat." The following formula will be found easy of execution and productive of a handsome and otherwise satisfactory result : Take of Red Rose leaves, in powder, (No. 50 sieve,) 2 ounces. Clarified Honey, ... 20 fluid ounces. Diluted Alcohol, . . . sufficient quantity. Oil of Roses, .... 4 drops. Dampen the powder with the diluted alcohol and pack moder- ately firmly in a glass funnel displacer — place over the surface a piece of perforated filtering paper, and pour on the menstruum ; set aside the first six fluid-drachms of liquid which pass, continue the percolation to exhaustion (about 6 fluid-ounces) — reduce this by water-bath at a temperature not exceeding 160° F., to ten 26 444 ORGANIC MATTER OF THE AIR. fluid-drachms, and having mixed this with the portion first ob- tained, add the oil of rose and mix the fluid extract thus made with the clarified honej. As thus prepared Honey of Roses is highly astringent, and possesses much richness of color and flavor. — Journ. Trans. Md. Col. PI i arm., June, 1859. ON THE ESTIMATION OF THE ORGANIC MATTER OF THE AIR. By Robert Angus Smith, Esq., Ph. D., F. R. S. After describing the opinions concerning organic matter in the air, and the various attempts made to estimate the amount, the lecturer described a method of obtaining the relative quan- tity by means of mineral chameleon, permanganate of potash or soda. This mineral had been proposed by Forchammer as a mode of estimating the organic matter in water, but it was capable of estimating quantities much more minute. At first the air was passed through the solution of chameleon, but this was not found to cause complete action. It was necessary that the air should remain for some time in contact with the solution to be decom- posed. It was then ascertained that the relative amount of or- ganic and other oxidizable matter in air could be found by a simple metrical experiment in a few minutes. The lecturer then said : — In working out this idea, it has been found that a vessel of the capacity of 80 to 100 cubic inches is the most convenient. This is equal to rather less than a quart and a half, [Imp. mea.] and rather more than a litre and a half. The solution of chameleon used must be extremely weak, so that small quantities cannot readily be distinguished by gaslight. 600 grains of it are required to decompose 5 grains of a standard solution of oxalic acid. The standard solution of oxalic acid is so made that 1000 grains neutralize 1 grain of carbonate of soda. A thousand grains contain therefore 1-184 grain of crys- tallized oxalic acid. To prepare the solution, a manganate was formed by heating nitrate and carbonate of soda and manganese, assisted by a little chlorate of potash. There was the most minute trace of nitrate ORGANIC MATTER OF THE AIR. 445 remaining in the solution. Perhaps chlorate of potash would have been better, but I had no idea at the time of the difficulty afterwards found in obtaining the same quality. A solution of this manganate was made in pure water, and carbonic acid passed through until a reddish purple shade was obtained. It was then tested by oxalic acid, adding three or four drops of pure sulphuric acid. The purest water obtainable was added to dilute it to the proper amount. This often failed; and I have sometimes for a whole week failed to obtain the proper solution. Although I call it permanganate, it is not entirely so ; it is a mixture of manganate and permanganate. A permanganate of the strength described has a dingy appearance and uncertain color. I do not doubt that a pure permanganate of a suitable strength may be obtained pleasant to work with. There is some difficulty in obtaining pure water for preparing the solution. If allowed to stand for some time with a manganate it becomes purified. The solution of chameleon is apt to change, although slowly, even when it is hermetically sealed in a glass tube. The solu- tion described had become nearly colorless when sealed up her- metically for about three months. It is found readily to change when it is exposed to air by frequent removal of the stopper of the bottle containing it. Its strength must be tested occasion- ally ; and if it differs from the standard, a calculation must be made for its reduction. The strength of the permanganate solu- tion is extremely small. A few grains of the ordinary solutions of manganese used will make some thousand grains of the solu- tion here employed. The reason of this lies in the extremely small amounts of organic matter found in even the worst air. The vessel used is simply a bottle with a perforated stopper, through which pass two tubes. To one of these a stopcock is attached, to the other a clasp or stopcock. The standard size proposed is 100 cubic inches ; and to this all the experiments have been reduced ; the vessels actually used contain between 80 and 100 cubic inches of air. The stopcock is of glass, or of hard caoutchouc, which is still better. When the bottle is to be filled with the air to be tested, the stopper is removed, and the pipe of an exhausting pump is inserted, reaching to the bottom of the bottle. The pump is made like a cylindrical bellows of about 8 446 ORGANIC MATTER OF THE AIR. inches long when stretched out, and about 4 in diameter, and is compressible into the thickness of about 2 inches. The sides are made of thin Mackintosh cloth. By the use of the pump the air of the vessel is removed, and the external air of course enters. A few strokes of the pump are sufficient, i. e. from 6 to 10. After ten strokes I perceive no change, and am inclined to think that it is an unnecessary number. The test liquid is poured into a graduated tube or burette, containing somewhat more than will be required. A portion is then poured into the tube which passes through the stopper, and the stopcock is opened to allow it to pass. Small quantities are used ; when it has entered the bottle, the liquid is made to spread over the sides, and time given it to be exposed to the action of the air ; it is found that in five or six minutes a decided epoch is attained from which to date the comparative action. In order to see the color the liquid must be allowed to trickle down the sides of the vessel, and collect itself at one point of the circumference at either end of the cylindrical part of the bottle. This part must be raised up to the level of the eye, so that the longest axis may be presented to the sight, and thereby the deepest shade of color. It requires some time to accustom one- self to the sight of such a small amount of color; but when it is once well observed, it will be found to be a method which will admit of the greatest precision. The first few drops which are poured in will probably be decolorized at once : a few drops more must then be added ; if they become decolorized, a few more must be used ; and so on until there is a perceptible amount of color remaining. When this occurs, the experiment is con- cluded. The amount of the reagent used is then read ofi° from the graduated measure. If the liquid be of the proper strength, and the bottle the required size, the number of grains gives the comparative quantity at once. Sometimes the amount of organic matter is so small that there is no appreciable action, on even the smallest amount of solution by one vessel of air. In this case it is necessary to fill the bottle several times. The mode of doing this is apparently extremely rude, but the results are such as not to demand a finer method at present. A finer method, of course, would need little ingenuity to contrive. At present I merely remove the stopper and fill again with air as ORGANIC MATTER OF THE AIR. 447 before. During the period of filling the vessel the surface of the liquid is reduced to its smallest amount, and the change it under- goes is either inappreciable, or so constant as not to affect the results. In analysing the air in this manner, it is found that a decided result is attained in about five minutes. Sometimes the result is decided in one ; that is, there is a termination to the rapid ac- tion. This peculiarity is probably to be explained by the follow- ing experiments. If we pour decomposing matter on the per- manganate solution, it is rapidly destroyed. If the matter be not in a state of decomposition, the action is much slower. These different results promise a mode of dividing the organic matter of the air into classes according to its quality. These facts are mentioned merely as germs of a future inquiry. In large towns, where coals containing much sulphur are burnt, the sulphurous acid takes the oxygen of the chameleon, and an ap- parently large amount of organic matter results. This sulphur- ous acid is of itself an impurity, perhaps as hurtful as some kinds of organic matter. We measure by this means the amount of oxygen needful for the oxidizable matter of the atmosphere, and all such matter is impurity, in some places entirely organic ; in others, such as towns, mixed with inorganic gases. Some of the principal results obtained by this method were as follows : — Relative quantities of Organic and other Oxidizable Matter in the Air of* Manchester (average of 131 experiments) . . . 52-9 " All Saints, E. wind (37 experiments) . . 524 " " W. wind, less smoky (33 expts.) 49-1 « « E. wind, above 70° F. (16 expts.) 584 « « « below 70° F. (21 expts.) 48-0 " In a house kept rather close . . . 60-7 In ajpigstye uncovered ....... 109-7 * A few of these result3 were published in the ' Athenaeum ' during last sum- mer. The present numbers are somewhat higher, being reduced, for the sake of uniformity, to correspond to a vessel of 100 cubic inches. 448 ORGANIC MATTER OF THE AIR. Thames at City, no odor perceived after the warmest weather of 1858 584 Thames at Lambeth ....... 43-2 " Waterloo Bridge 43-2 London in warm weather (six experiments) . . . 29.2 " after a thunder-storm ..... 12*3 In the fields S. of Manchester 13»7 " N. of Highgate, wind from London . . 12-3 Fields during warm weather in N. Italy . . . 6-6 Moist fields near Milan 18-1 Open sea, calm (German Ocean, 60 miles from Yarmouth) 3-3 Hospice of St. Bernard, in a fog . . . . 2-8 N". Lancashire ....... about same Forest at Chamouni ....... 2-8 Lake Lucerne ........ 1-4 The first experiments undertaken were in Manchester, and the average amount obtained was in the city about 50, gradually diminishing in moving towards the country until it was found in the fields at 13 ; on passing a sewer stream about a mile from the outskirts, the amount rose to 83. The atmosphere on the Thames was not measured whilst at its worst, but immediately afterwards ; when, however, it had ceased to affect the senses of most persons at least, the amount was very high, viz. 58. I was anxious to know how far the Thames affected the atmosphere of London, and tried some experiments : the result was that the in- fluence appeared to cease almost immediately ; the fact of a block of houses standing in the way was enough to prevent the in- fluence ; when at the worst this may not have been the case ; to arrive at the other side of the block, the vapor would generally require to rise high, so that it would become mixed with a great deal of air. The amount obtained in a few trials in the streets of London was 22 to 34 ; going on to Highgate, the numbers sank from 33 to 24; on descending the north side of Highgate Hill a distinct change was perceived, the numbers being 18; the wind meantime was blowing from the city : the few experiments made in the fields in summer gave 10 to 12. The numbers 6 to 18 were obtained in Switzerland and Lombardy. The moist fields around Milan gave 18 ; when the water passes off the rice ORGANIC MATTER OF THE AIR. 449 fields, producing the unhealthy season, I do not doubt that the amount will be much higher. It was not convenient for me to stay, nor to go further to places distinctly infected with malaria. I was desirous of trying it in some of the hovels of the Vallois and the Yal d'Aosta, but the weather being fine, and the people living much out of doors, the inquiry was not encouraging. The few experiments made did not give very striking results, whereas the lower parts of our own towns gave results most decided. I imagine the cause of this to be that a drier air does not allow the offensive matter to rise so readily. This fact has many ramifications, but it will explain several difficulties in our sani- tary science. It is with the assistance of moisture that the organic matter is conveyed into the air. Moisture itself, as may be supposed, does not produce any ac- tion on the test ; one of the lowest numbers obtained was on the German Ocean, about 60 miles from land; the day was calm and clear. In the straits of Dover, when the wind was blowing briskly from the German Sea, the amount obtained was very high, but as there was a slight spray the experiments were dis- regarded. About 8000 feet high on the Alps, a dense fog showed also one of the smallest amounts obtained ; the ground was entirely bare rock, and could not give out organic matter. The amount was 2-8. The influence of height was very decided ; in the higher grounds of Lancashire, near Preston, the numbers being from 2 to 4. A wind blowing down from the Mer de Glace gave rather more than at a lower point, although coming down the hill; a dry pine forest in the neighborhood, although very fragrant, did not appear to raise the number. The influence of the sea and of height seem equally decided. A few hasty experiments made in the hothouses at Kew led me to believe that there was less increase there than might have been expected, the amounts obtained being less than in London, but more than outside the houses, where it was cooler. At the same time weeks or months should be given, when only hours were allowed for the experiments. The influence of heat appears to be to increase the amount, when there is moisture present. 450 BITTER WINE OF IRON. The influence of dryness seems to be towards diminishing the amount. The influence of great cold has not been tried yet. The influence of rain in hot weather, to some extent of course a cooling influence, but chiefly a means of washing the air, seems most decided. After a thunder-storm and shower at Camden Square, the number, which was previously 31, fell to 12. The influence of our towns, especially our smoky towns, is most decided also ; it is easy to tell by this test, when in the out- skirts of a town, whether the wind is blowing from the town or the country. A distinct difference was always found between the front and back of Manchester houses : a similar difference obtained when a room had been inhabited for some time, and the difference was of course very marked when the smell of a sewer came into the house. I had a good opportunity of observing this in my labora- tory last year. It must be remembered that the numbers given for some places were obtained on one day of the year only, and we must be care- ful not to draw too many conclusions : we have yet to learn what kind organic matter is wholesome and what is unwholesome. I believe that this is the next great point to be attended to ; at present we are only becoming able to ascertain the gross amount. I feel this caution to be needful, lest the numbers should be used to prove too much London Chem. Graz., May 2, 1859. BITTER WINE OF IRON. By William S. Thompson. Having been requested by a medical friend to make the pre- paration above named, to contain one grain of Wetherill's pre- cipitated extract of bark and two grains of citrate of iron in a teaspoonful of sherry wine, I devised th . following formula, after several experiments : Take of solution of persulphate of iron (containing 60 grains of dry oxide to the fluid ounce,) . 17j fluid-drachms. Citric acid, «... 6 drachms. Sherry wine, .... 24 fluid-ounces. "Water of ammonia, . . .a sufficient quantity. Wetherill's precipitated extract of bark, 224 grains. MANUFACTURE OF SULPHATE OF BARYTA. 451 Dissolve the precipitated extract of bark in the wine and filter through paper. Dilute the solution of persulphate of iron with a sufficient quantity of water, (about one quart) and add a suffi- cient quantity of water of ammonia to precipitate the peroxide ; wash the precipitate in the usual manner, drain it on a muslin filter, transfer the washed magma to a porcelain dish, and add the citric acid previously reduced to a fine powder, then apply a gentle heat, stirring constantly until the oxide is dissolved, when add three and a half drachms of water of ammonia ; taking care that the latter is not in excess. The bright green solution of ammonio-percitrate of iron obtained, should be reduced by gentle evaporation to four fluid ounces, and then poured into the 24 fluid-ounces of vinous solution of precipitated extract of bark, above described. Our medical friend prefers, in some cases, the above preparation of half the given strength, which is prepared by using wine enough to make the whole measure 56 instead of 28 fluid-ounces. The flavor of the wine may be improved by the addition of a small quantity of strong tincture of orange peel, or a few drops of fresh oil of orange Journ* Trans, Md. CoL Pharm., June, 1859. ON THE MANUFACTURE OF SULPHATE OF BARYTA. By J. Pelouze. Several manufacturers of chemicals prepare sulphate of bary- ta, known by the name of " baryta-white," by treating native car- bonate of baryta with hydrochloric acid, and precipitating the solution obtained by sulphuric acid ; thus regenerating the hy- drochloric acid which may be used for further operations. This sulphate, in spite of its being dearer than that which is prepared by other less costly processes, is always preferred to the latter for painting. I have discovered that a sulphate of baryta, similar to that now in question, can be obtained by treating directly carbonate of baryta with dilute sulphuric acid, without its being necessary to pulverize the former. A very small quantity of hydrochloric acid, 3 to 4 hundredths for example, is added to the diluted sulphuric acid, and the whole kept at a slight ebullition. The 252 MANUFACTURE OF SULPHATE BARYTA. pieces of carbonate of baryta, no matter how large, are acted upon and completely transformed into a fine white power en- tirely composed of sulphate of baryta, and of the greatest tenuity. If the same experiment is made without the addition of hy- drochloric acid, the carbonate is acted upon very slowly. The part which hydrocholoric acid plays in this reaction is easily un- derstood. It forms a soluble chloride of barium which sulphu- ric acid decomposes, reproducing hydrochloric acid always in the same quantity, so that it is in fact the latter acid, not the sulphuric acid, which acts upon the carbonate of baryta. This experiment becomes still more interesting if dilute sul- phuric acid be placed with a few pieces of carbonate of baryta in two matrasses, and brought to a boiling-point ; then with the end of a glass rod introduce into one of them a few drops of hy- drochloric acid. A white powder will be seen to detach itself in increasing quantity from the pieces of carbonate, and at the same time an effervescence will take place owing to the disengage- ment of the carbonic acid. In the other matrass nothing of the kind takes place ; the liquid is hardly rendered turbid by a scarcely perceptible trace of sulphate of baryta. In this case a similar phenomenon takes place, as in the man- ufacture of white lead by the Dutch process, in which a trace of vinegar is sufficient to determine the oxidation of an enormous quantity of lead. Without the agency of that acid the lead would not be acted upon by air or carbonic acid. In like man- ner, although in a lesser degree, carbonate of baryta resists the action of sulphuric acid without the presence of hydrochloric acid. I thought that marble would be acted upon still more easily than carbonate of baryta by a mixture of diluted sulphuric acid and a small quantity of hydrochloric acid ; but my experiments have given a result contrary to my expectations. Under the same conditions as those pointed out for carbonate of baryta, marble is acted upon with more difficulty and more slowly than the last named salt. The addition of a relatively large quantity of hydrochloric acid shortens very little the time it takes to be con- verted into sulphate of lime. The pieces of marble are deeply impregnated with sulphate of lime. I do not know the cause of this difference of action ; but, at all events, I have been obliged ON HiEMATOXLIN. 453 to give up the hope which I entertained that marbled and com- pact calcareous stones, under the influence of dilute sulphuric acid and a small quantity of hydrochloric acid, might produce an easy and regular disengagement of carbonic acid without being previously pulverized, which might have been turned to useful account by manufacturers of aerated waters. — Lon. Ohem. Graz. June 1, 1859, from Comptes Rendus, April 18, 1859. ON HEMATOXYLIN. By 0. L. Erdmann. The following experiments were made by C. Hesse in Erd- mann's laboratory. The hematoxylin was prepared by Erd- mann's method by means of aqueous ether. By subsequent recrystallization from water, to which a little sulphite of am- monia or soda is added, it is obtained in perfectly colorless crystals. These contain more or less water of crystallization as was previously stated by the author. Crystals with a larger quantity of water of crystallization were analysed ; the analysis agreed well with the formula given by Gerhardt, C32 Hu O12 -f- 6H0,— Found. Calculated from Frevious experiments C40H17Q15. C32H14Q12. ofErdmann. C 63-21 63-67 63-57 63-19 63-62 63-72 63-66 63-17 H 4-68 4-51 4-63 4-65 4-70 4-69 4-68 4-70 C40 015 C32 H14 012 + 8HO. +6HO. Wta^ionS"} 15'30 16-°3 15'U 16<3T 16'51 16,09 If a solution supersaturated at ordinary temperature be left standing, larger crystals are obtained in time ; these usually have smooth faces which are sometimes strongly curved. The crystals with a smaller quantity of water of crystalliza- tion were determined by Naumann. They belong to the rhombic system. The amount of water found was =5-40, 5.53, 5-61 per cent., the formula requires 5-62 per cent. When hematoxylin is treated with boiled solution of potash in an atmosphere of hydrogen, it is but slightly colored even by 454 ON HEMATOXYLIN. boiling. When saturated with sulphuric acid, the fluid becomes red ; but white hematoxylin may be obtained from it again. Carbonate of soda behaves in the same way. Yeast (in a few days at 86° F.) or emulsine (in 6 hours at 113° F.) colors the solution of the substance red ; it then contains some hemateine besides hematoxylin. Even concentrated muriatic acid effects no essential decomposition. Hematoxylin reduces Fehling's solution. It diverts the plane of polarization strongly to the right. The experiments show for 1 grin. C12 H14 O12 in 100 grms. of water, with a length of tube of 200 millims., an average of — 1°-85 to the right. Hematoxylin is soluble in a cold saturated solution of borax until it comes to the consistence of a syrup. From a solution of this kind the coloring matter cannot be recovered in a crystal- line form by evaporation. By taking up hematoxylin the solution of borax loses its basic reaction, and afterwards has either a neutral or weakly alkaline reaction upon litmus-paper. The borax cannot be precipitated from such a solution by abso- lute alcohol, or by a mixture of absolute alcohol and ether. It exhibits a bluish fluorescence. If a few drops of muriatic acid be let fall into this fluid, a violent movement is observed in it, and in 10 — 20 seconds the entire fluid is converted into a dense crystalline mass. The vessel may then be turned upside down, without the mother- liquor flowing out. But within a few hours a conversion of the crystals commences ; granular crystals make their appearance, and settle to the bottom of the vessel, and above them there is a large quantity of fluid. These granular crystals consist of C32 H14 012+2HO. Sulphuric acid and acetic acid behave in the same way as muriatic acid. If, on the other hand, a con- centrated solution of chloride of sodium be dropped into such a solution, each drop sinks to the bottom enveloped in an amor- phous mass. In this way many drops of solution of chloride of sodium may be seen depositing themselves one upon the other in the boracic solution. If the fluid be stirred round, a slimy, emulsive fluid is produced, from which a tenacious mass is de- posited in a short time. This posesses a silky lustre, which is caused by small cavities. The mass, which is at first but slightly colored, soon becomes red, as it is very sensitive to light and ON HEMATOXYLIN. 455 ammonia. It dissolves pretty readily in boiling water or alcohol, but separates in its previous form on the cooling of the solution. It consists of amorphous hematoxylin, and this may perhaps be the reason why solution of hematoxylin in biborate of soda produces a greater or less deviation in polarized light. A simi- lar behaviour to that of chloride of sodium is also exhibited by the chlorides of potassium and ammonium, ferrocyanide of pot- assium, and bisulphite of ammonia, but chloride of sodium gives the most beautiful precipitate. Oxalate of potash, and sulphate, phosphate, and carbonate of soda produce no precipitates. Bi- sulphite of ammonia dropped into the solution of hematoxylin in borax, immediately produces a slimy precipitate. This dis- appears when the solution is boiled, but separates again in its characteristic form on its cooling. By continued dropping of bisulphite of ammonia into the syrupus fluid, the point is soon reached at which the amorphous hematoxylin disappears. Crystals of hematoxylin are then very soon obtained. If amorphous hematoxylin be dissolved in boiling water, and a drop of muriatic acid be added to it, so that a distinctly acid reaction is produced, crystals are very soon obtained, usually with 2IIO. Hyposulphite of soda when heated dissolves considerable quan- tities of crystallized hematoxyline ; the solution has a purple color, and on cooling deposits amorphous hematoxylin, which appears somewhat colored. Hematoxylin is rather difficult of solution in solution of chlo- ride of sodium, but dissolves more readily in solution of chloride of barium. From the latter fluid the crystals C32 H14 012+6HO sepa- rated, but in the course of 24 hours these had become com- pletely transformed into C32 H14 012+2HO. Phosphate of soda, PO5, is capable of dissolving a large quantity of he- matoxylin, and behaves very like the solution of borax, but retains its basic reaction. When carefully employed, it but slightly reddens hematoxylin — Qhem. Cfaz., June 15th, 1859, from Journ. fitr Prakt. Chemie. 456 A COMPOUND OF IODIDE AND NITRATE OF SILVER. A COMPOUND OF IODIDE AND NITEATE OF SILVER. Dr. II of maim has described, at a meeting of the Chemical Society, a compound of iodide and nitrate of silver, which was obtained by treating a mixture of iodide and oxide of silver with nitric acid. He found that the iodide fused in the boiling liquid, forming an oily-looking stratum at the bottom of the ves- sel, which solidified on cooling into a crystalline mass. This salt, when treated with water, was resolved into nitrate and iodide of silver. Upon further examination of this compound, he found that its composition varies according to the relative quantities of its constituents originally present, and the amount of nitric acid employed. From the result of several experiments, he found the limits of combination in the fusible compound to be as follows : — # I. II. Nitrate of Silver, . . 69.52 . . 33.67 Iodide of ditto . . . 29.84 . . 65M The first of these results corresponds to the formula 3(AgO, NO5), Agl, while the second may be represented as 2(AgO, NO5), S(Agl). By continued ebullition, the proportion of iodide of silver may be still further increased, but the compound then no longer fuses in boiling concentrated nitric acid. A combination of iodide and nitrate has been also observed and suspected by other chemists, although no analysis or exami- nation appears to have been made, excepting by Dr. Hofmann. Mr. F. Maxwell Lyte, in a recent letter to the Journal of the Photographic Society, alludes to such a combination : — "It is, I believe, allowed by many, though not by all, that there does exist a compound of the iodide with the nitrate of silver ; but the various forms and properties of this substance, and the important part it plays in photography, have been little, if at all, separately examined, and I now propose to mention a few facts and considerations with regard to it. "We have the iodo-nitrate of silver, if we may so call it, under three different forms: — First, in solution, when we dissolve iodide of silver in the negative nitrate bath ; secondly, in the * A COMPOUND OF IODIDE AND NITRATE OF SILVER. 457 amorphous form, as it appears on the surface of the collodion plate ; and, thirdly, it may be obtained in the crystalline form by adding recently precipitated iodide of silver to a nearly satu- rated solution of silver nitrate, when it will be found that much of the iodide, which at first dissolves, reprecipitates as a crystal- line iodo-nitrate, and that even the excess of iodide which re- mains undissolved slowly becomes converted into a similar crys- talline deposit. This crystalline iodo-nitrate is sensitive to light, like the amorphous deposit on the sensitized plate, and it may be dried without losing its crystalline form ; but as soon as it is touched by water it decomposes, loses its silver nitrate, and by sufficiently prolonged washing, becomes reconverted into sil- ver iodide, as insensible to light as it was before being placed in contact with the silver nitrate. The amorphous deposit on the plate is subject to exactly the same laws, only it is rather more sensitive than the crystalline iodo-nitrate, a difference probably attributable to the crystalline form of the latter; but by washing, it loses, like it, its combined nitrate, and becomes equally in- sensible to light, while at the same time it passes from a straw- yellow to a pale primrose. " jSTow, what results from the consideration of the above facts?* Simply, that by their means we are enabled to explain several of the rules which practice has from time to time given to photography. As the iodide of silver, when placed in a con- centrated solution of silver nitrate, first dissolves and then re- precipitates as crystalline iodo-nitrate, we can understand why it is that in practice it is found inconvenient to employ a bath of nitrate of silver over a certain strength, as it infallibly de- stroys the sensitive film ; and for a similar reason we should not allow the nitrate bath to concentrate by evaporation and dry on the plate. Again, we destroy the sensibility of the plate by prolonged washing, since we thus decompose the iodo-nitrate upon its surface, as above described ; and, lastly, when we wish to preserve the sensibility of a collodion plate, we wash it with a * " It is also curious to observe the change of color which takes place when iodide of silver, which ha3 been precipitated in presence of an excess of iodide of potassium, is added, after being well washed, to a solution of silver nitrate . when its color will be seen to change at once from pale primrose to a deeper and more brilliant yellow." 458 THE ADELHEID SPRING. glutinous or syrupy liquid, which, by enclosing each atom of the iodo-nitrate, protects it from decomposition while we are getting rid of the superfluous nitrate.* » Is it not also highly probable that the accelerating action of many salts, as acetates, nitrates, fluorides, &c, the use of which has been so much questioned by some, and recommended by others, may be attributable to the formation of iodo-acetate, iodo-fluoride, &c. of silver ? Iodide of silver is not the only salt of this metal which possesses the property of retaining the nitrate in combination. The chloride and bromide have the same property, though in a less degree, and probably many others also ; and we find the following passage in Turner s Chemistry, under the head of < Tribasic Phosphate of Oxide of Silver:' — 4 This compound subsides of a characteristic yellow color, when the rhombic phosphate of soda is mixed in solution with nitrate of oxide of silver. ... It is apt to retain some of the nitrate in combination.' This doubtless arises from a simi- lar reaction to the one I have described above." — London Pharm. Jour, and Trans. July, 1859. THE ADELHEID SPRING, An Iodo-bromine Water at Heilbrunn, in Bavaria. Communicated by A. Albright, Esq. The small village of Heilbrunn (literally Healing-water}, lies eight German miles from Munich, near Benedictbeuren, formerly a monastery, upon a considerable elevation, commanding charm- ing prospects. According to historical traditions, it may be considered the oldest medicinal spring in Bavaria, and it is said to have been destroyed, together with the monastery to which it * " It was the knowledge of the fact of the existence of this iodo-nitrate of silver — which is decomposable by water, but not so by washing with a weaker nitrate bath — which induced me, when I first published my e Honey Process, to recommend the addition of nitrate of silver to the syrup. This addition has since been proved by Mr. Shadbolt to be, with certain precautions, unnecessary, as the glutinous nature of the honey itself, coupled with the porosity of the collodion film in which the iodo-nitrate is formed, suffices to protect that com- pound from decomposition.5' THE ADELHEID SPRING. 459 belonged, by the Hungarians in 935. A century later (1059) the monks made some excavations, and the source of the spring was discovered at a depth of four fathoms. At the same time a fire burst forth over it, which occasioned the belief that the spring itself was produced by a miracle. In 1659, the Princess Adelheid, the Elector Ferdinand's wife, who, after being married eight years, was without children, re- sorted hither, and in a year afterwards bore a daughter, and subsequently other children. It is from this circumstance that the spring has acquired the name of Adelheid's Quelle, bestowed upon it by the present abdicated King Louis of Bavaria. Though this cure brought the spring into greater reputation, it was allowed nevertheless to fall into neglect and disrepair by the monastic authorities, and it was only used for a long time by the country people for the cure of scrofulous and other diseases, and by the villagers for mixing their bread, from finding less salt thereby required. The reputation of the spring for the cure of scrofula, caused Dr. A. Vogel, of Munich, to investigate it in 1825 for iodine, which he found it to contain in important quantity, and on this its use came to be prescribed by the physicians of Munich and Augsburg. In the course of the alterations and deepening of the spring, which this more extensive use required, a candle having been brought near the surface, the gas escaping from the bubbles took fire, and it was only after some pains that the flame was put out ; thus was the miracle of 1059 explained. In fact, a considerable covering of carburetted hydrogen floats over the mirror of the spring, which will inflame with a sharp crack. At this period the water began to be bottled and exported, and this is con- tinued to the present day to a large and lucrative extent. Its reputation and interest has led within the last 25 years to its analysis by the following eight distinguished chemists : by Vogel, in 1825; Dengler, 1826 ; Fuchs, 1833; Barruell, 1835; Bauer, 1841; A. Buchner, jun., twice, 1842; Pettenkofer, 1849. According to the latest analysis by the University Professor, Dr. Pettenkofer, of Munich, with all the required exactness of 27 460 THE ADELHEID SPRING. the present standard of chemical science, there are contained in 16 Bavarian ounces (480 grammes) of the water — Iodide of Sodium, Silica. . 0.3678 grains" . 0.2199 « 38.0684 a . 0.0200 c< . 0.0480 n 6.2168 u . 0.5840 it 0.1440 n . 0.0720 it . 0.1424 a 0.1472 it a trace 0.1648 it J }■ Fixed Constituents. J Free Carbonic Acid 13.18 cubic centimetres! Carburetted Hydrogen 8.02 " " ( Absorbed in the Nitrogen 6.54 " " l" Water. Oxygen 1.38 " « J In 100 measures of the gases escaping from the spring are contained — Carburetted Hydrogen 75.5 measures. Nitrogen ,18.0 " Oxygen 2.2 « Carbonic Acid 4.3 te 100 The bromine being in excess of the iodine, it has in Germany rightly obtained the name of an iodine containing bromine- water \_Iod-haltendes Brom-wasser.~\ The peculiarity of the spring does not rest, however, either upon one or another of its constituents, but upon the qualitative mixture as a whole, and regarded in this light it stands quite alone. The greater number of iodine and bromine springs are either altogether wanting in two ingredients which play an im- portant part in the Adelheid spring, viz., the carbonate of soda and the carburetted hydrogen, or they contain an excess of common salt. It is the considerable quantities of iodine, bromine, carbonate of soda, and carburetted hydrogen, with a relatively low adjunct of common salt, which lends to this spring its sim- ultaneous dissolving, calming, 'anodyne effect on the mucous membrane of the stomach and the urinary organs, and which belongs to no other bromine or iodine spring. When the water is poured into a glass, a multitude of bubbles of gas are formed, and the taste is nearly that of weak salted meat broth. It excites the appetite, increases the urinary secre- tion, operates powerfully on the absorbents, and the lymphatic ANALYSIS OF HIGHLAND « CUTWEED " KELP. 461 and glandular systems, brings morbid deposits in the organic tissues into a solvent condition, and promotes their removal out of the system by the increased secreting and excreting activity of the kidneys, and this whether the same have been occasioned by simply inflammatory, scrofulous, syphilitic, or gouty affections. The diseases in which extensive experience has proved its cura- tive effects, are, scrofula and glandular swellings, bronchial affec- tions, disordered condition of the follicles of the mucous membrane, and thickening of the membane itself, mesenteric disorders, enlargement or hardening of the testicle, female dis- orders of the womb generally. It is especially distinguished above all ordinary remedies for its effects in urinary diseases. Also in diseases of the bones and joints. In one case of exces- sive obesity it effected a cure by a reduction in the weight of the body of 133 pounds. It only remains to state that the water pre- serves its equality for years, in fact indefinitely, and that the salt, &c, that it contains are brought into a saleable form, and that both the water itself and the salts will soon be probably on sale in London. — London. Pharm. Journ. ANALYSIS OF HIGHLAND " CUTWEED " KELP. By John Lamont, Student in Dr. Wallace's Laboratory, Glasgow.* Although kelp is prepared in large quantities for the iodine manufacture, very few analyses have been made of it. Indeed, the only reliable analysis published in the chemical journals is that of a specimen of Orkney « drift-weed " by Mr. George W. Brown. f The subject of the present analysis is cutweed kelp, so called from its being prepared from sea-weeds cut away from the rocks at low water. It was manufactured at the Island of Uist, one of the Hebrides, during the summer of 1858. The method of analysis was similar to that adopted by Mr. Brown, with improved processes, however, for the estimation of the phosphoric acid, alumina and iodine. The phosphoric acid existing in the insoluble matter is calculated into phosphate of * Communicated b}r the Author. f Proceedings of the Phil. Soc. of Glasgow, vol. iii. p. 208, 462 ANALYSIS OF HIGHLAND " CUTWEED " KELP. lime, but the precipitate obtained by the addition of ammonia contained a considerable quantity of magnesia, as well as alumina and oxide of iron. The iodine was estimated by the process de- scribed in the « Chemical Gazette " for the present year, p. 137; the mean of three determinations was taken. The silicate of lime was calculated according to the formula 2 CaO, SiO3. The general analysis gave as follows : — Soluble salts 60-9 Insoluble " 36-1 Moisture . 3-0 1 AA KJOLllULi/ AJCttCO. Sulphate of potash . Chloride of potassium . 19-86 Chloride oi sodium . . d-47 Iodide of sodium . . . OA •20 Sulphide of sodium . . O AO 2-92 Hyposulphite of soda . 1-98 bulphite oi soda . . . 2-71 Sulphate of soda . . . 15-10 Phosphate of soda . . A £T •95 Carbonate of soda . . 5-15 •82—60-9 Insoluble Salts. Sulphide of calcium . . 2-09 Phosphate of lime . . 6-44 Carbonate of lime . . 11-17 5-70 .23 Oxide of iron . . . . 1-42 Silicate of lime . . . 2-77 1-65 Carbonaceous matter 3-30 1.33—36. 3-00 100 NOTE ON OZONE. 463 The process adopted in the manufacture of kelp is well known to have two very serious objections, the volatilization of a por- tion of the iodine, and the reduction of a part of the sulphuric acid, giving rise to the presence of sulphides, hyposulphites, and sulphites in the product. The following process has been tried on the small scale with marked success. The weeds are boiled with a small quantity of water, the liquor evaporated to dryness, and the residue charred very carefully. The mass, dissolved in water, gives a colorless solution which is quite clear from sul- phides, and may be at once boiled down to extract the salts, as in an iodine work, or simply evaporated to dryness, and sold as kelp. I am enabled, by the kindness of Dr. Wallace, to give an analysis of kelp so prepared, chiefly from Laminaria digitata. Sulphate of potash 14-35 Chloride of potassium . 42-49 Chloride of sodium 36-47 Sulphate of soda 3-90 Iodide of sodium . L78 Carbonate of soda 1-01 100 London Cliem. Gaz. June 1, 1859. NOTE ON OZONE. By Thomas Andrews M.D., F.K.S., and P. G. Tait, M.A., F.C.P.S. Since the publication of their "Note on the Density of Ozone" (Chemical Gazette for August 15, 1857), the authors have been occupied with an extended investigation into the na- ture and properties of that body. The inquiry having proved more protracted than they anticipated, they have thought it proper to send to the Royal Society a brief notice of some of the more important facts which they have already observed, 're- serving a description of the methods employed, and of the de- tails of the experiments, for a future communication. The commonly received statement, that the whole of a given volume of dry oxygen gas contained alone in an hermetically sealed tube can be converted into ozone by the passage of elec- 464 NOTE ON OZONE. trical sparks, is erroneous. In repeated trials, with tubes of every form and size, the authors found that not more than part of the oxygen could thus be changed into ozone. A greater effect was, it is true, produced by the silent discharge between fine platina points ; but this also had its limit. In order to carry on the process, it is necessary to introduce into the appa- ratus some substance, such as a solution of iodide of potassium, which has the property of taking up, in the form of oxygen, the ozone as it is produced. After many trials, an apparatus was contrived in the form of a double U, having a solution of iodide of potassium in one end, and a column of fragments of fused chloride of calcium interposed between this solution and the part of the tube where the electrical discharge was passed. The chloride of calcium allowed the ozone to pass, but arrested the vapor of water; so that, while the discharge always took place in dry oxygen, the ozone was gradually absorbed. The experi- ment is not yet finished, but already one-fourth of the gas in a tube of the capacity of 10 cubic centimetres has disappeared. To produce this effect, the discharge from a machine in excellent order has been passed through the tube for twenty-four hours. When oxygen is thus converted into ozone, a diminution of volume takes place. The greatest contraction occurs with the silent discharge, and amounts to about ~ of the volume of the gas. The passage of sparks has less effect than the silent dis- charge, and will even destroy a part of the contraction obtained by means of the latter. If the apparatus be exposed for a short time to the temperature of 250° C, so as to destroy the ozone, it will be found that the gas on cooling has recovered exactly its original volume. This observation proves, unequivocally, that if ozone be oxygen in an allotropic condition, its density is greater than that of oxygen. Experiments still in progress in- dicate that the density of ozone obtained by the electrical dis- charge must, on the above assumption, be represented by even a higher number than that deduced by the authors from their ex- periments on ozone prepared by electrolysis. When mercury is brought into contact with dry oxygen, in which ozone has been formed by the electrical discharge, it loses to a great extent its mobility, and maybe made to cover the in- terior of the tube with a fine reflecting surface resembling that NOTE ON OZONE. 465 of an ordinary mirror. It is remarkable that this great change in the state of the mereury is not accompanied by any further diminution of the volume of the gas. The apparatus employed by the authors would have enabled them to estimate with cer- tainty a change of volume amounting to — )0g part of the whole. On the contrary, on allowing the apparatus to stand, the gas begins slowly to expand ; and in thirty hours, when the ozone reactions have disappeared, the expansion amounts to a little more than one-half of the contraction which had previously taken place. Dry silver, in the state both of leaf and of filings, has the property of entirely destroying ozone", whether prepared by elec- trolysis or by the electrical machine. If a stream of electrolytic ozone be passed over silver leaf or filings contained in a tube, the metal becomes altered in appearance where the gas comes first into contact with it ; but no appreciable increase of weight takes place, however long the experiment may be continued. The volumetric results are similar to those already described in the case of mercury. Arsenic also destroys dry ozone, but, as it likewise combines with dry oxygen, its separate action on ozone cannot be observed with precision. Most of the other metals examined, such as gold, platina, iron, zinc, tin, &c, are without action on dry ozone. Iodine, brought into contact with oxygen contracted by the electric discharge, instantly destroys the ozone reactions, and a yellowish solid is formed : no change of volume accompanies this action. Peroxide of manganese and oxide of copper have, it is well known, the property of destroying ozone, apparently without limit. The authors have found that these oxides undergo no sensible increase of weight, even after the destruction of 50 or 60 milligrammes of ozone. The same oxides, when brought into contact with oxygen contracted by the spark, restore it to nearly its original volume. Hydrogen gas, purified with care, and perfectly dry, was not changed in volume by the action either of the electrical spark, or of the silent discharge. A similar negative result was obtained with nitrogen and the 466 ON SPIRITUS AMMONL33 AROMATICUS. silent discharge; but with the spark a very slight alteration of volume appeared to occur, the cause of which is still under in- vestigation. In the experiments now described, the electrical sparks and discharge were always obtained from the common friction-ma- chine. The discharge from the induction coil, even when passed through two Leyden jars, produces very insignificant ozone effects. The heat which always accompanies this discharge, and its comparatively feeble tension, sufficiently explain its want of energy. All the results recently obtained by the authors fully confirm the former experiments of one of them*, that in no case is water produced by the destruction of ozone, whether prepared by elec- trolysis or by the electrical discharge. They reserve any fur- ther expression of their views as to the true relations which exist between ozone and oxygen, till they shall have an oppor- tunity of laying the results of this inquiry in a more complete form before the Society. — London Chem. Gfaz. June 1, 1859. REMARKS ON SPIRITUS AMMONIiE AROMATICUS. By Mr. C. R. Tichborne. The disparity in composition which the three Pharmacopoeias exhibit in this article is greater than at first sight strikes the eye. It is but one of the many cases of dissimilarity presented by these works, which in some of the other preparations must have produced serious results ; but tempora mutantur. If we compare the methods directed to be followed by the three col- leges, we shall find little analogy, Thus, placing them in juxta- position, we shall find that in about three pints, the formulae contain respectively — Rectified Bpi- 1 L /v- K { specific rit On. water > 1 Q J f gravity ■J* J about .900 Chloride of ammonium Carbonate of potash, ^v, Aromatics in their primi- tive form, ^xxss. Specific gravity. -918. Rectified spirits, Oij.^xiv, Solution of ammonia specific gravity -900 Aromatics in the form of volatile oils, ^v. TT|Jj Specific gravity -852. E. PH. Spirits of ammonia, Oij. ^xvij. 3v. tr[hnj. Aromatics in the form of volatile oils, gxviij. T^j* Specific grav. about .846. * Philosophical Transactions for 1856, Part I. ON SPIRITUS AMMONIA ABOMATICUS. 467 We find that the proportions of absolute alcohol run as fol- lows : — L. Ph., about gxxxiijss. ; D. Ph., about ^xxxxjv., and the E. Ph. a little above the latter. The ammonia is in the form of sesquicarbonate in one, and in the caustic form, varying eccentrically, in the other two, whilst the aromatics in the E. Ph. are about equivalent to quadruple those of the London Ph. In looking over the processes, we find that in the D. Ph. dis- tillation is not used, and although the product is not equal to the other in appearance, I think it has one advantage which ought not to be overlooked — that is, the facility it offers to the Pharmacopolist to make the article for his own use, a consider- ation to be held in view in all the processes introduced into the Pharmacopoeia, so that the apothecary may become more in- dependent of the manufacturer. There are hundreds of Phar- macopolists who make their own articles as far as the appliances go, but are prevented by circumstances from using distillatory or other apparatus. The product of the present Dublin formula is open to serious objections. When first made, it is decidedly colored from the use of a certain oil, which becomes darkened by the action of alkaline substances ; nor is this coloration les- sened by the action of the sun's rays, added to which it lacks the sweet saline piquancy gained by the introduction of sesqui- carbonate of ammonia. In preparing a formula, such an oil as cinnamon or clove is inadmissible, from its property of becoming tinged when in contact with ammonia ; but by avoiding such oils, we may get a solution which is not only perfectly color- less, but will remain so for an indefinite period. The following, or a similar formula, will give the desired results : — Rectified spirits, Oj. ifxiv. Sesquicarbonate of ammonia, powdered, gss. Solution of ammonia, sp. g. -880, 3ij. Oil of lemon, jiij. Oil of nutmeg, ^j. Oil of lavender, n^xx. Water a sufficient quantity to make Oij. Specific gravity, -870 Oil of rosemary may be substituted for the lavender, but I think the flavor of the latter would be preferred. — London Pharm, Journ. July, 1859. 468 RELATIONS OF THE SOIL TO VEGETATION. ON THE EELATIONS OF THE SOIL TO VEGETATION. By M. Boussingault. From an investigation of the conditions of fertility of the soil Boussingault draws the following conclusions : — 1. That in an extremely fertile soil the amount of nitrogen, although derived from organic matters, and in part still com- bined in them, cannot be the cause of fertility. 2. That the nitrates and ammoniacal salts are the only com- pounds which convey assimilable nitrogen to the plant, whether these salts pre-exist in the soil, or are only formed during the progress of cultivation. 3. That a plant, in order to be capable of its normal develop- ment, must have a very great volume of earth at its disposal, because the amounts of nitric acid and ammonia, which are con- tained in a given volume of soil, are very small. 4. TAat tho analysis of a soil as to its amount of nitrogen can- not serve as the foundation of any opinion as to its fertility, be- cause it gives the amounts in an assimilable form together. 5. That when the soil is lying fallow, a considerable quantity of the carbon of the organic matters which it contains is lost, but that the amount of nitrogen does not diminish but increases. Whence this increase arises, whether it is caused by nitrification, or by the production or absorption of ammonia, is still to be ascertained. — Chem. Graz., July 15th, 1859, from Comptes Rendus. CANOUIL'S PROCESSES FOR MANUFACTURING CHEMICAL MATCHES WITHOUT PHOSPHORUS AND CONTAINING NO POISONOUS SUBSTANCE. 1. Mass without Phosphorus for Sulphured Matches. The matches without phosphorus manufactured in Paris by Canouil, are ignited by rubbing upon any hard body, whether it be rough or smooth supposing the surface against which they are rubbed to present a certain amount of resistance. Neither a blow, nor a shock, nor a temperature of 356° F. are capable of igniting these matches ; their combustion is only caused by friction. RELATIONS OF THE SOIL TO VEGETATION. 469 As the mass contains no phosphorus, their manufacture pre- sents no danger for the workpeople, as thej neither cause explo- sions, nor injurious emanations. The mass of these matches, . which were patented in France in March 1857, contains the fol- lowing substances : — Dextrine .10 parts. Chlorate of potash ... 17 " Brown oxide of lead % . . 35 " Iron pyrites .... 35 " Water, the quantity necessary to form a uniform paste. The chlorate of potash, the oxide of lead, and iron pyrites are separately powdered, and then made into a paste by means of the solution of dextrine ; into this the ends of the sulphured matches are dipped in the usual way. The dextrine might be replaced by gum or glue, and the iron pyrites by other metallic sulphurets, to some of which, however, it is preferable as not being poisonous. 2. Safety -matches with a peculiarly prepared Friction-surface. A second patent of Canouil's, dated October 7, 1857, relates to safety-matches of wood, wax paper, German tinder, &c, which ignite only at a particular surface, containing no phos- phorus. The latter consists of a slip of wood, card, or metal, covered with a layer of the preparation, which causes the ignition of the chemical matches by mere friction. Such matches may be sent anywhere without the least danger, as the matches and the friction-surfaces may be packed in separate boxes. The mass for the matches consists of — Chlorate of potash ... .5 parts. Acetate of lead . . . . 2 " Bichromate of potash . . . ' . 2 " Flowers of sulphur . . . 1 " Gum or dextrine . . . . 6 " Water 18 « The covering for the friction-surface consists of — Iron scales ..... lpart. Emery . . ... 1 " Chlorate of potash . . . 6 " Minium . ... 1 " 470 ON ANTHEMIN AND ANTHEMIC ACID. Size, a sufficient quantity to form a paste, which is ap- plied to a slip of card, wood or metal. The substances in both formulae are made into paste, described for the first matches. 3. New Mass without Phosphorus for Sulphured Matches. In order to avoid the slight explosions which occur on the friction of the first matches, the discoverer now leaves the me- tallic sulphurets or the sulphur out of the composition. They are replaced by powdered glass or flint, which is mixed in various proportions with the chlorate of potash, according as it is de- sired to produce combustion with more or less ease by fric- tion. Bichromate of potash is also added as an oxidizing body. The new mass of sulphured ma Chlorate of potash Powdered glass or flint Bichromate of potash . Gum or dextrine Water ches consists of— . 5 parts. . 3 « . 2 « . 2 « . 8 « London Chem. Gaz. June 1, 1859, from Dingier1 s Polylechn. Journ, ON ANTHEMIN AND ANTHEMIC ACID. M. Pattone, Pharmacien of the civil hospital of Alexandria, (Journ. d'Anvers), states that the common chamomile of Europe (Anthemis arvensis) contains a crystallizable alkaloid, Anthemin, and an organic acid. Anthemin is obtained from the flowers, which are placed in a still with sufficient water, and the aroma- tic oil distilled off. The residue is then expressed strongly, the decoction evaporated to an extract, and this exhausted with boiling alcohol, of 85 per cent., which dissolves out a resinous matter and an acid. The undissolved residue is then treated with boiling distilled water, filtered, and when cold, ammonia is dropped in until the liquid has a decided alkaline reaction. After a little while it deposits beautiful brilliant prismatic crystals, which, after twenty-four hours, are removed, and washed with cold water. This substance has neither odor nor taste ; it is sensibly alka- OBSERVATIONS ON THE SPECIES OF NICOTIANA. 471 line, very little soluble in cold water, a little more in boiling water, insoluble in alcohol and ether, very soluble in acetic acid, carbonized by heat alone, and by hot sulphuric acid. Anthemic acid is prepared from the alcoholic liquid obtained in the process for anthemin, which is evaporated to an extract ; this treated with distilled water, and the aqueous liquid filtered and saturated with caustic baryta. The liquid is now heated to ebullition, filtered, and diluted sulphuric acid carefully dropped in, to precipitate the baryta, avoiding an excess. The liquid filtered from the sulphate of baryta is evaporated to dryness and exhausted with ether, which is allowed to evaporate spontane- ously, and yields prismatic crystals, contaminated with extract- ive matter. These crystals have a decided bitter taste, and the odor of chamomile ; they redden strongly litmus paper, are sol- uble in water, alcohol and ether, and entirely insoluble in ben- zin. The author intends extending his researches to the Roman chamomile Anthemis nobilis. OBSERVATIONS ON THE SPECIES OF NICOTIANA. By Dr. John Le Conte. The great variety of tobacco met with in commerce, differing in color, in flavor, and in strength, does not depend upon a dif- ference in species or variety, but almost entirely on the soil in which it has grown, in the method of curing it, and the adulter- ations which it undergoes in passing through the hands of un- scrupulous dealers. Thus manured land never produces the plant of the first quality ; for this purpose, a virgin soil, very rich and strong, with but little calcareous matter, is required. This, however, will not endure for a longer space than six years : it gradually deteriorates, until at last it is entirely worn out, and cannot be brought back to its original state by the applica- tion of manure. This always renders it disagreeably strong, and highly impregnated with nitre. Calcareous soils produce these same effects, and thus the tobacco of our Western States is in- ferior to the Virginian and may easily be known by a saline taste. If tobacco bo cured without the use of artificial heat, its fine flavor is better preserved, and its color more uniform. Again, if dried with little exposure to the air, it becomes of a 472 OBSERVATIONS ON THE SPECIES OF NICOTIANA. bright yellow color. The best tobacco for smoking comes to us from the tropics, possessed of a peculiar flavor and perfume ; this was once the case with all the segars brought from Cuba. At present, those that are introduced into the United States from that island are adulterated with tobacco of an inferior kind ; they are not at all like those brought fifty years ago. Either the plant has deteriorated by mixing with other species, or is so adulterated by a mixture with the common tobacco of our country, that the true flavor is entirely lost. Vessels loaded with tobacco, the produce of our own soil, are constantly leaving our shores for the port of Havanna. Besides, large quantities of an inferior quality produced from imported seed are now sent from New England, and either used there or brought back and sold here as genuine Havanna. The last good tobacco that I have smoked was made by myself in Georgia, about thirty years ago. This possessed the delightful perfume peculiar to the best raised within the tropics ; it was at the same time very mild and burnt freely. There is, however, much imagination in the judg- ment which we form of tobacco. I might here point out the method by which deleterious sub- stances are mixed with tobacco, and how the leaves of various other plants are substituted for it. Some of the most exten- sively used manufactured tobacco has poisonous drugs mixed with it, which increases its action on the system, particularly on the brain, in such a degree as to become really dangerous. Those persons, therefore, who use it for a masticatory, would do well to employ no other than the pure leaves as they are brought from Virginia. Almost all the pressed tobacco is defiled with liquorice or molasses, which substances conceal the bad taste of the inferior qualities. The method by which the flavor of our plant is imparted to plants which have none of their own is as follows: — A quantity of the refuse tobacco is boiled in wine, or more frequently in human urine, until a strong fluid extract is obtained ; to this some salt is added. It is then poured upon the dried leaves of other plants, such as rhubarb, burdock, sun- flower, cabbage, or broad-leaved dock, which, after remaining in the fluid a sufficient time to absorb as much of it as they can contain, are hung up to dry, and then made into Havanna segars. Cut tobacco, likewise intended for smoking, is mixed OBSERVATIONS ON THE SPECIES OF NICOTIANA. 473 with the leaves of stramonium and foxglove, and with opium. There is, however, no end to the dishonesties practised by to- bacco manufacturers. I now proceed to describe the plant as it has come under my observation, premising that I do not believe that the species here noted are any where to be found in a perfectly wild or native state. Mr. Lehman, the last authority on this subject, enumer- ates twenty-one species. I have seen but four, and one of these looks very much like some other genus. I allude to JV. quadri- valvis. The other species of Nicotiana have but two valves in the capsules. The three remaining species, I know from ex- perience, mutually mix together. I omit a description of the genus. Nicotiana tabacum. Annual, viscid, branching. Leaves oblong lanceolate, broad, acuminate, most entire, for the most part strictly sessile, at the base more or less decurrent, subam- plexicaul. Flowers paniculately corymbose, terminal, with linear lanceolate bractes. Calyx oblong, five-cleft, the divisions lance- olate acute. Corolla infundibuliform, much longer than the calyx, the tube viscid, greenish, the limb pale rosy, spreading, the lobes ovate acute, capsule a little longer than the calyx, stigma transversely sulcate on the top. This is the common tobacco of commerce, called by different names, Virginian, Kentucky, Nagadoches, &c. It is not agree- able to smoke, unless weakened by washing in water. It is the only kind fit for chewing. Too much care cannot be taken in the operation of curing it, and much of its goodness depends upon the manner in which it has been dried and fermented. The Indians in this country are in the habit of mixing it with the leaves of Rhus glabrum and Laurus Borbonia, or the scraped bark of Cornus sanguinea, all of which improve its taste in a remarkable degree. N. fruticosa. Perennial, pubescent, viscid, branching Leaves lanceolate, acuminate, most entire, sometimes very shortly petiolate, most generally sessile, the lower ones am- plexicaul. The infloresence the same as of the preceding, stigma subbilobate. This is the far-famed tobacco of the Island of Cuba and of all the tropical parts of America. I have been told that it is the 474 OBSERVATIONS ON THE SPECIES OF NICOTIANA. species cultivated in the interior of Africa. It is probably indi- genous to that portion of the globe. An African, from a region in that country, far distant from the sea, who was well acquainted with the cultivation of the plant in his own country as well as in this, told me when he first 3aw this species growing in Georgia, that it was the kind which grew in his country. He could not well be mistaken, for the leaves of N. tabacum are very wide, whilst on the contrary of the N. fruticosa they are rather narrow. It is from this species that the so-called Havanna segars ought to be made. But it seems to me that very little of it enters into the composition of what we now receive from Cuba. N. rustica. Annual, villous, viscid, branching.- Leaves petiolate, ovate or roundish obtuse, most entire, sometimes more or less cordate, divisions of the calyx short, ovate or roundish. Corolla greenish yellow. Stigma entire. From this species, which is nearly as agreeable for smoking as the last, are produced the varieties called Turkish, Chinese, East Indian, Shirazian and Latakia tobacco. It is said to have been imported from America into England in the year 1578, and yet has never been seen here except cultivated as a curiosity in gardens, the seed being always brought from China. It must be considered as a species confined originally to the older conti- nents, and not known on this side of the Atlantic, until after the discoveries of Columbus and others. I think that I have seen it growing in a quasi indigenous state on the road sides in Europe. No tobacco has ever been seen growing without culti- vation in the United States. This circumstance taking place with most of our cultivated vegetables is a certain proof of their having been imported from some other country. As has been observed before, these three species will mix to- gether in every possible degree, hence the great number of species which appear in our books. If we take the trouble to analyse these, it can easily be perceived that they have been produced by hybrid intermixtures, unless fertile hybrids are to be considered as valid species. All those which resemble the N. tabacum, but with narrower leaves than common, or in any degree possessed of the peculiar characteristics of the N, fruticosa, have been produced by the mixture with this species, and all of THE CINCHONA TREE. 475 those with leaves more or less petiolate, whether lanceolate or ovate, as formed by a combination of JV. tabacuTh, JV. fruticosa and iV. rustica. It is remarkable what strange appearances these will put on ; every possible variation of the principal forms and every gradation of position will be found, all, however, easily reducible to the three original types. — Proc. Acad. Nat. Set. THE CINCHONA TREE. The following interesting letter contains some valuable infor- mation to persons in this country, which will be enhanced by the knowledge that Mr. D. Jay Browne, of the Agricultural Bureau of the Patent Office, has taken the initiative steps to procure seeds, and will distribute them in the various parts of the country for experimenting. It is from the bark of this tree that the celebrated tonic, known as quinine, is obtained. It is now al- most an indispensable article in medical practice: U. S. Legation, Quito, Equador, ] January 16ch, 1850. / Dear Sir, — The great importance which has become attached to the cinchona tree, which furnishes the Peruvian or fever bark, will excuse me for troubling you with this communication. I do not know whether attempts have been heretofore made for its propagation in the United States or not, but there can be no doubt that some parts of our country are adapted to its culti- vation. It is found in Ecuador, as well as in Peru, Bolivia, and New Granada, and its value as an article of commerce has very greatly increased during the last half century. In this country it for- merly sold at $40 per hundred, while its present price is $1 per pound. (These prices are in Ecuadorian currency, to re- duce which to United States money requires a reduction of about one-fifth.) In Ecuador the tree is found at elevations of from six to eight thousand feet, and where the temperature ranges from 60 to 66°. But as Humboldt observes, a compari- son between the climate of these regions and others is not satis- factorv. and it does not follow that the tree will not flourish in 28 476 THE CINCHONA TREE. temperatures quite different. Within a few years, seeds of the tree have been sent to England and propagated in order to be forwarded to India. The plants have been forwarded thither in glass covered boxes, with what success remains to be seen. The seed is diminutive, and may be sent by post to remote countries. In northern Ecuador, and west of the mountains, and of Quito, the inferior kind is found. The red bark variety, which is most valuable, is everywhere becoming scarce before the depredations of the hunters, and as no care is exercised in its cultivation, it may, after some years, unless attention is turned to the subject, become nearly extinct. The most valuable and extensive forests of the tree are found in southern Ecuador, in the vicinity of Loxa, and it is from that quarter, so far as this country is concerned, that supplies are drawn. Information regarding the cinchona tree may be found in Humboldt's Personal Narrative, volume 1, page 138, and more particularly in his Views of Nature (Bonn's Translation of 1850), pp. 280, 390, and (in note) 442. It may be well for you to bring this subject to the attention of Mr. D. Jay Browne, connected with the Patent Office, and I should be glad to hear from him concerning it. From my posi- tion here, I enjoy peculiar facilities for obtaining the seeds of the tree, and information regarding its culture, and will be glad to act in concert with Mr. Browne, if he will take efficient steps for its introduction into the United States. Very truly yours, C. R. Buckalew. It is stated that about double the amount of quinine can be obtained from the bark in its green state than when dried. — Louisville Med. News, July, 1859.* * [Mr. Buckalew is probably mistaken as to the advantageous culture of cinchona in this climate. It is true the tree grows in so elevated a po- sition as to have a moderate annual temperature, but it must be recollected that this temperature in a tropical country is nearly constant. Besides, even in its native country, cinchona ceases to yield the alkaloids, in ad- vantageous proportions, below a certain altitude. All the attempts to transplant cinchona, so far as we know, have been to intra-tropical coun- tries, except the proposed French experiment in Algeria. — Ed. Am. Jour. Pharm.] CHLORINATED LUNAR CAUSTIC. 477 CHLORINATED LUNAR CAUSTIC. By Henry N. Rittenhouse. In a previous number of the Druggist, was an article with the above heading, by Dr. J. Lawrence Smith, of Louisville, (from the Medical News,) in which he suggests the addition of chloride of silver, for the purpose of giving it strength and lessening its solubility. I have tried his formula several times, also that pro- posed by Dr. Squibb, for the same purpose, but without success in obtaining the desired strength of the sticks, when using pure chloride of silver, but with the use of chloride of sodium as first suggested, I have never failed in obtaining a desirable article. It is not nitrate of soda that is necessary for success ? As far as the therapeutical effects are concerned of fused nitrate of silver, I cannot see any objection to the small quanti- ty of nitrate of soda present ; and when properly labelled as it should be, and sold for what it really is, what objection is there to using chloride of sodium, if it is really an essential ? Powdered Blue Mass. — I offer for the benefit of your readers, the following formula for powdered blue mass, which I have found after repeated trials, to furnish a satisfactory product. Take of Mercury, 1 oz. Troy. Pulv. Liquorice Root, J oz. " Pulv. Rose Leaves, gi. White Sugar, 1 oz 33. Water, f-3U« Mix half an ounce of sugar and two drachms liquorice root in a mortar, add the mercury, then the water gradually ; triturate the materials rapidly, until the mercury is extinguished, (which can be readily done in five minutes), then add the remainder of the ingredients, and mix thoroughly, spread the damp powder upon paper for a few hours to dry. Powder and sift it. This formula has the advantage of producing a preparation identical with the Pil. Hydrarg. of the U. S. P., in composition and strength, and is easily prepared. — The Druggist. 478 VARIETIES. Tooth Paste. — The best plastic tooth paste is made in the following way: 1. 1 part finely powdered glass is mixed with 3 parts finely divided oxide of zinc entirely free of carbonate. 2. 50 parts of solution of chloride of zinc, spec. grav. 1-5 to 1-6, is mixed with 1 part of borax dissolved in the smallest possible quantity of hot water ; all parts are taken by weight. If it is to be used for filling teeth, the powder No. 1 is mixed with a sufficient quantity of the solution No. 2 to make an even paste ; during the operation the mass generates a moderate heat. The addition of powdered glass is necessary to impart to the mass the requisite firmness. On adding the solution of borax to the solution of chloride of zinc, a precipitate of borate of zinc is at first produced, which, however, easily dissolves in the excess of the zinc solution. Borax actsby delaying the hardening and subsequently to increase the hardness of the mass j without addition, the paste hardens so quickly as to leave scarcely time to mould it into the required shape. This paste is of a dazzling white, which is never met with in teeth, and it may be therefore advisable to mix No. 1, previous to adding the liquid, with a small quantity of ochre. In one day the mass has become so hard as to require considerable force to break it up ; its ultimate hardness is that of marble ; it is not affected by water, and may perhaps be found use- ful for other purposes where a plastic mass is required — Pharmac. Zeitung. — Schweiz. Zeitschr.f. Pharm. 1859, 16. j. m. m, Parisian Wash Powder. — The ladies' toilet table has been enriched by the "Parisian Wash Powder," which is prepared in the following manner: Kice is softened in pure water, which is daily replaced by fresh water until the rice can be easily mashed ; all the water is then drawn off, the rice crushed, the pasty mass mixed with water to a milky liquid, and this brought on a sieve or a cloth which must not be too thick. After settling, the fine powder is collected, dried, and a small quantity of soda added. — Schweiz. Zeitschr.f. Pharm. 1859, 49. Mr. Fox Talbot's New Discovery, — Photoglyphic Engraving. — The subject of engraving steel or copper plates by means of photography, is one which has deservedly attracted the attention of the leading men of science, both in this country and on the Continent. . ; . . We have been favored with the inspection of some new photographic — or, to speak more correctly VARIETIES. 479 photoglyphic engravings, executed by a new process, the result of experi- ments made by Mr. H. Fox Talbot. By means of his invention, common, paper photographs can be transferred to plates of steel, copper or zinc, and impressions printed off afterwards with the usual printer's ink. . . . The plates engraved by this mode are indeed beautiful in themselves as photographs, and will bear strong microscopic inspection, the most minute detail being given with astonishing fidelity We are as yet not permitted to give publicity to the details of the process, but we can say that the scientific facts upon which the process is based are among the most striking in photography, which, as our readers are aware, is an art fertile in singular novelties. The specimens which Mr. Talbot has favored us with of this new branch of art are very beautiful. They are free from many of the imperfections which were so evident in former at- tempts, and the manner in which the half-tones are given is really won- derful ; the specimens are of various subjects, showing the perfection which can be obtained in any branch of pictures. Even in these copies the detail is so fine that when a powerful microscopic power is brought to bear on them, we are enabled to trace the names in the shops in the dis- tance, and easily read the play-bills in the foreground, and this in a picture only a few inches square, while the minuteness in architectural subjects is most remarkable. In a view of Paris, there is all that can be desired in half-tones, and the perspective is almost as good as in a photograph. — London Chemist, from the Photographic News. Poisonous Effects of the Leaves of the Yew-Tree. — That the leaves of th® yew are of pernicious influence was known to the Greeks and Romans, and confirmed by later authorities. The yew-tree itself may cause vertigo, lethargy, and even drunkenness, by the narcotic exhalation which it emits. We now read, in the Journal des Landes, that three horses belong- ing to the squadron of cavalry stationed at Mount de Maison, died there suddenly, a few days ago, and that on dissection, it was found that they had been eating plentifully of the leaves of some yew-trees ; the coats of of the stomach evinced marks of the deleterious effects produced by this poison. — lb. Dangerous Explosion of Muriatic Acid. — The Wheeling (Va.) Times of the 15th inst., says: Yesterday morning, about two o'clock, a carboy con- taining sixty-seven pounds of muriatic acid, exploded in the drug store of Mr. Fundenberg, under Washington Hall. Mr. Allen Fundenberg, who sleeps in the store, received the first intimation of the accident by finding a great difficulty in breathing, which increased so fast that he sprang out of bed and started to the front door. On the way he stepped in the acid where it had run over the floor, and so powerful was its effect that the skin on the bottom of his foot was left sticking to the floor. He opened the 480 VARIETIES. door and dragged the carboy into the street, where it shortly took fire spon- taneously, and burnt with a bright blaze until every vestige of the can and acid was consumed. The effect of the vapor arising from the acid is visible on everything about the store. The col >r of the paint is turned, all the paper labels are discolored, and a couple of tin oil tanks are covered with a very pretty representation of frost-work. The floor where the acid ran has been turned a good cedar color, and the iron work in front of the store is rusted to perfection. — Cincinnati Eclectic Journal. Dental Anaesthetic. Tincture of aconite, one ounce ; chloroform, one ounce ; alcohol, one ounce ; morphine, six grains. Mix. To prevent the pain of extraction, and destroy sensibility in the gums by local application, moisten two pledgets of cotton with the liquid, and apply to the gums, for a minute or two, over the tooth to be extracted. — Dr. Teft — Jour, of Materia Medica. Voltaic Narcotism. — Dr. B. W. Richardson, Professor of Phyisology at the Grosvenor School of Medicine, has, by using electricity combined with a narcotic, succeeded in inducing local anaesthesia. He applies a narcotic solution, consisting of equal parts of chloroform and tincture of aconite, to the part in which he desires to produce anaesthesia- then covers this part with a plate connected with the positive pole of the voltaic battery, and applies the negative pole to an adjoining part. Dr. R. in this mode produced anaesthesia in anaevus on the back of an infant, when Dr. Halford transfixed and tied a ligature around the naevus without the infant giving any indication of suffering pain by the operation. — Virginia Med. Jour. The Ginseng Excitement. — The newspapers having teemed of late with paragraphs concerning an unusual excitement among the citizens of Min- nesota, who were turning out " en masse" to dig the roots, it occurred to us that, having subscribers in the Ginseng district, we might obtain reliable information from them ; and the result of addressing one of them is em- bodied in the following letter : Faribault, Bice Co., Minnesota, July 1st, 1859. Mr. Frederick Stearns: Dear Sir, — Yours of the 16th of June was duly received. In that letter you request me to give you some statistics, com- mercial and otherwise, of Ginseng ; and, in answer, would submit to you the following : It is found only in timbered land, selecting such soils as produce the Sugar Maple, Basswood, Butternut, and Black Walnut, and where the sur- face of the land is rolling or undulating. Such lands in our State are not generally very heavily timbered. That portion of our State where it is most to be found is in what are termed the Big Woods, lying between the town of Faribault on the east, VARIETIES. 481 and the South Bend of the St. Peter's River on the west, and from that line extending down the river in the direction of St. Paul's. The distance across this timber from Faribault to Mankato is about forty miles ; but as you pass down the river it grows narrower, and disappears altogether near the town of Shacopee, some thirty miles above St. Paul's. It is not all over this piece of timber that the Ginseng grows, but only on such portions as are above indicated, and these will not comprise but about one-fourth part where it will grow in sufficient quantity to make it profitable to gather it. The points at which it has been carried on chiefly, are Faribault, Man- kato, and St Peter's. Small places in the timber, and on the St. Peter's River, have done something, but these principally. The root is dug, and carried as dug, to a particular point, chosen for its convenience, where it is properly washed and dried. Some have steamed the root, and then put it on trays in a tight room, where the thermometer ranges from one hundred to one hundred and twenty; while others lay them on a scaffold for several days, in the sun, and then finish them in the dry-house. The first look the handsomest, and I think command the highest price in the market, while, to my mind, the latter method leaves the root in its most natural state. The green root has commanded prices varying from sis to ten cents, and in a few instances even more — the average being about eight cents. It has taken from four to four and a half pounds of the green root to make one of the dry, but I am told that in the fall of the year it takes only about three. The amount of the dried root that has been shipped from this place, as near as I can learn has been between twenty-one and twenty-two thousand pounds, and that sent from different points along the St. Peter's to St. Paul, to be shipped, has not exceeded eighteen thousand. The time spoken of the shipment from St. Paul was about the 20th of last month. I am informed that it has been found in the vicinity of Crow River, some distance above St. Paul, but have not learned to what extent. Up to the time spoken of there had been no shipment made of Ginseng from that locality, and the presumption is that the amount will be small. The expectations of large shipments being made to the cities on the sea- board has had the tendency to depress the market price there, and that in turn has had the effect to entirely stop the trade throughout the State. Every town, large or small, in the vicinity of those locations where it grew, were more or less engaged in it; but since the news of the price having declined reached us, every operator has declined buying, and no more roots are brought into the market. The larger share of the roots prepared for market have been shipped ; and should the price continue as it is, very little more will be collected and dried for shipment. 482 VARIETIES. This is as fair a statement as I can give ; and you may make such use of it as you may think best. Most respectfully yours, W. H. Stevens, M. D. Ginseng is very abundant throughout this State, and there is no reason why it should not be profitably collected at present ruling rates. It is un- fortunate for the Minnesotians that they chose the wrong season to collect it, as it should not be dug until after the blossoming and ripening of the seed of the plant— say from August to October. The most sensible method of curing it would be in the open air, but under shade. — F. S. Peninsular and Indepen. Med. Jour., Aug., 1859. Poisoning by Cyanide of Potassium. — At a late meeting of the New York Pathological Society, Dr. Finnell presented a specimen of a stomach removed from a patient who was poisoned by cyanide of potassium. The patient was a Daguerrean artist. He swallowed a piece of salt as large as the end of the finger. Immediately he cried for water, but before he could get his mouth to the pipe of the hydrant, he died. Death took place in from three to five minutes after he swallowed the poison. In answer to a question from Dr. Clark, he stated that the symptoms of poisoning by this salt were very like those from poisoning by prussic acid. The death was very rapid. This was the third case he had met with. This man lived but three minutes, another lived twelve minutes, and a third, he was not certain how long he survived ; it was a very short time, however. In each of the cases the stomach was intensely reddened. Dr. Dalton thought it was important to know that injection of the stomach took place in so short a time as three minutes, unless most of the change was post-mortem. — Nashville Monthly Record. Vivianite. — M. Schiff has proved, by chemical analysis, that the blue color which pus sometimes presents is owing to phosphate of iron in an amorphous state. It is this same salt which gives the blue color to animal remains which have been interred for a long time. The demonstration of this fact is owing to M. Nickles, who has found in human bones phosphate of iron crystallized in the form peculiar to the vivianite of mineralogists. Ibid, from North American Medical and Chirurgical Review. Adulteration of Valerianate of Iron. — The valerianates are often adul- terated, the adulteration consisting of the mixture of some salt with a cer- tain quantity of essential oil of valerian. M. Monnerat has given some easy methods of detecting these adulterations. He found the false valeri- anate had a deeper color than the true, and that it was insoluble in alcohol and ether, and that, when treated with boiling water, it gave, after cooling, a deposit of subcarbonate of iron, and a considerable quantity of essential oil of valerian floating upon the surface of the liquid. Besides, the true AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION 483 valerianate of iron is insoluble in water, but on the contrary, is entirely soluble in alcohol. Another character of the true valerianate is its acid, disagreeable, persistent smell, which is very different from the penetrating odor of valerian presented by the false valerianates formed by the addition of the essential oil of the plant. — The Druggist, June, 1859. Acetous Tincture of Cimicifuga. — Dr. Koehler, of Pennsylvania, proposes the employment of dilute acetic acid and alcohol as a solvent for the active matter of this valuable indigenous drug, as follows : Take of black cohosh root, bruised, five ounces; dilute acetic acid, U.S. P., one fluid ounce ; alcohol, eight fluid ounces ; water, eleven fluid ounces. Mix, macerate fourteen days ; express and filter. Dose, one to two tea- spoonfuls. He says: "After due trial I found this combination to answer better than any other form, and the neighboring physicians, to whom I gave the formula, express themselves as highly pleased with the acetated tincture of cimicifuga. It has been successfully employed in nervous affections, and as an alterative in various forms of rheumatism and uterine affections. — Cin. Lancet and Observer. Prohibition of Empirical Preparations in Russia. — The Russian govern- ment has issued the most stringent orders to refuse admission at the vari- ous custom-houses to the following substances : 1. Collodium cantharidale. 2. Hydrargyrum zooticum. 3. Morrison's pills. 4. Oleum harlamense. 5. Hydrargyrum sulphuratum stibiatum. 6. Leroy's medicines. 7. Fer- rum limatum alcoholisatum, and Revalenta Arabica. 8. Lactate of iron lozenges. 9. Essential coffese. 10. Extractum filicis maris eethereum. 11. Theriac. 12. Extracta medicinalia. This is a very wise regulation, excluding, on the one hand, dangerous quack medicines, such as Morrison's and Leroy's, and on the other, preventing the credulous from investing their money in such preparations as the Revalenta Arabica. — Med. Zeit. Russlands, and Virg. Med. Jour., June, 1859. AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION. The Seventh Annual Meeting of the " American Pharmaceutical Association," will be held in the city of Boston, Mass , on Tuesday the 13th day of September next at 3 o'clock P. M. The objects of the Association and the conditions of membership are explained in the following extracts from the Constitution. Article T. This Association shall be called the American Pharmaceutical Association. Its aim shall be to unite the educated and reputable Pharmaceutists and Druggists of the United States in the fol- lowing objects : 1st. To improve and regulate the drug market, by preventing the importation of inferior, adulterated or deteriorated drugs, and by detecting and exposing home adulteration. 2d. To establish the relations between druggists, pharmaceutists, physicians and the people at large, upon just principles, which shall promote the public welfare and tend to mutual strength and advantage. 3d. To improve the science and the art of Pharmacy by diffusing scientific knowledge among apothecaries and druggists, fostering pharmaceutical literature, developing talent, stimulating 484 EDITORIAL. discovery and invention, and encouraging home production and manufacture in the several de- partments of the drua; business. 4th. To regulate the system of apprenticeship and employment so as to prevent, as far as practicable, the evils flowing from deficient training in the responsible duties of preparing, dis- pensing and selling medicines. 5th. To suppress empyricism, and as much as possible to restrict the dispensing and sale of medicines to regularly educated druggists and apothecaries. Article II. — Of the Members. Section 1. Every pharmaceutist or druggist of good moral and professional standing, whether in business on his own account, retired from business or employed by another, who, after duly considering the objects of the Association and the obligations of this Constitution, is willing to subscribe to them, is eligible to membership. Section 2. The mode of admission to membership shall be as follows : Any person eligible to membership may apply to any member of the Executive Committee, who shall report his appli- cation to the said Committee. If after investigating his claims they shall approve his election, they shall at the earliest time practicable report his name to the Association, and he may be elected by two thirds of the members present, on ballot. Should an application occur in the recess, the members of the Committer may give their approval in writing, which, if unanimous, and endorsed by the President, shall constitute him a member, and the fact be reported to the Associa- tion at the next succeeding meeting. Section 3. No person shall become a member of this Association until he shall have signed the Constitution, and paid his annual contribution for the current year All persons who become members shall be considered as permanent members, but may be expelled for improper conduct by a vote of two-thirds of the members present at any annual meeting. Section 4. Every member shall pay into the hands of the Treasurer the sum of two dollars as his yearly contribution, and is liable to lose his right of membership by neglecting to pay said contribution for three successive years. Members shall be entitled, on the payment of three dol- lars, to receive a certificate of membership signed by the President, Vice-President and Secretary, covenanting to return the same to the proper officer on relinquishing their connection with the Association. Section 5. Every local Pharmaceutical Association shall be entitled to five delegates in theanniml meetings, who, if present, become members of the Association, on signing the Constitution, with- out being ballotted for. JOHN L. K1DWELL, President. Georgetown, D. C, June 25th, 1859. €5it odd 13 ep ailment. Meeting of the American Pharmaceutical Association. — It is pre- sumed that Pharmaceutists generally are by this time aware that the As- sociation meets at Boston on the 13th of September. From the indications so far apparent, we believe the meeting will be large and interesting. The time is a favorable one for travel — the season of fruits — of abundance. Our Boston friends are wide awake, as the following circular from the Treasurer will evidence, and their proverbial hospitality and attention to strangers will not be wanting on this occasion. Boston, August 13, 1859. Members are requested to forward the names of their friends whom they wish to propose for membership, so that they may be elected at the first session of the next meeting Members will confer a favor by notifying the Treasurer of the decease of any member during the last year. Any specimens for exhibition may be forwarded to the care of Cartek, Colcord & Preston, Boston. The next meeting of the Association will be held on the second Tues- day of September, (13th,) 1859, at 3 o'clock, P. M., at the rooms of the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy, Perkins Building, Temple Place, Boston, Mass. EDITOKIALu 485 Ample accommodations will be secured at the American House, so that all who attend can be at one hotel, with table and accommodation room appropriated solely for their use. Those who attend with their families, will find retired apartments in the same hotel; or, if desired, in boarding houses or private families. All members, and persons intending to become members, are requested to report themselves at the rooms of the College, and at the hotel. From the manifestly increasing interest in the Association, a large at- tendance is expected, and it would be very gratifying to meet every member, and all Pharmaceutists who are interested in our objects. S. M. Colcord, Treasurer. Although not required by the rules of his office to do so, it is highly commendable in the Treasurer to give this information appended to the bill for annual subscription. It suggests a rallying point for the mem- bers, who thus are able to learn who have arrived. Members should en- courage their pharmaceutical friends who are not members to make the trip to Boston and join the Association. Those who want information as to the conditions of membership, will find them in the President's notice at page 483 of this number. St. Louis Pharmaceutical Association. — The following note to the editor announcing the names of Delegates from the St. Louis Association is pub- lished by request : St. Louis, Mo., 18th August, 1859. Dear Sir : — I forward to you the names of the Delegates of the "St. Louis Pharmaceutical Association " to the annual meeting of the " American Pharmaceutical Association," to be held in September ; would you be kind enough to insert their names in the next issue of your valuable jour- nal ? The delegates are — Messrs. Enno Sander, William H. Dornin, James O'Gallagher, Samuel D. Hendel, and William B. Parker. I remain, dear sir, respectfully yours, James O'Gallagher, Corresponding Secretary St. Louis Pharm. Association. Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. — The School of Pharmacy in this Institution will open its courses, the approaching session, on Monday, October 3d, at 7£ o'clock, P. M., at the College Hall, Zane Street above Seventh, on which occasion, Prof. R. P. Thomas will deliver the general Introductory. By consulting the advertising columns, our readers will find a programme of the Lectures and Conditions of Graduation, etc. The Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain. — This Society, in. the death of its President, Jacob Bell, has met with a loss that will long be felt by its members. It would be difficult to find in the annals of any Society a more devoted and untiring friend and officer. Through good 486 EDITORIAL. report and evil report, under all circumstances that have occurred to retard or annoy its progress, Jacob Bell has always been at his post, and always equal to the emergency. He had the satisfaction of living to see the Society highly prosperous and firmly established, and the internal jealous- ies, which at one time threatened to rend it in twain, to disappear. It is pleasant to find that he was appreciated whilst he lived, and from Aber- deen to Plymoutli the members of the Pharmaceutical Society remember him with love and respect. At the meeting of the Council, held July 6th, 1859, after an expression of grateful remembrance of the services of Jacob Bell, it was "Resolved, That a Committee be appointed to take the requisite steps for forming a Capital Fund, out of which one or more Scholarships, bear- ing the name of Jacob Bell, may be established in connection with the Society." A committee was appointed to carry it out. On the same occasion, the Council were advised of the following ex- tract from the will of the late President : "I give and bequeath the sum of two thousand pounds [$10,000] to the Trustees for the time being of the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, which two thousand pounds are to be paid exclusively and in priority to other legacies, out of such part of my personal estate as is by law applicable to such payment, and to be expended in establishing or otherwise increasing the efficiency of a School of Pharmacy, or in promot- ing pharmaceutical education, in such manner as the Council of the said Society may deem expedient, but so that the receipts of the Trustees shall be good discharges to my executors." The Council, by resolution, pledged themselves to carry out the ex- pressed wishes of the testator to the best of their ability. At the same meeting an election was held to fill the vacant President- ship ; whereupon it was declared that Mr. T. N. R. Morson was duly elected to that office. At the meeting held on the 20th of July, Mr. Peter Squire was elected to fill the Vice-Presidency rendered vacant by the election of Mr. Morson. The Adulteration of Cream or Tartar. — Now that cream of tartar has become an article of the cuisine, the larger part used being as a substitute for yeast in bread and cake making, the rascals who are constantly seek- ing out some means of cheating the public, have laid hold of this, disregard- ing the fact that it had already suffered sufficiently among the druggists. The following note reveals a specimen of this villainy, which exhibits some acuteness, as the party addressed himself to a class who either ignorantly or from habit would be induced to accept the bait : — Philadelphia, August 22d, 1859. To the Editor of the American Journal of Pharmacy : The sample, is part of a specimen of an article which was offered in our EDITORIAL. 487 market within the past fortnight, under the name of " Cream of Tartar Adulterator." The parties offering it for sale do business in New York, as dealers in spices and grocery articles. The article was not offered to the wholesale druggists, but to spice and drug grinders in this city, at from 5 to 8 cents per lb. An examination of the article shows it to be sulphate of lime, contain, ing a little sulphate of soda. Under the glass it has the appearance of translucent gypsum ground to a similar fineness as cream of tartar. It presents near the same appearance as cream of tartar of a damp powder, with points reflecting light, though the color is whiter than is usual with cream of tartar ; though not calculated deceive an adept, it would, when mixed'with cream of tartar in proper proportions, pass the observation of most buyers. Very truly yours, Charles Bullock. The Action of Medicines in the System ; or, " On the mode in which Thera- peutic Agents introduced into the stomach produce their peculiar effects on the animal economy. " Being the prize essay to which the Medical Society of London awarded the Fothergillian Gold Medal for 1852. By Frederick William Headland, M. D.,B. A., F. L. S. &c. Third edition, revised and enlarged. Philadelphia. Lindsay & Blackiston, 1859. pp. 469, octavo. This book has been too extensively read, and too well received by the medical profession of this country, to need a notice in this journal. The subject is one of the utmost interest to the philosophical physician who aims at something more than merely curing in an empirical way. He wants to know the how, and the why, in employing remedies. To such, this new edition of Dr. Headland, improved as it is by a most careful revision, in view of the latest investigations in Zoochemistry, will be highly accept- able ; and to that other large class, who have not yet entered as students in this department of their profession, it offers an admirable introduction to the abstruse and difficult, but deeply interesting, subject " of the action of medicines in the system." The book is well printed on good smooth paper, and neatly bound, alto- gether creditable to the publishers. The Physician's Visiting List, Diary, and book of Engagements for 1860. Philadelphia. Lindsay & Blackiston. Our medical friends will be pleased to learn that this useful little com- panion and advocate of order, has appeared in its new dress, ready for the approaching year. Those who have had it, will not be without it ; those who have not yet tried it, should not fail to get it. 488 EDTORIAL. OBITUARY. Jacob Bell; President of the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, and Editor of the (London) Pharmaceutical Journal, died on the 12th of June, at Tunbridge Wells, JZng., of laryngeal phthisis. Jacob Bell was the son of John Bell, who, from 1798 to the period of his death in 1849, over fifty years, pursued the business of a chemist and druggist in Oxford street, London. We have not the data to describe Jacob Bell's early career, though we believe his pharmaceutical education was conducted in his father's establishment in Oxford street. Had he not been a pharma- ceutist it is probable that he would have been an artist. From early life he had a strong taste for the pencil, especially for sketching animals. "At one time he placed himself in one of the schools of painting in which some of our best artists have studied, but on his becoming acquainted with Sir Edwin Lanseer, the productions of the pencil of the great animal painter appeared to him to so far excel anything that he could hope to attain, that he abandoned the attempt in despair. But though he relinquished the idea of becoming an artist himself, he remained devotedly attached to, and a liberal patron of art, as well as the friend of artists during his life." He proved a warm friend of Landseer, and was the means of rescuing him from the picture dealers, and in 1841, when Landseer's health required absence from his professional labors, Mr. Bell accompanied him during a six months tour to Geneva. Some of the best specimens of this distin- guished artist were possessed by Mr. Bell, and these, together with the rest of his valuable collection, were bequeathed to the National Gallery at London. It was not until 1841 that the subject of this notice was called upon to give public evidence of the energy and perseverance which has so strongly marked his subsequent career. In that year Mr. Hawes introduced his famous Medical Reform Bill into Parliament, which bore so stringently upon the pharmaceutists that a public meeting of that class was called, and measures taken with such good effect that the bill was withdrawn. In this affair Mr. Bell was a prominent actor, and it was during a meeting of the committee having that in charge, at the house of Mr. Bell, that a series of resolutions were proposed and adopted which resulted in the formation of the Pharmaceutical Society. From that time till his death he devoted himself unremittingly to the interests of that Society, and through it to his brethren throughout England and Scotland. At his own expense he commenced the publication of the " Pharmaceutical Jour- nal and Transactions" in July 1841, and distributed it largely; and among the many wise and efficient measures then suggested and carried out, none have proved more widely useful to the pharmaceutical body of England than this ; for, being the mouth-piece of the Society through its transactions, and every member of the Society subsequently receiving it as a part of his privileges and rights, the information of its pages reached into all the cities EDITORIAL. 489 and towns where its three thousand members resided. Mr. Bell re- tained the copy -right of the Pharmaceutical Journal till a short period before his death, when he took measures for its transfer to the Society, and its 18 volumes will ever stand as a lasting monument to his energy and ability. He also bequeathed the sum of $10,000 to the Pharmaceuti- cal Society to promote the efficiency of its School of Pharmacy. It was not only by his exertions in London and through his " Journal " that Jacob Bell influenced the progress of pharmacy in Great Britain. He was con- stantly in attendance at meetings in other cities, encouraging them to carry out the principles of the Society, and raise their status by educational ex- ertions. Eminently practical in his views, he was readily understood and appreciated when he addressed their meetings, and no member of the Society was listened to with greater respect. In his last annual address in May, 1859, which, owing to the infirmities of Mr. Bell, was read for him, he explained the method by which he had been able to succeed in accomplishing so much in the early up hill labors that resulted in the firm establishment of the Pharmaceutical Society. He observed the following rules : First, Never to take offence at any re- ception, however cool, abrupt, or even rude. Second, Not to be discour- aged at a cold shoulder. Third, Not to look down on a man because he lives in a small shop or in a back street. Fourth, Never to lose sight of the main object from a mistaken notion of dignity or self respect. Fifth, Never be goaded into a quarrel or loss of temper. These rules were char- acteristic of Mr. Bell under all circumstances. We have watched his career from 1841 to the period of his demise, as exhibited in the progress of Pharmacy in England, especially in what may be called the politics of the Society, and in cases where jealousies were engendered between the Lon- don and provincial members regarding important measures, by the unwise and unprincipled opposition of certain parties. These, to gain their ends in opposing and destroying the standing of Mr. Bell, would have sacrificed the Society, and for three years they supported and edited a periodical and filled its pages with a series of editorials which remain a lasting stigma on their author. To these biting sarcasms and caustic sneers, Mr. Bell opposed a steady and unruffled pursuit of the great interests of the Society. In a letter received from him in January, 1853, speaking of the opposition of those parties to the Pharmacy Act, he says : " We take no heed of such attacks, but go forward endeavoring not to deserve them, and attribut- ing any hostility to the frailty of human nature." In 1850, with the interests of the Society fully in view Mr. Bell aspired to a seat in Parliament, and successfully contested the borough of St. Alban's then vacant • circumstances occurred, however, during the canvass of a nature highly disgraceful to those that were concerned in them, and Mr. Bell, a novice in political wirepulling, was victimized, by having to bear much of the odium belonging to the party who elected him, and was finally unseated. Whilst in Parliament he was instrumental in obtaining an "Act" to 490 EDITORIAL. reorganize the Pharmaceutical Society as an educational Institution, and granting it powers, which, though not so ample as would have most effectu- ally served the cause of reform, yet greatly adding to its efficiency and dignity. "But Mr. Bell's health had long been declining; his naturally active disposition, and the enthusiasm with which he engaged in many public pursuits, caused him to overtax his physical powers, and thus was laid the foundation of a distressing complaint, which deprived him of his voice, and rendered the act of deglutition a source of extreme suffering. Throughout life he had manifested a remarkable disregard of his own per- sonal ease and comfort, especially when business of importance claimed his attention, and this, which almost amounted to a reckless neglect of the requirements of nature, continued long after the commencement and no doubt contributed to the aggravation of his illness." " In disposition he was most kind and generous. Though he was never married, he had rela- tives towards whom he acted the part of a father, and the number of those is not few who have cause, gratefully, to remember his unostentatious benevolence." When viewed as a scientific man Mr. Bell does not rank as high as some of his Pharmaceutical contemporaries. So far as we are aware, he has left nothing on record that that exhibits a practical familiarity with chemical science as a pursuit. Nevertheless, in all that is considered requisite in practical pharmacy — judgment of drugs — medical botany — the details of the English pharmaceutical laboratory, and especially in that varied know- required in conducting a large dispensing establishment he was perfectly familiar. His position as editor of the Pharmaceutical Journal for so long a period made him acquainted with scientific literature, and brought him in contact with the best minds in the profession. Added to this he appears to have given his time and attention to the profession at large in the form of unremitting endeavors to advance their interests as a body. No amount of labor was too much for him in that direction, and with his multitudin- ous engagements in this and other connections he could give but little time to abstract science. In one of his letters to us, dated March 4, 1856, he says ; " I believe I must plead guilty to having too many irons in the fire, as I am on several committees of hospitals, dispensaries and other institutions, besides parochial boards, and occasionally a dash at politics (chiefly medical politics, or matters bearing on that class of subjects.) In the midst of this accumulation of occupations, I occasionally find that I have neglected something or delayed answering a letter, or only half done it; the principal reason being that there is only six days in the week (besides Sunday,) and only 17 hours in each day (besides horae somni.") Perhaps Mr. Bell's most distinguishing trait of mind was a practical good sense in dealing with the pleasures, the duties and the difficulties of life. It never forsook him, and at the last moment, when all that he felt so deeply interested in, and had so much cause to wish to continue among, was fading from his view, he calmly selected a spot for his last resting place, beside the grave of the late Dr. Golding Bird, and quietly passed away without a murmur. THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHARMACY. NOVEMBER, 1 8 59. PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION — 1859. The American Pharmaceutical Association commenced its Eighth Annual Meeting at the Rooms of the Massachusetts College of Pharmacy, Temple place, Boston, on the 13th of September (Tuesday), at 3 o'clock, P. M., 1859. In the absence of the President, the meeting was called fro order by Robert Battey, of Rome, Georgia, one of the Vice Presidents. On motion, Alfred B. Taylor, of Philadelphia, was appointed temporary Secretary. The Chair appointed Messrs. Meakim, of New York, Melvin, of Boston, and Grahame, of Baltimore, as a Committee on Credentials. S. S. Garrigues, Chairman of the Executive Committee, pre- sented the following names of members elected during the recess : M. S. McConville, Worcester Mass. R. H. Land, Newberry C, H., S. C. Raymond Graverend, New York City. I. P. Gross Klaus, Naverre, Ohio. L. Leroy, " " C. F. Gore Collins, Beloit, Wis. Henry Steele, " 11 Louis D. Lanszweert. San Francisco, William Wright, Jr., «• " Cal. James H. Anderson, c< " Charles Hodge, " P. Wendover Bedford, " " George S Dickey, " Alfred J. Shipley, " " George E. Hinckley, « James T. King, Middletown, N. Y. Albert I. Calder, Providence, R. I. J. Hartley Burin, Lynchburg, Va. On motion of Samuel M. Colcord, of Boston, it was voted to employ a reporter to assist the Recording Secretary, and the Committee of Arrangements were authorized to secure the ser- vices of a reporter at once. 29 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Mr. Colcord announced that Mr. Kimball, proprietor of the Boston Museum, had furnished a package of tickets to that place for the use of the members of the Convention. The invi- tation was accepted and a vote of thanks returned. The Committee on Credentials reported the names of gentle- men duly accredited to this annual meeting, as follows: — From the Massachussetts College of Pharmacy : — Thomas Restieaux, William Brown, George W. Parmentier, of Boston ; Charles H. Price, of Salem ; Eben Blatchford, of Rockport. New York College of Pharmacy : — H. T. Kiersted, Isaac Coddington, William liegeman, George W. Berrian, Jr., George Thurber. Philadelphia College of Pharmacy : — Dr. W. II. Pile, D. S. Jones, Charles Ellis, Samuel S. Bunting, Charles Bullock. Maryland College of Pharmacy : — James Balmar, Joseph Roberts, N. H. Jennings, A. P. Sharp, I. J. Grahame. Cincinnati College of Pharmacy : — William S. Merrill, E. S. Wayne, W. J. M. Gordon, John C. Parr, William B. Horner, (none present). Washington Pharmaceutical Association : — Joseph W. Nairn, James N. Callan, Samuel B. Walter, Joseph B. Moore, John Schwartz. St. Louis Pharmaceutical Association : — Enno Sander, Wm. H. Dornin, James O'Gallagher, S. D. Handel, William B. Parker, (none present). A letter was read, stating the reasons why the St. Louis Association was not represented, when it was moved and voted that their names shall be included in the published list of Delegates. A letter was read, from John L. Kidwell, of Georgetown, D. C, President of the Association, regretting his inability to be present. A letter was read, from Eugene L. Massot, President of the St. Louis Pharmaceutical Association, tending a cordial invita- tion to the Association to hold their next meeting in that city. A letter from William J. M. Gordon, of Cincinnati, the Sec- retary, gave a sufficient reason for his absence. William A. Brewer, of Boston, read communications from the Massachusetts Historical Society; from John P. Bigelow, in AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION. 493 behalf of the Trustees of the City Library ; and from Dr. N. B. Shurtleff, for the Trustees of the State Library, inviting the Members of the Association to visit their respective rooms. These invitations were accepted, and a vote of thanks unani- mously returned for the courtesies tendered. The Executive Committee now reported the following names of persons suitable for membership, who were recommended for election, viz. : Thomas A. Lancaster, Philada. Pa. J. Henry Zeilen, Macon, Georgia. Adolphus F. Neynaber, " 11 Henry C. Morris, St. Paul. Min. A, H. Wilson, " « W. S. Potts, " ' " Lewis T. Sillyman, Columbia, S. C. M. M. DeLevis, Chicago, 111. John W. Shedden, New York, W. Neergaard, " Charles Pefferman, Peru, Ind. W. J. Luck, Vincennes, 11 W. F. Cleney, Cincinnati, Ohio. John J. Cooke, Lewiston, Me. E. T. Miller, York, Pa. J. T. Barnett, Danville, Ky. James Stratton, Bordentown, N. J. Henry Q. Mack, New York City. William H. Warner, Rome, Ga. J. B. W. Nolin, M. D., " <: J. A. Taylor, Atalanta. " W. A. Lansdell, ' « Robert J. Massey, M. D., Atalanta, Georgia. B. M. Smith, M. D., William Baker, Brunswick, Maine. Edward H. Rollins, Concord, N. H. Charles E. Field, Chelsea, Mass. E. A. Morse, Rutland, Vermont. Francis 0. Bigelow, Medford, Mass. James L. Burbank, Worcester, 11 Joseph Haven Thatcher, Portsmouth, N. H. Leopold Babo, Boston, Mass. Chas. E. Hinckley, San Francisco, Cal. William H. Keith, « " James G. Steele. " '•' John C. Howe, Boston, Mass. Edward G. Frothingham, Haverhill. Mass. H. M. Whitney, Lawrence, Mass. Chauncey L. Case, Brandon, Vt. Daniel F. White, Charlestown, Mass. Nelson R Scott, Worcester, Mass. Fleming G. Grieve, Milledgeville, N. S. Harlow, Bangor, Me. Georgia. Levi G. Dodge, Boston, Mass. C. C. Bixby, North Bridgewater, Franklin K. Phillips, E. Boston, Mass. Mass. A. G. Weeks, Boston, " Orlando Tompkins, Boston, Mass. William J. Cutler, " " E. Waldo Cutler, « " Warren Tapley, Lynn, A. H. Ramsey, Cambridge, {< Isaac T. Campbell, S. Boston, i: Thomas Doliber, Boston, " Charles Clark, « ;£ John T. Brown, " George M. Washburne, 111. B. F. Brown, « W. D. Miller, « " Walter F. Phillips, Portland. Me. A. R. Bailey, Cambridgeport, Mass. Theodore S. Harris, Boston, u George H. Chapman, Thomas A. Sweetzer, South Dan- B. K. Bliss, Springfield, vers, Mass. Julius Cene, Concord, N. H. John F. Rollins, " " Frederick Dutcher, St. Albans, Vt. John B. Arnold, Fitchburg, Mass. George A. Kimball, Haverhill; " Michael H. Gleason, Boston, u Nathan Dickerman, Jr., Waterbury, Ct. John French, Boston, Mass. Theodore Wheeler, Boston, Mass. James Morgan, Concord, N. H. George Moore, Great Falls, N. H. L. L. Dutcher, St. Albans; Vt. Edward Dana, Jr., Portland, Me. 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE On motion, a ballot was ordered, and Edward Parrish, H. W. Lincoln and John Meakim appointed tellers, who reported that all the votes had been cast in the affirmative, and that the gen- tlemen named had been duly elected members. The Executive Committee announced that they had a list of names of parties proposed for membership, but who were not eligible under the Constitution, although they were worthy men. Some of them were manufacturing chemists, others were botanic druggists or herborists, or dealers in eclectic medicines. Mr. Brewer, of Boston, moved to refer this list to the Execu- tive Committee for further action. Mr. Parrish, of Philadelphia, thought dealers in eclectic medicines were, or should be eligible, as pharmaceutists. The Chairman remarked that this was a matter of much im- portance, and demanded careful attention before deciding it. Mr. Parrish was opposed to admitting quacks, but chemists and many other useful men of practical knowledge were kept out by the Constitution. Mr. Cummings, of Portland, Maine, was in favor of admit- ting all persons properly advanced in Pharmacy, but the selec- tion from chemists, etc., should be exercised with great care. Charles Ellis, of Philadelphia, thought the rules should be altered before admitting a new class of men to the Association. Mr. Hollis, of Boston, thought the Society would be strengthened by scientific men. Mr. Procter, of Philadelphia, thought that the Association should relieve the Executive Committee from the unpleasant re- sponsibility by deciding the question, who were and who were not eligible. The question being called, the motion of Mr. Brewer referring the names for reconsideration to the Committee, was adopted. Mr. Colcord wished to know whether the Association had a right to inquire into the professional status of delegates from subordinate societies as to their being apothecaries, chemists, etc. Mr. Parrish was of the opinion that no such right should be admitted ; the credentials of the delegates, if genuine, should be sufficient guarantee of their character. AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION. 495 The calling of the roll being now in order, fifty-three gentle- men answered to their names. Reports of Standing and Special Committees being in order, the Report of the Executive Committee, and that on the Progress of Pharmacy, were laid on the table. The Report of the Committee " to co-operate with the Agri- cultural Department of the Patent Office in introducing foreign medicinal plants, &c," being called, Mr. Wm. A. Brewer stated that he had received from the Chairman, Mr. Kidwell, a packet of papers and a package of living plants from the Agricultural Bureau. Among the papers was one from the Utah agency, in reference to certain plants used by the Indians medicinally. The papers were laid on the table for the present. The Committee on Weights and Measures signified their readiness to report, and the Committee on the Revision of the Pharmacopoeia expected to be ready when their report was called up for reading. The Committee on Home Adulterations was prepared to re- port. The Committee " on the amendment of the U. S. Law, regu- lating the importation of drugs and medicines," being called, Mr. Sharp, of Baltimore, stated that he had not received any information from Dr. Guthrie, Chairman of the Committee, and that he had no report. The Corresponding Secretary, Ambrose Smith, read a letter received from E. Ringk, Vice President of the Swiss Apothe- caries Association, acknowledging the reception of the "Pro- ceedings " of last year, and sending their Journal of Pharmacy in exchange. The letter also invited an exchange of botanical specimens. In a subsequent sitting it was directed that the letter be answered, and so much of its request as relates to plants, be referred to the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. S. S. Garrigues, Chairman of the Executive Committee, then read the Annual Report, which was accepted. The Report states that the Journal of Proceedings of last year contained 488 pages, and cost about $900 for an edition of 1000 copies. Many copies had been sold, each member had received a copy post-paid, and many remain on hand. The application 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE to Congress for a charter had failed, owing to the pressure of business at the short session. The appointment of the Committee to nominate officers being in order, H. W. Lincoln, of Boston, Wm. Hegeman, of New York, Charles Bullock, of Philadelphia, Israel J. Grahame, of Baltimore, and J. M. Callan, of Washington, were nominated from the respective delegations, and C. A. Tufts, of New Hamp- shire, Edward Parrish, of Philadelphia, and A. P. Sharp, of Baltimore, appointed by the Chair from the members at large. The meeting then adjourned to 9 o'clock to morrow morning. Second day — Morning Session- — Sept. 14^, 1859. The meeting was called to order at 9 o'clock by Dr. Battel Vice President. E. 0. Gale, of Chicago, appeared as a delegate from the Chicago College of Pharmacy, just organized in that city. A communication was received from the Boston Library, ac- knowledging the receipt of a copy of the Proceedings of the Association for 1858. The Executive Committee having nominated the following gentlemen, they were duly elected members of the Association: Messrs. Haviland, Buck and Bullock acting as tellers. J. Lindley Pyle, Brooklyn, N. Y. Joel S. Orne, Cambridge, Mass. Cyrus Pyle, " " Francis D. Hardy, Jr. " « Uriah B. Wilson, Ann Arbor, Mich. Wm. T. S. Cardy, Chelsea, " Samuel P. Duffield, Detroit, " William Atwood, Portland, Maine. Ferd. F. Mayer, New York City, Luther Atwood, Brooklyn, N. Y. Joseph T. Brown, Boston, Mass. Corydon E. Tyler, New York City. Benjamin Proctor, Lynn, Mass. Samuel Noyes, New Haven, Conn. Samuel A. Smith, Newbury port, James M. B. McNary, Hartford, Mass. Conn. M. D. Colby, Boston, Mass. H. H. Barrington, Providence, R. I. George Woodbridge, " " R. I. Taylor, Newport, " Dr. Henry T. Cummings, of Portland, Maine, offered the fol- lowing "Voted, that the name of the American Pharmaceutical Association shall not be employed by any of the members there- of, upon signs or labels, or in advertisements, in a manner to compromise the Association in respect to its approbation or en- dorsement of any species of no:trums, or proprietary prepara- tions. This was withdrawn to give place to other business. AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION. 497 The Committee on Nominations reported the following list of Officers for the ensuing years, viz : For President — Samuel M. Colcord, of Boston. 1st Vice President — William Procter, Jr., of Philadelphia. 2d " " Joseph Roberts, of Baltimore. 3d " " Edwin 0. Gale, of Chicago. Recording Secretary — Charles Bullock, of Philadelphia. Corresponding Secretary — William Hegeman, of New York. Treasurer — Ashael Boyden, of Boston. Executive Committee — Charles T. Carney, of Boston ; Charles A. Tufts, of Dover, N. H. ; S. S. Garrigues, of Philadelphia ; George W. Berrian, Jr., New York, and Charles Bullock, of Philadelphia. Committee on Progress of Pharmacy — Edward Parrish, of Philadelphia ; Alphseus P. Sharp, of Baltimore ; Eugene L. Massot, of St. Louis ; James N. Callan, of Washington, D. C, and William Hegeman, of New York city. The Report was accepted and a ballot ordered, Messrs. Havi- land and Buck acting as tellers, and Samuel M. Colcord was declared to be elected unanimously. On motion of Edward Parrish, the remaining officers were elected, viva voce. On motion, a Committee of three having been appointed to conduct the President elect to the Chair, the retiring Chair- man, Dr. Battey, of Rome, Georgia, addressed the Association briefly and ably on several topics of interest. He could not speak authoritatively of the progress of the Association, but the large number of members who answered to their names, yester- day, and the addition of new members, showed an increasing interest in its success. He spoke of the necessity of securing a charter, and of hav- ing the Association represented in the next revision of the Pharmacopoeia. The difficulty of deciding who shall and who shall not be admitted as members was alluded to, and the care- ful consideration of the subject recommended. He suggested that the Constitution might be altered so as to allow of the election of associate members from among chemists and similar professions. The Committee, of whom the retiring Chairman was a mem- t 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ber, now conducted the President elect to the Chair. On taking his seat Mr. Colcord made the following remarks: Gentlemen Associates : — The honor you have conferred by electing me to preside over your deliberations, I accept with reluctance, on the score of my own personal disqualifications, though as a compliment in giving the office to Boston, and as the highest compliment from the Association to me, I value it highly, as reposing confidence in one of your oldest members, who has always been ready to offer his views for what they are worth, at a period in your history when there was no precedent to follow, and no landmarks to guide — at a period when a mis- take in our organization might have proved fatal to the realiza- tion of our hopes. Happily, those questions of a perplexing character that must necessarily arise and be settled in the first efforts of our organi- zation, in the general plan of our operations, have been met and settled ; and it must be gratifying to you, as to me, that it has been done without jar or discord, that all have been united in one common object — to promote the advancement of pharmaceu- tic skill and science throughout the land. To attain this end we have thrown our doors wide open to welcome all well-wishers to our profession to unite with us to receive whatever of good we may have to impart, and to do what we may for the benefit of our common cause. How different are the circumstances under which we meet to-day, our eighth anniversary, to what was our first meeting with but nine members, strangers. A.n imperative necessity existed for associated effort to regulate and improve our profession. We then met without confidence in ourselves, and under a still greater embarrassment of having no leaders in our labors ; strangers, by reputation even, to our dis- tant brethren, how could we look with confidence to their sup- port, in the general apathy which all knew hung like an incubus over all ranks in our line of business. I have said that an imperative necessity existed for such an organization, and that I can give as the only reason why we exist. All other trades and professions have their organizations for associated efforts, and as it is the general average of varied talent and ideas that make the unit nearest perfection, so we shall find it ; every one has a mission to perform, as well to his AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION. 499 fellow as to himself. There is no one so humble in our ranks, but can add something of value to our common stock ; then let us each lay aside excess of modesty as well as ostentation, and join head and heart in the work before us. It is with these views and these feelings that I accept the office with which you have honored me — not because I feel that you have made the wisest selection, and grave doubts that you have made a judicious one — but as no one can tell his capabili- ties until he has made the trial, and relying upon your generous support and kind forbearance, I can only promise my best efforts for facilitating business as well as for your general comfort and happiness while you remain in Boston. And I feel sure that while I express myself personally at your disposal, I do but express the sentiments of Massachusetts College of Pharmacy, as well as the drug trade of Boston. And I can but hope that you will consider us individually and collectively as a committee of the whole raised for your special convenience during your sojourn with us, and make use of us accordingly." The Association now took a brief recess, and on coming to order the several officers took their assigned places. On motion of Mr. Meakim, of New York, the thanks of the Association were tendered to Dr. Robert Battey for his address, and to Mr. Taylor the Secretary pro tern, for his services. It was decided to make the report of the Committee on Home Adulterations the first business of the afternoon session. A Committee was appointed to take into consideration the order of business, acceptance of invitations, etc., viz : Thomas Hollis of Boston, James Stratton of New Jersey, Samuel S. Bunting of Philadelphia. The Report of the Committee on the Progress of Pharmacy being called up, the Chairman, William Procter, Jr., of Philadel- phia, remarked that the great body of the Report consisted of a concise record of what had been discovered and written upon in Materia Medica, Chemistry inorganic and organic, Practical Pharmacy and Toxicology, with references to original papers. He then read those portions of the Report relating to the Phar- maceutical Associations, the Drug Market, Pharmaceutical Lit- erature, and lastly a notice of the decease of eminent Pharma- i 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ceutists and Chemists. From the Report we learn that the schools of Pharmacy at Philadelphia, New York and Baltimore, continue in operation. That efforts at Boston to initiate a course of pharmaceutical instruction failed, owing to want of earnestness and interest on the part of students. That Cinci- nati College appears to be doing little to advance the profession, and that the Richmond Association has become wholly in opera- tive. We are also informed of the inauguration of a new College of Pharmacy at Chicago, Illinois. In reference to the Drug Market, it is stated that about 24,000 gallons of cod-liver oil are obtained annually on the coast be- tween Boston and Eastport, Maine. That the production of New England Isinglass has lessened with the demand ; that 20,000 gallons of Castor Oil, from the East Indies, were entered at the port of Boston since the 1st of January, and during the same period 50,000 bushels of Castor Beans, from the same source, imported for manufacture into oil, so as to avoid the loss by duty and leakage. Allusion was made to the business of manufacturing chemicals, as being largely carried on at Philadelphia, and gradually spread- ing to other cities, as New York, Boston, Baltimore, Louisville, &c. The Committee referred to the late action of the Secretary of the Treasury in preventing the publication of the drugs im- ported into New York, in the Druggists' Circular, as a decided backward step, as the information thus afforded was very useful. The Report was adopted and referred for publication. Mr. Parrish, of Philadelphia, remarked that it was undoubtedly useful to have the reports of importations published, and it was suggested by Mr. J. D. Dix, of New York, that upon a proper representation to the Secretary of the Treasury, they could ob- tain authority to get the necessary information. After some further remarks by Messrs. Parrish, Jones, Proc- ter, Colcord and Stearns, on motion of Mr. Procter it was voted to refer this subject to a special Committee to report to- morrow. The Chair nominated Messrs. Dix, Brewer and Proc- ter. Mr. Parrish moved that a special Committee be appointed to act upon the subject of obtaining an Act of Incorporation from AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION 501 Congress, and relieve the Executive Committee from that ser- vice. The Chairman believed that it was proper to have an act of incorporation; so that the Association can sue and be sued ; so that the Committee on Adulterations can publish names without being personally responsible. Mr. Stratton, of Bordentown, N. J., thought if they had an act of incorporation, they would be more likely to receive dona- tions from individuals or from Congress, in furthering the objects in view. The motion of Mr. Parrish prevailed, and the Chair stated that the Committees will be appointed at the afternoon session. Mr. Procter, of Philadelphia, stated that various interesting specimens were on exhibition in the adjoining room, and submit- ted a motion for the appointment of a Committee to report on them, which was carried. It was voted to hold a session at half past seven o'clock this evening for the reading of scientific reports, and at one o'clock the Association adjourned till three o'clock this afternoon. Second Bay — Afternoon Session. The meeting was called to order at half past three o'clock, by the President, Mr. Colcord. Mr. Colcord, who was Treasurer during the past year, sub- mitted a report, showing that the cash on hand at this time is $231. The Association will have about $700 towards publish- ing the Proceedings of the present meeting. Messrs. Ellis, of Philadelphia, and Meakim and Haviland, of New York, were appointed by the meeting to audit the account of the Treasurer. The Chair now appointed the following committees, viz: Messrs. Ambrose Smith of Philadelphia, Thurber of New York, Procter of Philadelphia, and Sharp of Baltimore, to examine and report on the specimens on exhibition. To petition Congress for an act of incorporation, James M. Callan, of Washington, E. H. Rollins, of Concord, N. H., William A. Brewer, of Boston, R. H. Stabler, of Alexandria, and John L. Kidwell, of Georgetown, D. C. The following named gentlemen, reported by the Executive Committee, were duly elected members, viz : 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Charles Pollard, of Maysville, Cal. George C. Hunt, Jr., of Fredericton, Samuel Kidder, Jr., Lowell, Mass. New Brunswick. The President remarked, that the last named was the first member from out of the limits of the United States. A communication was received from D. J. Brown, Esq., of the U. S. Patent Office, suggesting that a committee be appointed to memorialize Congress for an appropriation to defray the ex- penses of attempting to raise medicinal plants not natives of this country. The communication was laid upon the table. The Committee on the President's Address reported an amend- ment to the Constitution, so. as to allow chemists to become members of the Association. The amendment lies over under the rules. Charles T. Carney, Chairman of the Committee on Home Adulterations, then submitted a Report, which he illustrated by specimens and the results of experiments. This Report received the warm approval of the members, and was referred for publication, as follows: The subject placed in their hands has received, as it deserves, careful consideration. The co-operation of our Pharmaceutical brethren from all parts of our country has been solicited, and your Committee take pleasure in stating that the interest shown by our members in this subject proves that it is a matter worthy of all the time and care bestowed upon it, from year to year, by the Association. The matter of Adulteration is one that appeals to every person strongly. Viewed in the best light we can place it, that of a mere matter of dollars and cents, it even then meets with the condemnation of those who are only conscious of the wickedness of the practice by being touched in their most sensitive region — the pocket. For although some do say that mixing rice flour with cream of tartar, and chicory with coffee, is a u harmless" sophistication, still, when they are obliged to pay the price of u Best Old Mocha," for chicory, and forty cents a pound for rice flour, then the enormity of the offence is at once apparent. Before presenting to the Association such specimens of adulterations and sophistications as your Committee have to offer, it will be well, perhaps, to give an explanation as to what constitutes an adulteration. For the best defi- nition of an adulteration, we are indebted to Dr. Hassell, of London. He says : The sale of one article in place of another is not an adulteration, but a substitution. The presence of substances in articles, in consequence of im- purities contained in the materials out of which they were prepared, as, for example, arsenic in the hydrochloric acid used in the preparation of unfer- mented bread, does not constitute adulteration, they are simply impurities. Lastly, the accidental presence of substances in any commodity does not con- stitute an adulteration. Excluding, then, fmm the class of adulterations a,ll cases of substitution, impurities and accidental contaminations, adulteration maybe thus defined : It consists in the intentional addition to an article, for the purpose of gain, or deception, of any substance or substances, the pre- AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION. 503 sence of which is not acknowledged in the name under which the article is sold. Your Committee feel that perhaps they may bring forward some facts, not in all cases agreeable, and that they may be met with the oft-repeated state- ment that u the public wish the adulterated articles/' that t: pure mustard and cream of tartar will not sell," coffee with burnt peas and apples in it is " richer," and more " nutritious," but we feel constrained to say this pre- tended regard for the wishes and tastes of the " public1' is most generally based upon a slight interest for the pecuniary welfare of the manufacturer or trader. The public do not wish adulterated articles ; were they once aware of the real difference between pure and impure articles they wo ild not hesitate a moment in their choice: could they but see the peas and beans roasted for best " old Mocha," the sulphate of soda for u cream tartar," the turmeric for " mustard," the alum for bread, and the sulphuric acid for " vinegar," your committee feel that very soon the lucrative portion of the adultera- tor's business would pass away, leaving him with a reputation far from enviable. It is not only in articles of food, but in medicines, also, that this practice prevails, and your committee have felt that upon this part of the subject they should bestow a large portion of their investigations. Science is never so noble as when engaged in advancing those arts which promote health or mitigate the sufferings of humanity, but when it is prosti- tuted to ignoble purposes, and, in direct opposition to the relieving of suffer- ing, is engaged in sophisticating with a cunning and well concealed hand those very articles which the physician relies upon for promoting and re- storing health, then indeed it is deserving of condemnation. Very many of the adulterations of the present day exhibit a knowledge of science worthy a better cause; many of them are decidedly pernicious, and serious results have followed their use ; of such we may instance the employment of poisonous pigments for the colored confections, lead in snuff and in Cayenne pepper, copper in pickles, and cocculus indicus and nux vo- mica in beer and ale. Your Committee would refer to any of the works published in France or England, devoted to the exposure of the frauds in food and medicine, for evidence, were it needed, of the great interest felt in this subject hy scientific men; and they cannot better illustrate the necessity of these investigations than by giving a short list of those articles of food which have been proved to be adulterated, and the substances used for the purpose. Many of these have been met with by your Committee, and some of them are described by Doctor Hassall in his work, on "The Adulterations of Food and Medicine." The articles we specially refer to are as follows : Colored Confectionery — Adulterated with emerald or Scheele's green, ar- senite of copper. Beer — with cocculus indicus and nux vomica. Pickles and Bottled Fruits— writh verdigris and sulphate of copper. Custard Powders — with chromate of lead. Tea and snuff — with the same. Cayenne and Curry Powder — with red oxide of lead. Sugar Confectionery — with gamboge, orpiment, or sulphuret of arsenic, and chloride of copper. Flour and Bread — with hydrated sulphate of lime, plaster of Paris and alum. Vinegar — with sulphuric acid. Sugar — with sand and plaster of Paris. Milk — with chalk, sheeps' brains, ground turmeric. 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Arrow root — with ground rice. Chocolate — with rice flour, potato starch, gum tragacanth, cinnabar, bals. Peru, red ox. mercury, red lead, carb. of lime, and the red ochres to bring up the color. Mustard — with ground turmeric, to give it a brilliant color. Butter — with potato starch, mutton tallow, carbonate of lead and sugar of lead. That it would be right to make public the persons who are directly'engaged in the practice of adulteration, we feel that few would deny; but your com- mittee refrain from pursuing this course, at present, suggesting, however, to the Association the propriety of taking some measures for exposing those who make it a regular matter of business. It is, perhaps, our duty to be more explicit in this matter as to what par- ties are guilty of the adulterations, but your committee know that all classes of trade, manufacturer, jobber, and retailer, are sometimes implicated in these frauds. Certain kinds of adulterations and sophistications are practised upon so large a scale as to be beyond the small dealer; they involve the use of ex- tensive machinery which the ordinary tradesman does not possess. It was once the practice for druggists to systematically and to all drugs certain amounts of saw-dust, oat meal, and other substances, of less value than the article in its purity, to make good the loss by drying and powder- ing. The average loss was considered to be about four per cent., and asthis amount was added to compensate, it was known as the " four per cent, sys- tem." The practice, under this name, was principally confined to England, but from specimens with which your committee have, from time to time, met, it is apparent that a practice somewhat similar exists, occasionally, on this side the water. Your committee feel also that the tradesman is sometimes a parly to the fraud, although he may not be the actual mixer. He often purchases of the wholesale dealer an article which he knows cannot be pure, from the price asked; he is willing, however, to stretch his elastic conscience round the apparent discrepancy, and as one of the members of your committee has been told by a retail apothecary, if the jobber told him an article was pure, although he knew it was not, he should consider the jobber as having taken the responsibility, and should buy and sell the article with a clear conscience. Your committee do not appreciate this kind of a conscience, and trust our profession is not graced with many such. It is our duty as pharmaceutists to do all in our power to put an end to this pernicious system of adultera- tion, using our influence against a practice which, in the language of ano- ther, £ 365 Dentifrice 232 Disinfectant, on a new 579 Displacement use of the funnel in 327 Displacement or percolation , 317 Distillation of oil of peppermint 39 Distilled waters, contamination of, with tin , 254 Dr. Edward R. Squibb 186 Druggist, the, a new pharmaceutical journal 288 Drops, the weight of 441 Editorial department 86, 186, 284, 383, 484, 583 Eichler, William, on melampyrit 365 Elixir cinchonae 18 Elixir of citro-lactate of iron , 416 Employment of permanganate of potassa as an oxidizing agent 18 Eaz, J. B., an analysis of the flowers of Daphne mezereum 351 " " analysis of the root of Arum maculatum 351 Erdmann, O. L., on the acrid principle of Ranunculus sceleratus 440 " " on hematoxylin , 453 Essence of scurvy-grass 416 INDEX. 591 Essential oil of valerian .414 Estimation of organic matters in the air of cities, &c 444 Ethereal oil of horse chestnuts 231 Ethereal oil of elemi 424 Eucalyptus resiuifera, on the kino of 226 Eulenburg, Dr., on a new remedy for hydrophobia 345 Evaporation of water from beneath an oily liquid 3*72 Examination of potato and rye whiskey 573 Examination of a spurious opium 374 Extract of colocynth 20 Extractum aconiti foliorum fluidum 532 Extractum aconiti radicis fluidum 533 Extractum aromaticse fluidum 540 Extractum belladonnas fluidum 532 Extractum buchu fluidum , 532 Extractum capsici fluidum 539 Extractum canellse fluidum 539 Extractum cardamom! fluidum , 539 Extractum caryophylli fluidum 539 Extractum chimaphilae fluidum 539 Extractum chiraytae fluidum 536 Extractum cimicifugae fluidum ....534 Extractum cinchona? fluidum 536 Extractum cinnamomi fluidum 539 Extractum colchici radicis fluidum 534 Extractum colombse fluidum , 534 Extractum conii fluidum 53S Extractum cubebse fluidum ..539 Extractum digitalis fluidum 532 Extractum dulcamaras fluidum „ 536 Extractum ergotae fluidum 538 Extractum eupatorii fluidum 535 Extractum ferri pomatum 26 Extractum gallse fluidum 536 Extractum gentianae fluidum 535 Extractum geranii fluidum 536 Extractum glyeyrrhizae fluidum 545 Extractum granati fluidum 537 Extractum hellebori fluidum , 534 Extractum hyoscyami fluidum ....582 Extractum inulae fluidum 539 Extractum iridis florentinae fluidum 539 Extractum ipecacuanha fluidum 534 Extractum jalapae fluidum 534 Extractum juglandis fluidum 547 Extractum krameriae fluidum 547 Extractum lobeliae fluidum 538 592 INDEX. Extractum lupulinae fluidum 539 Extractum matico fluidum 532 Extractum myrrhee fluidum . 539 Extractum podophylli fluidum ■ 534 Extractum pimentae fluidum 539 Extractum pyrethri fluidum , ,...-.,,....539 Extractum pruni virginianae fluidum . 546 Extractum quassiae fluidum 547 Extractum rhei fluidum . 541 Extractum rhei et potassae fluidum , 389 Extractum rhei et senna? fluidum , 543 Extractum rubi fluidum .....557 Extractum sanguinarise fluidum 534 Extractum sarsaparillae fluidum 537 Extractum sarsaparillae fluidum compositum 544 Extractum scillae fluidum... 535 Extractum senegae fluidum 535 Extractum serpentarias fluidum 535 Extractum sennae fluidum 542 Extractum spigeliae fluidum 537 Extractum spigeliae et sennae fluidum 542 Extractum stramonii fluidum 532 Extractum taraxaci fluidum 545 Extractum uva ursi fluidum , 537 Extractum Valeriana? fluidum 532 Extractum veratri viridis fluidum 534 Extractum xanthoxyli fluidum . 539 Extractum zingiberis fluidum 539 Extracts, most correct method of making 233 Extracts, preservation of fluid 113, 216 Facts in relation to the solubility of phosphate of iron 410 Ferri iodidum 52 Ferrated tincture of bark , 147 Ferrein, A., on the yellow coloring matter of autumnal leaves 352 Fire weed in peppermint plantations 38 Flach, M., on the contamination of distilled waters with tin 254 Fluid extract of buchu 313, 349, 532 Fluid extract of cimicifugae 313, 534 Fluid extract of serpentariae... 314, 535 Fluid extract of valerian 314, 379, 532 Fluid extract of yarrow 437 Fluid extracts, preservation of 113 Fluid extracts, proper menstruum for 305 Formation of cyanide of potassium in smoking belladonna 415 Formulae for the fluid extracts in reference to their more general adoption in the Pharmacopoeia 530 Formation of gum tragacanth 161, 243 Friedel, C, on the conversion of acetic acid into methylic alcohol 172 INDEX. 593 Freestone of extraordinary strength 183 Funnels in displacement, use of 327 Garrod, Dr. A. B., report on McAndrew & Son's scammony 274 Gaultheria procumbens 31 Gaudenet, 31., on the preservation of photographs on paper 279 Geisler, 31., on the essence of scurvy-grass 416 Geith E., on the determination of tallow or stearic acid in wax 417 Ginseng excitement » 480 Gleanings from the French Journals 229, 410 Glycerin water «■ 18 Glycerole of lead 442 Glycerin ointment for the itch 580 Gmelin, 31. Otto, on the constitution of solania 417 Gobley, 31., on vanillin, the odorous principle of vanilla 130 Grahame, Israel J, on syrup of ipecacuanha 143 " " on fluid extract of buchu 349 " " on the process of percolation or displacement...., 354 " " on fluid extract of valerian 379 " on mel rosae 443 Gratiola officinalis , 340 Gratiolin 340 Gratiosolin 341 Gratiolacrin 341 Gue,rin-3Ienneville, 31., on the animal bread of the Mexicans 74 Guillermond, 31., on the assay of Peruvian bark .426 Gum tragacantb 161, 243 Growth of coral, rate of the 185 Hematoxylin.., 453 Hairs of the urtiaceae 184 Hanbury, Daniel, on otto of roses 333 Heintzleman, Joseph Aug., on Anagallis arvensis 299 Headland, on the action of medicines on the system , 487 Ileinitsh, Charles A., on citrate of iron and strychnia , 23 Hemlock pitch as produced in Michigan , 28 Hemlock oil as produced in Michigan 29 Henry, A., on iron reduced by carbon „ 129 Hetet, Prof., on the vermifuge properties of Ailanthus glandulosa ,...329 Ilewson, F. C. E., on the preservation of timber 174 Hofmann, Dr., on iodonitrate of silver , 456 Ilorncastle, John, on citromel and tartromel of iodide of iron 64 Horsechestnuts, ethereal oil of , 231 Hupp, J. C, M. D., on the therapeutic uses of protein , 402 Hydrargyri iodidum , 57, 203 Hydrargyri iodidum rubrum 58, 409 Hydrocyanic acid in tobacco smoke 76 Hydrobryotin 251 Hyoscyamus, saltpetre in 402 llypophosphites of quinia , 285 594 INDEX. Industrial application of baryta 136 Infusions 376 Inquiries into the formation of gum tragacanth 161, 243 Introduction of cinchonia into India , 429 Investigation of strychnia 133 Iodo-nitrate of silver 456 Iodo-bromine water of Heilbrunn in Bavaria 458 Iodide of ethyle 170 Iodide of iron, syrup of 54, 215 Iodide of iron, syrup of 559 Insect powder , 373 Iodine, testing nitric acid and nitrate of soda for 170 Iodine, a new vehicle for 566 Ipecacuanha, syrup of. 143 Iron reduced by carbon 129 Iron, syrup of iodide of 54, 215, 559 Iron, pyrophosphate of, soluble 248 Japan wax, note on 561 Journal and Transactions of the Maryland College of Pharmacy 287 Juice of Eucalytus resinifera 226 Juices of rhubarb-stalks, tomatoes and quinces, acids in the 193 Juncadella, E., on the action of nitric ether upon iodide of potassium 438 Kappel, S. J. Examination of potato and rye whiskey 573 Kelp, analysis of cutweed 458 Kino of Eucalyptus resinifera ,.225 Keller, Franz, on the constitution of scammony 574 Keisslinff, R., on the water of crystallization and fusing point of quinia.. 567 Kleist, R., on the determination of quinia in Peruvian bark 565 Kraft Sf Tessig du Mottay, on the saponification of fats by chloride of zinc. ..436 Kuhlmann, F., on the industrial applications of baryta. 136 Lancaster, Thomas A., on the acids of rhubarb stalks tomatoes and quinces.,193 " " on syrup of tar 555 Landerer, Dr. X., on the detection of iodine in the urine 350 Lamont, John, on an analysis of Highland cutweed kelp 438 Le Conte, John, observations on the species of nicotina 471 Leaves of the wild cherry tree 423 Leptandra virginica, mannite from - 557 Liatris odoratissima, coumarin from 556 Library of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy 284 Lilac dye, a permanent 568 Linimentum caoutchouci 389 Linimentum succini compositum , , 390 Liquor arsenici et hydrargyri iodidi 410 Liquor ferri iodidi 54, 205, 409, 559 INDEX. 595 List of graduates of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy for 1859 281 List of subjects for investigation by members of the American Pharmaceu- tical Association for 1860 523 Lotio hydrastis composita 390 Lunar caustic, chlorinated 238 Macgowan, Dr., on alum in China 69 Mackay, 3Ir., on the commerce of otto of roses 252 Mahla, Dr. F.} on nitro-benzole 200 " " on the preparation and detection of nitrobenzole 202 " " on saltpetre in hyoscyamus ■ 402 Maisch, John 31., on extractum ferri pomatum 26 " 11 on the preservation of fluid extracts 113 11 11 on the new system of German weights 207 " " on the proper menstruum for fluid extracts 305 " ls notes on fluid extracts of buchu, cimicifuga serpentaria and valerian 312 " " on the solubility of phosphate of iron 410 " " on a new mode of preparing some syrups 557 Manufacture of acetic, tartaric and citric acids 140 Manufacture of chromic and hydroferrocyanic acids 142 Manufacture of oil of roses at Kisanlik 324 Manufacture of sulphate of baryta , 451 Mannite from Leptandra virginica . 557 3Iannkoff, Dr. Emit, on the ethereal oil of elemi 424 Martin, Stanislaus, on the preservation and distillation of roses and orange flowers 258 Mayer, Fred. F., on Prussian blue or hydrocyanate of iron 395 Medical convention for revising the Pharmacopoeia 283 Medicine in India 184 Meeting of the American Pharmaceutical Association 484 Melampyrit 365 Mel rosae 443 Melezitose, a new sugar 61 Mercury, its oxides and acetates 260 Mercury, its black oxide of 261 Mercury, red oxide of 264 Mercury, acetate of 265 Merrill, William S., on the solubility of medicinal principles in alcohol 43 Microscopist's companion 391 Minutes of the Pharmaceutical Meetings 84 Minutes of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy 280, 581 Miscellaneous chemical observations 308 Mistura chenopodii coirp 390 Morphise sulphas 59 Mode of preparing liquids of specific gravity 135 Mohl, Hugo Von, on gum tragacanth 243 Morrison the hygeist 183 596 INDEX. Molybdate of ammonia, preparation of 248 Monsel's persulphate of iron 403 Miiller, Gustav, on the quantitative determination of tannin 427 Nature of scammony and turpeth resin 377 New act of Parliament regulating medicine 189 New British Pharmacopoeia 189 New disinfectant for dressing putrid ulcers , 579 New German System of weights 207 New mode of making suppositories . 231 New method of preparing sulphurous acid..... 353 New mode of preparing some syrups 549 New remedy for hydrophobia 345 New researches on alcoholic fermentation 72 New vehicle for iodine 566 Nichols, J. R., on steam apparatus for pharmaceutical purposes 223 Nicotiana fruticosa 471 Nicotiana rustica 472 Nicotiana tabacum 473 Nitro benzole , 200 Nitrate of potassa, its formation from nitrogenous substances 151 Nitrate of silver, iodide and 456 JVoodt, Dr., on the Caucassian insect powder 373 Note on the kino of Eucalyptus resinifera 226 Note on commercial chloric ether „ 552 Note on Japan wax 561 Note on ozone 163 Obituary. — Soubeiran 191 Obituary.— Prof. Wm. Tully 288 Obituary. — J. L. Lassaigne 288 Obituary.— Humboldt 392 Obituary.— Jacob Bell 488 Obituary. — Prof. Henfrey 586 Obituary.— Dr. Thomas Nuttall 586 Observations on the acids of rhubarb stalks, tomatoes and quinces 193 Observations on Anagallis arvensis 299 Oil of fireweed 38 Oil of geranium, history of 336 Oil of ground-nuts 415 Oil of hemlock, production of 29 Oil of peppermint, adulterated 552 Oil of valerian, researches on 414 Oiled paper a substitute for oiled silk in surgery 272 Oily solution of oleate of binoxide of mercury 415 Oleoresina capsici 548 Oleoresina cardamomi 548 INDEX. 597 Oleoresina cubebee 548 Oleoresina caryophylli 548 Oleoresina felicis maris 548 Oleoresina Lupulinas 548 Oleoresina piperis nigri 548 Oleoresina pyrethri 548 Oleoresina sabinse 548 Oleoresina xanthyoxyli 548 Oleoresina zingiberis 548 Oleoresins 54S Oleoresinous fluid extracts 539 Opium, examination of a spurious 374 Opium in France, preparation of. 564 Orange-flowers, preservation of , 258 Osann, M., on the preparation of anhydrous sulphuric acid 439 Otto of rose, production of 333 Otto of rose at Kisanlik, manufacture of 324 Otto of rose, adulteration of 335 Otto of roses 252 Oxystrychnia 134 Ozone, note on 463 Parisian wash powder „ 478 Parrish, Edward, Pharmaceutical notes of travel 1, 97, 209 " " on the use of funnels in displacement 327 Parrish's Practical Pharmacy, notice of Pasteur, 31., on alcoholic fermentation..... 72 Peat gas 280 Peckolt, Theodore, of Cantagallo, on the culture of annatto 360 Pelouze, P., on the manufacture of sulphate of baryta 457 Peppermint, adulterated oil of 552 Peppermint plantations of Michigan 33 Pepsin wine 185 Percolation or displacement 317 Permanganate of potash as an oxidizing agent 78 Persulphate of iron, Monsel's 403 Pharmacy in Russia, history of 165 Pharmaceutical notes of travel by E. Parrish 1, 97, 209 Pharmaceutical notices 18, 409 Pharmaceutical statistics of Saxony 330 Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain 485 Photoglyphic engraving 478 Phosphide of calcium 560 Physicians' Visiting List 487 Pierlofs, 31., researches on oil of valerian 414 Plummcr § Kelly, on the solubility of strychnia 24 Plummcr, Dr. John P., miscellaneous chemical observations 308 598 INDEX. Platinum black, preparation of 344 Potato whiskey 573 Poisonous properties of the ethereal oil of elemi 424 Poisonous effects of the leaves of the yew tree 479 Poisoning by cyanide of potassium 482 Poisoning by strychnia admixed with santonin 581 Podophyllin ,...19, 206 Powder to roll pills in..... 18 Powdered blue mass 270 Practical observations on preserving timber 174 Practical observations on the preservation and distillation of roses and orange flowers ......258 Preparation of metallic cobalt 433 Preparation of anhydrous sulphuric acid .....439 Preparation of phosphide of calcium 560 Preparation of pure sulphates 64 Preparation of nitrobenzole 202 Preparation of Rochelle salts 256 Preparation of liquid tartrate of ammonia, potassa and peroxide of iron 257 Preparation of basic acetate of lead . ..280 Preparation of platinum black 344 Preparation of molybdate of ammonia 348 Preparation of opium in France 564 Preservation of fluid extracts 113, 216 Preservation of animal and vegetable substances 156 Preparing extracts, best methods for 233 Process of percolation or displacement. ...354 Process for assaying quinia in cinchona bark 426 Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association for 1858 88 Procter, Jr., William, Remarks on propylamin 125 " " Note on propylamin 222 11 11 On the kino of Eucalyptus resinifera 226 " " On percolation or displacement 317 " " Remarks on persulphate of iron 403 " 11 Note on the solubility of phosphate of iron ...413 " 11 On the leaves of wild cherry bark 423 " » On formulas for the fluid extracts with reference to the next Pharmacopoeia 530 " 11 On commercial chloric ether 553 " " Coumarin in Liatris odoratissima 556 Production of otto of rose Prohibition of empyrical preparations in Russia 483 Proper menstruum for the fluid extracts.. 305 Protein, therapeutical applications of 402 Prussian blue or hydrocyanate of iron 395 Propylamin, notes on 125, 22^ Pyrophosphate of iron, on soluble 249 INDEX. 599 Purgative and vermifuge biscuits 414 Purple and lilac dye 56S. Quantitative determination of tannin 427 Quinby vs. Eckstein 187 Quinces, on the acids of. 198 Quinia, assay of Peruvian bark of. 426 Ranunculus sceleratus, acrid principle of 440 Melting, M., on the preparation of Rochelle salt 256 Red canella bark from the West Indies 346 Relations between fermentation and crystallization 273 Relations of the soil to vegetation 468 Remarks on the preparation and uses of Catawba brandy 363 Remarks on Monsel's persulphate of iron 403 Remarks on spiritus ammonia? aromaticus 466 Report on the action of McAndrew & Son's scammony 274 Report of the Library Committee of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy 289 Rye whiskey 572 Report on home adulterations, by Chas. T. Carney, &c 502 Report of the specimens exhibited at the Boston meeting of the American Pharmaceutical Association 527 Researches on the essential oil of valerian 414 Revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia for 1860 190 Rhubarb stalks, on the acids in 193 Rittenhouse, Henry N., on chlorinated lunar caustic 477 Robiquet, M. , on soluble pyrophosphate of iron 248 Rochelle salt, on the preparation of. 256 Roman chamomile 416 Rose, H., on the behaviour of boracic to tartaric acid. 241 Roses, preservation of, for distillation 258 Roussin, M., on a test for the purity of chloroform 148 Roux, M., on the preparation of opium in France 564 Rumicin 152 Russia, history of pharmacy in 165 Samdera indica 342 Samderin 342 Saltpetre in hyoscyamus 402 Saponification of fats by chloride of zinc 431 Sarsaparilla, therapeutic properties of 568 Scammony, on the constitution of. 574 Scammony, Mc. Andrews & Son's 274 Scammony resin, nature of 377 Schutzenberger, P., 133 Seeger, Roland, on hydrargyri iodidum 203 Sepometer, Dr. Smith's 182 Sharswood, William, on the preparation of metallic cobalt 433 600 INDEX. Saint Louis Pharmaceutical Association 485 Silk' worms, new 185 Sm ith, Dr. J. Lawrence, "on chlorinated lunar caustic 238 " " 11 on the manufacture of ottar of roses at Kisanlik...324 " 11 u on hypophosphite of quinia . 285 Smith, Dr. Angus, on the organic matter of the atmosphere 444 Solubility of strychnia 24 Solubility of medicinal principles in alcohol... 22 Solubility of sesqui-oxide of chromium, by aid of galvanism 128 Solubility of some alkaloid in chloroform 232 Solubility of phosphate of iron, note on the .....128 Soluble pyro-phosphate of iron 248 Soluble citrate of magnesia 407 SpacowsJcy, Mr., on a new densimeter 135 Spirgatis, Dr. H., on the nature of scammony and turpeth resins 377 Spiritus ammonise aromaticus 466 Squibb, Dr. E. R. on the revision of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia 49, 186 Squire, P., on weights and measures 369 Statistics of oil of peppermint 41 Stearns, F., report on the plants of Michigan 28 " " on the peppermint plantations of Michigan..... 33 Stein, Prof., on testing for iodine in nitric acid, &c. 170 Steam apparatus for pharmaceutical purposes 223 Stevenson, Mr., on infusions 376 Stevens, Dr. W. H., on the ginseng excitement 480 Suppositories, new mode of making 231 Strychnia, citrate of iron and --23, 127 Strychnia, solubility of in water and alcohol 24 Strychnia, investigation of • 133 Sulphates, prepartion of pure. G4 Sulphate of baryta, preparation of 457 Sulphuretted hydrogen in tobacco smoke • 76 Sulphurous acid, new process for making 353 Sulphuric acid, preparation of anhydrous 439 Syrup of ipecac • 143 Syrup of iodide of iron • 559 Syrup of tar • 555 Syrups, new method of making 549 Tannin, its quantitative determination 427 Tartromel of iodile of iron 64 Taylor, Alfred B., on elixir cinchonse If Test for the purity of chloroform 148 Thayer, Henry, M. D., on the preservation of fluid extracts 216 Thann, Carl von, on rumicin ...152 Therapeutical applications of protein. 402 Thompson, William S., on bitter wine of iron 450 " " " on ferrated tincture of bark 147 INDEX. 601 Therapeutic properties of sarsaparilla 568 Tickbourne, C. R., on spiritus ammonia aromaticus 466 Tilden & Co., and the Medical Journals 86 Tilyard, Charles, on fluid ext. of yarrow 437 « " on glycerole of lead 442 Timber, preservation of 174 Tin, distilled waters contaminated with 254 Tincture of bark ferrated 147 Tincture of myrrh 410 Tomatoes, on the acid of 196 Tooth paste 478 Trapp, Julius, on the volatile oil of the seeds circuta virosa 251 Turpeth resin, nature of 377 Ulmus fulva, obtained in Michigan 32 Urea, a direct source of nitrogen to plants 157 Urine, detection of iodine in 350 Use of funnels in displacement 327 Valerian, fluid extract of 379 Valerianate of atropia crystallized 150 Valerianate of iron, adulterations of 482 Vanillin, the odorous principle of vanilla 130 Varieties 82, 174, 279, 478, 579 Vermifuge, biscuits 414 Vermifuge properties of Ailanthus glandulosa 229 Vielguth Sf Nentivich, on the most correct method of preparing extracts 233 Vinum ergotse 410 Vivianite 482 Vogel, Jr. A. ^ C. Reschauer, on sulphuretted hydrogen and hydrocyanic acid in tobacco smoke 76 " " " " on the evaporation of water under an oil liquid 372 Voltaic narcotism 480 Volatile oil of the seeds of Cicuta virosa 251 Walz, G. T., analysis of Bryonia alba 249 " " on some principles of Convallaria majalis 577 " " on colocynth 331 tl 11 on Gratiola officinalis 340 Warner, William R., on wild cherry pastilles 22 Water of crystallization of quinia 567 Wax, determination of tallow and stearic acid in 417 Wax, note on Japanese 561 Wayne, Edward S., on mannite from Leptandra virginica 557 Weights, new German system of 207 Weights and measures proposed for the British Pharmacopoeia 369 Weight of drops 441 Wild cherry leaves 423 * 602 INDEX. Wild cherry pastilles 22 Wine of iron bitters 450 Wittstein, Dr. G. C, on the prevention of concussions in boiling 348 Wurtz, Prof. Henry, on the preparation of pure sulphates 67 Yellow coloring matter of the autumnal leaves 352 Yew tree, poisonous effects of the leaves of the 479 Yarrow, fluid ext. of 437 Zimmerman, John, remarks on Catawba brandy 363 Zinc, oxide of 435 Zinci chloridum . 60